language-pack-gnome-ko-base/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560032013057 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ko-base/COPYING0000644000000000000000000004310312321560032014113 0ustar GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560032013770 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/static.tar0000644000000000000000000670000012321556564016011 0ustar usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-system-log/log-close.page0000644000373100047300000000157212300453753025433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove the log you are currently viewing from the side pane. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Close log

Close the log that you are currently viewing by pressing CtrlW, or by clicking FileClose. This removes it from the side pane until you open the log again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-system-log/log-view.page0000644000373100047300000000214312300453753025273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open and view logs. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open log

Open logs by clicking FileOpen. Your opened logs will be displayed in the side pane, to the left of the main area. You can view a log in the side pane by clicking it.

You can expand some logs. This will show you a list of dates. By clicking one of the dates, you can view only the log lines from that date, instead of the whole log.

The logs you have open when you quit the log viewer will be opened when you start it up again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-system-log/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000270212300453753026264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the GNOME System Log. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduction

Log File Viewer is a graphical, menu-driven viewer that you can use to view and monitor your system logs. Log File Viewer comes with a few functions that can help you manage your logs, including a log monitor and log statistics display.

Log File Viewer is useful if you are new to system administration because it provides an easier, more user-friendly display of your logs than a text display of the log file. It is also useful for more experienced administrators, as it contains a monitor to enable you to continuously monitor crucial logs.

Log File Viewer is useful only to those who have access to the system log files, which generally requires root access.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-system-log/index.page0000644000373100047300000000043612300453753024654 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Log File Viewer Help
Working with the <app>Log File Viewer</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-system-log/log-search.page0000644000373100047300000000326012300453753025567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Search the text in the log that you are currently viewing. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Search log

To search the log you are currently viewing:

Show the Find bar by pressing CtrlF, or by clicking ViewFind. The bar will be shown below the log.

Enter your search term into the field and press Enter to see the first result.

The search is case sensitive.

Use the Find Previous and Find Next buttons to browse through the results.

If you can not see the result highlighted, try scrolling to the left.

Press Esc to hide the find bar once you are finished with the search.

You can only hide the find bar if you are currently focused on the search field. The bar will hide itself if you view another log.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-system-log/pref-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000237412300453753026420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Increase or decrease the size of the text. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change font size

You can increase, decrease and reset the font size that the log is displayed in:

Increase font size

Click ViewZoom In, or press Ctrl+

 Decrease font size

Click ViewZoom Out, or press Ctrl-

 Reset to default size

Click ViewNormal Size, or press Ctrl0

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-system-log/log-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000172212300453753025275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy text from the log. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy log

Highlight the section of the log that you want to copy with the cursor and press CtrlC, or click EditCopy.

You can press CtrlA, or click EditSelect All, to select all the text in the log which you are currently viewing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-system-log/log-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000645512300453753025620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Include or exclude shown lines using regular expressions. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Filter log

The log viewer allows you to filter log content based on regular expressions. To set up or manage a new filter:

Open the filter manager dialog by clicking Filters: Manage Filters.

Click Add to add a new filter, or select an existing filter and click Properties to edit it.

Fill in the form or edit the fields that you wish to change:

Name:

The identifier for the filter

 Regular Expression:

What the filter will filter for

 Highlight:

This option emphasizes the line containing the regular expression

Background:

This is the font color

The default font color is black, which does not emphasize the text.

 Foreground:

This is the highlight color

The default highlight color is black, which shows solid black lines as a result, so it would be wise to change it.

 Hide:

This option hides the lines containing the regular expression from the shown log

Click Apply to save the new filter or save changes to an existing one

Back at the filter manager dialog, click Close to apply the changes.

Check the box next to the name of the filter that you want to enable in Filters:. If you want to view only the filters which have Highlight enabled and are checked, check Filters:Show matches only.

If there is a conflict between a hidden and a highlighted filter, the line many show as an empty white line.

If you uncheck a filter while viewing only matches, the log will show the lines without any formatting, regardless of whether they were hidden or highlighted before. The filter should reset when you check a highlighted filter.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000322012307647133024270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 04-쪽 소책자 4쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 4쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 4, 1, 2, 3

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/reload.page0000644000373100047300000000242212307647133023057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 여러분이 문서를 보고 있는동안 다른 프로그램이 내용을 바꾸면 문서 내용을 다시읽습니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 왜 문서가 새로 고침 상태를 유지할까요?

문서 보기에서 여러분이 열어놓은 문서가 바뀐것을 알아차리면(아마도 다른 프로그램에서 수정했을지도 모릅니다), 문서를 자동으로 다시 읽고 가장 최근의 버전으로 보여줍니다.

보고 있는 도중에 문서를 지웠다면, 계속 열려 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/annotations-save.page0000644000373100047300000000326512307647133025110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 추가 정보를 저장하는 방법입니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 추가 정보를 적은 PDF 사본 저장하기

문서 보기또는 추가 정보를 지원하는 PDF 보기 프로그램으로 나중에 보려면 추가 정보를 적은 PDF의 사본을 저장하려면:

파일복사물 저장을 누릅니다

저장할 파일의 이름과 폴더를 선택한 다음 저장을 누릅니다. PDF는 여러분이 선택한 폴더에 저장됩니다.

추가 정보는 PDF 명세에 따라 추가할 수 있습니다. 따라셔 대부분의 PDF 보기 프로그램에서는 이것을 인식할 수 있습니다. 그러나 Okular 문서 보기 프로그램은 아직 지원하지 않습니다. 어도비 리더에서는 동작하는 것으로 알려져 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/singlesided-9-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000526412307647133025520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09쪽 또는 12쪽 소책자 9~12쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 9~12 페이지 소책자

9~11쪽의 PDF 문서를 가지고 있다면 12쪽을 만들려면 적당한 수의 여백 쪽을 넣어야 합니다. 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 쪽이 오도록 PDF-Shuffler로 PDF 문서에 빈 쪽을 합칩니다.

인쇄를 하려면:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

다음 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서, 단면을 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수에서, 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

다음만 인쇄에서 홀수 페이지를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

모든 페이지가 인쇄되면, 페이지 순서를 뒤집고 프린터에 다시 올려놓습니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

이제 다음만 인쇄 에서 짝수만 인쇄를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/synctex-beamer.page0000644000373100047300000000471612307647133024547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 LaTeX Beamer 클래스와 SyncTex를 사용하는 방법입니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 SyncTeX의 Beamer

Beamer는 프리젠테이션 슬라이드를 만드는 LaTeX 클래스입니다.

Beamer-LaTeX 프리젠테이션에서 SyncTeX로 컴파일한 다른 TeX 파일에 대해 검색과 비슷한 방식으로 전방 후방 검색을 진행할 수 있습니다. 그러나 제각각의 프레임(슬라이드)에서 가져온 검색 결과는 텍스트 한 줄 한 줄과 필연적으로 관련이 있는것은 아닙니다. 이 차이는 아래 자세하게 설명합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-13pages.page0000644000373100047300000001013312307647133024351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 13쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 13쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택하고 1을 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

한 쪽을 인쇄하고 나면, 방향을 올바르게 놨는지 확인하면서 종이를 집어 프린터에 다시 올려 놓습니다(2쪽은 반대면에 인쇄합니다).

파일인쇄를 다시 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 선택합니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택하고 2를 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭에서 페이지 순서를 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

3쪽을 인쇄하려면 파일인쇄를 다시 누릅니다.

일반 탭의 페이지 섹션에서 쪽 수를 3으로 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭에서 페이지 순서를 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

3쪽을 인쇄하고 나면, 방향을 올바르게 놨는지 확인하면서 인쇄한 종이를 집어 프린터에 다시 올려놓습니다(4쪽과 13쪽은 반대면에 인쇄합니다).

파일인쇄를 다시 누릅니다.

일반 탭의 페이지 섹션에서 쪽 수를 4, 13으로 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭에서 페이지 순서를 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

파일인쇄를 다시 누릅니다.

페이지 선택 메뉴에서 쪽 수 8, 9, 10, 7, 6, 11, 12, 5를 입력하고 페이지 순서를 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

16쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 16쪽으로 만들려면 3쪽의 빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 3쪽 짜리 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 페이지가 들어가도록 PDF-Shuffler를 사용해서 PDF 문서에 빈 PDF 문서를 합칩니다.

다음 순서는 16쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000547712307647133023270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 도구 모음을 보이기, 숨기기 또는 편집을 합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 도구 모음
도구 모음 보이거나 숨기기

보기도구 모음.

기본 도구 모음에는 도구의 기본 셋 만을 포함합니다:

페이지 간의 이동을 위해 이전과 다음이 있습니다.

확대 수준을 조절하는 도구입니다.

'페이지 선택' 도구입니다.

다른 모음의 형태로 설정하려면 도구모음을 수정할 수 있습니다.

도구 모음의 도구를 추가, 제거 그리고 재정렬 합니다.

도구 모음을 보입니다.

편집도구 모음을 누릅니다.

도구 모음 편집기는 도구 모음에 없는 항목과 구분선 항목을 포함하고 있습니다.

도구 모음의 항목을 추가하려면:

도구 모음 편집기에서 도구 모음으로 끌어다 놓습니다.

 도구 모음의 항목을 제거하려면:

도구 모음에서 도구 모음 편집기로 끌어다 놓습니다.

 도구 모음의 항목을 재정렬 하려면:

도구 모음에서 새 위치로 끌어다 놓습니다.

도구 모음 편집이 끝났다면, 도구 모음 편집기 창의 닫기를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-6pages.page0000644000373100047300000000567212307647133024307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 06-쪽 소책자 6쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 6쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 6, 3, 4, 5, 2

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

한 쪽을 인쇄하고 나면, 방향을 올바르게 놨는지 확인하면서 2쪽을 인쇄한 종이를 집어 프린터에 다시 올려 놓습니다(1쪽은 반대면에 인쇄합니다).

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택하고 1을 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

8쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 8쪽으로 만들려면 2쪽의 빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 2쪽 짜리 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 페이지가 들어가도록 PDF-Shuffler를 사용해서 PDF 문서에 빈 PDF 문서를 합칩니다.

다음 순서는 8쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/singlesided-13-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000525512307647133025577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 13~16페이지 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 13~16쪽 소책자

13~15쪽 PDF 문서를 가지고 있다면 16쪽을 만들려면 적당한 수의 여백 쪽을 넣어야 합니다. 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 쪽이 오도록 PDF-Shuffler로 PDF 문서에 빈 쪽을 합칩니다.

인쇄를 하려면:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서, 단면을 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수에서, 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

다음만 인쇄에서 홀수 페이지를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

모든 페이지가 인쇄되면, 페이지 순서를 뒤집고 프린터에 다시 올려놓습니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

이제 다음만 인쇄 에서 짝수만 인쇄를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/presentations.page0000644000373100047300000000451412307647133024513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 프리젠테이션을 진행하는 방법입니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 프리젠테이션
프리젠테이션 시작하기

프리젠테이션을 시작하려면:

파일 열기

보기프리젠테이션을 누릅니다(또는 F5키를 누릅니다).

프리젠테이션을 전체 화면으로 표시합니다.
프리젠테이션에서 이동하기

다음 슬라이드로 이동하려면 spacebar, →, ↓키 또는 왼쪽 마우스 단추를 사용합니다.

이전 슬라이드로 이동하려면 ←, ↑키 또는 오른쪽 마우스 단추를 사용합니다.

프리젠테이션을 앞뒤로 이동하려면 스크롤 휠을 사용할 수도 있습니다.

프리젠테이션을 끝내려면 Esc키를 사용합니다.

지원하는 프리젠테이션 파일 형식

다음 파일 형식을 프리젠테이션에 사용할 수 있습니다:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000316012307647133024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 12쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 12쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

다음 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/print-select.page0000644000373100047300000000302412307647133024221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 지정한 페이지나 특정 범위의 페이지를 인쇄합니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 일부 쪽만 인쇄하기

문서에서 일부 쪽만 인쇄하려면:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다

인쇄 창의 일반 탭에서 범위섹션의 페이지를 선택합니다.

인쇄하고 싶은 쪽 번호를 콤마로 구분하여 텍스트 상자에 입력합니다. 페이지의 범위를 나타내려면 대시(-)를 사용합니다.

예를 들어 페이지 텍스트 상자에 "1,3,5-7,9"를 입력했다면 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9쪽을 인쇄합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/synctex-support.page0000644000373100047300000000253712307647133025027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 SyncTeX 지원 추가는 어떻게 할까요. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 SyncTeX 설정

SyncTeX 지원을 추가하려면 다음 패키지를 설치해야 합니다:

texlive-extra-utils

gedit-plugins

지에디트에서 SyncTeX 플러그인을 활성화 하려면:

편집기본 설정플러그인 탭을 누릅니다.

SyncTeX를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/singlesided-3-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000524312307647133025430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 3쪽 또는 4쪽 소책자 3~4쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 3쪽 또는 4쪽 소책자

3쪽 PDF 문서를 가지고 있다면 4쪽을 만들려면 여백 쪽을 추가해야 할 것입니다. 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막 쪽을 여백 쪽으로 대체하는 PDF-Shuffler를 사용하여 PDF 문서에 여백 쪽을 붙입니다.

인쇄를 하려면:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 4, 1, 2, 3

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서, 단면을 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수에서, 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

다음만 인쇄에서 홀수 페이지를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

모든 페이지가 인쇄되면, 페이지 순서를 뒤집고 프린터에 다시 올려놓습니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

이제 다음만 인쇄 에서 짝수만 인쇄를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/default-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000304712307647133025077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 새 문서에 대한 현재 설정을 기본값으로 저장합니다. Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 기본 설정 바꾸기

처음에 문서를 열 때 확대와 페이지 보기 기본 설정과 같은 요소를 기본 값으로 적용합니다. 이 설정에 대해 바꾼 내용은 이 문서에 대해 저장합니다.

편집 현재 설정을 기본값으로 저장을 선택하거나 CtrlT키를 눌러 모든 새문서에 대해 현재 값을 기본값으로 저장할 수 있습니다.

새 기본값은 이전에 열어둔 문서의 설정에 대해 재지정하지 않습니다. 처음에 연 문서에 대해서만 적용합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/singlesided-17-20pages.page0000644000373100047300000000526312307647133025575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 17~20쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 17~20쪽 소책자

17~19쪽 PDF 문서를 가지고 있다면 20쪽을 만들려면 적당한 수의 여백 쪽을 넣어야 합니다. 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 쪽이 오도록 PDF-Shuffler로 PDF 문서에 빈 쪽을 합칩니다.

인쇄를 하려면:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 20, 1, 2, 19, 18, 3, 4, 17, 16, 5, 6, 15, 14, 7, 8, 13, 12, 9, 10, 11

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서, 단면을 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수에서, 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

다음만 인쇄에서 홀수 페이지를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

모든 페이지가 인쇄되면, 페이지 순서를 뒤집고 프린터에 다시 올려놓습니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

이제 다음만 인쇄 에서 짝수만 인쇄를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000321512307647133024300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 08-쪽 소책자 8쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 8쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000517612307647133024110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 명령줄 evince 명령은 많은 파일, 지정한 페이지 등 다양한 상태로 열 수 있습니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 명령줄

문서 보기를 명령줄에서 시작하려면, evince를 입력합니다. evince 명령 다음에 파일 이름을 입력해서 지정한 파일을 열 수 있습니다:

evince file.pdf

evince 명령 다음 공백문자로 구분한 여러 파일 이름을 입력해서 여러 파일을 열 수 있습니다:

evince file1.pdf file2.pdf

문서 보기는 웹에 있는 파일을 다루는 것을 지원하기도 합니다. 예를 들어 evince 명령 다음에 웹에 있는 파일의 위치를 제시할 수 있습니다:

evince http://www.claymath.org/millennium/P_vs_NP/pvsnp.pdf
지정한 쪽에 대해 문서를 엽니다

정해진 페이지 위치로 문서를 열려면 --page-label을 사용할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 문서 3쪽을 열려면 다음과 같이 입력합니다:

evince --page-label=3 file.pdf

페이지 레이블은 문서 보기 도구 모음에 표시한 페이지 숫자처럼 동일한 형식이어야 합니다.

전체 화면 모드로 문서를 엽니다 evince --fullscreen file.pdf
프리젠테이션 모드로 문서를 엽니다 evince --presentation file.pdf
미리 보기 모드로 문서를 엽니다 evince --preview file.pdf
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/openerror.page0000644000373100047300000000221612307647133023625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 파일을 열 때 오류가 있습니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 왜 파일을 못 여는 거죠?

문서 보기로 인식할 수 없는 형식의 문서를 열려고 하면 "문서를 열 수 없습니다"라는 오류 메시지를 보게 됩니다. 문서 보기창으로 돌아가려면 닫기를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/annotations-disabled.page0000644000373100047300000000216612307647133025720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 추가 정보는 PDF 파일에만 추가할 수 있습니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 추가 정보를 추가할 수 없나요?

추가 정보는 PDF 파일에만 추가할 수 있습니다. PDF 형식이 아닌 다른 파일이라면, 추가 정보 추가 옵션은 음영처리(사용 못 함)되어 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/textselection.page0000644000373100047300000000374612307647133024515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 텍스트를 복사할 때, 붙여넣은 텍스트는 여러분이 선택한 것과 다를 수도 있습니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 왜 제가 선택한 텍스트를 복사하지 못하는거죠?

문서 보기를 사용하여 문서로부터 텍스트를 강조하고 복사한 다음 다른 프로그램에 붙여넣기 했을 때, 형식이 바뀔수도 있습니다. 본래 선택 내용과는 달리 다른 문자를 포함하고 있을 수도 있습니다. 이는 PDF 문서에서 여러 줄을 복사할 경우 종종 일어나는 일입니다.

이 문제는 문서 형식이 텍스트를 다루는 방법때문에 발생합니다. 문서의 실제 텍스트는 표시한 걸과는 다르게 저장됩니다. 이 때문에 복사한 내용이 기대하던 대로 나타나지 않는 결과가 나옵니다.

불행하게도 이 문제를 해결할 방법이 없습니다. 한번에 복사하는 텍스트의 양을 줄이거나, 텍스트를 텍스트 편집기에 복사해서 붙여넣으면 문제를 줄일 수 있습니다. 현재 활동프로그램보조 프로그램지에디트를 선택하여 텍스트 편집기를 지정할 수 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/opening.page0000644000373100047300000000415312307647133023253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 문서를 여는 방법입니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 문서 열기

다음 중 한가지 방법을 통해 문서를 열 수 있습니다:

파일 관리자 파일 아이콘을 두 번 누릅니다.

기본적으로 PDF, 포스트스크립트, .djvu, .dvi, 만화책 저장 파일을 두번 누르면 문서 보기를 통해 엽니다.

파일 관리자에서 파일 아이콘을 오른쪽 단추로 누른 후 다른 프로그램으로 열기문서 보기를 누릅니다.

문서 보기 창이 이미 열려있다면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

파일 관리자에서 파일 아이콘을 창에 끌어다 놓습니다. 새 파일을 세 창에 열 것입니다(문서 보기에서 지원하는 파일 형식을 지닌 파일에 대해 이 동작을 지원합니다).

메뉴 표시줄에서 파일열기를 선택합니다. 문서 열기 대화상자에서, 열고자 하는 파일을 선택하고 열기를 누릅니다. 이 파일은 새 창에서 열립니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/singlesided-5-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000523412307647133025436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05쪽 또는 4쪽 소책자 5, 6, 7, 8쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 5~8쪽 소책자

5~7쪽의 PDF 문서를 가지고 있다면 8쪽을 만들려면 적당한 수의 여백 쪽을 넣어야 합니다. 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 쪽이 오도록 PDF-Shuffler로 PDF 문서에 빈 쪽을 합칩니다.

인쇄를 하려면:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서, 단면을 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수에서, 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

다음만 인쇄에서 홀수 페이지를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

모든 페이지가 인쇄되면, 페이지 순서를 뒤집고 프린터에 다시 올려놓습니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

이제 다음만 인쇄 에서 짝수만 인쇄를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/license.page0000644000373100047300000000362612307647133023242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 법적 고지입니다. Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 라이선스

이 문서는 크리에이티브 커먼즈 저작자표시-동일조건변경허락 3.0 Unported 라이선스 하에 배포됩니다.

여러분은 다음을 자유로이 행할 수 있습니다:

<em>공유</em>

작업물을 복사하고, 배포하며, 전송합니다.

 <em>편집</em>

작업물에 적용합니다.

다음 조건을 따릅니다:

<em>저작자표시</em>

지은이나 저작권자가 지정한 방식대로 저작물의 저작자를 표시해야 합니다(그러나 여러분 혹은 여러분의 작업물로 인정하는 것은 제외합니다).

 <em>동일조건변경</em>

이 저작물을 대체하고 변환하고 빌드하려면 이 라이선스와 동일 혹은 유사하거나 호환되는 라이선스 하에서만 결과물을 배포해야 합니다.

라이선스의 전체 본문을 보시려면 CreativeCommons website, 또는 Commons Deed의 전체 부분을 보십시오.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000525012307647133023636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 문제를 어디에 어떻게 보고하는지에 대한 방법입니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 <app>문서 보기</app>에 대한 문제 알리기

문서 보기는 자원봉사 커뮤니티가 관리합니다. 여러분의 참여를 환영합니다. 버그를 발견했다면 버그 보고서를 제출할 수 있습니다. 버그를 제출하려면 로 이동합니다.

이는 사용자와 개발자가 자세한 버그, 충돌, 제안 요청 내용을 제출할 수 있는 버그 추적 시스템입니다.

참여하려면 버그를 제출하려면 접근하고 버그를 제출하며, 댓글을 달 권한이 있는 계정이 필요합니다. 또한 등록이 필요하며, 여러분이 제출한 버그의 최신 상태를 전자메일로 받아보실 수 있습니다. 계정을 가지고 계씨지 않다면 New Account를 눌러 계정을 만드세요.

계정을 가지고 있다면 로그인합니디. File a BugCoreevince를 선택합니다. 버그를 보고하기 전에 버그 작성 지침서를 읽어주시고, 이미 보고한 버그가 있는지 확인하려면 탐색 하십시오.

여러분의 버그를 보내려면, Component메뉴에서 구성요소를 선택합니다. 만약 버그가 존재하는 요소가 무엇인지 잘 모르겠다면, general을 선택합니다.

새 기능을 제안하려면 Severity메뉴에서 enhancement를 선택합니다. 요점과 설명 부분을 채워주시고 Commit을 누릅니다.

여러분의 보고서에 ID번호를 부여할 것이며, 처리하는대로 상태를 업데이트 할 것입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/bookmarks.page0000644000373100047300000000201612307647133023600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 추가 정보를 책갈피처럼 쓸 수 있습니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 책갈피

문서 보기에는 책갈피 시스템이 없습니다. 책갈피와 같은 추가 정보를 사용할 수 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/editing.page0000644000373100047300000000255712307647133023245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 파일을 편집하려면 문서 보기를 사용할 수는 없습니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 문서 보기에서 문서를 편집할 수 있나요?

문서 보기 는 문서의 내용을 바꾸는데 사용할 수 없습니다. 여러분이 파일의 내용을 바꾸려면 적당한 편집 프로그램을 사용해야 합니다.

PDF와 포스트스크립트(.ps) 파일은 보통 편집을 하기위해 있는 것이 아니지만 PDF 편집 프로그램은 있습니다. pdfedit와 같은 걸 사용해보세요.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/print-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000264312307647133024122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 양면, 장당 다중 페이지 인쇄하기입니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 인쇄를 위한 양면 배치 및 장당 다중 페이지 배치

각각의 용지의 각 면마다 인쇄할 수 있습니다:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

인쇄 창의 페이지 설정으로 이동해서 양면 드롭다운 목록에서 옵션을 선택합니다.

종이 한 바닥 마다 문서의 쪽을 하나 이상 출력할 수도 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 한 장당 페이지 수를 사용합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000325412307647133022743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 채울 수 있는 양식을 다룹니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 양식

대화형 양식을 채워나갈 때, 마우스를 눌러서 제각각의 필드를 탐색할 수 있습니다. 텍스트 필드를 모두 채웠다면 Enter를 누릅니다.

스크롤 가능한 목록 상자에서 마우스로 목록 상자의 내용을 누르고 스크롤 하면서 선택할 수 있습니다.

양식을 인쇄한 다음 여러분이 직접 채워야 하는 양식 부분이 있을지도 모릅니다. 예를 들어 어떤 항목에 대해서는 동그라미를 그려넣어야 할 때도 있고, 또는 한 군데 이상의 양식 구역에 서명을 해야 할 수도 있습니다. 이걸 전자적으로 해결하려면 Xournal을 사용해보시는 것이 좋습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-7pages.page0000644000373100047300000000532112307647134024300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 07-쪽 소책자 7쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 7쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 7, 2, 1

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

이 순서로 나머지 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 6, 3, 4, 5

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로로 바꿔서 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

8쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 8쪽으로 만들려면 빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 페이지가 들어가도록 PDF-Shuffler를 사용해서 PDF 문서에 빈 PDF 문서를 합칩니다.

다음 순서는 8쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/finding.page0000644000373100047300000000403712307647134023234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 문서의 단어나 문장을 찾흡니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 문서의 텍스트 찾기

검색 창을 표시하려면 편집찾기를 누르거나 CtrlF 또는 /를 누릅니다.

검색할 단어나 문장을 입력하면 자동으로 검색을 시작합니다.

이전 찾기와 다음 찾기 단추는 이전 또는 다음 검색 결과로 건너뛰도록 합니다.

검색 표시줄을 숨기려면 문서 아무곳이나 누르세요.

여러분이 검색한 단어나 문장이 전체 문서에서 나타나지 않는 경우 없음이라는 메시지가 뜰 것입니다. 그러나 적어도 한 개 이상 문서에 존재한다면 메시지는 각각의 페이지에서 단어 몇개를 찾았는지 알려줍니다. 이는 위에 설명한대로 혹은 문서를 스크롤로 넘겨 한 개 이상의 결과를 지나칠 경우 나타나는 메시지 입니다.

PDF 문서만 검색할 수 있습니다. 어떤 PDF 문서는 검색할 수 없는데 문서의 본문이 이미지 형식으로 인코딩되었기 때문입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/singlesided-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000562312307647134025365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 20페이지 이상의 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 n쪽 소책자

n은 4의 배수입니다.

PDF 문서의 쪽수가 4의 배수가 아니라면 4의 배수 페이지를 만들려면 적당한 수의 여백 쪽(1~3쪽)을 넣어야 합니다. 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 쪽이 오도록 PDF-Shuffler로 PDF 문서에 빈 쪽을 합칩니다.

인쇄를 하려면:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ... 페이지 번호 n에 도달할 때까지 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서, 단면을 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수에서, 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

다음만 인쇄에서 홀수 페이지를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

모든 페이지가 인쇄되면, 페이지 순서를 뒤집고 프린터에 다시 올려놓습니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

이제 다음만 인쇄 에서 짝수만 인쇄를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/print-order.page0000644000373100047300000000425112307647134024061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 페이지 인쇄를 순서대로 하려면 뒤집기 및 역순 옵션을 사용하세요. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 올바른 순서대로 인쇄할 사본 얻기
뒤집기

프린터는 종종 첫번째 쪽을 먼저 인쇄하고 마지막 쪽을 마지막에 인쇄합니다. 따라서 여러분께서 인쇄한 종이를 집으면 반대 순서로 인쇄하여 끝냅니다.

순서를 뒤집으려면:

파일인쇄

인쇄 창의 일반 탭에 있는 인쇄 매수에서, 마지막 페이지부터를 표시합니다. 마지막 페이지부터 먼저 쭉 인쇄합니다.
한 부씩 인쇄하기

한 부 이상의 문서를 인쇄하려면, 출력물은 기본적으로 쪽 수대로 모입니다. (예. 1 쪽 사본이 나온 다음에 2쪽 사본이 나오고 ...) 한 부씩 인쇄를 사용하면 각각의 쪽을 한데 모아서 인쇄합니다.

한 부씩 인쇄하려면:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다

인쇄 창의 일반 탭에 있는 인쇄 매수에서 한 부씩 인쇄를 표시합니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000326412307647134024364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 16쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 16쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-15pages.page0000644000373100047300000000270612307647134024363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 15쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 15쪽 소책자

16쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 16쪽으로 만들려면 빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막 쪽을 여백 쪽으로 대체하는 PDF-Shuffler를 사용하여 PDF 문서에 여백 쪽을 붙입니다.

다음 순서는 16쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000200312307647134024326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 에빈스 문서 보기를 소개합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 도입부

에빈스는 문서 보기 프로그램입니다. 여러분이 볼 수 있는 파일 형식의 목록을 보시려면 를 봅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-3pages.page0000644000373100047300000000436212307647134024300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-쪽 소책자 3쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 3쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택합니다. 다음 순서로 쪽 수를 입력합니다: 3, 2, 1

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

4쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 4쪽으로 만들려면 빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막 쪽을 여백 쪽으로 대체하는 PDF-Shuffler를 사용하여 PDF 문서에 여백 쪽을 붙입니다.

다음 순서는 4쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/synctex.page0000644000373100047300000000265712307647134023321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 SyncTeX 지원을 사용할 수 있습니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 SyncTeX는 무엇인가요?

SyncTeX는 TeX 소스코드 파일과 PDF 출력 결과 파일간의 동기화를 가능하게 해주는 수단입니다.

동영상 시연 동기화 하려면 Ctrl마우스 누르기를 하십시오.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/movingaround.page0000644000373100047300000001526612307647134024334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 탐색, 스크롤, 확대하기. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 문서 이동하기

다음 방법중 한가지 방법을 통해 문서의 각 페이지 어디로든 이동할 수 있습니다:

마우스 휠을 사용하여 스크롤을 올리고 내립니다. 페이지 이곳저곳을 마우스를 움직여서 이동하려면:

페이지를 오른쪽 단추로 눌러주고 자동 스크롤을 선택합니다.

스크롤을 내리려면 마우스 포인터를 창의 바닥 방향으로 움직입니다. 창의 바닥으로 얼마나 많이 움직였냐에 따라 스크롤이 빨라집니다.

자동 스크롤을 멈추려면 문서의 아무곳이든 누릅니다.

문서 창의 스크롤 바를 사용합니다.

키보드의 위 아래 화살표 키를 사용합니다.

페이지를 손으로 잡은 것처럼 마우스로 페이지 주위를 끌어봅니다. 이 동작을 하려면:

마우스 포인터를 페이지 위에 가져다 놓고 끌고 움직이려면 가운데 마우스 단추(휠 단추)를 누른채로 유지합니다.

만약 가운데 마우스 단추가 없다면 왼쪽 단추와 오른쪽 단추를 동시에 누른 상태로 유지합니다. 그 다음 끌어서 움직입니다.
페이지 순서 뒤집기

다음중 한가지 방법으로 문서의 페이지를 이동할 수 있습니다:

도구 모음의 이전또는 다음 단추를 누릅니다.

이동 메뉴를 사용하려면:

이동다음 페이지

이동이전 페이지

키보드의 CtrlPage Up이나 CtrlPage Down키를 누릅니다.

지정한 페이지로 이동하려면:

도구 모음의 '페이지 선택' 도구에서 페이지 숫자를 입력하고 Enter를 누릅니다.

문서의 처음이나 끝 부분으로 이동하려면:

이동첫 페이지를 누릅니다. 또한 키보드에서 CtrlHome을 누를 수 있습니다.

이동끝 페이지를 누르거나 키보드의 CtrlEnd를 누릅니다.

한번에 10쪽씩 넘기려면, ShiftPage Up를 누르거나 ShiftPage Down을 누릅니다.

기본적으로 한 번에 한 페이지 정도만을 넘길 수 있습니다. 스크롤이나 끌기로 페이지를 이동하고 싶다면 보기연속을 누릅니다.
확대 축소하

확대하려면 보기확대를 누르거나 키보드의 바로 가기 키 Ctrl+를 사용합니다.

축소하려면 보기축소를 누르거나 키보드의 바로 가기 키 Ctrl-를 사용합니다.

대신 다음 중 한가지 방법으로 할 수 있습니다:

확대하려면 Ctrl을 누른 채로 마우스 스크롤 휠을 사용합니다.

창의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 여러분이 결정한 확대 백분율을 선택합니다.

알맞게 맞추기 옵션을 창의 전체 높이에 문서 쪽을 맞춥니다.

페이지 너비에 맞추기 옵션은 창의 전체 너비에 대해 문서 페이지를 채웁니다.

책 처럼 각각의 면에 대해 두 페이지를 한번에 보려면, 보기두 페이지씩을 누릅니다.

문서를 보려면 화면 전체를 사용할 수 있습니다:

보기전체 화면또는 F11을 누릅니다.

전체 화면모드를 빠져나가려면:

F11이나 Escape키를 누릅니다.

또는 화면의 위에서 전체 화면 나가기 단추를 누릅니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000254612307647134023257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 문서 보기를 개선합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 개발 돕기

문서 보기는 봉사자 커뮤니티가 개발하고 관리합니다. 여러분의 참여를 환영합니다.

문서 보기의 개발을 도와주려면, irc나 메일링리스트를 통해 개발자과 연락할 수 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/password.page0000644000373100047300000000257612307647134023466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 암호로 보호된 PDF를 다룹니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 암호로 보호한 문서

암호로 보호된 PDF 문서를 열려고 하면, 문서 암호를 입력하라고 요구하는 창이 나타납니다. 암호를 입력한 다음 문서 열기를 누릅니다.

암호에는 두가지 방식이 있습니다:

문서를 보려면 사용자 암호가 필요합니다.

보이는 것과 같이 문서를 인쇄하려면 마스터 암호가 필요합니다.

이 암호는 문서를 만든 사람이 설정합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000404312307647134023610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 문서 보기를 지역화 합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 번역 돕기

문서 보기 사용자 인터페이스와 문서는 전세계 자원봉사 커뮤니티에서 번역합니다. 참여해주시는 여러분을 환영합니다.

여전히 번역이 필요한 수많은 언어들이 있습니다.

번역을 시작하기위해 계정을 만들고 여러분의 언어에 속하는 번역 팀에 참여합니다. 이를 통해 새로운 번역물을 업로드할 권한을 여러분께 부여합니다.

irc를 통해 그놈 번역자들과 대화를 할 수 있습니다. 채널에 있는 사람은 전세계에 있어 시간차때문에 바로 답변을 얻지 못할 수도 있습니다.

대신 여러분은 메일링 리스트를 통해 국제화 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-14pages.page0000644000373100047300000000566612307647134024372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 14쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 14쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서롤 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9, 2

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

한 쪽을 인쇄하고 나면, 방향을 올바르게 놨는지 확인하면서 2쪽을 인쇄한 종이를 집어 프린터에 다시 올려 놓습니다(1쪽은 반대면에 인쇄합니다).

파일인쇄를 다시 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택하고 1을 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

16쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 16쪽으로 만들려면 2쪽의 빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 2쪽 짜리 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 페이지가 들어가도록 PDF-Shuffler를 사용해서 PDF 문서에 빈 PDF 문서를 합칩니다.

다음 순서는 16쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/noprint.page0000644000373100047300000000623712307647134023313 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 저작자가 문서에 인쇄 제한을 걸어두었을지도 모릅니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 문서를 인쇄할 수 없습니다.
인쇄를 실패하는데 가능한 이유

다음의 이유로 문서를 인쇄하지 못할 수 있습니다:

프린터 문제이거나,

PDF에서 인쇄를 제한해서입니다.
프린터 문제

프린터가 동작하지 않는데는 여러가지 이유가 있습니다. 예를 들어 종이나 잉크가 떨어졌거나, 선이 빠졌거나 손상되었을 수도 있습니다.

프린터가 올바르게 인쇄하는지 확인하려면:

상위 표시줄의 여러분의 이름을 누르고 시스템 설정을 선택합니다.

목록에 있는 프린터를 누릅니다.

테스트 페이지 출력를 누릅니다. 여러분의 프린터에 페이지를 보냅니다.

만약 실패했을 경우 인쇄 도움말을 참조합니다. 또한 이 밖에 여러분이 할 수 있는일에 대해 여러분의 프린터 설명서를 볼 필요도 있습니다.
PDF 인쇄 제한

어떤 PDF 문서는 여러분이 인쇄를 하는것을 막도록 설정이 들어있기도 합니다. 글쓴이는 문서를 작성할 때 인쇄 제한을 설정할 수 있습니다. 문서 보기 프로그램은 이 제한을 덮어쓰는 것을 기본으로 하고 있지만, 이 기능이 켜져있는지 확인해보고 싶다면:

프로그램 실행 창을 열려면 AltF2키를 누릅니다.

dconf-editor를 텍스트 상자에 입력하고 실행을 누르면 설정 편집기가 열립니다.

가장자리 창을 사용하여 /org/gnome/evince를 찾아봅니다.

override_restrictions옵션을 표시했는지 확인합니다.

문서 보기로 되돌아가서 문서를 다시 가리켜봅니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/convertpdf.page0000644000373100047300000000454712307647134023776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 문서를 파일로 "인쇄"하여 문서를 PDF로 변환할 수 있습니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 PDF로 문서 변환하기

다음 형식의 문서을 PDF 형식으로 변환할 수 있습니다:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

PostScript (.ps)

문서 보기에서 파일을 열고 문서를 포스트스크립트 PDF 파일로 "인쇄"하면 동작합니다.

파일인쇄를 누르고 일반 탭으로 이동합니다.

파일로 인쇄를 선택하고 출력 형식으로 PDF를 선택합니다.

파일을 저장할 이름과 폴더를 선택하고 인쇄를 누릅니다. PDF파일은 여러분이 선택한 폴더에 저장됩니다.

여러분은 포스트스크립트나 .dvi 파일에서 텍스트를 선택할 수 없지만 PDF파일에서는 보통 가능합니다. .dvi나 포스트스크립트 파일을 PDF로 변환하면 텍스트를 선택할 수 있게 하진 못합니다. 왜냐햐면 텍스트 그 자체로 파일에 저장한 상태가 아니기 때문입니다(단지 어떤 텍스트 같이 생겼는지에 대한 그림일 뿐입니다). 따라서 복구할 수 있는 방법이 없을 뿐더러 PDF에 텍스트를 위치할 수 있는 방법도 없습니다. 필요하다면 파일로부터 텍스트를 추출하려면 광학 문자 판독(OCR) 프로그램을 사용할 수 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/formats.page0000644000373100047300000000365412307647134023275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 PDF, 포스트스크립트 등이 있습니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 지원 형식

문서 보기는 다음 형식을 지원합니다:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphics (.svg)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

Other Image Files (.gif, .jpeg, .png)

어떤 리눅스 배포판에서는, 기본적으로 모든 형식을 지원하지 않기 때문에 아래에 나열한 모든 형식을 볼 수 없을지도 모릅니다.

이러한 형식에 대한 지원을 백엔드라고 합니다. "문서를 열 수 없습니다" 오류를 만났다면 해당 형식에 대한 백엔드 패키지를 설치했는지 확인해야 할 것입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/synctex-compile.page0000644000373100047300000000235612307647134024743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 TeX 문서를 SyncTeX로 컴파일 하는 방법 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 SyncTeX로 TeX 컴파일하기

TeX파일 처음 부분에 \synctex=1 줄을 추가하면 SyncTex와 동기화를 시작합니다.

\documentclass{article} \synctex=1 \usepackage{fullpage} \begin{document} ... \end{document}

대신, -synctex=1옵션으로 pdflatex 명령을 실행할 수 있습니다:

pdflatex -synctex=1 yourFile.tex usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/convertPostScript.page0000644000373100047300000000342312307647134025327 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 문서를 포스트스크립트로 변환할 수 있습니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 포스트스크립트로 문서 변환하기

다음 문서의 형식을 포스트스크립트 파일로 변환할 수 있습니다:

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

문서 보기에서 파일을 열고 문서를 포스트스크립트 파일로 "인쇄"하면 동작합니다.

파일인쇄를 누르고 일반 탭으로 이동합니다.

파일로 인쇄를 선택하고 포스트스크립트를 출력 형식 으로 선택합니다.

파일을 저장할 이름과 폴더를 선택하고 인쇄를 누릅니다. 포스트스크립트 파일은 여러분이 선택한 폴더에 저장됩니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000307312307647134023447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 인쇄하는 방법, 인쇄에 대한 일반적인 질문입니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 문서 인쇄?

문서를 인쇄하려면:

파일인쇄를 누릅니다

목록에서 프린터를 선택합니다

인쇄를 누릅니다.

다음 파일 형식을 인쇄할 수 있습니다:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-11pages.page0000644000373100047300000000525312307647134024357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 11쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 11쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 11, 2, 1

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

파일인쇄를 다시 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

이 순서로 나머지 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

12쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 12쪽으로 만들려면빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 페이지가 들어가도록 PDF-Shuffler를 사용해서 PDF 문서에 빈 PDF 문서를 합칩니다.

다음 순서는 12쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/synctex-search.page0000644000373100047300000000555412307647134024563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 문서 보기와 지에디트 사이를 전환합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 SyncTex로 검색하기

SyncTeX로 TeX파일을 컴파일한 다음에는 검색을 할 수 있습니다. 심지어 SyncTeX는 포함한 파일에 대해 전후 검색을 지원합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/print-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000335612307647134025614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 제각기 다른 크기, 모양, 방향의 종이에 문서를 인쇄합니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 인쇄 용지 크기 변경하기

문서의 용지 크기를 바꾸고 싶다면(예를 들어 US Letter크기의 PDF 문서를 A4 용지에 출력), 문서의 인쇄 형식을 바꿀 수 있습니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

용지 칸 아래에서, 드롭다운 목록의 용지 크기를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누르면 문서를 인쇄합니다.

또한 다른 방향을 선택하려면 방향 메뉴를 사용할 수 있습니다:

세로 방향

가로 방향

뒤집힌 세로 방향

뒤집힌 가로 방향

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001634012307647134023654 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 모든 바로 가기 목록을 보고, 사용자 정의 바로가기를 만드는 방법을 알아봅니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 키보드 바로 가기 키
기본 바로 가기 키
열고 닫고 저장하고 인쇄하기

문서를 엽니다.

CtrlO

현재 문서의 사본을 엽니다.

CtrlN

현재 문서의 사본을 새 파일 이름으로 저장힙니다.

CtrlS

현재 문서를 인쇄합니다.

CtrlP

현재 문서 창을 닫습니다.

CtrlW

현재 문서를 다시 읽어들입니다(문서를 닫고 다시 여는 효과를 가져옵니다).

CtrlR
문서 위치 이동

페이지를 위 아래로 이동합니다.

방향 키

각각의 줄을 위 아래로 제때제때 이동합니다.

Page Up / Page Down

이전/다음 쪽으로 갑니다.

CtrlPage Up / CtrlPage Down

페이지의 처음으로 갑니다 (보기연속을 선택한 경우 문서의 처음으로 갑니다).

Home

페이지의 마지막으로 이동합니다 (보기연속을 선택했다면 문서의 끝으로 갑니다).

End

문서의 처음으로 이동합니다.

CtrlHome

문서의 마지막으로 이동합니다.

CtrlEnd
글 선택 및 복사하기

강조한 글을 복사합니다.

CtrlC

문서의 모든 글을 선택합니다.

CtrlA
텍스트 찾기

문서의 단어를 검색하는 도구 모음을 보여줍니다. 검색 상자는 누르면 자동으로 강조하며, 텍스트를 입력할 때마다 바로바로 검색을 시작합니다.

CtrlF

다음 검색 결과로 이동합니다.

CtrlG

이전 검색 결과로 이동합니다.

CtrlShiftG
최전 및 확대

시계 반대 방향으로 90도 회전합니다.

Ctrl→

시계 방향으로 90도 회전합니다.

Ctrl←

확대합니다.

Ctrl+

축소합니다.

Ctrl-
사용자 정의 책갈피 만들기

gconf의 /desktop/gnome/interface/can_change_accels 플래그 값을 활성화하려면:

AltF2를 누릅니다. 프로그램 실행 대화상자를 엽니다.

텍스트 상자에 'gconf-editor'를 입력합니다.

설정 편집기에서 desktopgnomeinterface를 선택합니다.

창의 오른 편에 있는 can_change_accels에 대한 값 상자에 표시합니다.

다음과 같이 바로 가기를 추가하고 바꿀 수 있습니다:

문서 보기를 엽니다.

여러분이 만들거나 바꾸려는 바로 가기에 대한 항목에 마우스 포인터를 가져다 놓습니다.

여러분이 원하는 바로 가기 키를 키보드로 CtrlShiftT와 같은 식으로 입력합니다.

문서 보기를 닫습니다.

1~3의 과정을 반복합니다.

창의 오른 편에 있는 can_change_accels에 대해 값 상자 표시를 해제합니다.

다음에 문서 보기를 실행하면, 사용자 정의 바로 가기 키가 보존되어 있습니다.

참고로 이 또한 다른 그놈 프로그램에 대해서도 동작합니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/annotation-properties.page0000644000373100047300000000410412307647134026155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 추가 정보의 글쓴이, 색, 모양 또는 아이콘을 지정하는 방법입니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 추가 정보 지정하기

문서의 추가 정보 아이콘에서 오른쪽 단추를 누릅니다.

추가 정보 속성을 선택합니다.

추가 정보 속성 창에서 여러분의 메모에 대한 글쓴이, 색, 모양 또는 아이콘을 바꿀 수 있습니다.

추가 정보 속성은 여러분이 바꾼 내용에 대해서만 메모에 반영합니다. 제각각의 메모는 다른 속성을 지닐 수 있습니다.
기본 추가 정보 속성을 완전히 바꿀 수 있나요?

기본 추가 정보 속성(글쓴이, 색, 모양, 아이콘)은 위에서 설명한 바대로 제각각의 메모에 대해서만 바꿀 수 있습니다. 그래서 여러분의 메모레 대한 모든 아이콘을 노랑대신 빨강으로 바꾸려면 기본 설정을 제각의 메모에 대해 노랑에서 빨강으로 바꾸어야 합니다. 아직은 제각각 다른 추가 정보 속성의 기본 설정을 저장할 수 있는 방법이 없습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-10pages.page0000644000373100047300000000564212307647134024360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 10쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 10쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7, 2

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

한 쪽을 인쇄하고 나면, 방향을 올바르게 놨는지 확인하면서 2쪽을 인쇄한 종이를 집어 프린터에 다시 올려 놓습니다(1쪽은 반대면에 인쇄합니다).

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택하고 1을 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

12쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 12쪽으로 만들려면2쪽의 빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 2쪽 짜리 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 페이지가 들어가도록 PDF-Shuffler를 사용해서 PDF 문서에 빈 PDF 문서를 합칩니다.

다음 순서는 12쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/forms-saving.page0000644000373100047300000000435712307647134024236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 양식을 저장했는지 확인하지 않으면 여러분이 입력한 내용을 잃게 됩니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 양식 저장하기

양식을 다 채우고 나면, 다음 두가지 방법 중 하나를 통해 양식을 저장하려고 할 것입니다:

(양식은 작성할 수 있는 상태로) 나중에 편집할 수 있도록 사본을 저장하려면:

파일복사물 저장을 누릅니다

저장팔 파일 이름과 폴더를 선택하고 저장를 누릅니다. 여러분이 선택한 폴더에 PDF를 저장합니다.

더 이상 편집할 수 없는 사본을 저장하려면(예를 들어 양식을 전자메일로 보내려하거나 온라인에 제출하려고 할 때):

파일인쇄를 누르고 일반 탭으로 이동합니다.

파일로 인쇄를 선택하고 출력 형식으로 PDF를 선택합니다.

파일을 저장할 이름과 폴더를 선택하고 인쇄를 누릅니다. 여러분이 선택한 폴더에 PDF를 저장합니다.

암호화한 파일의 사본을 저장하거나 인쇄할 수 없네요.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000452012307647134024367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 16페이지 이상의 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 n쪽 소책자

n은 4의 배수입니다.

PDF 문서의 쪽 수가 4의 배수가 아니라면 4의 배수로 만들려면 적당한 수의 쪽(1,2 또는 3쪽)을 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 쪽이 오도록 PDF-Shuffler로 PDF 문서에 빈 쪽을 합칩니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위 부분에서 페이지를 선택합니다.

이 순서로 쪽 번호를 입력합니다: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ... 페이지 번호 n에 도달할 때까지 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/print-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000255712307647134024414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 소책자 인쇄하기

소책자를 인쇄하려면(각각의 페이지를 묶거나 페이지 가운데에 스테플러로 묶으려고 하는 경우) 아래 목록에서 인쇄하는데 사용할 프린터의 유형을 선택합니다. 그 다음 여러분이 가진 소책자의 인쇄 페이지를 선택합니다.

단면 인쇄 가능한 프린터
양면 인쇄 가능한 프린터
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/annotations-navigate.page0000644000373100047300000000311112307647134025737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 추가 정보를 탐색하는 방법입니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 추가 정보 탐색

문서의 추가 정보를 만들었다면, 문서의 모든 추가 정보 목록을 표시하려면 목록 탭을 사용할 수 있습니다. 목록은 형식, 페이지 번호, 글쓴이 그리고 추가 정보 작성 날짜를 표시합니다.

각각의 추가 정보의 위치를 빠르게 탐색하려면 페이지 숫자 옆의 왼쪽에 있는 화살표를 누릅니다. 페이지에 대한 추가 정보의 목록을 보실 수 있습니다. 관심있는 추가 정보를 누르시면, 문서 보기는 문서의 추가 정보 위치를 탐색합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/annotations-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000172212307647134025411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 추가 정보를 제거할 수 없습니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 추가 정보 제거하기

지금은 문서 보기에서 추가 정보를 제거할 수 없습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/convertSVG.page0000644000373100047300000000314112307647134023651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 파일로 "인쇄"하는 방식으로 문서를 SVG로 변환할 수 있습니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 SVG로 문서 변환하기

다음 형식의 문서를 SVG 파일로 변환할 수 있습니다:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

이 동작은 문서 보기에서 파일을 열어서 SVG 파일로 "인쇄"하는 것입니다.

파일인쇄를 누르고 일반 탭으로 이동합니다.

파일로 인쇄를 선택하고 출력 형식으로 SVG를 선택합니다.

저장할 파일의 이름과 폴더를 선택하고 인쇄를 누릅니다. 여러분이 선택한 곳에 SVG 파일을 저장합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/index.page0000644000373100047300000000405112307647134022721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/evince-trail.png"/> 에빈스 문서 보기 에빈스 문서 보기 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 <media type="image" src="figures/evincelogo.png">에빈스 로고</media>에빈스 문서 보기
문서 읽기
프리젠테이션과 다른 지원하는 형식
인쇄
추가정보와 책갈피
대화형 양식
자주 묻는 질문
고급
조언과 요령
SyncTeX
참여하기
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000116612307647134022566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

이 저작물은 크리에이티브 커먼즈 저작자표시-동일조건변경허락 3.0 미 합중국 라이선스(으)로 라이선스를 맺었습니다.

특별한 예외를 제외하고, 저작자는 제한 없이 여러분이 선택한 조항에 따라 이 문서에 대해 여러분께 복사, 수정 그리고 이 문서에 있는 예제코드를 배포할 권한을 드립니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/invert-colors.page0000644000373100047300000000217512307647134024425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 색을 반전하면 일부 글을 더 알아 보기 쉽게 할 수 있습니다. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 페이지 색 반전하기

흑백을 바꾸려면 보기색 반전을 누릅니다.

이 방법을 사용하면 특히 시각 장애우 같은 분께서 텍스트를 쉽게 읽을 수 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/synctex-editors.page0000644000373100047300000000415312307647134024761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 어떤 편집기로 TeX파일을 편집할 수 있나요? Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 지원 편집기
<app>지에디트</app>

(지에디트에서 문서 보기에 대한) 전방 검색과 (문서 보기에서 지에디트에 대한) 후방 검색 모두를 지원합니다.

Vim-latex

지에디트 플러그인에 SyncTeX가 Vim과 동작할 수 있게 하는 파이선 스크립트(evince_dbus.py)가 있습니다. vim-latex를 문서 보기와 사용하려면 다음 순서를 따라야 합니다:

evince_dbus.py를 여러분의 경로상 디렉터리 어딘가에 복사하고 +x 권한을 줍니다.

~/.vimrc 파일을 수정하고 다음 줄을 추가합니다.

let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'evince_dbus.py' let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf' let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex --synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $*'

이제 \ls를 입력하면 vim-latex에서 전방 검색 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 후방 검색은 아직 지원하지 않습니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/annotations.page0000644000373100047300000000513012307647134024146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 추가 정보를 만들고 설정하는 방법입니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 추가 정보 추가하기

추가 정보는 PDF 문서에 다는 메모나 설명입니다. 문서 보기를 사용하면 추가 정보를 추가할 수 있습니다.

파일을 열면, 창의 왼쪽에 가장자리 창을 보실 수 있습니다. 만약 측면 창이 안 보인다면 보기가장자리 창 또는 F9키를 누릅니다.

가장자리 창의 윗 부분에는, 미리보기, 차례 그리고 추가 정보와 같은 옵션이 있는 드롭다운 메뉴가 있습니다(그 중 일부는 어떤 문서에 대해서는 꺼져 있습니다).

추가 정보를 만들려면:

드롭다운 메뉴에서 추가 정보를 선택합니다.

여러분은 드롭다운 메뉴에서 목록과 추가탭을 .

추가 탭을 선택합니다.

텍스트 추가 정보를 추가하려면 아이콘을 누릅니다.

문서 창에서 추가 정보를 넣고 싶은 위치를 쿠릅니다. 추가 정보창이 열립니다.

추가 정보 창에 글을 입력합니다.

메모의 바닥 구석 어딘가를 마우스 왼쪽 단추를 누른채로 크기를 조절할 수 있으며 다른 곳으로 옮길 수도 있습니다.

메모의 위 구석에 있는 x 표시를 눌러 메모를 닫습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000271512307647134024470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 문서 팀에게 연락합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 문서 작성 돕기

문서 보기 문서는 봉사자 커뮤니티가 작성하고 관리합니다. 여러분의 참여를 환영합니다.

문서 프로젝트에 공헌하려면, irc, 나메일링 리스트를 통해 저희와 연락하는 것에 부담감을 갖지 마세요.

위키페이지에 쓸만한 정보가 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-9pages.page0000644000373100047300000001010212307647134024273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-쪽 소책자 9쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 9쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택하고 1을 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

한 쪽을 인쇄하고 나면, 방향을 올바르게 놨는지 확인하면서 종이를 집어 프린터에 다시 올려 놓습니다(2쪽은 반대면에 인쇄합니다).

파일인쇄를 다시 누르고 일반 탭을 선택합니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택하고 2를 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭에서 페이지 순서를 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

파일인쇄를 다시 누릅니다.

일반 탭에서 페이지에 3을 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭에서 페이지 순서를 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

3쪽을 인쇄하고 나면, 방향을 올바르게 놨는지 확인하면서 인쇄한 종이를 집어 프린터에 다시 올려놓습니다(4쪽과 9쪽은 반대면에 인쇄합니다).

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭의 페이지 섹션에서 쪽 수를 4, 9로 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭에서 페이지 순서를 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

페이지 선택 메뉴에서 8,5,6,7을 입력하고 페이지 순서를 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

12쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 12쪽으로 만들려면 3쪽의 빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 3쪽 짜리 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 페이지가 들어가도록 PDF-Shuffler를 사용해서 PDF 문서에 빈 PDF 문서를 합칩니다.

다음 순서는 12쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/evince/duplex-5pages.page0000644000373100047300000000753612307647134024310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-쪽 소책자 5쪽 소책자를 인쇄합니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

크리에이티브 커먼즈 동일조건변경허락 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012, 2013 5쪽 소책자

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 누릅니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택하고 1을 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

배치의 양면 메뉴에서 짧은 방향(거꾸로)를 선택합니다.

한 장당 페이지 수옵션에서 2를 선택합니다.

페이지 순서 메뉴에서 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

한 쪽을 인쇄하고 나면, 방향을 올바르게 놨는지 확인하면서 종이를 집어 프린터에 다시 올려 놓습니다(2쪽은 반대면에 인쇄합니다).

파일인쇄를 다시 누릅니다.

일반 탭을 선택합니다.

범위에서 페이지를 선택하고 2를 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭을 선택합니다.

페이지 순서에서, 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로를 선택합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

3쪽을 인쇄하려면 파일인쇄를 다시 누릅니다.

일반 탭의 페이지 섹션에서 쪽 수를 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭에서 페이지 순서를 오른쪽에서 왼쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

3쪽을 인쇄하고 나면, 방향을 올바르게 놨는지 확인하면서 인쇄한 종이를 집어 프린터에 다시 올려놓습니다(4쪽과 9쪽은 반대면에 인쇄합니다).

파일인쇄를 누릅니다.

일반 탭의 페이지 섹션에서 쪽 수를 4, 9로 입력합니다.

페이지 설정 탭에서 페이지 순서를 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로로 설정합니다.

인쇄를 누릅니다.

8쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 것은 참 쉽습니다. 여러분은 PDF 문서를 8쪽으로 만들려면 3쪽의 빈 페이지를 추가해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:

LibreOffice Writer로 3쪽 짜리 빈 PDF 문서를 만듭니다.

마지막에 빈 페이지가 들어가도록 PDF-Shuffler를 사용해서 PDF 문서에 빈 PDF 문서를 합칩니다.

다음 순서는 8쪽 소책자를 인쇄하는 방법입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-bluetooth/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000743512303136005024414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. 이 설명서는 GFDL에 의해 배포되는 그놈 메뉴얼 모음의 한 부분입니다. 모음으로부터 이 설명서를 개별적으로 배포하고 싶으시다면 라이선스의 6장에 기술된 대로 이 메뉴얼에 라이선스를 추가함으로써 가능합니다. 회사에서의 제품이나 서비스를 구분하기 위해 사용되는 수많은 이름들은 등록상표 입니다. 어떤 그놈 문서에 나타나는 등록상표 명칭이나 등록상표로 인지되는 그>놈 문서 프로젝트의 구성원의 이름이 존재하는 곳에는 대문자로 표기하거나 대문자 약자로 표기됩니다. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-bluetooth/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000004661612303136005025263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gnome-bluetooth"> ]>
그놈 블루투스 설명서 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. 이 설명서는 GFDL에 의해 배포되는 그놈 메뉴얼 모음의 한 부분입니다. 모음으로부터 이 설명서를 개별적으로 배포하고 싶으시다면 라이선스의 6장에 기술된 대로 이 메뉴얼에 라이선스를 추가함으로써 가능합니다. 회사에서의 제품이나 서비스를 구분하기 위해 사용되는 수많은 이름들은 등록상표 입니다. 어떤 그놈 문서에 나타나는 등록상표 명칭이나 등록상표로 인지되는 그>놈 문서 프로젝트의 구성원의 이름이 존재하는 곳에는 대문자로 표기하거나 대문자 약자로 표기됩니다. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation Project
baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com
1.0 March 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com 이 설명서는 그놈 블루투스 2.28에 대해 설명합니다. 피드백 그놈 블루투스 프로그램이나 이 설명서에 대해 버그나 제안을 보고하려면, 그놈 피드백 페이지 의 지시를 따릅니다. gnome-bluetooth 는 그놈 데스크톱의 블루투스 장치를 관리하는 프로그램입니다. gnome-bluetooth Bluetooth Communication 개요 gnome-bluetooth is an application that let you manage Bluetooth in the GNOME destkop. gnome-bluetooth permits to send files to your Bluetooth devices, or browse their content. Connect to your devices, like headset or audio gateway. You can add or delete Bluetooth devices, or manage their permissions. 블루투스 애플릿 애플릿은 기능에 접근하고 파일을 보내거나 장치를 관리할 수 있도록 하는 알림 애플릿에서 찾을 수 있는 상주 프로그램입니다.
알림 트레이의 블루투스 애플릿 아이콘
블루투스 애플릿 시작하기 The gnome-bluetooth applet is started automatically when you log into your session, and you can find its icon in the notification zone. To launch manually the applet, open menu ApplicationsAccessoriesTerminal and type bluetooth-applet. To prevent launching of the applet in your desktop, open menu SystemPreferencesSession and disable Bluetooth Manager. 블루투스 어댑터 끄기 블루투스 어댑터를 끄면 현재로부터 블루투스 어댑터와의 모든 통신 기능이 중단됩니다. 블루투스 어댑터를 끄면 랩톱 배터리를 절약할 수 있어 자율성이 증가되며, 블루투스 장치를 사용하지 않을 경우 장치를 끄는 것은 좋은 생각입니다. 애플릿의 아이콘을 누르고 블루투스 끄기를 선택하면 알림 아이콘이 회색으로 변할 것입니다. 블루투스 장치로 파일 보내기 이 메뉴를 선택하여 장치로 파일을 보냅니다. 그러면 보낼 파일을 선택할 파일 선택기가 나타날 것이며 그 다음에는 파일을 보낼 장치를 선택해야 할 것입니다. 블루투스 장치 탐색하기 이 메뉴를 선택하여 파일 관리자에서 장치 파일 시스템을 바로 탐색합니다. 최근 사용된 장치 이 장에서는 연결할 수 있는 장치 중 연결된 장치를 보여줍니다. 장치에 연결하려면, 연결 하려는 장치를 알리려 굵게 표시된 장치의 이름을 누릅니다. 새로운 장치 추가하기 (장치와 결합할 어댑터로 구성할) 새 장치를 추가하려면, 애플릿 아이콘을 누르고 새 장치 설정...를 선택합니다. 그래픽으로 구성된 도우미는 장치를 설정하는 과정을 도와줄 것입니다. 과정을 시작하기 전에 원격 장치를 발견 가능한 상태로 설정하는 것을 잊으신다면, 마법사는 장치를 찾을 수 없을 것입니다. 마법하는 주변에 있는 모든 발견가능한 장치를 표시할 것입니다. 찾으려는 장치의 유형을 선택해서 장치 목록을 가려낼 수 있습니다.
마법사를 통한 장치 검색
장치에 내장된 인증키를 보유하고 있다면, 인증키 옵션...을 선택하고, 새 대화상자에서 사용할 인증키를 선택합니다. 결합 과정에서 이전을 선택합니다. 그러면 이전 과정에서 고정된 인증키를 정의했을때 결합이 자동적으로 이루어질 것이며, 그렇지 않다면 장치에 입력할 인증키를 보게 될 것이고, 이것을 장치에 입력하면, 장치와 어댑터의 결합이 완료될 것입니다. 기본 설정 Click on the icon of the applet, and choose Preferences , the preferences dialog will appear. 기본 설정에 대한 더 많은 내용을 보려면 장을 보기 바랍니다. 기본 설정 gnome-bluetooth 기본 설정 대화상자는 다양한 블루투스 장치를 관리하거나 블루투스 어댑터(들)의 기본 설정을 바꿀 수 있도록 합니다.
기본 설정 대화상자
발견 가능 어댑터가 발견가능 으로 설정되었다면 주변의 어떤 블루투스 장치에서도 발견할 수 있을 것이며, 이로 인해 결합할 것인지에 대한 질문을 할 수 있을 것입니다. 기타 네트워크 유형으로서의 블루투스는 잠재된 보안 위험이 있기 때문에, 기타 장치에 대해 발견 가능하지 않도록 설정하는 것은 침입 가능성을 제한하기 위한 좋은 방법입니다. 다른 장치와 결합하려고 장치를 발견 가능상태로 설정하는 것 만이 유용하며, 이미 이렇게 되어 있는 경우, 발견가능을 끌 수 있습니다. 장치가 발견가능하지 않은 상태라면, 이미 결합된 블루투스 장치와의 통신이 가능합니다. 어댑터 친화적 명칭 친화적 명칭이라 함은 블루투스 장치간 인증하는데 사용되는 주소 대신 좀 더 기억하기 쉽도록 사용하는 별명을 의미합니다. 기본적으로 어댑터 친화적 명칭은 HOSTNAME-0 (HOSTNAME자리에는 컴퓨터의 이름이 들어가며, 이를 바꾸려면 텍스트 항목을 편집하여 원하는 이름으로 설정합니다. 바뀐 내용은 즉시 효력을 발휘할 것입니다. 알려진 장치 Known devices lists the Bluetooth devices you paired and let you manage them, like deleting them, connect to them or adding new one. Setup new device, as described in Connect / Disconnect to a device. Device Deletion. Deletion will suppress pairing between the adapter and the device, and no communication will be allowed. You need to pair them together again if you want transfer files for instance. 블루투스 아이콘 보이기 패널의 블루투스 아이콘을 보이거나 숨길 수 있습니다. 애플릭 기능을 알아보려면 을 봅니다. 패널에서 아이콘을 없애면, 제한된 동작들만 사용가능하도록 남을 것입니다. 파일 받기 파일 받기 단추를 누르시면 개인 파일 공유 기본 설정 대화상자가 뜰 것입니다. 블루투스 파일 받기 및 공유에 대해 대화상자에서 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 기능은 gnome-bluetooth에서 지원되지 않습니다. 이 기능을 사용하려면 gnome-user-share가 설치되어 있어야 합니다. Read more in the Personal File Sharing Manual: receiving and sharing. 빈번한 질문들 gnome-bluetooth의 내 컴퓨터에서 블루투스를 통해 파일을 받는 방법을 찾지 못했는데, 제가 잘못본건가요? 파일 전송은 gnome-bluetooth에서 구현되지 않았지만, gnome-user-share에 구현되어, 블루투스를 통해 파일을 받을 수 있게 하려면 이 프로그램을 설치해야만 합니다. 에 설명된 단추는 단지 gnome-user-share의 환경설정 대화상자 실행 단추일 뿐입니다. gnome-bluetooth에서 버그를 찾았는데 어떻게 하죠? 로 버그를 제출해주시면 좋겠습니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/license.page0000644000373100047300000000164712317333242023455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Know your rights License

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/restore-worst-case.page0000644000373100047300000002410512317333242025575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What to do if you can’t restore your files When Everything Goes Wrong

Déjà Dup may fail. Maybe it crashes or gives you an error when you try to restore. When you really need your data back, the last thing you want do deal with is a bug. Consider filing a bug report but in the meantime, here are some approaches to workaround a misbehaving Déjà Dup and get your data back.

This is going to get technical. If none of this makes sense to you, don’t be afraid to ask for help.

Open a Terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT.

Create the directory in which you will place your restored files. This guide will use /tmp/restore:

mkdir -p /tmp/restore
Restoring with Duplicity

On the assumption that Déjà Dup is just not working for you right now, you’re going to use the command line tool duplicity that is used by Déjà Dup behind the scenes to back up and restore your files.

If you want more information about duplicity than presented here, run man duplicity.

The first thing we’ll try is a simple restore of all your data. Assuming your files are on an external drive mounted as /media/backup and you chose to encrypt the backup, try this:

duplicity --gio file:///media/backup /tmp/restore

If you didn’t encrypt the backup, add --no-encryption to the command.

Other Backup Locations

If you backed up to a remote or cloud server, the syntax you use with duplicity will be different than the external drive example above. See below for how to connect to your chosen backup location.

Remember to add --no-encryption to any example commands if your backup is not encrypted.

If duplicity appears to be having trouble connecting to your server, try downloading all the duplicity files yourself to a local folder and following the simpler example above.

Amazon S3

Look up your Amazon S3 access key ID and secret access key and replace instances of ID and SECRET in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=ID export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET duplicity s3+http://deja-dup-auto-LOWERCASE_ID/FOLDER /tmp/restore Rackspace Cloud Files

Look up your Rackspace username and API key and replace instances of USERNAME and KEY in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a container in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of CONTAINER with that name.

export CLOUDFILES_USERNAME=USERNAME export CLOUDFILES_APIKEY=KEY duplicity cf+http://CONTAINER /tmp/restore FTP

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to not log in with a username, use anonymous as your USERNAME below.

gvfs-mount ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore SSH

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

gvfs-mount ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore WebDAV

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to use a secure connection (HTTPS) when backing up, use davs:// instead of dav:// in the example below.

gvfs-mount dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore Windows Share

Look up your server address, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you specified a domain for your Windows server, add it to the beginning of USERNAME with a semicolon between them. For example, domain;username.

gvfs-mount smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER duplicity --gio smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER /tmp/restore
Restoring by Hand

If even duplicity isn’t working for you, there may be little hope. The backup file format is complicated and not easily manipulated. But if you’re desperate, it’s worth a try.

If you used a remote or cloud server to store your backup, first download all the duplicity files and place them in a folder on your computer. Then enter that folder in your terminal.

Duplicity stores your data in small chunks called volumes. Some volumes belong to the periodic ‘full’ or fresh backups and others to the ‘inc’ or incremental backups. Starting with a full backup set of volumes at volume 1, you’ll need to restore files volume by volume.

If you encrypted your backup, first you must decrypt the volume with gpg. Say you have duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg:

gpg --output duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg

Or to do all at once (make sure you have plenty of space!):

gpg --multifile --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar.gpg

Now you have either a .difftar or a .difftar.gz volume (depending on whether you had to decrypt it or not). Use tar on whichever one you have to extract the individual patch files:

tar xf duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar

Or again, to do all at once:

for t in duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar; do tar xf $t; done

Now the patch files will be in multivolume_snapshot and snapshot folders. Each file that spanned multiple volumes will be in multivolume_snapshot. Let’s say you backed up /home/jane/essay.txt:

cd multivolume_snapshot/home/jane/essay.txt cat * > essay.txt

To recover data from incremental backups, use rdiff to stitch the files together. See man rdiff for usage.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/support.page0000644000373100047300000000132612317333242023541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get more help Support

If you have unanswered questions or a problem you don’t understand, please ask about it it in the support forum.

Keep in mind that the people answering your questions are volunteers and that while Déjà Dup is intended to work well, it comes with no warranty. So please be polite and patient.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000343212317333242023462 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Meet the team Credits
Development

Andrew Fister

Michael Terry

Michael Vogt

Urban Skudnik

Canonical Ltd
Documentation

Michael Terry

Canonical Ltd
Art

Andreas Nilsson

Jakub Steiner

Lapo Calamandrei

Michael Terry
Translation Launchpad Contributions: Litty https://launchpad.net/~litty
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/backup-auto.page0000644000373100047300000000171312317333242024240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Give yourself peace of mind Automatic Backups

If you only back up when you remember to do so, you’re not backing up often enough. Fortunately, it’s easy to set up automatic backups.

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Turn on the Automatic backups option on the Overview page.

Consider only saving your backups for a certain length of time, using the Keep backups option on the Schedule page. Otherwise, they may end up consuming a lot of space while you’re not paying attention.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/backup-first.page0000644000373100047300000000136012317333242024415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start now Your First Backup

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Click on the Back Up Now… button on the Overview page.

Wait. It may take a long time to backup, especially if you are backing up to a remote server. Just let it run in the background while you do something else.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/restore-revert.page0000644000373100047300000000235712317333242025022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a previous version of a file Reverting a File

Browse to the folder containing the file you want to revert.

Select the file you want to revert by clicking on it.

Click EditRevert to Previous Version….

When the Restore dialog appears, choose the date from which to restore.

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore. Note that this will overwrite your current version of the file.

You can select multiple files at once before reverting.

You can also revert files on the command line:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/restore-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000223512317333242024467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a file that is no longer present Restoring a Lost File

Browse to the folder containing the file you lost.

Click FileRestore Missing Files….

When the Restore dialog appears, it will scan for files that are in the backup but no longer in the folder.

When you see the file you want to restore appear, select it and click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

You can restore lost files from the command line as well, if you remember what their filenames were:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000001067112317333242023147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust your backup settings Settings <gui>Automatic backup</gui>

Turn this option on to have Déjà Dup automatically back up for you. This is recommended so that you don’t forget to do it yourself. Backups are more useful the more recent they are, so it is important to back up regularly.

 <gui>Folders to save</gui>

Choose a list of folders to save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list. If you are only interested in backing up your own data, the default of Home is sufficient.

 <gui>Folders to ignore</gui>

Choose a list of folders to not save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list.

Some of your data may be large and not very important to you. In that case, you can save yourself some time and space by not backing them up.

Some locations are always ignored by default:

~/.adobe/Flash_Player/AssetCache

~/.cache

~/.gvfs

~/.Private

~/.recent-applications.xbel

~/.recently-used.xbel

~/.steam/root (which by default also ignores ~/.local/share/Steam)

~/.thumbnails

~/.xsession-errors

/proc

/run

/sys

/tmp

 <gui>Storage location</gui>

Use these options to specify the storage location that Déjà Dup will use when backing up or restoring:

Cloud Services

The first few storage locations are cloud storage services provided by various companies. For a small fee, they hold your data for you. A cloud service like this is recommended because it is an easy way to keep your data offsite (meaning out of your home: in case of disaster or theft, your data will still be safe).

These services cost money. Read their rates carefully before using them.

 Remote Servers

Choose the type of remote server to which you want to connect. Then you can enter the server information. Alternatively, if you know your server’s URL, choose Custom Location and enter it.

 Removable Media

You may see removable media like external hard drives or thumb drives listed.

 Local Folder

You may also want to choose a local folder as a storage location. Note that backups can be quite large, so make sure you have enough free disk space.

This is not recommended, because if your hardware fails, you will lose both your original data and your backups.

 <gui>Keep</gui>

Choose the minimum amount of time to keep backup files. If you find that the backup files are taking up too much space, you may want to decrease this duration. Due to implementation details, files may be kept a bit longer than the chosen time. But no files will be deleted early.

Backups are kept forever by default, but still may be deleted earlier if the storage location begins to run out of space.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/contribute.page0000644000373100047300000000362312317333242024205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help make Déjà Dup better Getting Involved

So you want to help make Déjà Dup even better? Excellent! Here are some suggestions.

Report Issues

Did you see a flaw? Do you have an idea for a new feature? Simply report it as a bug. Be patient for a reply.

Note that bug reports should be in English only.

Talk to Us

We don’t bite. Send an email to the mailing list.

Or subscribe to the list. The list is very low traffic.

Note that the list is English only.

Translating

Do you speak both English and another language? Good! You can help translate Déjà Dup through a web interface. It’s really quite easy and is very appreciated.

Support

Do you like helping people? Answer user questions and support requests.

This is another great way for non-English speakers to get involved, as you can answer questions posted in your language.

Coding

There are always more bugs to fix. If you want to find out what needs doing, talk to us on the mailing list as described above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/index.page0000644000373100047300000000174612317333243023143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backup Help Backup Help Michael Terry mike@mterry.name 2010,2011

Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/deja-dup-icon.png"/> Backup Help
Backing Up
Restoring Files
About <app>Déjà Dup Backup Tool</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/deja-dup/restore-full.page0000644000373100047300000000461012317333243024450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Recover from total system failure Full System Restore
Setup

Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customizing settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customizations you make now may get overridden once you restore.

Next, you need to install Déjà Dup. Your distribution vendor may package it for you. Otherwise, download and compile it.
Restore

Open your Backups settings.

Click on the Restore… button on the Overview page.

A Restore dialog will appear asking where your backup files are stored (your Backup location).

Click Forward and wait for Déjà Dup to scan the backup location.

Choose the date you want to restore from. Usually you can just leave this alone, as the default is the most recent backup.

Click Forward.

Choose where to restore. Since this is a full system backup, leave it as the default (which restores over your current install).

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

Wait. It may take a long time to finish restoring.

Finally, reinstall any programs that you enjoyed in your previous install.

If for whatever reason you have a problem after trying to restore with the Restore files to original locations option, try restoring instead to a temporary directory and moving your files to where they belong.

If that still doesn’t work, there are more drastic things you can try.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-terminal/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000016705612253427713025110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
그놈 터미널 설명서 The Terminal gives users the power to communicate with their system using text-based commands through a shell such as Bash. 2002 2003 2004 Sun Microsystems 2000 Miguel de Icaza 2000 Michael Zucchi 2000 Alexander Kirillov 2008 Christian Persch 2009 2010 Paul Cutler 그놈 문서 프로젝트 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. 본 설명서는 GFDL에 따라 배포된 그놈 설명서 컬렉션의 일부입니다. 본 설명서를 컬렉션과 별도로 배포하려는 경우에는 라이센스 조항 6에 따라 라이센스 사본을 설명서에 추가하면 됩니다. 기업의 제품과 서비스를 식별하기 위해 사용된 많은 이름은 상표로 간주됩니다. 그놈 문서에 사용된 이름과 그놈 문서 프로젝트의 구성원은 해당 상표로, 모두 대문자로 표시되거나 첫 글자가 대문자로 표시되어 있습니다. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Miguel de Icaza GNOME Documentation Project Michael Zucchi GNOME Documentation Project Alexander Kirillov GNOME Documentation Project 그놈 문서 프로젝트 GNOME Terminal Manual V2.9 January 2010 Paul Cutler pcutler@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.8 March 2009 Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.7 November 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.6 September 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.5 May 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.4 January 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.3 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.2 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.1 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.0 April 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal User's Guide May 2000 Miguel de Icaza, Michael Zucchi, Alexander Kirollov docs@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 2.30 of GNOME Terminal. 피드백 To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME Terminal application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. GNOME Terminal terminal application 소개 그놈 터미널은 다음 작업을 하는 데 이용할 수 있는 터미널 에뮬레이션 프로그램입니다: 그놈 환경에서 UNIX 쉘에 접근하기 쉘은 명령행 프롬프트에서 입력하는 명령어를 해석하고 실행하는 프로그램입니다. 그놈 터미널을 시작하면 시스템 계정에 지정되어 있는 기본 쉘을 시작합니다. 언제든지 다른 쉘로 바꿀 수도 있습니다. VT102, VT220 및 xterm 터미널에서 실행할 수 있게 만들어진 응용 프로그램을 실행하기 그놈 터미널은 X Consortium에서 개발한 xterm 프로그램을 에뮬레이션합니다. xterm 프로그램은 DEC VT102 터미널을 에뮬레이션하며 DEC VT220 이스케이프 시퀀스도 지원합니다. 이스케이프 시퀀스는 Esc 문자로 시작하는 문자열입니다. 그놈 터미널은 VT102 와 VT220 터미널이 커서의 위치를 지정하거나 화면을 지우는 등의 기능을 위해 사용하는 이스케이프 시퀀스를 모두 지원합니다. 시작하기 다음 섹션에서 그놈 터미널을 시작하는 방법을 설명합니다. 그놈 터미널 시작하기 그놈 터미널을 다음 방법으로 시작할 수 있습니다: 프로그램 메뉴 보조 프로그램터미널을 선택하십시오. 명령행 다음 명령어를 실행하십시오: gnome-terminal 명령행 옵션을 사용해 그놈 터미널의 동작 방식을 바꿀 수 있습니다. 명령행 옵션을 보려면 gnome-terminal --help를 입력하고 Return 키를 누르십시오. 그놈 터미널을 처음으로 시작했을 때 그놈 터미널을 처음으로 시작하면 기본 설정으로 터미널 창을 엽니다. 이 기본 설정의 모음을 기본값 프로파일이라고 합니다. 프로파일 이름은 그놈 터미널 창의 제목 표시줄에 나타납니다.
기본 그놈 터미널 창의 예제 그놈 터미널 기본 창 GNOME Terminal default window
터미널 창은 UNIX 명령을 입력할 수 있는 명령어 프롬프트를 표시합니다. 명령어 프롬프트는 %, #, >, $ 또는 기타 특수 문자가 될 수 있습니다. 명령 프롬프트에 커서가 있습니다. UNIX 명령을 입력한 다음 Return 키를 누르면 입력한 명령을 실행합니다. 기본값으로 그놈 터미널은 터미널을 시작한 사용자에게 지정된 기본 쉘을 사용합니다. 그놈 터미널은 다음 환경 변수도 설정합니다: TERM 기본값으로 xterm입니다. COLORTERM 기본값으로 gnome-terminal입니다. WINDOWID 기본값으로 X11 창 ID입니다. 터미널 프로파일 새 프로파일을 만들어서, 그 새 프로파일을 터미널에 적용해 글꼴, 색 및 효과, 스크롤 동작, 창 제목, 호환성, 키보드 바로 가기와 같은 특성을 바꿀 수 있습니다. 프로파일에서 그놈 터미널을 시작할 때 자동으로 실행할 명령을 지정할 수도 있습니다. You define each terminal profile in the Profiles dialog, which you access from the Edit menu. You can define as many different profiles as you require. When you start a terminal, you can choose the profile that you want to use for the terminal. Alternatively, you can change the terminal profile while you use the terminal. To specify an initial profile for a terminal when you start the application from a command line, use the following command: gnome-terminal --window-with-profile=profilename 프로파일 편집 대화 상자에서 제목 표시줄 이름을 다르게 지정하지 않았다면, 현재 프로파일 이름이 그놈 터미널의 제목 표시줄에 나타납니다. 새 터미널 프로파일을 정의하고 사용하는 방법에 대해 알고 싶으시면, 부분을 참고하십시오. 여러 개의 터미널 사용하기 그놈 터미널의 탭 기능으로 한 개의 창에서 여러 개의 터미널을 사용할 수 있습니다. 각 터미널을 별개의 탭에서 엽니다. 탭을 누르면 해당하는 터미널을 표시합니다. 각 탭 터미널은 별개의 하위 프로세스이므로, 탭마다 다른 작업을 할 수 있습니다. 탭 터미널마다 다른 프로파일을 적용할 수도 있습니다. 터미널 창의 제목 표시줄은 현재 프로파일의 이름이나, 현재 프로파일에서 지정한 이름을 표시합니다. 그림은 그놈 터미널 창에 4개의 탭이 들어 있는 그림입니다. 활성화한 탭의 프로파일 이름인 "Profile 1"이 제목 표시줄에 나타납니다.
탭이 있는 터미널 창의 예제 그놈 터미널 기본 창 GNOME Terminal default window
새 탭 터미널을 여는 방법에 대해서 부분을 참고하십시오. 사용법 터미널 열기 및 닫기 새 터미널 창을 열려면: 파일터미널 열기를 선택하십시오. 새 터미널은 상위 터미널의 프로그램 설정과 기본 쉘을 따릅니다. 터미널 창을 닫으려면: 파일창 닫기를 선택하십시오. 이렇게 하면 해당 터미널과 그 터미널에서 열어 놓은 하위 프로세스를 모두 닫습니다.마지막 터미널 창을 닫으면 그놈 터미널 프로그램을 끝냅니다. 창에 새 탭 터미널을 추가하려면: 파일탭 열기기본값을 선택하거나 서브 메뉴가 없으면 파일탭 열기를 선택하십시오. 탭 터미널을 표시하려면: 표시하려는 탭 터미널의 탭을 누르거나, 탭 메뉴에서 그 탭의 제목을 선택하십시오. 다른 방법으로, 탭다음 탭이나 탭이전 탭으로 탭 사이를 이동할 수 있습니다. 탭 터미널을 닫으려면: 닫으려는 탭 터미널을 표시하십시오. 파일탭 닫기를 선택하십시오. 프로파일 관리하기 새 프로파일을 추가하려면: 파일새 프로파일을 선택하면 새 프로파일 대화 창을 표시합니다. 프로파일 이름 텍스트 입력란에 새 프로파일 이름을 입력합니다. 기본 프로파일 드롭다운 목록에서 새 프로파일의 기본 설정을 가져올 프로파일을 선택합니다. 만들기를 누르면 프로파일 편집 대화 창을 표시합니다. 닫기를 누르십시오. 그놈 터미널의 터미널프로파일 바꾸기 서브메뉴에 프로파일이 추가됩니다. 탭 터미널의 프로파일을 바꾸려면: 프로파일을 바꾸려는 탭 터미널의 탭을 누르십시오. 터미널프로파일프로파일이름을 선택하십시오. 프로파일을 편집하려면: 프로파일 편집 대화 상자에서 프로파일을 편집하십시오. 다음과 같은 방법으로 프로파일 편집 대화 상자를 열 수 있습니다: 편집현재 프로파일을 선택하십시오. Right-click in the terminal window, then choose Profiles Profile Preferences from the popup menu. 편집프로파일을 선택하고, 편집하려는 프로파일을 고르고 편집을 누르십시오. 프로파일을 설정할 수 있는 옵션에 대해 좀 더 알고 싶으시면, 부분을 참고하십시오. 프로파일을 지우려면: 편집프로파일을 선택하십시오. 지우려는 프로파일을 프로파일 목록에서 선택한 다음, 지우기를 누르십시오. 프로파일 대화 창이 나타납니다. 정말 지우려면 지우기를 누르십시오. 닫기를 눌러 프로파일 편집 대화 창을 닫으십시오. 터미널 창 고치기 메뉴 모음을 숨기려면: 보기메뉴 모음 보기를 선택하십시오. 숨긴 메뉴 모음을 보려면: 터미널 창에 마우스 오른쪽 단추를 누르고, 팝업 메뉴에서 메뉴 모음 보기를 선택하십시오. 그놈 터미널 창을 전체 화면 모드로 표시하려면: 보기전체 화면을 선택하십시오. 전체 화면 모드에서는 화면을 가득 채우는 창 안에서 텍스트를 표시합니다. 창에는 창 테두리나 제목 표시줄은 보이지 않게 됩니다. 이 모드를 나가려면, 보기전체 화면을 다시 선택하십시오. 터미널 창의 모양을 바꾸려면: 프로파일 편집 대화 창에 있는 터미널 창 모양을 바꾸는 옵션에 대해 좀 더 알고 싶으시면, 부분을 참고하십시오. 예를 들어 배경 색이나 스크롤 막대의 위치를 바꿀 수 있습니다. 터미널 창의 내용 관련 작업하기 이전의 명령과 출력을 보려고 스크롤하려면: 다음 중 한 가지를 하십시오: 스크롤막대를 사용합니다. 스크롤 막대는 보통 터미널 창의 오른쪽에 있습니다. ShiftPage Up, ShiftPage Down, ShiftHome, ShiftEnd 키를 사용하십시오. The number of lines that you can scroll back to in the terminal window is determined by the Scrollback setting in the Scrolling tabbed section of the Editing Profile dialog. You can also scroll up or down one line at a time by pressing ControlShiftUp or ControlShiftDown. 텍스트를 선택해 복사하려면: 다음 방법 중 한 가지 방법으로 텍스트를 선택할 수 있습니다: 한번에 한 글자씩 선택하려면, 선택하려는 첫 글자를 누른 다음 마지막 글자까지 마우스를 끕니다. 한번에 한 단어씩 선택하려면, 선택하려는 첫 단어를 두 번 누른 다음 마지막 단어까지 마우스를 끕니다. 기호 문자는 따로 선택됩니다. 한번에 한 줄씩 선택하려면, 선택하려는 첫 줄을 세 번 누른 다음 마지막 줄까지 마우스를 끕니다. 이렇게 하면 첫 항목과 마지막 항목 사이의 모든 텍스트를 선택합니다. 어떤 방법으로든 텍스트를 선택하고 마우스를 놓으면, 그놈 터미널은 선택한 텍스트를 클립보드에 복사합니다. 명시적으로 선택한 텍스트를 복사하려면, 편집복사를 선택하십시오. 터미널에 텍스트를 붙여 넣으려면: 이전에 클립보드에 복사해 놓은 텍스트가 있으면, 다음 중 한 가지 방법으로 그 텍스트를 붙여 넣을 수 있습니다: 선택해서 복사한 텍스트를 붙여 넣으려면, 명령어 프롬프트에 마우스 가운데 단추를 누르십시오. 마우스에 가운데 단추가 없으면, X 서버 문서를 참고해 마우스 가운데 단추를 에뮬레이션하는 방법을 알아 보십시오. 명시적으로 복사한 텍스트를 붙여 넣으려면, 편집붙여 넣기를 선택하십시오. 파일 이름을 터미널 창에 끌어 오려면: 파일 관리자와 같은 다른 응용 프로그램에서 터미널로 파일 이름을 끌어 올 수 있습니다. 파일 이름을 끌어 오면 터미널은 그 파일의 완전한 경로와 이름을 표시합니다. 링크를 열려면: 터미널이 표시하는 URL(Uniform Resource Locator)을 열려면, 다음 순서대로 하십시오: 마우스를 URL 위로 옮기면, URL에 밑줄이 그어집니다. URL에 마우스 오른쪽 단추를 누르면 팝업 메뉴가 열립니다. 링크 열기를 선택하면 링크 응용 프로그램을 시작하고 URL에 있는 파일을 표시합니다. 키보드 바로 가기 설정 보기 그놈 터미널에 정의된 키보드 바로 가기 설정을 보려면, 편집바로 가기 키를 선택하십시오. 바로 가기 키 대화 창에는 다음 항목이 들어 있습니다: Disable all menu access keys (such as Alt+f to open File menu) 이 옵션은 메뉴 항목을 선택할 때 마우스 대신 키보드의 단축키를 사용할 수 없게 만듭니다. 단축키는 메뉴나 대화 창 옵션에 밑줄이 그어져 있는 글자를 말합니다. 어떤 경우에는 Alt를 같이 눌러야 그 메뉴 동작을 실행할 수 있습니다. Disable menu shortcut key (F10 by default) 이 옵션은 그놈 터미널의 메뉴에 접근하는 바로 가기 키를 동작하지 않게 만듭니다. 메뉴에 접근하는 바로 가기 키 기본값은 F10입니다. Shortcut Keys 이 대화 창의 바로 가기 키 부분에 각 메뉴 항목마다 정의한 바로 가기 키의 목록이 있습니다. 바로 가기 키로 사용할 수 없는 키도 있습니다. 예를 들어 Tab은 사용할 수 없습니다. 텍스트 크기 다음 방법으로 그놈 터미널 창의 텍스트 크기를 바꿀 수 있습니다: 텍스트의 크기를 늘리려면, 보기확대를 선택하십시오. 텍스트의 크기를 줄이려면, 보기축소를 선택하십시오. 원래 크기의 텍스트를 보려면, 보기보통 크기를 선택하십시오. 터미널 제목을 바꾸려면 현재 표시하고 있는 터미널의 제목을 바꾸려면, 다음 순서대로 하십시오: 터미널제목 설정을 선택하십시오. 새 제목을 제목 텍스트 입력란에 입력하십시오. 입력할 때마다 그놈 터미널의 제목이 즉시 바뀝니다. 닫기를 눌러 제목 설정 대화 창을 닫으십시오. 문자 인코딩을 바꾸려면 문자 인코딩을 바꾸려면, 터미널문자 인코딩을 선택한 다음 원하는 인코딩을 선택하십시오. 문자 인코딩의 목록을 바꾸려면 문자 인코딩 설정 메뉴에서 표시하는 문자 인코딩 목록을 바꾸려면, 다음 순서대로 하십시오: 터미널문자 인코딩 설정추가/지우기를 선택하십시오. 문자 인코딩 설정 메뉴에 인코딩을 추가하려면, 사용할 수 있는 인코딩 목록에서 그 인코딩을 선택하고 오른쪽 화살표 단추를 누르십시오. 문자 인코딩 설정 메뉴에서 인코딩을 지우려면, 메뉴에 표시하는 인코딩 목록에서 그 인코딩을 선택하고 왼쪽 화살표 단추를 누르십시오. 닫기를 눌러 터미널 인코딩 추가/지우기 대화 창을 닫으십시오. 터미널을 복구하려면 이 섹션에서는 터미널에 문제가 발생했을 경우 해결하는 방법을 설명합니다. 터미널 상태를 리셋하려면: 터미널리셋을 선택하십시오. 터미널을 리셋하고 화면을 지우려면: 터미널리셋 및 지우기를 선택하십시오. 기본 설정 그놈 터미널을 설정하려면, 편집현재 프로파일을 선택하십시오. 이전에 설정했던 다른 프로파일을 설정하려면 편집프로파일을 선택하고 편집할 프로파일을 선택한 다음 편집을 누르십시오. 프로파일 편집 대화 창에는 그놈 터미널을 설정하는 데 사용하는 다음 탭 섹션이 들어 있습니다: 일반 Profile name 이 텍스트 입력란에서 현재 프로파일의 이름을 지정합니다. Use the system fixed width font 이 옵션을 선택하면 모양새 설정의 글꼴 탭에서 지정한 고정폭 글꼴을 사용합니다. Font 이 단추를 눌러 터미널에 사용할 글꼴의 종류와 크기를 선택하십시오. 이 단추는 시스템 터미널 글꼴 사용 옵션을 선택하지 않았을 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다. Allow bold text 이 옵션을 선택하면 터미널에서 굵은 글자를 표시할 수 있습니다. Show menubar by default in new terminals 이 옵션을 선택하면 새 터미널 창에 메뉴 모음을 표시합니다. Terminal bell Select this option to enable the terminal bell. Cursor shape Use this drop down-list to specify the shape of the cursor. Select-by-word characters 이 텍스트 상자에서 그놈 터미널에서 단어 단위로 텍스트를 선택할 때 단어로 취급할 문자를 지정합니다. 단어 단위로 텍스트를 선택하는 방법에 대해 좀 더 알고 싶으시면 부분을 참고하십시오. 제목 및 명령 Initial title 이 텍스트 상자에서 이 프로파일을 사용하는 터미널의 처음 제목을 지정할 수 있습니다. 현재 터미널에서 시작한 새 터미널의 제목은 처음 제목이 됩니다. When terminal commands set their own titles 이 드롭다운 목록을 사용해 동적으로 설정하는 제목을 어떻게 처리할 지 지정합니다. 동적으로 설정하는 제목은 터미널 안에서 실행하는 명령어가 설정하는 터미널 제목을 말합니다. Run command as a login shell 이 옵션을 선택하면 터미널에서 현재 실행하는 명령어를 로그인 쉘로 실행합니다. 현재 명령이 쉘이 아닌 경우에는 이 설정이 아무 효과가 없습니다. Update login records when command is launched 이 옵션을 선택하면 새 쉘을 열 때마다 로그인 기록에 새로운 항목을 넣습니다. Run a custom command instead of my shell 이 옵션을 선택하면 일반적인 쉘 대신 지정한 명령을 실행합니다. 사용자 정의 명령은 사용자 정의 명령 텍스트 상자에서 지정합니다. When command exits 이 드롭다운 목록에서 명령어가 끝날 때 할 동작을 지정하십시오. 색 Foreground and Background Select the Use colours from system theme option to use the colors that are specified in the GNOME Desktop theme that is selected in the Theme tab of the Appearance preference tool. 내장 팔레트 드롭다운 목록에서 터미널의 글자색과 배경색을 지정합니다. 그놈 터미널은 다음 글자색과 배경색 조합을 지원합니다: Black on light yellow Black on white Gray on black Green on black White on black Custom 이 옵션을 사용하면 색 조합으로 선택할 수 없는 색을 직접 선택할 수 있습니다. 실제 글자색과 배경색 표시는 사용자가 선택하는 색 팔레트에 따라 달라집니다. 예를 들어 검정 배경에 흰 글씨와 리눅스 콘솔을 사용한다면, 글자색과 배경색을 검정색 배경에 밝은 회색으로 표시할 것입니다. 시스템 테마 색 사용 옵션을 선택하지 않은 경우에만 내장 팔레트 드롭다운 목록을 사용할 수 잇습니다. 글자색 단추를 누르면 터미널 글자색 선택 대화 창을 표시합니다. 색상환이나 스핀 상자로 글자색으로 사용할 색을 지정하고, 확인을 누르십시오. 글자색 단추는 시스템 테마 색 사용 옵션을 선택하지 않은 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다. 배경색 단추를 누르면 터미널 배경색 선택 대화 창을 표시합니다. 색상환이나 스핀 상자로 글자색으로 사용할 색을 지정하고, 확인을 누르십시오. 배경색 단추는 시스템 테마 색 사용 옵션을 선택하지 않은 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다. Palette 터미널 에뮬레이션에서는 텍스트를 표시할 때 16개의 색만 사용합니다. 이 색 팔레트에서 그 16개의 색을 지정합니다. 터미널에서 동작하는 응용 프로그램들은 이 팔레트의 색을 하나씩 번호로 지정해서 사용합니다. 내장 팔레트 드롭다운 목록에서 미리 정의된 색 조합을 선택하십시오. 아래의 팔레트와 터미널 창의 내용에서 그 색 조합을 표시합니다. 색 팔레트에서 사용자 지정 팔레트의 16가지 색을 직접 지정할 수 있습니다. 색을 바꾸려면 그 색을 눌러 팔레트 항목 대화 창을 표시하십시오. 색상환이나 스핀 상자로 글자색으로 사용할 색을 지정하고, 확인을 누르십시오. 배경 Background 터미널 창의 배경을 선택합니다. 다음 중의 하나를 사용할 수 있습니다: Solid color 이 옵션을 선택하면 색 탭에서 지정한 배경색을 터미널의 배경색으로 사용됩니다. Background image 이 옵션을 선택하면 그림 파일을 터미널의 배경으로 사용합니다. 그림 파일 드롭다운 콤보 상자에서 그림 파일의 위치와 이름을 지정합니다. 다른 방법으로 찾아보기를 눌러 그림 파일을 찾아서 선택할 수도 있습니다. 배경 그림 스크롤 옵션을 선택하면 터미널을 스크롤할 때 배경 그림도 같이 스크롤합니다. 이 옵션을 선택하지 않으면, 터미널의 배경은 고정되어 있고 텍스트만 스크롤합니다. 배경 그림 옵션을 선택한 경우에만 이 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다. Transparent background 이 옵션을 선택하면 터미널에 투명한 배경을 사용합니다. Shade transparent or image background 이 슬라이더로 터미널의 배경을 진하게 하거나 연하게 합니다. 배경 그림이나 투명 배경 옵션을 선택한 경우에만 이 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다. 스크롤하기 Scrollbar is 이 드롭다운 목록 상자를 사용해 터미널 창에서 스크롤 막대의 위치를 지정합니다. Scrollback ... lines Use this spin box to specify the number of lines that you can scroll back using the scrollbar. For example, if you specify 100 you can scroll back the last 100 lines displayed in the terminal. Select the Unlimited option to remove the limit on the number of lines you can scroll back using the scrollbar. Scroll on output 이 옵션을 선택하면 터미널의 명령이 출력을 표시할 때 스크롤합니다. Scroll on keystroke 이 옵션을 선택하면 아무 키나 눌렀을 때 명령어 프롬프트 위치로 아래로 스크롤합니다. 이 동작은 터미널 창을 위로 스크롤하고 명령어 프롬프트로 돌아가려는 경우에만 사용합니다. 호환성 Backspace key generates 이 드롭다운 목록을 사용해 백스페이스 키를 눌렀을 때 할 기능을 선택합니다. Delete key generates 이 드롭다운 목록을 사용해 Delete 키를 눌렀을 때 할 기능을 선택합니다. Reset compatibility options to defaults 이 단추를 누르면 호환성 탭 섹션의 옵션을 기본값으로 리셋합니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-terminal/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000747712253427713024245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. 본 설명서는 GFDL에 따라 배포된 그놈 설명서 컬렉션의 일부입니다. 본 설명서를 컬렉션과 별도로 배포하려는 경우에는 라이센스 조항 6에 따라 라이센스 사본을 설명서에 추가하면 됩니다. 기업의 제품과 서비스를 식별하기 위해 사용된 많은 이름은 상표로 간주됩니다. 그놈 문서에 사용된 이름과 그놈 문서 프로젝트의 구성원은 해당 상표로, 모두 대문자로 표시되거나 첫 글자가 대문자로 표시되어 있습니다. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/base.page0000644000373100047300000000210312300453153024470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Number Bases

To enter numbers in a particular number base use subscript numbers. The following numbers are equivalent.

1001011₂

113₈

75

4B₁₆

When in programming mode there are buttons for binary (CtrlB), octal (CtrlO) and hexadecimal (CtrlH).

To set the base that results are shown in change the result format.

To change the base of the current result use a base button or CtrlD to show in decimal form.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/functions.page0000644000373100047300000000427412300453153025601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Functions

Functions can be used by inserting the name of the function followed by the function argument. If the argument is not a number or variable then use parenthesis around the argument.

sin 30

abs (5−9)

The following functions are defined.

abs

Absolute Value

cos

Cosine

cosh

Hyperbolic Cosine

frac

Fractional Component

int

Integer Component

ln

Natural Logarithm

log

Logarithm

not

Boolean NOT

ones

Ones complement

sin

Sine

sinh

Hyperbolic Sine

sqrt

Square Root

tan

Tangent

tanh

Hyperbolic Tangent

twos

Twos complement

Calculator does not support user-defined functions.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/modulus.page0000644000373100047300000000057712300453153025263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 나머지 나누기

Modulus division is performed using the mod operator.

9 mod 5

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/trigonometry.page0000644000373100047300000000233212300453153026324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Trigonometry

Trigonometry can be performed using the sin, cos, and tan function.

sin 45

The angle units used can be changed from the CalculatorPreferences menu. Trigonometry buttons are visible when in Advanced mode.

Hyperbolic functions are available by adding "h" to the end of a function.

sinh 0.34

Inverse functions are entered either using the inverse symbol ⁻¹ (CtrlI) or the "a" form of the function. The following two equations are equivalent.

sin⁻¹ 0.5

asin 0.5

To enter π with the keyboard use CtrlP.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/conv-character.page0000644000373100047300000000077012300453153026465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Character Codes

When in programming mode the á button opens a dialog to convert characters to character codes.

Characters cannot be converted using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000101412300453153024526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/financial.page0000644000373100047300000000543512300453153025515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Financial Functions

When in financial mode the following buttons are available.

Ctrm

Calculate the number of compounding periods necessary to increase an investment of present value to a future value, at a fixed interest rate per compounding period.

Ddb

Calculate the depreciation allowance on an asset for a specified period of time, using the double-declining balance method.

Fv

Calculate the future value of an investment based on a series of equal payments at a periodic interest rate over the number of payment periods in the term.

Gpm

Calculate the resale price of a product, based on the product cost and the wanted gross profit margin.

Pmt

Calculate the amount of the periodic payment of a loan, where payments are made at the end of each payment period.

Pv

Calculate the present value of an investment based on a series of equal payments discounted at a periodic interest rate over the number of payment periods in the term.

Rate

Calculate the periodic interest necessary to increase an investment to a future value, over the number of compounding periods.

Sln

Calculate the straight-line depreciation of an asset for one period. The straight-line method of depreciation divides the depreciable cost evenly over the useful life of an asset. The useful life is the number of periods, typically years, over which an asset is depreciated.

Syd

Calculate the depreciation allowance on an asset for a specified period of time, using the Sum-of-the-Years'-Digits method. This method of depreciation accelerates the rate of depreciation, so that more depreciation expense occurs in earlier periods than in later ones. The useful life is the number of periods, typically years, over which an asset is depreciated.

Term

Calculate the number of payment periods that are necessary during the term of an ordinary annuity, to accumulate a future value, at a periodic interest rate.

Financial functions cannot be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/logarithm.page0000644000373100047300000000160412300453153025551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Logarithms

Logarithms can be calculated using the log function.

log 100

To calculate a logarithm in a different base use a subscript number after the function.

log₂ 32

To calculate a natural logarithm use the ln function.

ln 1.32

Euler's number can be entered by using the variable e.

e^1.32

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/absolute.page0000644000373100047300000000070512300453153025402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Absolute Values

Absolute values are calculated using the | symbol or abs function.

|−1|

abs (−1)

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/number-display.page0000644000373100047300000000253312300453153026520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Result Format

The format used to display results can be changed from the CalculatorPreferences menu.

10진수

Results are displayed as decimal numbers

공학

Results are displayed in scientific notation

Engineering

Results are displayed in scientific notation except the exponent is always a multiple of three

2진수

Results are displayed as binary numbers

8진수

Results are displayed as octal numbers

16진수

Results are displayed as hexadecimal numbers

The number of decimal places, if trailing zeroes and if thousands separators are shown can also be configured.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/variables.page0000644000373100047300000000246612300453153025542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Variables

To assign a value to a variable use the = symbol or choose the variable to assign to with the x button in advanced mode. A variable name must only contain upper or lower characters.

x=5

value=82

Variables can be used in any equation and are substituted for their assigned value. Variables can be inserted using the x button.

6x+3

xy−3x+7y−21

The following variables are always defined.

ans

Result of previous calculation

e

Euler's Number

π

Pi

rand

Random value in the range [0,1] (changes on each read)
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/factorial.page0000644000373100047300000000064112300453153025527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Factorials

Factorials are entered using the ! symbol. To calculate the factorial of 6 enter the following.

6!

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/power.page0000644000373100047300000000235412300453154024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Powers and Roots

Powers are entered by putting a superscript number after the value.

5²

The inverse of a number can be entered using the inverse symbol ⁻¹ (CtrlI).

3⁻¹

Powers can also be calculated using the ^ symbol. This allows the power to be an equation.

5^(6−2)

If your keyboard does not have a ^ key you can use * twice.

Square roots can be calculated using the symbol (CtrlR).

√2

n-th roots can be calculated by putting a subscript number before the root sign.

₃√2

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/conv-length.page0000644000373100047300000000113712300453154026011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Length/Area/Volume

To convert between length, area and volume units use the in operator.

6 meters in inches

1 acre in cm²

1 pint in mL

Length/Area/Volume conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/index.page0000644000373100047300000000157212300453154024677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Robert Ancell robert.ancell@gmail.com <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Calculator Help
User Interface
Equations
Numbers
Conversions
Financial Calculations
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/conv-currency.page0000644000373100047300000000124612300453154026363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Currency

To convert currencies, enter the financial mode, and use the currency controls.

You can also convert currencies using the keyboard and the in operator.

13.65 USD in GBP

Currency information is approximate and should not be used for making financial decisions.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/equation.page0000644000373100047300000000226312300453154025413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 0 Basic Equations

Equations are entered in standard mathematical form. For example to add 7 and 2 enter the following:

7+2

To solve, press the = button with your mouse or the Enter key on your keyboard.

Calculations are performed in mathematical order - multiplication and division are performed before addition and subtraction. The following equation solves to 1 (3×2 = 6, 7−6 = 1).

7−3×2

To change the order of calculation use parenthesis. The following equation solves to 8 (7−3 = 4, 4×2 = 8).

(7−3)×2

To clear the display press the Clr button or Escape.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/scientific.page0000644000373100047300000000174312300453154025710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Scientific Notation

To enter numbers in scientific format use the ×10x button (CtrlE). The number mode automatically changes to superscript. To enter 2×10¹⁰⁰, start by entering the mantissa (2):

2

Then press the scientific notation button (or press CtrlE):

2×10

Then enter the exponent (100):

2×10¹⁰⁰

To show results in scientific form change the result format.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/superscript.page0000644000373100047300000000212012300453154026141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 _ Superscript and Subscript

Some equations may require numbers to be entered in superscript or subscript form. e.g.

x³+2x²−5

To enter superscript numbers with the mouse select the number mode using the the ↑n and ↓n buttons. When one of these modes is active clicking the number buttons will enter numbers in superscript or subscript. To return to normal number mode click the active button.

To enter superscript numbers with the keyboard hold down Ctrl while entering the number. Hold Alt for subscript.

The number mode returns to normal when entering the next non-number character (e.g. +).

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/percentage.page0000644000373100047300000000151312300453154025700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Percentages

Percentages are calculated using the % symbol.

When added or subtracted the percentage symbol resolves to one percent of the value being added or subtracted from. The following equation calculates the price of a $140 item with 15% tax (140 + (15÷100)×140).

140+15%

In all other cases the percentage symbol resolves to a fraction out of 100. The following equation calculates one quarter of 80 apples ((25÷100)×80).

25%×80

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000174212300453154024717 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the Mouse

All equations can be entered using the mouse. To access all buttons there are a number of modes that can be selected from the Mode menu.

기본

Provides buttons suitable for basic equations

고급

Provides buttons suitable for advanced mathematics such as

재무

Provides buttons suitable for financial equations

Programming

Provides buttons suitable for computer programmers
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000211212300453154025357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the Keyboard

All mathematical equations can be entered using the keyboard.

The following key combinations can be used to enter keys that may not be available on your keyboard.

×

*

÷

/

^

* twice

√

CtrlR

π

CtrlP

To enter superscript numbers use Ctrlnumber, for subscript use Altnumber.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/boolean.page0000644000373100047300000000141612300453154025204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Boolean Algebra

Boolean algebra can be calculated using the AND, OR and XOR operators.

010011₂ AND 110101₂

Buttons for these symbols are available in programming mode.

The NOT function inverts the bits in a number. The word size is set from the CalculatorPreferences menu.

NOT 010011₂

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/factorize.page0000644000373100047300000000065612300453154025560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Factorization

You can factorize the number currently displayed by pressing the fact button. This button is visible in programming mode.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/complex.page0000644000373100047300000000050512300453154025232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Complex Numbers

Complex numbers are not supported in Calculator.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/conv-time.page0000644000373100047300000000074012300453154025465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Time

To convert between time use the in operator.

3 years in hours

Time conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/conv-base.page0000644000373100047300000000073612300453154025446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Number Bases

To convert between number bases enter a number (or solve an equation) and change the result format from the CalculatorPreferences menu.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gnome-calculator/conv-weight.page0000644000373100047300000000073712300453154026024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Mass

To convert between mass use the in operator.

1kg in pounds

Mass conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000264312315065503025634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Only Printing Certain Pages

You can selectively print only certain pages from the document. For example, if you enter the page numbers "1,3,5-7,9", then only pages 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9 will be printed. To print pages of your choice:

Select File Print….

In the General tab in the Print dialog choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print from the document, separated by commas. Use a dash to specify a range of pages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-tabs.page0000644000373100047300000000311312315065503023447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Add and remove tabs

Working with tabs in gedit allows you to keep an eye on several files in a single window. The tab that is larger than the other tabs indicates the file that is currently open. The smaller tabs indicate other files that are available to work on.

Adding tabs

To add a new tab, create a new file with Ctrl N. The tab will be added to the right side of any other tabs.

Removing tabs

To remove a tab, click the × on the tab's right side. To remove all open tabs, press Ctrl ShiftW.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-edit-as-root.page0000644000373100047300000000246612315065503025037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Edit a file as the root user

Editing files as the root user is potentially dangerous, and may break your system in bad ways. Take great care when editing files as the root user.

To edit files as the root user, launch gedit from the terminal by entering:

sudo gedit

Using the sudo command, you will need to successfully enter your password before gedit will open.

As an alternative to the sudo command, you may obtain administrative privileges by entering:

su -

You would then launch gedit using the gedit command.

Once you have opened gedit with administrative privileges, gedit will keep those privileges until you close it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-close-file.page0000644000373100047300000000163712315065503024551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Close a file

To close a file in gedit, select File Close. Alternately, you can click the small "X" that appears on the right-side of the file's tab, or press Ctrl W.

Any one of these actions will close a file in gedit. If your file contains changes that have not been saved, gedit will prompt you to save those changes before closing the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-pyconsole.page0000644000373100047300000000227112315065503026214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Add an interactive Python console to the bottom pane Python console

You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving gedit. To enable the Python console, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Python Console.

Once the Python console is enabled, you can open it by selecting ViewBottom Pane, or just press ShiftF9.

If you have also enabled the Embeded Terminal plugin, the Python Console will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-change-default-font.page0000644000373100047300000000264312315065503026340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 2011 2012 2013 Change the default font

gedit will use the system fixed-width font by default, but you can change the default gedit font to suit your preferences.

To change the default font in <app>gedit</app>:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Uncheck the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."

Click on the current font name. gedit will open a font-chooser window, allowing you to see available fonts and choose the one that you prefer.

After you have chosen a new font, use the slider under the list of fonts to set the default font size.

Click Select, and then click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-open-files-from-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000462212315065503027314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View and open files from the side pane

The most common way to switch between files in gedit is by using the tabs at the top of the gedit window. In some cases, though, particularly when you are working with a large number of open files, you may find it easier to use the side pane.

To activate the side pane, select View Side Pane, or just press the F9 key.

You can toggle the side pane open or closed by pressing F9 at any time.

Opening files from the side pane

To open files from the side pane, first open the side pane by selecting View Side Pane, then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

Using the side pane to switch between open files

Once you have several files open, you can use the side pane to switch between open files. To activate the file browser portion of the side pane, click on the file icon at the bottom of the side pane.

Clicking on any file name in the side pane will open that file for editing.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/index.page0000644000373100047300000000342112315065503022535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gedit Text Editor gedit Text Editor Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/gedit-icon.png" its:translate="no"/> gedit Text Editor

Welcome to the gedit help guide. For a quick introduction into both gedit's most basic features, as well as some advanced keyboard shortcuts, visit the Get started with gedit and Shortcut keys pages.

Other help topics are grouped together into sections below. Enjoy using gedit!

Working With Files
Configure gedit
gedit Plugins
Printing with gedit
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-change-case.page0000644000373100047300000000370312315065503026340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the case of selected text Change case

This plugin helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsChange Case.

Once the Change Case plugin is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:

Highlight the portion of text that you want to change.

Select geditChange Case

Choose your desired text-formatting option.

The updates to the text formatting will take place immediately.

The Invert Case option will convert all lower case letters to upper case, and will convert all upper case letters to lower case.

The Title Case option will convert the first letter of each word to upper case. All other letters will be converted to lower case.

If you have not highlighted any text, the Change Case feature will be grayed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the Change Case feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-doc-stats.page0000644000373100047300000000324412315065503026103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View document statistics Document statistics

The Document Statistics plugin shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsDocument Statistics.

Using Document Statistics

Once the plugin is enabled, use it by selecting Tools Document Statistics. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.

You can also use Document Statistics to show you information about just a portion of your document. To do this, use the mouse pointer to select the portion of text that you want to examine, and then select ToolsDocument Statistics. Gedit will display information for both your entire document, and for the portion of text that you highlighted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-view-open-files-in-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000375512315065503027735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in View a list of files in the side pane

Keeping track of a large number of files using tabs can be difficult. One way of managing large numbers of files is viewing them in a side pane. Side panes allow you to view more files at a time than is possible using tabs alone.

To view a list of open files in a side pane, click View Side Pane. A pane will appear to the left of the workspace with a listing of all currently open files. Clicking a file in the side pane will display that file in the workspace.

The side pane also contains a File Browser view. If the pane displays a file directory instead of currently open files, click documents icon at the bottom of the pane to switch to the Documents view.

The side pane only displays files that are open in the current window. When multiple windows are open, only the files in the current window will be displayed in the side pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000001150412315065503024636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Enable and use spell-checking feature Spell-check your document
Enable the spell checker

The Spell-check feature is provided as a plugin in gedit which can be enabled as required. To enable the plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Spell Checker to enable the plugin.
Spell-check your document

To check for misspelt words in your document:

Select Tools Check Spelling.

To have gedit automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select ToolsHighlight Misspelled Words.
Using spell-check

You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialog. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to Misspelled word:. You can choose from the following corrective actions:

Change to: allows you to input a word and use Check Word to check the validity of the spelling.

Suggestions: lists the available substitutions for the word.

Ignore allows you to bypass spell check for a instance of current word.

Ignore All allows you to bypass spell check for all instances of the current word.

Change substitutes the misspelt or unrecognized word with a chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Change all substitutes all misspelt or unrecognized words with the chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Add word allows you to add the current word to the gedit User dictionary. Adding custom words to the User dictionary will allow gedit to recognize the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.
Define the language to use for spell checking

By default, gedit will use your current language to spell check your document. If you need to use another language, choose ToolsSet Language…, then choose the language you want to use.

Dictionaries

gedit uses Enchant, a small system utility, for spell checking. Enchant can use several different dictionaries to check your spelling. Two such dictionary back-ends are Hunspell and Aspell.

If the language you want to use is not available in gedit, use your computer's software installer or package manager to install the dictionary back-end that you want.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-shortcut-keys.page0000644000373100047300000002516612315065503025356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paolo Borelli Jesse van den Kieboom Steve Frécinaux Ignacio Casal Quinteiro Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shortcut keys

Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of gedit's shortcut keys.

Tab-related Shortcut keys

To Do This

Press This

Switch to the next tab to the left

CtrlAlt PageUp

Switch to the next tab to the right

CtrlAlt PageDown

Close tab

CtrlW

Save all tabs

CtrlShift L

Close all tabs

CtrlShift W

Jump to nth tab

Alt n
Shortcut keys for working with files

To Do This

Press This

Create a new document

CtrlN

Open a document

CtrlO

Save the current document

CtrlS

Save the current document with a new filename

CtrlShift S

Print the current document

Ctrl P

Print preview

CtrlShift P

Close the current document

CtrlW

Quit gedit

CtrlQ
Shortcut keys for editing files

To Do This

Press This

Move to the beginning of the current line

Home

Move to the end of the current line

End

Move to the beginning of the document

CtrlHome

Move to the end of the document

CtrlEnd

Move the selected word right one word

AltRight Arrow

Move the selected word left one word

AltLeft Arrow

Undo the last action

CtrlZ

Redo the last undone action

CtrlShift Z

Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard

CtrlX

Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard

CtrlC

Paste the contents of the clipboard

CtrlV

Select all text in the file

CtrlA

Delete the current line

CtrlD

Move the selected line up one line

AltUp Arrow

Move the selected line down one line

AltDown Arrow

Add a tab stop

Tab

Remove a tab stop

ShiftTab
Shortcut keys for showing and hiding panes

To Do This

Press This

Show / hide the side pane

F9

Show / hide the bottom pane.

CtrlF9
Shortcut keys for searching

To Do This

Press This

Find a string

CtrlF

Find the next instance of the string

CtrlG

Find the previous instance of the string

CtrlShiftG

Search and Replace

CtrlH

Clear highlight

CtrlShift K

Goto line

CtrlI
Shortcut keys for tools

To Do This

Press This

Check spelling

ShiftF7

Remove trailing spaces (with plugin)

AltF12

Run "make" in the current directory (with plugin)

F8

Directory listing (with plugin)

CtrlShift D
Shortcut keys for user help

To Do This

Press This

Open the gedit user guide

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-install.page0000644000373100047300000000510612315065503025647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com How to install third-party plugins Additional gedit plugins

Installing third-party plugins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default gedit plugins, or even the extra plugins that are part of the gedit-plugins package. An online list of third-party plugins is kept here.

Installing a third-party plugin involves downloading the plugin, placing the plugin files in the right directory, and activating the plugin.

You can usually download a plugin from the plugin's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like git, bazaar, or subversion to copy a plugin's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plugin's documentation for information on getting the plugin.

Place the plugin files into the /home/username/.local/share/gedit/plugins directory.

Of course, replace the word username with your own username.

After you have placed the plugin files into the correct directory, the plugin will appear in the Preferences menu. Select Edit PreferencesPlugins [Name of Plugin] to enable the plugin.

Click Close.

After you have enabled the plugin, it should be available for you to use.

The .local directory is hidden by default. To view it and other hidden files, select ViewShow Hidden Files, or press CtrlH.

If the directory .local/share/gedit/plugins/ is not present on your system, you will need to create it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-printing.page0000644000373100047300000000754612315065504024367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Printing documents

Printing with gedit requires that you have connected and configured your printer. If you have not done this, please consult the printing help for GNOME.

gedit allows you to print both to a file and to paper.

Printing To Paper

You can print your documents to paper using a local or remote printer. To print a file:

Select File Print General.

Select the desired printer from the list of printers available.

You can preview the file using Print Preview and once you are satisfied with the settings, click Print to send the file to printer.

Additionally, from Page Setup tab: you can choose Layout and Paper options. As these settings are available throughout GNOME programs, please consult Layout and Paper options help.

Print Multiple Copies And Between Specified Ranges

You can set Range and Copies options to help you:

Printing To File

You can also use gedit to print to a file. To print your document to file of a different format:

Select File Print Print to File.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats, you may select from:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphic (.svg)

To print the document to file, click Print.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-file-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000343412315065504026604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use the side pane to browse and open files File browser pane

Depending on how you use gedit, you may find it helpful to use the File Browser pane plugin. This plugin embeds a file browser in the side pane, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.

You can enable the Side Pane by selecting geditPreferences PluginsFile Browser Pane.

Opening files from the side pane

To activate and use the side pane, select ViewSide pane (or just press F9), and then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-open-files.page0000644000373100047300000000321612315065504024564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file or set of files

To open a file in gedit, click the Open button, or press CtrlO.

This will cause the Open Files dialog to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click Open. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.

To close the Open Files dialog without opening a file, click Cancel.

You can use the Ctrl and Shift keys to open more than one file at a time. If you hold down the Ctrl key while you select multiple files, clicking Open will open each of the files that you have selected.

Holding down the Shift while you select multiple files will open the first file that you select, the last file that you select, and all of the files in between.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-syntax-highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000254412315065504026517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Turn on syntax highlighting
구문 강조

gedit provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If gedit recognizes the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.

If your syntax or language is not highlighted upon startup, you can select the appropriate syntax or language by clicking View Highlight Mode, and then choosing the desired syntax. Alternately, you can select the syntax name from a list at the bottom of the gedit window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-insert-date-time.page0000644000373100047300000000267212315065504027362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Insert the current date/time at the cursor position Insert date/time

As this name of this plugin suggests, the Insert Date/Time plugin allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Insert Date/Time. To use the plugin, press EditInsert Date and Time.

By default, the Insert Date/Time plugin will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plugin. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by selecting geditPreferences PluginsInsert Date/TimeConfigure.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-tabs-moving.page0000644000373100047300000000646412315065504024761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Move and re-order tabs

Tabs in gedit can be moved, making it easier to work with your files. Tabs can be can re-ordered within the same window, moved outside of gedit (creating a new gedit window), and moved from one window to another.

Change the order of tabs in the gedit window

To change the ordering of tabs in a window:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Move the tab to the desired position among the other tab.

Release the mouse button.

The tab will be placed in the position closest to where you release the tab, immediately beside other opened tabs.

Move a tab, creating a new gedit window

To create a new window from an existing tab:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab out of the gedit window.

Release the mouse button.

or, while the tab to be moved is open, choose Documents Move to New Window

To move a tab into a new window when gedit is maximized, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.
Move a tab to another gedit window

If you want to move a tab from one window to another:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab to the new window.

Place it beside other tabs in the new window.

Release the mouse button.

You may find it easier to move a tab from one window to another by dragging the tab to the Activities hot-corner of GNOME Shell. This will reveal each of the open gedit windows. You can then release the tab on the desired gedit window.

See the tab-related shortcut keys table to make it easier to manage your tabs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-quick-open.page0000644000373100047300000000514112315065504026254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Quickly open a file or set of files Quick open

As the name of this plugin would imply, the Quick Open plugin helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsQuick Open.

Once you have enabled the Quick Open plugin you can use it as follows:

Open the Quick Open dialog box by pressing CtrlAltO, or by selecting FileQuick Open.

The Quick Open file dialog will appear.

Use your mouse to select the file or files that you want to open.

To select several individual files, hold down your Ctrl key while you click on the files that you want to open.

To select a group of files, click on the first file that you want to open, hold down the Shift key, and then click on the last file in the list that you want to open.

Click Open.

Quick Open will look for files in:

The directory of the currently opened document

The root directory of the File Browser Pane plugin

Recent documents which are also shown in theRecent folder in Files

Directories which you have bookmarked in Files

Your Desktop directory

Your Home directory

Quick Open displays files in any of the above locations regardless of whether or not you have opened them previously.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-zeitgeist-dataprovider.page0000644000373100047300000000245512315065504030677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Log user activity for documents which are opened in gedit Zeitgeist dataprovider

Zeitgeist is a service that logs user activities and events. Zeitgeist lets other applications access this information in the form of statistics and timelines.The Zeitgeist dataprovider plugin for gedit records user activity for documents used with gedit giving easy access to recently-used and frequently-used files.

Enable Zeitgeist dataprovider

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Zietgeist Dataprovider.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-open-recent.page0000644000373100047300000000270612315065504024745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Reopen a recently-used file

By default, gedit provides easy access to five of your most recently-used files. Here is how you can open a recently-used file:

Click the downward-facing arrow to the right of the Open button.

gedit will display a list of the five most-recently used files.

Select the desired file, and it will open in a new tab.

To adjust the number of recently-used files that gedit displays, you will need to use the dconf-editor application.

Launch dconf-editor and select org gnomegeditpreferencesui max-recents.

Double-click on the number next to max-recents and change the number to your desired value.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugin-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000233612315065504025116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Configure and use gedit Plugins

You can do more with gedit by using plugins. Several plugins are installed by default, but a large number of other plugins are available separately.

Many Linux distributions make a group of these plugins available as a gedit-plugins package. Install the gedit-plugins package to make these extra plugins available to gedit.
Default gedit Plugins
Additional gedit Plugins
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-change-color-scheme.page0000644000373100047300000000321312315065504026323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the color scheme

gedit includes several different color schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.

To change the color scheme, complete the following steps:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Choose your desired color scheme.

The new color scheme will be applied immediately.

Use a Custom Color Scheme

You can also use color schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own color schemes.

Instructions on how to install custom color schemes, as well as examples of color schemes that you can download and use, are available on the gedit wiki.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-undo-recent-action.page0000644000373100047300000000265312315065504026225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Undo a recent action

If you make a mistake while using gedit, you can undo it by pressing CtrlZ, or by clicking gedit Undo. Doing so will cause gedit to undo one set of similar actions.

Undoing a "set of similar actions" means, for example, that gedit will remove an entire word rather than removing each character in the word one at a time. This makes gedit's undo feature more efficient.

You cannot undo a change after you have saved it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-snippets.page0000644000373100047300000001504312315065504026050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Use snippets to quickly insert often-used pieces of text Snippets

Snippets provide a convenient way of inserting repetitive portions of code into your files. For example, an HTML snippet for the ]]> tag would insert the opening and closing portions of the tag, as well as fixed places where you can enter image attributes. This can make writing code easier and faster.

Enable Snippets Plugin

To enable the Snippets plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Snippets to enable the plugin.
Browse Snippets

To browse available snippets:

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

Make sure the syntax is set appropriately. The status bar at the bottom of the gedit window will show the current language setting. This language setting is what allows gedit to insert the proper snippets. Gedit will normally detect the language or syntax of the file that you're using, but sometimes you may need to set it.

In this example, the language is set to HTML.

Browse the snippets that are available for your language or syntax.
Using Snippets

To insert a snippet into your current document:

Type the desired snippet name anywhere in your current document.

Press Tab to insert the snippet associated with the input term.
Snippet Example Usage

For example, if you have set the syntax to HTML, type head , and press the Tab key. The text would have auto completed into a snippet as:

Page Title ]]>
관용구 추가하기

You can add new Snippets that work either globally (that is, they are language agnostic) or only in a particular syntax.

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

From the Manage Snippets sidebar select the desired syntax and click on the "+" button to list existing snippets for the selected syntax.

To add a snippet that works globally (that is, when no particular syntax or language has been set for the document), select Global from the Manage Snippets sidebar.

To add a new snippet, click on the "plus" icon in the Manage Snippets sidebar.

Input a name for the new snippet. The name of the snippet can be different from the snippet you want to add.

Under the Activation section, you must input a term for the Tab trigger: textarea. You will be using this term to insert your snippet.

If you wish to insert a snippet with a keyboard shortcut, then click your mouse pointer on Shortcut key: textarea and press the desired combination of keys. Once you have pressed and released the keys, the keyboard shortcut will be set.

Under the textarea for Edit:, input the desired text for the snippet. You may use ${n} to indicate variables, where n is replaced with a number that represents the numerical order of variables included.
New Snippet Example

Consider you have created a snippet with the term greetings in Tab trigger:. The Edit: textarea contains:

Hello ${1:wonderful}${2:amazing} world! ]]>

You can insert this snippet by typing greetings in the document and pressing the Tab key. The following text snippet will be inserted:

Hello wonderfulamazing world!]]>

The words "wonderful" and "amazing" can be retained or deleted depending on your choice of usage. To do so, press Tab to choose between "wonderful" and "amazing" and press Del to delete the least preferred option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-quickstart.page0000644000373100047300000000254012315065504024714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Get started with gedit

gedit is a full-featured text editor for the GNOME desktop environment. You can use it to prepare simple notes and documents, or you can use some of its advanced features, making it your own software development environment.

Once gedit launches, you can start writing right away. To save your text, just click Save.

To learn about additional gedit features and to get assistance with performing additional tasks, explore the other portions of the gedit help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000564312315065504025177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Sort lines of text into alphabetical order Sort

The Sort plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.

You cannot use the Undo feature to correct a Sort operation, so we recommend that you save the file immediately before performing the sort. If you make a mistake with the sort, you can revert to the previously-saved version of the file by selecting FileRevert.
Enable Sort Plugin

To enable the Sort plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Sort to enable the plugin.
Using Sort Plugin

To use the Sort plugin:

Drag and highlight the desired lines of text.

Select gedit Sort.

The Sort dialog will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:

Reverse order will arrange the text in reverse alphabetical order.

Remove duplicates will remove duplicate values from the list.

Ignore case will ignore case sensitivity.

To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the Start at column spin box.

To perform the sort operation, click Sort.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-modelines.page0000644000373100047300000000657112315065504026170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit Modelines

The Modelines plugin allows gedit to analyze the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The Modelines plugin supports a subset of the options used by the Emacs, Kate and Vim text editors.

To enable the Modelines plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsModelines.

General Modeline Options

The following options can be set using gedit modelines:

탭 너비

들여쓰기 너비

Inserting spaces instead of tabs

텍스트 줄 바꿈

오른쪽 여백 너비

모드라인에서 설정한 사항은 기본 설정 대화 상자에서 설정한 것보다 우선합니다.
이맥스 모드라인

The first two lines of a document are scanned for Emacs modelines, and gedit supports the following Emacs modeline options:

Tab-width

Indent-offset

Indent-tabs-mode

Text auto-wrap

For more information on Emacs modelines, visit the GNU Emacs Manual.

Kate 모드라인

The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for Kate modelines, and gedit supports the following Kate modeline options:

tab-width

indent-width

space-indent

word-wrap

word-wrap-column

For more information about Kate modelines, visit the Kate website.

VIM 모드라인

The first and last three lines a document are scanned for Vim modelines, and gedit supports the following Vim modeline options:

et (expandtab)

ts (tabstop)

sw (shiftwidth)

wrap

textwidth

For more information on Vim modelines, visit the Vim website.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000425512315065504025472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Getting Copies To Print In The Correct Order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. To reverse the order:

Select File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies, check Reverse.

The last page will be printed first, and so on.

Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To Collate:

Click File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-replace.page0000644000373100047300000000714012315065504024136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Replace text

Editing text can be time consuming. To save time, gedit includes a Replace function that helps you to find and replace portions of text.

Replace text in <app>gedit</app>

Open the Replace tool by clicking Search Replace or press CtrlH.

Enter the text that you wish to replace into the 'Search for:' field.

Enter the new, replacement text into the 'Replace with:' field.

Once you have entered the original and replacement text, select your desired replacement options:

To replace only the next matching portion of text, click Replace.

To replace all occurrences of the searched-for text, click Replace All.

Use the Replace All function with care. Replace All works on the entirety of your text file, and does not allow you to highlight portions of text where the replace function will be performed.
More options Match case

The Match case option allows you to specify whether you want your search to be case-sensitive. If this option is selected, searches will be case-sensitive. If not, searches will not be case-sensitive.

 Match entire word only

Use this option to search for a specific word without including fragments of other words. For example, if you searched for the word 'and' with this option selected, the word 'and' would be matched, but the words 'sand' and 'commander' would not be matched.

Search backwards

This command behaves identically to the Find Previous command. If you wish to step through search results from end to beginning, select this option.

 Wrap around

With the wrap around option enabled, gedit will re-start the search/replace action at the top of the file after it has reached the bottom of the file. This ensures that your search/replace action is made across your entire file.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-save-file.page0000644000373100047300000000214712315065504024400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Save a file

To save a file in gedit, click on the disk-drive icon with the word Save next to it. You may also select File Save, or just press CtrlS.

If you are saving a new file, the Save File dialog will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000071412315065504022401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ or send a letter to Creative Commons, 444 Castro Street, Suite 900, Mountain View, California, 94041, USA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-create-new-file.page0000644000373100047300000000172112315065504025471 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Create a new file

The easiest way to create a new file in gedit, is to click the icon in the toolbar that looks like a blank piece of paper. If you prefer, you may also select FileNew, or press CtrlN.

Any one of these actions will create a new file in the gedit window. If you have other files open in gedit, the new file that you create will appear as a new tab to the right of those files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-full-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000376712315065504024755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use fullscreen mode

When working with a large document, you may find it helpful to work in gedit's fullscreen mode. Using fullscreen mode will hide the menu bar, tab bar and the tool bar, presenting you with more of your text and allowing you to better focus on your tasks.

Turn on fullscreen mode

To turn on fullscreen mode, select View Fullscreen, or press F11. gedit's menu, title, and tab-bars will hide, and you will only be presented with the text of your current file.

If you need to perform an action from the gedit menu while working in fullscreen mode, move your mouse pointer to the top of the screen. The gedit menu bar will reappear, and you can select your desired action.

To switch between open tabs while in fullscreen mode, press either CtrlAltPgUp or CtrlAltPgDn.
Turn off fullscreen mode

To turn off fullscreen mode and return to the standard gedit window, press F11.

You can also move your mouse cursor to the top of the screen, and wait for the menu bar to appear. When the menu bar appears, select Leave Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-plugins-external-tools.page0000644000373100047300000000343712315065504027167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Run scripts on your current files, and interact with other applications External tools

The External Tools plugin can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends gedit by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing gedit to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the External Tools plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins External Tools.

Configure the external tools plugin

Once you have enabled the plugin, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting ToolsManage External Tools.

This plugin is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plugin with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-files-basic.page0000644000373100047300000000131512315065504024702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com File basics: Open, close, and save files

If you are new to gedit, these topics will help you with creating, saving, and opening and closing files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-open-on-server.page0000644000373100047300000000417712315065504025411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file that is located on a server

Prior to opening a file on a server from within gedit, you need to know some technical information about the server. For example, you will need to know the IP Address or URL of the server, and may need to know what kind of server it is (e.g., HTTP, FTP, etc.).

Also, some types of servers impose restrictions on what you can do with files stored on the server. For example, you may be able to open a file from a server, but may need to save any changes to the file locally, on your own computer.

With these caveats in mind, perform the following steps to open a file from a server using gedit:

Choose FileOpen to display the Open Files dialog.

Select the Pencil icon near the top of the Open Files dialog.

Enter the IP Address or URL of the appropriate server.

Find and select the file that you wish to open.

Use the Character coding drop-down list to select the appropriate character coding.

Click Open.

Valid types of URI include http:, ftp:, file:, and all of the methods supported by gvfs.

Files from some types of URI are opened as read-only, and any changes you make must be saved to a different location. For example, HTTP only allows files to be read. Files opened from FTP are read-only because not all FTP servers may correctly work with saving remote files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gedit/gedit-search.page0000644000373100047300000000764712315065504024004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Search for text

The Find tool can help you find specific sequences of text within in your file.

Finding text

Open the search window by clicking Search Find or pressing CtrlF. This will move your cursor to the start of the search window.

Type the text you wish to search for in the search window.

As you type, gedit will begin highlighting the portions of text that match what you have entered.

To scroll through the search results, do any of the following:

Click on the up or down facing arrows next to the search window.

Press the up arrow or down arrow keys on your keyboard.

Press CtrlG or CtrlShiftG.

Press the Ctrl and use your mouse or touchpad's scroll feature to move up or down through the text.

To close the search window, press either Esc or Enter. Pressing Esc will return the cursor to where it was before you began your search. Pressing Enter will return the cursor to the current position in the search results.

Search tips

If you highlight a portion of text with your mouse, and then press CtrlF, the text you've highlighted will appear in the search window.

For more search options, click on the Magnifying Glass icon in the search window, or right-click anywhere in the search window. You can select one or more of the following search options:

Select Match Case to make the search case sensitive.

Select Match Entire Word Only to search only complete words.

Select Wrap Around to search text from top to bottom and cycle back again.

The text that you've searched for will remain highlighted by gedit, even after you have completed your search. To remove the highlight, click SearchClear Highlight, or press CtrlShiftK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gucharmap/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000006046512300411173024117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
문자 표 설명서 문자 표는 유니코드 문자 표입니다. 표에서 문자를 선택해서 그 문자를 텍스트 문자열에 입력할 수 있습니다. 2004 Sun Microsystems 2003 2004 Chee Bin HOH 그놈 문서 프로젝트 본 설명서는 자유 소프트웨어 재단(FSF)에서 발행한 GNU 자유 문서 라이선스(GFDL) 버전 1.1 이상의 조항에 따라 변경 불가 부분, 앞 표지 텍스트 및 뒷 표지 텍스트를 제외하고 복사, 수정 및/또는 배포할 수 있습니다. GFDL의 사본은 링크 또는 본 설명서와 함께 배포된 COPYING-DOCS 파일에서 찾을 수 있습니다. 본 설명서는 GFDL에 따라 배포된 그놈 설명서 컬렉션의 일부입니다. 본 설명서를 컬렉션과 별도로 배포하려는 경우에는 라이선스 조항 6에 따라 라이선스 사본을 설명서에 추가하면 됩니다. 기업의 제품과 서비스를 식별하기 위해 사용된 많은 이름은 상표로 간주됩니다. 그놈 문서에 사용된 이름과 그놈 문서 프로젝트의 구성원은 해당 상표로, 모두 대문자로 표시되거나 첫 글자가 대문자로 표시되어 있습니다. 문서 및 수정판은 다음 GNU 자유 문서 라이선스의 조항 및 더 많은 이해 사항에 따라 제공합니다: Sun 그놈 문서 팀 Sun Microsystems Chee Bin HOH 그놈 문서 프로젝트
cbhoh@gnome.org
그놈 문서 프로젝트 문자표 설명서 V2.1 2004-02-26 그놈 2.6, 프로그램 1.3.0 업데이트. Sun 그놈 문서 팀 그놈 문서 프로젝트 유니코드 문자 표 설명서 V2.0 2003년 10월 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org 그놈 문서 프로젝트 이 설명서는 문자 표 버전 1.3.0에 대해 설명합니다. 피드백 문자 표 프로그램이나 이 설명서에 대해 버그를 보고하거나 의견을 제시하려면 그놈 피드백 페이지에 있는 대로 하십시오. Changwoo Ryu cwryu@debian.org 2007 2008. Changwoo Ryu Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2012 Seong-ho Cho gucharmap 문자 표 문자 표 소개 문자 표 프로그램을 사용해 특수 문자를 문서나 텍스트 입력란에 입력할 수 있습니다. 문자 표로 악센트가 붙은 문자, 수학 기호, 특수 기호, 구두점을 사용할 수 있습니다. 문자 표를 이용해 키보드에 없는 문자를 이용할 수 있습니다. 문자 표는 유니코드 문자 집합을 사용해 시스템에서 사용할 수 있는 모든 문자를 표시합니다. 유니코드는 세계의 모든 종류의 문자를 포함하는 목적의 문자 집합 표준입니다. 시작하기 문자 표를 시작하려면 문자 표를 다음 방법으로 시작할 수 있습니다: 프로그램 메뉴 보조 프로그램문자 표를 선택하십시오. 명령행 다음 명령어를 실행하십시오: gnome-character-map 문자 표를 시작하면 문자 표를 시작하면, 다음 창을 표시합니다.
문자 표 창 문자 표 창을 보입니다.
문자 표 창에는 다음과 같은 인터페이스가 들어 있습니다: 메뉴 모음 메뉴 모음의 메뉴에는 문자 표를 이용하는 데 필요한 거의 모든 명령이 들어 있습니다. 도구 모음 도구 모음에는 글꼴 드롭다운 목록, 글꼴 모양 단추, 크기 스핀 상자가 들어 있습니다. 표시 영역 표시 영역에는 다음 사항이 들어 있습니다: 문자 범위 또는 유니코드 범위 목록 상자 문자 표 탭 섹션 문자 자세히 탭 섹션 복사할 텍스트 텍스트 상자 복사 단추 상태 표시줄 상태 표시줄은 현재 선택한 문자의 유니코드 코드 포인트와 유니코드 문자 이름을 표시합니다. 사용법 문자 집합 목록을 바꾸려면 문자 범위의 이름 순서로 문자 집합의 목록을 표시하려면, 보기문자 범위 순서를 선택하십시오. 유니코드 범위의 순서로 문자 집합의 목록을 표시하려면, 보기유니코드 범위 순서를 선택하십시오. 텍스트 문자열을 만드려면 복사할 텍스트 입력란에 텍스트 문자열을 만드려면, 다음 순서대로 하십시오: 문자 범위 혹은 유니코드 범위 목록 상자에서 문자 집합을 하나 선택하십시오. 다음 중 한 가지 방법으로 문자를 입력하십시오: 문자 표 탭 섹션에서 문자 단추를 두 번 누르십시오. 그러면 복사할 텍스트 입력란에 해당 문자를 입력합니다. 복사할 텍스트 입력란에 해당 문자를 입력하려면 문자 표 탭 섹션의 문자 단추를 선택하고, Return을 누르십시오. 문자 표 탭 섹션의 문자 단추를 선택하고, 해당 문자를 복사할 텍스트 입력란으로 누르고 끌어 놓으십시오. 복사할 텍스트 입력란을 눌러 포커스를 입력란으로 옮기십시오. 입력란에 이미 문자열이 들어 있으면, 그 문자열에서 문자를 입력할 위치를 누르십시오. 키보드의 문자 키를 눌러 문자를 입력란에 입력하십시오. 텍스트 문자열을 복사해서 응용 프로그램에 붙여 넣으려면 복사할 텍스트 입력란에서 응용 프로그램에 텍스트 문자열을 복사해서 붙여 넣으려면, 다음 순서대로 하십시오: 복사를 누르십시오. 텍스트 문자열을 선택하지 않았거나 모두 선택했다면, 그 문자열 모두를 클립보드에 복사합니다. 문자열의 일부만 선택했다면, 선택한 부분만 복사합니다. 프로그램을 바꾸고 편집붙여넣기를 선택하거나 바로 가기 키 CtrlV를 누십시오. 복사할 텍스트 입력란의 내용을 다른 응용 프로그램으로 붙여 넣으면, 그 응용 프로그램의 현재 문자 집합에 따라 그 문자열이 나타납니다. 텍스트 문자열에 표시되지 않는 문자가 들어 있으면, 전체 문제 집합을 지원하는 응용 프로그램에서만 그 텍스트 문자열을 입력할 수 있습니다. 문자를 찾으려면 문자를 찾으려면 다음 순서대로 하십시오: 검색찾기를 선택하거나 바로 가기 키 CtrlF를 누르십시오. 찾기 대화 창이 열립니다. 찾을 텍스트를 검색 란에 입력하십시오. 전체 단어 일치를 선택하면 전체가 텍스트와 일치하는 단어만 찾습니다. 기본값으로 문자의 이름만 찾습니다. 문자 자세히 정보에서 검색를 선택하면 문자의 설명(주의, 같은 문자, 비슷한 문자) 부분에서도 찾습니다. 다음을 누르면 현재 선택한 문자의 다음에 맨 처음 나오는 텍스트를 찾습니다. 문자 표는 찾은 글자를 선택하게 됩니다. 르다음 일치하는 문자를 찾으려면 다음을 누르십시오. 대신, 검색다음 찾기를 선택하거나 바로 가기 키 CtrlG를 누르실 수 있습니다. 이전 일치하는 문자를 찾으려면 이전을 누르십시오. 대신, 검색이전 찾기를 선택하거나 ShiftCtrlG를 누르실 수 있습니다. 모든 문자를 살펴보려면 문자 표를 살펴보려면, 이동 메뉴를 이용하십시오. 다음 문자 또는 바로 가기 키 CtrlN를 누릅니다. 이전 문자 또는 바로 가기 키 CtrlP를 누릅니다. 다음 스크립트 또는 바로 가기 키 CtrlPage Down을 누릅니다. 이전 스크립트 또는 바로 가기 키 CtrlPage Up을 누릅니다. 각 문자와 문자 범위 단위로, 혹은 유니코드 범위 단위로 문자 표를 살펴볼 수 있습니다. 문자 표가 문자 범위를 표시하는 지 아니면 유니코드 범위를 표시하는 지에 따라 달라집니다. 이 방법을 바꾸려면, 보기글자 범위 순서 혹은 보기유니코드 범위 순서 중의 하나를 선택하십시오. 다음 키는 문자 표를 살펴볼 때도 동작합니다: 키보드의 화살표 키를 누르면 문자들 사이를 옮겨 다닙니다. Page Up 및 Page Down 키를 누르면 문자 페이지를 페이지 단위로 살펴봅니다. Home 키를 누르면 해당 유니코드 영역의 첫 번째 문자를 선택합니다. 마지막 문자를 선택하려면 End 키를 누르십시오. 문자의 자세한 정보를 표시하려면 문자의 자세한 정보를 표시하려면, 다음 순서대로 하십시오: 문자 범위 혹은 유니코드 범위 목록 상자에서 문자 집합을 하나 선택하십시오. 예: 기본 라틴 문자 문자 표 탭 섹션에서 문자를 하나 선택하십시오. 예: B 문자 자세히 탭 섹션을 누르십시오. 문자 자세히 탭 섹션은 선택한 문자에 대해 다음 정보를 표시합니다: 유니코드 코드 포인트 예: U+0042 유니코드 문자 이름 예: LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B 일반 문자 속성 유니코드 분류 예: 글자, 대문자 다양하며 유용한 표기법 UTF-8 인코딩 예: 0x42 UTF-16 인코딩 예: 0x0042 C언어 8진수로 표기한 UTF-8 인코딩 예: \102 XML 10진수 엔티티 예: "&#66" 해설 및 참고 사항 예: U+212C SCRIPT CAPITAL B 해당 문자의 자세한 정보를 보려면 링크를 누르십시오. 문자의 형식을 바꾸려면 문자의 형식을 바꾸려면, 다음과 같이 하십시오: 글꼴을 바꾸려면, 글꼴 드롭다운 목록에서 글꼴을 선택하십시오. 글꼴의 종류를 굵은 글씨로 바꾸려면, 굵게 단추를 누르거나 바로 가기 키 AltB를 누르십시오. 글꼴의 종류를 기울임으로 바꾸려면, 기울임 단추를 누르거나 바로 가기 키 AltI를 누르십시오. 글꼴 크기를 늘리려면, 보기확대를 선택하거나 확대 조절 스핀 상자를 사용하거나 바로 가기 키 Ctrl+를 누르십시오. 글꼴 크기를 줄이려면, 보기축소를 선택하거나 확대 조절 스핀 상자를 사용하거나 바로 가기 키 Ctrl-를 누르십시오. 보통 글꼴 크기로 표시하려면, 보기보통 크기를 선택하거나 바로 가기 키 Ctrl=를 누르십시오. 선택한 문자를 확대하려면, Shift를 누른 상태를 유지합니다. 문자 표의 형식을 바꾸려면 문자 표의 형식을 바꾸려면, 보기2의 거듭제곱으로 가로 칸 맞추기를 선택하십시오. 문자 표 탭 섹션의 가로 열 개수를 2의 거듭제곱으로 바꿉니다. 예를 들어, 열 2개, 열 4개, 열 8개와 같은 식입니다. 열 개수는 창의 크기와 글꼴의 크기에 따라 달라집니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gucharmap/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000240412300411173023241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 본 설명서는 자유 소프트웨어 재단(FSF)에서 발행한 GNU 자유 문서 라이선스(GFDL) 버전 1.1 이상의 조항에 따라 변경 불가 부분, 앞 표지 텍스트 및 뒷 표지 텍스트를 제외하고 복사, 수정 및/또는 배포할 수 있습니다. GFDL의 사본은 링크 또는 본 설명서와 함께 배포된 COPYING-DOCS 파일에서 찾을 수 있습니다. 본 설명서는 GFDL에 따라 배포된 그놈 설명서 컬렉션의 일부입니다. 본 설명서를 컬렉션과 별도로 배포하려는 경우에는 라이선스 조항 6에 따라 라이선스 사본을 설명서에 추가하면 됩니다. 기업의 제품과 서비스를 식별하기 위해 사용된 많은 이름은 상표로 간주됩니다. 그놈 문서에 사용된 이름과 그놈 문서 프로젝트의 구성원은 해당 상표로, 모두 대문자로 표시되거나 첫 글자가 대문자로 표시되어 있습니다. 문서 및 수정판은 다음 GNU 자유 문서 라이선스의 조항 및 더 많은 이해 사항에 따라 제공합니다: usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000356012307574722023407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command Line eog 명령으로 여러가지 모드로 그림 한 개 또는 여러 개를 열 수 있습니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Image Viewer from the Terminal, type eog.

특정 파일을 열라고 지정하려면 eog 명령 다음에 파일 이름을 입력하십시오:

eog image.jpeg

You can open a specific folder by typing the folder name after the eog command:

eog folder

To see all the images in a folder at once, you may wish to browse the image gallery.

전체화면 모드에서 그림 열기 eog --fullscreen image.jpeg
새 인스턴스에서 그림 열기 eog --new-instance image.jpeg
Open a folder in slideshow mode eog --slide-show 사진/
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/preferences.page0000644000373100047300000001057612307574722023427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Image view, slideshow and plugins. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 기본 설정

This topic explains all of the settings that you can change in the image viewer. Click EditPreferences to start changing the preferences.

그림 보기 기본 서렁 Image enhancements

Select Smooth images when zoomed out to enable image smoothing when you zoom in and out. This makes low-resolution (pixelated) pictures look better by smoothing out jagged edges.

If you enable Automatic orientation, pictures will be automatically rotated according to their Exif metadata. This is information about a picture that is automatically inserted by a digital camera, and can include details on which way up the camera was held when the picture was taken. For example, when automatic orientation is enabled, portrait photos are automatically rotated upright. The rotation is not saved until you save the rotated image.

Automatic orientation does not work with all pictures; only pictures taken using a camera that saves Exif orientation metadata will be rotated.

 Transparent parts

Select one of the following options to determine how the transparent parts of a picture are displayed, if it has any:

As check pattern:

그림의 투명한 부분을 체크무늬로 표시합니다.

As custom color:

그림의 투명한 부분을 지정한 한 가지 색으로 표시합니다. 색 선택 단추를 색을 눌러 지정합니다.

As background:

배경의 지정한 색으로 설정했으면, 그림의 투명한 부분을 배경 색으로 표시합니다. 아니면 기본 배경 색을 사용합니다.
슬라이드 쇼 기본 설정

슬라이드 쇼 설정을 바꾸려면:

Under Image Zoom you can select if you would like pictures that are smaller than the screen to be expanded so that they fit the screen.

Under Sequence you can select how many seconds each picture should be displayed for (between 1 and 100) before the next picture is shown.

Check Loop sequence if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unchecked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.
플러그인 기본 설정

Here you can check/uncheck any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plugins that are available by default.

You may also wish to install the eog-plugins package, which contains plugins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate additional plugins, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/default.page0000644000373100047300000000310012307574722022533 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make image viewer the default application for viewing pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open pictures in the image viewer by default

If you want to make the image viewer the default program that opens certain image file types:

In the files app, right click the file and choose Properties.

Go to the Open With tab. A list of Recommended Applications will appear.

Select the Image Viewer and click Set as default.

If Image Viewer is not on the Recommended Applications list, click Show other applications. Select Image Viewer from the list that appears and click Set as default.

닫기를 누르십시오.

In future, when you double-click a file of the same type, it will open up in the image viewer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/plugin-python-console.page0000644000373100047300000000272312307574722025376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Python console can be used to add extra functions and run scripts in the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Python console

The image viewer has a plugin system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the Python console, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.

Before you can activate the Python console, you will need to install eog-plugins.

Once eog-plugins is installed, click Edit Preferences and go to the Plugins tab.

Check Python Console and click Close.

콘솔을 열려면 도구파이썬 콘솔을 누르십시오.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/index.page0000644000373100047300000000311712307574722022226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 그놈의 눈 그림 보기 도움말. <media type="image" src="figures/eog-trail.png"/> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 <media type="image" src="figures/eog-logo.png">Eye of GNOME logo</media> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer
View pictures
Edit pictures
Print pictures
Add extra features
고급
Frequently asked questions
Tips and tricks
개발 참여하기
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/plugin-zoom-width.page0000644000373100047300000000206112307574722024511 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusts the zoom to fit a picture's full width into the window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom to fit picture width

Activate the Zoom to fit image width plugin if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Zoom to fit image width and click Close.

In order to add this functionality, you will need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/zoom.page0000644000373100047300000000354112307574722022104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enlarge the picture on the screen by clicking ViewZoom In. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 확대/축소

You can zoom in and out to show more or less of a picture on the screen at once. This is useful if you want to see a big picture in its entirety, or if you want to inspect the fine details of a picture.

You can zoom using the mouse wheel. Scroll up to zoom in or scroll down to zoom out.

You can also zoom using the buttons on the toolbar. To zoom in, click the Enlarge the image icon, and to zoom out click the Shrink the image icon. These look like "plus" and "minus" signs.

Alternatively, click ViewZoom In or ViewZoom Out.

To view the picture in its original, unscaled size, click ViewNormal Size. This is the same as the "100%" zoom level.

Zoom to best-fit the window

You can choose to zoom in so that the picture fits fully in the window, even if you resize it. Click ViewBest Fit to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/view.page0000644000373100047300000000562212307574722022074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press Left and Right to flip between pictures, or use the image gallery to show them all. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View all pictures in a folder

You can quickly browse through all of the pictures in a folder by opening one of the pictures and then clicking Next and Previous (for example). You can also view an image gallery, with small previews of all of the pictures in a folder shown at once.

Browse through all pictures in a folder

If you have a folder containing several pictures, you can conveniently browse through all of the pictures without having to open them individually.

Open any one of the pictures from the folder you want to browse through.

Click Next and Previous in the toolbar, or press the Right and Left keys, to flip between pictures.

Alternatively, you can use the Up and Down keys, or Space bar and Backspace keys. You can also click GoPrevious Image and GoNext Image.

You can browse through the pictures in fullscreen mode by clicking ViewFullscreen or by pressing F11. Use the keyboard keys to flip between pictures in fullscreen mode.

To return to normal viewing, press Esc or F11.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/format-change.page0000644000373100047300000000642112307574722023633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert pictures from one image format to another. You can do this in a batch for multiple pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Convert to a different file format

Pictures are saved in a specific file format, like JPEG or PNG. You can convert from one file format to another.

Convert a single picture to a different file format

Click ImageSave As. The Save Image window will pop up.

In the name field, change the file extension to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.

For example, to convert a JPEG (.jpg) file into a Bitmap file (.bmp):

original file: image.jpg

new file: image.bmp

Click Save, and a new file will be saved in the new format. The old file (in the old format) will remain where it was, and will not be deleted.

The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click Supported image files in the Save Image window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

Convert multiple pictures to a different format

You can convert a number of pictures from one file format to another in one go. This is useful if you have a lot of pictures that need converting.

In the image gallery, press and hold down the Ctrl key and select the pictures you want to convert one by one. Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window will appear (shown below).

The converted pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. If you want to save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Select the file format you want to convert the pictures to from the drop-down list to the right of the Filename format box.

저장을 누르십시오.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000330212307574723023111 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Image Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/plugin-fullscreen-double-click.page0000644000373100047300000000220312307574723027104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate fullscreen mode by double-clicking a picture. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Full-screen with double-click

If you like, you can make it so that pictures are shown full-screen when you double-click them in the image viewer.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen with double-click and click Close.

Now, double-clicking on an image will toggle between the fullscreen and normal (window) modes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/flip-rotate.page0000644000373100047300000000415312307574723023347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/counter-clockwise Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Flip or rotate pictures

If your pictures are the wrong way up or back-to-front, you can flip or rotate them so that they look right.

Flip a picture

Click Edit.

가로 방향으로 뒤집기 또는 세로 방향으로 뒤집기를 선택하십시오.

If you want to keep the picture flipped in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.
Rotate a picture

Click Edit.

시계 방향 회전 또는 시계 반대 방향 회전을 선택하십시오.

If you want to keep the picture rotated in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.

You can use the tools in the toolbar to do this instead. You can also use the keyboard shortcuts:

시계 방향 회전

CtrlR

시계 반대 방향 회전

CtrlShiftR
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307574723022066 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/plugin-fullscreen-background.page0000644000373100047300000000215612307574723026675 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change fullscreen background color

If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen Background and click Preferences. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and click Close

Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/open.page0000644000373100047300000000251612307574723022063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pictures open in a new window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open a picture

Pictures should automatically open in the image viewer when you double-click them in the files file browser. If this is not the case, you may need to make the image viewer the default application for viewing pictures.

Each picture you double-click will open in a new image viewer window by default, but you can view multiple pictures in one window if you like.

You can also open pictures from within the image viewer itself:

Click ImageOpen (or press CtrlO). The Open Image window will appear.

Select the picture you want to open and click Open.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/plugin-send-by-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000241512307574723024675 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new email. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send pictures by email

You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by email.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Send By Mail and click Close. This will give you a ToolsSend by mail menu item.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

Evolution mail must be set up to connect to your email account for this to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/print.page0000644000373100047300000000361012307574723022252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImagePrint and then use the tabs to change print settings. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print a picture

To print the picture that you are currently viewing:

Click ImagePrint.

Under the General tab, choose the printer you want to use and the number of copies you want to print.

If you go to the Image Settings tab, you can adjust the Position and Size of the picture.

그림을 마우스로 끌어서 페이지에서 위치를 조정할 수도 있습니다.

If you are using high-quality photo paper, go to the Page Setup tab and select the correct Paper Type. You should also go to the Image Quality tab and choose a high quality setting, so that you get the best possible photo quality.

인쇄를 누르십시오.

Note that some of the tabs mentioned above are not displayed for certain printer models. This is because the printer drivers for those printers don't allow some settings to be changed. So, for example, if you don't see an Image Quality tab, that probably means that the printer drivers that are being used don't support those settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/slideshow.page0000644000373100047300000000327012307574723023121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ViewSlideshow to show all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 슬라이드 쇼

To view all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow:

Open one of the pictures from the folder.

보기슬라이드 쇼를 누르거나 F5 키를 누르십시오.

A full-screen slideshow will start. Every few seconds a new picture will be displayed. If you would like to move through the slideshow more quickly, or return to an image which has already been displayed, you can use the Left and Right arrow keys to manually move backward and forward.

슬라이드 쇼를 멈추려면, Esc 또는 F5 키를 누르십시오.

You can change slideshow settings like how long it should show each picture for. See the topic on slideshow preferences for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/plugin-picasa.page0000644000373100047300000000222512307574723023653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily upload pictures to PicasaWeb directly from the Image Viewer. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Upload photos to <app>PicasaWeb</app>

PicasaWeb is a photo album service that lets you share pictures with people online. You can add a shortcut button that provides a convenient way of uploading pictures to PicasaWeb.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences, go to the Plugins tab and check PicasaWeb Uploader.

This will give you a convenient ToolsUpload to PicasaWeb menu item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/formats-view.page0000644000373100047300000000353112307574723023543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The image viewer can display pictures in a wide range of image formats, including PNG, JPEG, and TIFF. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported image formats

The image viewer is able to open pictures in the following formats:

ANI - 애니메이션

BMP - 비트맵

GIF - 그래픽 교환 형식 (Graphics Interchange Format)

ICO - 윈도우즈 아이콘

JPEG/JPG - 사진 그래픽 전문가 연합 그룹 (Joint Photographic Experts Group)

PCX - PC 페인트브러쉬

PNG - 이동식 네트워크 그래픽 (Portable Network Graphics)

PNM - PPM 툴킷의 호환 형식 (Portable Anymap)

RAS - Sun 래스터

SVG - 크기 조정 가능한 벡터 그래픽 (Scalable Vector Graphics)

TGA - 타가 (Targa)

TIFF - 태그 이미지 파일 형식 (Tagged Image File Format)

WBMP - 무선 통신 비트맵 (Wireless Bitmap)

XBM - X 비트맵

XPM - X 픽스맵

If you try to open a picture in an unsupported format, you will get a Could not load image 'image_name'. error.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000470312307574723023145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 File a bug against the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a problem with the image viewer

The image viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you experience problems with the image viewer (for example, if it crashes or behaves unexpectedly), or if it is missing some feature that you think it should have, please file a bug report by clicking on the link . Bug reports are how software developers keep track of problems so that they can fix them.

To participate, you need an account which will give you the ability to file bugs and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by email about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, and click File a BugCoreeog. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

버그를 리포트하려면 Component 메뉴에서 컴포넌트를 선택하십시오. 무슨 컴포넌트인지 잘 모르겠으면 general을 선택하십시오.

새 기능을 요청하는 경우 Severity 메뉴에서 enhancement 항목을 선택하십시오. Summary 및 Description 부분을 채워 넣으시고 Commit을 누르십시오.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Bugs can take a while to be fixed, and the software developers might ask you for further information to help them figure out what the problem is.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/plugin-slideshow-shuffle.page0000644000373100047300000000210712307574723026045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show photos in a random order when playing a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow shuffle

You can make it so that pictures are shown in a random order when you start a slideshow.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Slideshow Shuffle and click Close.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/desktop-background.page0000644000373100047300000000207412307574723024707 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set your favorite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Make the current picture your desktop background

To set the picture that you are currently viewing as the background image on your desktop, click ImageSet as Wallpaper .

This will immediately change the background to the picture you're viewing. You will then be asked if you would like to modify the picture's appearance using the background preferences window. If you click Hide, the message will disappear.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/formats-save.page0000644000373100047300000000174712307574723023536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 JPEG, PNG, BMP 등. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formats supported for saving pictures

The image viewer can save pictures in the following file formats:

JPEG/JPG

PNG

BMP

TIFF

시스템 설정에 따라 기타 그림 파일 형식으로 저장할 수도 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000441212307574723022561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 도구 모음

The toolbar provides easy access to features like zooming and rotating. You can hide it if you find it distracting or it it takes up too much room, however.

도구 모음 보기 또는 감추기

To toggle whether the toolbar is displayed or not, click ViewToolbar.

도구 모음에서 도구를 추가, 제거, 순서 바꾸기.

By default, the toolbar contains only a basic set of tools. You can add useful extra ones by modifying the toolbar:

Make sure that the toolbar is not hidden.

편집도구 모음을 누르십시오.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar (see the picture, below). There is also a separator that you can use to group toolbar items together.

To add new items to the toolbar, drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

To rearrange items on the toolbar, drag them to a new position.

You can remove items from the toolbar by dragging them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

도구 모음 편집이 끝나면 도구 모음 편집 창의 닫기 단추를 누르십시오.

도구 모음을 기본값으로 초기화하려면, 도구 모음 편집 창의 기본값으로 돌아가기를 누르십시오.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/plugins.page0000644000373100047300000000567412307574723022613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install plugins to access extra features. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 플러그인

You can install the eog-plugins package to get extra plugins for the image viewer. Plugins add additional features, like the ones listed below.

You can install the eog-plugins package using your Linux distribution's package manager.

install eog-plugins

The following features are included in eog-plugins:

Date in statusbar: Shows the image date in the window statusbar.

Exif display: Displays camera settings and histograms for digital photos.

Fullscreen Background: Enables changing background in fullscreen mode.

Fullscreen with double-click: Activate fullscreen mode with double-click.

Map: Display the geolocation of a digital photo on a map.

PicasaWeb Uploader: Upload your pictures to PicasaWeb.

Python Console: A Python scripting console for the image viewer.

Send By Mail: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new email.

슬라이드 쇼 임의 모드: 슬라이드쇼 모드에서 임의 그림을 엽니다.

Zoom to fit image width: Adjusts the zoom to have the pictures's full width fit into the window.

You can manage plugins by using the the Plugins tab in the Preferences window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/edit.page0000644000373100047300000000342712307574723022051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImageOpen with to edit a picture using an external image editor. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Edit or delete a picture
Edit a picture

The image viewer can only be used to view pictures; it can't edit them. For that, you must use a picture editing application, like the GIMP image editor. To open a picture for editing in a different application:

그림다른 프로그램으로 열기를 누르거나, 그림 위에 마우스 오른쪽 단추를 누르십시오.

Select the application you want to use to edit the picture.

When you are finished editing, save it and close the other application.

The image viewer will detect that the picture has been changed and will reload it.
Delete a picture

To delete a picture that you don't want any more, click EditMove to Trash, or right-click the picture and select Move to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000205212307574723023636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 그놈의 눈 그림 보기 프로그램입니다. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 소개

Eye of GNOME is an image viewer. With it, you can view pictures of almost any type. It can handle large collections of pictures, and can display a slideshow. You can also make basic changes to pictures, like rotating or flipping them, or converting them to a different file format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001144412307574723023160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of all keyboard shortcuts. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of all of the keyboard shortcuts that you can use in the image viewer.

Opening, closing, saving and printing

그림 파일 열기

CtrlO

그림을 같은 파일 이름으로 저장합니다

CtrlS

현재 그림의 복사본을 새 파일 이름으로 저장합니다

ShiftCtrlS

현재 그림 인쇄

CtrlP

현재 창을 닫습니다

CtrlW

현재 그림을 바탕 화면 배경으로 사용합니다.

CtrlF8
그림 보기

폴더의 이전 그림으로 이동합니다

Back space / Left

폴더의 다음 그림으로 이동합니다

Space bar / Right

폴더의 첫번째 그림으로 이동합니다

AltHome

폴더의 마지막 그림으로 이동합니다

AltEnd

폴더의 임의의 그림으로 이동합니다

CtrlM

그림 갤러리를 봅니다

F9

전체화면으로 봅니다

F11

슬라이드 쇼를 봅니다

F5

실제 크기

Ctrl0 (숫자 영 키)

창에 맞게

F

큰 그림을 스크롤하기

Altarrow keys
그림을 복사하고 다른 프로그램에서 붙여넣기

복사

CtrlC
Zoom and rotate

확대

+

축소

-

시계 방향 회전

CtrlR

시계 반대 방향 회전

ShiftCtrlR
기타

가장자리 창을 봅니다

CtrlF9

그림 속성을 봅니다

AltReturn

실행 취소

CtrlZ

도움말

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112307574723022545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215112307574723022553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Image Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Image Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/rename-multiple.page0000644000373100047300000000661012307574723024221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically rename and number batches of pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rename many pictures at once

If you have lots of pictures that you want to rename, perhaps so that they have a standard, numbered name format:

Open the image gallery by pressing F9.

Select all of the pictures that you would like to rename from the image gallery by holding down Ctrl and clicking them one by one.

Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window with some filename options will appear (the picture, below, shows what this window looks like).

The renamed pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. To save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Use the Filename format box to choose a naming format for the pictures. The File Name Preview shows you what the new filenames will look like. See the section, below, for advice on choosing how to rename the files.

Ensure that the Filename Format drop-down list says as is, unless you want to convert the pictures to a different file format.

Click Save As and the pictures will be renamed.
Choose a filename format

The filenames of the renamed files are determined by what you put in the Filename format box.

You can keep the original filename as part of the new filename by leaving the %f in the box.

For example, if you type paris_%f into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to paris_flower.jpg, paris_house.jpg, and paris_cat.jpg.

Adding a %n will number the pictures consecutively, starting at the counter number you choose under Options.

For example, if you type sunshine_%n into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to sunshine_2.jpg, sunshine_3.jpg, and sunshine_1.jpg. (They will be numbered by alphabetical order of the original filenames.)
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/copy-paste.page0000644000373100047300000000223312307574723023202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to copy/paste from the image viewer into another application. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy and paste a picture

To copy a picture from the image viewer into another application, click EditCopy or right-click on the picture and choose Copy.

The picture has been copied to the clipboard, and can now be pasted into a LibreOffice document, Gimp image, or other application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000222612307574723023771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Image Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/eog/plugin-exif-digital.page0000644000373100047300000000747012307574723024770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View information such as camera settings and histogram, geolocation, and date. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View detailed information about a picture

Pictures taken by digital cameras are stored with a host of extra information embedded in them, such as the date that they were taken, what exposure settings were used on the camera and, in some cases, even where the picture was taken.

This topic shows you how to access this information.

Show the date in the status bar

You can display the date that a picture was taken in the status bar at the bottom of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Date in statusbar.

Detailed Exif data

The detailed information stored with digital photos is called Exif data. You can view it by installing a plugin for the image viewer.

To be able to see the Exif data embedded in your photos, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Exif display and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under Histogram.

You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check Display camera settings in statusbar.
Display a photo location map

Some cameras are able to attach geolocation information (geotags) to digital photos. Geotags are usually just the GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude) for the place where a photo was taken.

To be able to see a map of where your photos were taken, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Map and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to show the map.

The map will show the location that a picture was taken in only if there is geolocation information attached to the photo. Many cameras do not attach geolocation information to pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/seahorse/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000013403412300434241023754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 seahorse-daemon"> key"> ]>
Passwords and Keys Manual 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Jacob Perkins and Adam Schreiber Seahorse 프로젝트 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. 본 설명서는 GFDL에 따라 배포된 그놈 설명서 컬렉션의 일부입니다. 본 설명서를 컬렉션과 별도로 배포하려는 경우에는 라이센스 조항 6에 따라 라이센스 사본을 설명서에 추가하면 됩니다. 기업의 제품과 서비스를 식별하기 위해 사용된 많은 이름은 상표로 간주됩니다. 그놈 문서에 사용된 이름과 그놈 문서 프로젝트의 구성원은 해당 상표로, 모두 대문자로 표시되거나 첫 글자가 대문자로 표시되어 있습니다. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Jacob Perkins Seahorse Project Adam Schreiber Seahorse Project
sadam@clemson.edu
Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project
pcutler@foresightlinux.org
Seahorse 프로젝트 그놈 문서 프로젝트 Passwords and Keys Manual V2.11.0 May 2009 Paul Cutler pcutler@foresightlinux.org Passwords and Keys Manual V0.10.1 August 2008 Adam Schreiber sadam@clemson.edu Passwords and Keys Manual V0.9.1 November 2006 Milo Casagrande milo_casagrande@yahoo.it Passwords and Keys Manual V0.9.0 July 2005 Adam Schreiber sadam@clemson.edu Seahorse Project Passwords and Keys Manual V0.7.0 February 2003 Jacob Perkins Seahorse Project This manual describes version 2.28.x of Passwords and Keys 피드백 To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Passwords and Keys application or this manual, follow the directions in the Gnome Feedback Page. Passwords and Keys is the application for managing encryption keys for the GNOME Desktop Seahorse seahorse Encryption Keys 소개 You can use Passwords and Keys to create and manage PGP and SSH keys. Passwords and Keys provides a front end to many of the features of Gnu Privacy Guard (GPG) and integrates with multiple components of the GNOME desktop. With Passwords and Keys you can: Create and manage PGP and SSH keys, Export and import PGP and SSH keys, Share your keys with others, 시작하기 Starting <application>Passwords and Keys</application> You can start Passwords and Keys in the following ways: 응용 프로그램 메뉴 Choose Accessories Password and Keys . 명령줄 seahorse를 입력하고 엔터 키를 누르십시오. When You Start <application>Passwords and Keys</application> When you start Passwords and Keys, the Password and Keys window is displayed.
The <application>Passwords and Keys</application> Window Show the Passwords and Keys window.
The Passwords and Keys window contains the following elements: 메뉴 표시줄 The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands that you need to perform tasks in Passwords and Keys. 도구 모음 도구 모음을 사용하면 자주 사용하는 명령에 빠르게 액세스할 수 있습니다. 키와 비밀번호 탭 키링과 키 암호에 대한 액세스를 제공합니다. 처음 시작 옵션 처음 사용자를 위한 유용한 작업의 빠른 액세스를 제공합니다. 여기에 있습니다 : 도움말 시스템 조회, 키링에 키 가져오기, 새로운 키를 만듭니다. OpenPGP 키 생성 OpenPGP는 PGP를 기반으로하는 공개키 암호로 전자 메일을 암호화하는 비독점적인 프로토콜입니다. 공개키 암호는 두 키 사용 방법을 포함한 개념입니다 : 공개키는 통신하고 싶은 상대의 누구라도 전달할 수 있으며, 비밀키는 개인적인 것으로, 비밀로해야합니다. To create OpenPGP keys: Choose FileNew... Select PGP Key and click Continue Enter your full name (first - last), your e-mail address and any additional information. You can also specify advanced options for the key: see below. Click Create to create the new key pair. The Passphrase for New PGP Key dialog will open. Enter the passphrase twice for your new key. 암호를 생성할 때 강력한 암호 생성과 같은 관행을 사용합시다. 암호와 암호는 공백이 암호에서는 유효한 문자로있는 것이 큰 차이입니다. 확장 옵션 고급 옵션을 확장하여 새 키에 대한 다음 옵션을 지정합니다 : Encryption Type 이 항목은 키를 생성하는 데 사용하는 암호화 알고리즘을 지정합니다. DSA ElGamal 필요에 따라 암호화, 복호화, 서명 및 검증을 할 수있는 추천 선택입니다. DSA 서명만 허용합니다. RSA 서명만 허용합니다. Key Strength (bits) 이것은 비트 키 길이입니다. 강한 암호를 사용하면, 키의 길이가 길수록 더 안전합니다. 그러나 긴 키를 사용하여 모든 작업은 짧은 키의 조작보다 더 많은 시간을 필요로합니다. 허용 가능한 값은 1024에서 4096 비트 사이입니다. 최소 2048 비트를 권장합니다. Expiration Date This is the date at which the key will cease to be usable for performing encryption or signing operations. 6 months is a reasonable time to set it to. You will have to either change the expiration date or generate a new key or subkey after this amount of time passes. Sign your new key with your old one before it expires to preserve your trust status. 보안 쉘 키 생성 보안 쉘 (SSH)은 원격 컴퓨터에 로그인하고 해당 컴퓨터에서 명령을 실행하는 방법입니다. SSH 키는 키 기반의 인증 시스템이며 기본 암호 인증 시스템의 대용으로 사용됩니다. 키 기반 인증에서는 인증하기 위해 암호를 수동으로 입력할 필요가 없습니다. 보안 쉘 키는 2 개의 키로 구성됩니다 : 비밀키는 비밀로 유지되어야하며, 공개키는 액세스해야하는 모든 컴퓨터에 업로드될 수 있습니다. 보안 쉘 키를 생성하려면 : 파일신규 ...를 선택 보안 쉘 키를 선택하고 계속을 클릭 키가 무엇을 위해 사용되는지 설명을 입력하십시오. 이메일 주소 혹은 다른 기억 수단을 사용할 수 있습니다. 열쇠에 대한 확장 옵션을 지정할 수 있습니다 : 아래 참조 새 키를 생성하기 위해 키 생성 또는 키를 생성하고 인증을 위해 그 열쇠를 사용하는 다른 컴퓨터를 설정하기위해 생성 및 설정을 클릭하십시오. 새 보안 쉘 키를위한 암호 대화 상자가 열립니다. 새 키의 암호를 두 번 입력하십시오. 암호를 생성할 때 강력한 암호 생성과 같은 관행을 사용합시다. 암호와 암호는 공백이 암호에서는 유효한 문자로있는 것이 큰 차이입니다. 확장 옵션 고급 옵션을 확장하여 새 키에 대한 다음 옵션을 지정합니다 : Encryption Type 이 필드는 키를 생성하는 데 사용할 암호화 알고리즘을 지정합니다. RSA SSH 키를 생성하기 위해 Rivest - ShamirAdleman (RSA) 알고리즘을 사용합니다. 이것은 바람직하며 더 안전한 선택입니다. DSA SSH 키를 생성하기 위해 Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA)를 사용합니다. Key Strength (bits) 이것은 비트 키 길이입니다. 강한 암호를 사용하면, 키의 길이가 길수록 더 안전합니다. 그러나 긴 키를 사용하여 모든 작업은 짧은 키의 조작보다 더 많은 시간을 필요로합니다. 허용 가능한 값은 1024에서 4096 비트 사이입니다. 최소 2048 비트를 권장합니다. OpenPGP 키 속성 이 절의 내용은 모든 OpenPGP 키에 적용됩니다. To view properties of a PGP key: Select the PGP key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Select the Details tab. 속성 Fingerprint 지문은 키를 정확하게 식별하는 고유 문자열입니다. KeyID 키 ID는 지문과 비슷합니다. 그러나 키 ID는 지문의 마지막 8 문자만 포함합니다. 대부분의 경우 키 ID만으로 키를 확인할 수 있지만, 때때로 동일한 ID를 가진 열쇠가 있을지도 모릅니다. Type 키를 생성하기 위해 이용한 암호화 알고리즘을 나타냅니다. DSA 키는 서명에만 가능합니다. ElGamal 키는 암호화에 사용됩니다. Created 키가 생성된 날짜를 나타냅니다. Expires 키가 더 이상 사용할 수 없게되는 날짜를 나타냅니다. Strength Indicates the length in bits of a key. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. A long key is not enough to make up for the use of a weak passphrase. 신용 신용은 믿음의 웹을 정확하게 펼치는 개인의 능력을 얼마나 확신하는지 나타냅니다. 당신이 서명하지 않은 키에 직면했을 때, 그 개인의 열쇠의 타당성은 모아진 서명과 그들의 서명을 만든 사람을 얼마나 신뢰하는가 여부에 따라 결정됩니다. 기본적으로 미지의 열쇠는 3 직전 신용 서명 또는 하나의 전체 신용 서명을 필요로하는 것입니다. 알 수 없음 : 정확하게 키를 서명하는 사람의 능력을 자세히 모릅니다. 신용하지 않음 :이 사람은 제대로 키에 서명 수 없습니다. 최대한 믿음 :이 사람은 키 서명하기 전에 사진이 부착된 신분증을 확인합니다, 하지만 면밀히 조사하지 않습니다. 완전히 신뢰 :이 사람은 서명하기 전에 온갖 사람의 사진이 부착된 신분증을 면밀히 검사합니다. 궁극의 신용 :이 신용도는 자신의 키에 할당된뿐입니다. 키 활성화 및 비활성화 키가 활성화될 때는, 그 열쇠를 이용하여 암호화 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다. 키가 활성화되지 않을 때는, 그 열쇠를 이용하여 암호화하거나 서명을 확인하거나 할 수 없습니다. 유효 기간 키가 만료 된 이후에는 더 이상 키 작업 수행에 사용되지 않습니다. 키 만료 날짜를 미래 날짜로 변경하고 다시 활성화합니다. 일반적인 권장은 결코 만료되지 않는 한 개의 마스터 키와 마스터 키로 서명된 여러 하위 키가있는 것입니다. 사용자 ID 사용자 ID는 여러 이름과 이메일 주소를 같은 키로 이용하는 것을 허용합니다. They usually take the form of: Name (comment) <email address> 사용자 ID 추가 사용자 ID를 추가하는 것은 일을 위한 주소와 친구를위한 주소가 필요할 때 유용합니다. To add a user ID to a key: Select the key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Select the Names and Signatures tab, Click on Add Name. 위의 단계를 따른 후, 내용을 채우기 위해 대화 상자가 표시됩니다. 해당 항목은 다음과 같습니다. Full Name Enter your full name in the form <first> <last> A middle name or initial is optional. 이 항목에는 적어도 5 문자를 입력하지 않으면 안됩니다. Email Address 이메일 주소는 키 서버 및 기타 키 공급자에서 당신의 키를 찾기위한 것입니다. 계속하기 전에 그것이 정확하다는 것을 확인하십시오. It should be of the form <username>@<domainname> Key Comment 키 설명은 새 ID의 표시 이름에 임의의 추가 정보를 추가하기 위하여 이용할 수 있습니다. 이 정보는 키 서버에서 찾을 수 있습니다. 이미지 열쇠 소유자의 하나 이상의 사진을 포함할 수 있습니다. 이러한 이미지는 일반 사용자 ID와 같이 서명할 수 있습니다. 이미지는 JPEG 형식으로해야 하며, 240x288 픽셀보다 크지 않은 것을 권장합니다. If the chosen image is not of the required file type or size Passwords and Keys can resize and convert it on the fly from any image format supported by the GDK library. 암호 변경 To change the passphrase assigned to a key: Select the key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Click on Change Passphrase. 새 암호를 입력하고 OK를 클릭하십시오. 키 삭제 To delete a key from your keyring: Select the key from the main window, Right click on it and choose Delete Key or choose Edit Delete Key . 당신의 키, 신용하는 키 및 수집한 키를 삭제할 수 있습니다. OpenPGP 하위 키 속성 각 OpenPGP 키는 서명에만 사용되는 단일의 주요 키를 가지고 있습니다. 하위 키는 암호화 및 서명에 사용됩니다. 이 방법은 하위 키가 위험에 노출되는 경우에는 기본 키를 해지할 필요가 없습니다. ID 이것은 하위 키 식별자입니다. Type 하위 키를 생성하는 데 사용하는 암호화 알고리즘을 지정합니다. DSA 키는 서명 가능하며, RSA 키는 서명 또는 암호화에 사용할 수 있지만, ElGamal 키는 암호화에만 사용할 수 있습니다. Created 키가 생성된 날짜를 나타냅니다. Expires 키가 더 이상 사용할 수 없게되는 날짜를 나타냅니다. Status 이 키의 상태를 나타냅니다. Strength Indicates the length in bits of the key. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. A long key is not enough to make up for the use of a weak passphrase. 하위 키 추가 하위 키를 추가하려면 하위 키 섹션에서 추가 버튼을 클릭하십시오. 위의 단계를 따른 후, 내용을 채우기 위해 대화 상자가 표시됩니다. 해당 항목은 다음과 같습니다. 키 유형 하위 키를 생성하는 데 사용하는 암호화 알고리즘을 지정합니다. DSA Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA)를 사용하여 하위 키를 생성합니다. 이 하위 키는 서명에만 가능합니다. ElGamal ElGamal 알고리즘을 사용하여 하위 키를 생성합니다. 이 하위 키는 암호 화만 가능합니다. RSA Rivest - Shamir Adleman (RSA) 알고리즘을 사용하여 하위 키를 생성합니다. 이 하위 키는 서명 또는 암호화에 사용할 수 있지만 두 개의 다른 하위 키를 생성해야 합니다. 키 길이 키 길이를 비트 단위로 나타냅니다. 일반적으로 더 긴 열쇠는보다 안전합니다. 유효 기간 키가 더 이상 사용할 수 없게되는 날짜입니다. 하위 키의 유효 기간 변경 To change a subkey expiration date, select the subkey from the Subkeys section, then: Click on the Expire button on the left, From the date dialog choose the new expiration date or select Never expires for no expiration date. 하위 키 삭제 To revoke a subkey, select the subkey from the Subkeys section, then: Click on the Revoke button on the left, Choose a reason why to revoke the subkey: No Reason There isn't a specific reason to revoke the key. Compromised The key has been compromised. Superseded The key has been superseded by another one. Not Used The key is not used anymore. Enter a description of why you are revoking the key, Click on Revoke. 하위 키는 즉시 해지됩니다. 하위 키 삭제 To delete a subkey, select the subkey from the Subkeys section, then: Click on the Delete button on the left. 보안 쉘 키 속성 이 절의 내용은 모든 SSH 키에 적용됩니다. To view properties of a SSH key: Select the Secure Shell key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Select the Details tab. 속성 Fingerprint 지문은 키를 정확하게 식별하는 고유 문자열입니다. Algorithm 키를 생성하는 데 사용되는 암호화 알고리즘을 식별합니다. Location 이것은 비밀키가 저장된 위치입니다. Strength Indicates the length in bits of a key. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. A long key is not enough to make up for the use of a weak passphrase. 보안 쉘 키 삭제 To delete a Secure Shell key: Select the SSH key from the main window, Right click on it and choose Delete key or choose Edit Delete Key . 키 가져오기 To import keys choose File Import and select, from the file chooser, a file containing at least one ASCII armored public key. Importing can also be performed by pasting the keys inside Passwords and Keys: Select an ASCII armored public block of text, Copy it to the clipboard, Choose Edit Paste Keys . 키 내보내기 To export keys, select the keys in the main window and choose File Export . You can also export keys to the clipboard in an ASCII armored block of text: Select the keys in the main window, Choose Edit Copy Keys . 키 서명 다른 사람의 키에 서명한다는 것은 그 사람에게 신용을 주는 것을 의미합니다. 키에 서명하기 전에 정말 그 사람이 소유하는 키인지 확인하기 위해 키 지문을 주의깊게 검사하십시오. To sign a key in your keyring: Select the key you want to sign from the Trusted Keys or Other Collected Keys tabs, Choose Sign from the toolbar or File Sign , Select how carefully the key has been checked, Indicate if the signature should be local to your keyring, and if your signature can be revoked, Click on Sign. 설정 This section describes the preferences settable in Passwords and Keys by choosing Edit Preferences from within Passwords and Keys. 키링의 패스워드 키링 만들기 새로운 키링을 만들려면 메뉴에서 파일새로 만들기를 선택하고 키링의 패스워드를 선택 하십시오. 새 키링 이름을 입력하고 엔터 키를 누릅니다. 키링 암호 변경 키링 해제 암호를 변경하려면 먼저 적절한 열쇠 고리를 선택하고 비밀 번호 변경 버튼을 누르십시오. 이전 암호 입력란에 이전 암호를 입력하고 새 암호 입력란에 새 암호를 입력하고 암호 확인 입력란에 새 암호 확인 메시지가 표시됩니다. 설정을 적용하려면 변경를 누르십시오. 이전 암호가 맞으면 작업의 성공을 나타내는 상태 메시지를 얻을 것입니다. 이전 암호가 올바르지 않으면 그 유효성을 확인하도록 요청합니다. 키링 삭제 To remove a keyring, first select the appropriate keyring and then from the menu choose Edit Delete. 키 서버 원격 키 서버와 정기적으로 키를 동기화하여 당신과 다른 사람의 키를 최신 상태로 유지하십시오. 동기화는 당신이 모든 키에 대한 최신 서명이 있는지 확인하고 신용 웹을 가장 도움이 될 것입니다. Passwords and Keys provides support for HKP and LDAP keyservers. HKP Servers HKP keyservers are ordinary web based keyservers such as the popular hkp://pool.sks-keyservers.net, also accessible at http://sks-keyservers.net. LDAP Keyservers LDAP 키 서버는 흔하지는 않지만 표준 LDAP 프로토콜을 이용한 키 서버입니다. ldap://keyserver.pgp.com은 좋은 LDAP 서버입니다. 키 공유 Key Sharing is provided by DNS-SD, also known as Bonjour or Rendevous. Enabling key sharing will add the local Passwords and Keys users' public key rings to the remote search dialog. Using these local "key servers" will most likely be faster than accessing remote servers. About Passwords and Keys Passwords and Keys, its associated plugins, the preferences applet and the panel applet are known collectively as Seahorse. Seahorse was written by Jacob Perkins. The current maintainers are Stef Walter and Adam Schreiber. This manual is by Adam Schreiber. The project's web site was designed by Jim Pharis. To find more information about Seahorse, the project , please visit the Seahorse web page. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, follow the directions in the Feedback section of the GNOME User Guide. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license is included with this documentation; another can be found in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/seahorse/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000704212300434241023107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. 본 설명서는 GFDL에 따라 배포된 그놈 설명서 컬렉션의 일부입니다. 본 설명서를 컬렉션과 별도로 배포하려는 경우에는 라이센스 조항 6에 따라 라이센스 사본을 설명서에 추가하면 됩니다. 기업의 제품과 서비스를 식별하기 위해 사용된 많은 이름은 상표로 간주됩니다. 그놈 문서에 사용된 이름과 그놈 문서 프로젝트의 구성원은 해당 상표로, 모두 대문자로 표시되거나 첫 글자가 대문자로 표시되어 있습니다. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000673612320732367025576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. Turn on sticky keys

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the AltTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Alt and then Tab to do the same.

You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Sticky Keys on.

Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others.

Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000536612320732367026776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Turn Bluetooth on or off

The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000226012320732367023743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001467612320732367026120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000603612320732367027261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Click the top half of the thumb slider to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down.

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

on the thumb slider to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents.

Disable the scrollbars

You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Type the following command and press Enter:

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

Setting your theme to High Contrast will also disable the overlay scrollbars.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001520312320732367025172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximize a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320732367025057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000266212320732367027007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104012320732370023702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000317012320732370027012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320732370025623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000141612320732370024306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team Chat & Social Networking usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000420612320732370026632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

Enter your password to complete the installation.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000627212320732370025152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Delete files and folders

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001302212320732370025576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000446412320732370027130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000456012320732370026115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000261212320732370026445 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000235012320732370027743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons.

The default Launcher icon size is 48.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000237312320732370026065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000641712320732370025336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312320732370023547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000724412320732370026312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320732370024627 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000302712320732371025377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Users Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Accounts Manage user accounts
Passwords
Privileges User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000545612320732371027241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000264012320732371025237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001226712320732371025425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000225612320732371025507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000511312320732371025233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen. Turn on slow keys

Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Slow Keys on.

Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register.

You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000546712320732371024502 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000355612320732371025536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Show other timezones

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000632612320732371025477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. Simulate clicking by hovering

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Hover Click on.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked.

Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking.

You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000643512320732371030032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.

With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001703312320732371027354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I forgot my password!

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Then type:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

username:$1$2abCd0E or

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Restart the computer.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000633712320732371025564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click. Simulate a right mouse click

You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Simulated Secondary Click on.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000330712320732371025673 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000310712320732371024336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There's no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000315612320732371025276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use larger fonts to make text easier to read. Change text size on the screen

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320732371025364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000640612320732372025144 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000335012320732372030767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000276512320732372026513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000475312320732372026352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000235512320732372023376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… Networking, web, email & chat usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000675112320732372025431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

<gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

<gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000261512320732372026531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000253412320732372025563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000262012320732372025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Retrieve your files from a backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Restore a backup

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000377112320732372026642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000315612320732372025216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see. Adjust the contrast

You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000451212320732372025331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software. Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)

Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install a PPA

On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

Switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the ppa: location.

Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new software.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000250712320732372027604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320732372026503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000146412320732372027255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320732373026376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000767412320732373026722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow.

Minimize, restore and close

To minimize or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Resize

A window cannot be resized if it is maximized.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000353712320732373023723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Desktop Guide Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000305712320732373026430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000602512320732373033157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is checked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000127512320732373024507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000641112320732373026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320732373025767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000312012320732373027012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000341012320732373026060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000272712320732373026331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000337112320732373025423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320732373026664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001312612320732373026105 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ubuntu Documentation Team Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Keyboard shortcuts

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000117612320732373023570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000367412320732373025350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000363112320732374025223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000151512320732374025056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000337412320732374026505 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000632412320732374025757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334212320732374027300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415212320732374026251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000373212320732374025446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer.

Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001043412320732374032133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000556312320732374025677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient.

Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background.

Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colors & Gradients to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000662712320732374025772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000223512320732374024426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000740312320732374026240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color space is a defined range of colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color space?

A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.

sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001406112320732374033366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000244512320732375026077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000564412320732375027057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000767012320732375026264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000516412320732375026410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

Uncheck Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000337612320732375026144 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000544312320732375030056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Ubuntu Software Center. Use Synaptic for more advanced software management

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Center can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Center.

Install software with Synaptic

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Click Search to search for an application, or click Sections and look through the categories to find one.

Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark for Installation.

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

Select any other applications that you would like to install.

Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed.

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000575412320732375026227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with Ubuntu. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Report a problem in Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000315412320732375026106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000414512320732375027004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000404212320732375027152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000604212320732375026026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity Search

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000546712320732375025042 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000161612320732375025220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320732375026202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323312320732375027000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000302412320732375026314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I import color profiles?

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000427412320732376025265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001132112320732376027411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000223712320732376025746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000431312320732376027556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What color measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320732376025714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played. Flash the screen for alert sounds

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000405212320732376025401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000544212320732376025476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000326512320732376027340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company

Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000412212320732376025704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320732376026577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000347112320732376026055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Remove software that you no longer use. Remove an application

The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

Select the application and click Remove.

You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the application will be removed.

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000457512320732376025560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000235412320732376024410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Hardware & drivers More topics
Problems Hardware problems Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000400612320732376025501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000262512320732376026252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000325312320732377024625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com It is like your own personal photo booth. Create fun photos and videos with your webcam

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to install it.

If you choose to install it, click Install from the Software Center window.

You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the installation.

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000406112320732377025763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. About this guide

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000356312320732377027404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000317212320732377026524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000236312320732377024621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301012320732377027032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000236612320732377026063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Search for files

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000320512320732377025612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320732377027234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320732377025564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001167012320732377030647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Location

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volume

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000613112320732377026575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000470612320732377027157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000770112320732377024667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000400712320732377027467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000413712320732377027132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001040112320732400026256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000306112320732400023652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000203012320732400024751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display. Read screen in Braille

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000745212320732400027474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pair Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000406612320732400026070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000530212320732400030363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I can't connect my Bluetooth device

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

Connection blocked or untrusted

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognized

Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 Adapter not switched on

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 Device Bluetooth connection switched off

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode.

 No Bluetooth adapter in your computer

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320732400030060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000534312320732400026670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000420212320732400026735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in System SettingsColor for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320732400026254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000462212320732400025234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320732400025622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Center rating, and what version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Center to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000415312320732400030260 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000312712320732400025746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks Instant messaging on Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000424212320732400027352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000141012320732400023521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000231212320732401024372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Keyboard Region & Language Universal access Other topics usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000442012320732401026314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320732401027023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Notifications

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000525512320732401026215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful. Install additional software

The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you.

To install additional software, complete the following steps:

Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired connection.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list.

Select the application that you are interested in and click Install.

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the installation will begin.

The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection.

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000141512320732401024230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000551612320732401024636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000345012320732401026435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001010612320732401026612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000342512320732401027220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000260512320732402024432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Printing
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000404712320732402025522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key. Turn on bounce keys

Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Bounce Keys on.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000467612320732402026135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000427212320732402026432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000263312320732402030573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000456312320732402024646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000264512320732402026007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000520712320732402026470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to the Unity desktop. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Welcome to Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Getting started with Unity

The Unity desktop
The Launcher

The Launcher

The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often.

Learn more about the Launcher.
The Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

The Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001523512320732402033317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognized

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000555312320732402025152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000330112320732402025112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Verify your backup was successful. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check your backup

After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup.

When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful.

If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000335412320732402026576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000127712320732402024422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346412320732402025665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001235212320732402027541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Alt`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Switch between workspaces.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlSuperD

Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Print Screen

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000346012320732402030235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000514412320732403026517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Customization

The Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000532412320732403025004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Share and transfer files

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinations

To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000252612320732403025774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000217212320732403026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000252412320732403026524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000520612320732403026215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000651012320732403025616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software Center and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu Software Center.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000430612320732403026207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000374712320732403026317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Screenshots

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000127112320732403025361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000432412320732403030447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000655212320732403024312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000366712320732403025607 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

Log out and log back in for the change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000506112320732403033172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000346312320732403023706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Documents
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000601112320732403024601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000252112320732404025202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participate to improve this guide

This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report.

To file a bug, press AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the bug collection process.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000251412320732404026046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000410212320732404026473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000704612320732404024664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Log out, power off, switch users

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Suspend

To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000122612320732404024453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000363612320732404026257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000201512320732404026306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000552712320732404026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorized remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000432412320732404025062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What is the "Super" key?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key.

The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000247612320732404026475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Installing new applications

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000406612320732404024642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000561312320732404025740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000602312320732404026213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Where can I find the files I want to back up?

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer.

Hidden files

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden Files or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

System-wide settings

Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320732404025553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Social networking from the desktop

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000177412320732404023726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… Color management
Color profiles
Calibration
Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000170212320732404025220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wireless Networking usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000410512320732405026452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000313612320732405026610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000161312320732405025002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000146712320732405024500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000134412320732405025026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000334312320732405027247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Can I share my color profile?

Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000375212320732405025552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000544412320732405025342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Center to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000341012320732405026102 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000711212320732405025146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Search

Open the file manager

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000713212320732405025676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001133112320732405026450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Send a file to a Bluetooth device

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 Send files using the Bluetooth icon

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 Send files from the Bluetooth settings

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000346212320732405027276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000364712320732405025030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000243512320732405026233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320732406025677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320732406027067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000640612320732406026657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The Ubuntu Documentation Team Get on the internet - wirelessly. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452412320732406026522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000735112320732406025711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000434612320732406024471 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000522212320732406026305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000560012320732406023355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… Universal access

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.

Visual impairments Blindness Low vision Color-blindness Other topics
Hearing impairments
Mobility impairments Mouse movement Clicking and dragging Keyboard use Other topics
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000475312320732406025020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What to back up

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

Your personal files

This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable.

 Your personal settings

This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate.

 System settings

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 Installed software

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000330312320732406025712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320732406025657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Start typing.

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000257112320732406026602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color profile?

A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB.

Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices.

Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000367612320732406025210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001304712320732406026536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected.

Messaging menu Message icon

Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat.

Battery menu Battery icon

Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Clock

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application.

Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000326612320732407026143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000466512320732407025457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called Evolution.

If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock.

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.
Turn off Evolution calendar integration

You can also turn off this feature if you like.

Click on the clock and select Time & Date Settings.

Now, switch to the Clock tab.

Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000706012320732407026466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is color management important?

Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium.

The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters.

In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000647512320732407025770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000403612320732407025164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000606612320732407026437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000557412320732407026370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Use ufw without a terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000645712320732407024533 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What's new in Ubuntu 14.04?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

New and improved features

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customize your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000700712320732407024675 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files By Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 By Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 By Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 By Modification Date

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320732407025571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Change how much information is shown in the clock

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000573212320732407026227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000776612320732407026271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and isn't resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000155312320732407026260 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000401012320732407026306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000635412320732407024653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000420412320732407025534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000440112320732410025150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001040312320732410025141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000707712320732410026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and upgrades. Add additional software repositories

Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install other repositories

Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates.

Activate the Canonical Partner repository

The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Plugin. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled.

To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other Software tab in Software Sources. If you see the Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click Add and enter:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000406112320732410027705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000352312320732410025407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software Center where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000127412320732410025233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000154512320732410023720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Settings Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000615512320732410025204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organize files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000553112320732410026227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320732410024363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000330612320732410030242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What are proprietary drivers?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000373512320732410025614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000241712320732410024652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. Backups GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Back up your important files

Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service.

The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000321712320732410026240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000417212320732410030507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001274712320732410025404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000703112320732411026170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000332712320732411026652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select Lock to Launcher.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000263112320732411026446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000375712320732411026055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Frequency of backups

How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

The amount of time you spend on the computer.

How often and by how much the data on the computer changes.

If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary.

As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000507512320732411025534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000270212320732411025170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000143112320732411024542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Ubuntu Documentation Team Install, remove, extra repositories… Add & remove software usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000446012320732411030063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001065512320732411026245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Behavior <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Trash <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000167112320732411026072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Read screen aloud

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000235212320732411025221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000235312320732411023730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Mouse
Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000474512320732411026134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

How to install Flash

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software Center window.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320732411027064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000420212320732411026132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577012320732411027721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000631012320732412025722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000316112320732412025000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000523412320732412031460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its color channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000210012320732412025542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Desktop, apps & windows
The Desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000266412320732412026032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002173612320732412030310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Wireless <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Security</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4 Settings

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Disabled</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6 Settings

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000401512320732412030671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000445612320732412025406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organize your windows. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000455712320732412024651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How to back up

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data.

An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there.

The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000220012320732412025377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team What applications can I use to make video calls? Video calls

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000354512320732412026771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000247712320732412026665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000241112320732412025703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000407512320732412026130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000136712320732412023700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Time & date usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000404712320732412024664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000325412320732413026703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Launcher to start applications

Launcher icons

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000351412320732413026277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000621112320732413025567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000364612320732413027027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000365012320732413025350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recover a file from the Trash

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000230712320732413026252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Missing information for whole-screen color correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000116612320732413025564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000405712320732413026567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What's a virtual color managed device?

A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320732413024545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000451312320732413026070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000234012320732413024577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000602512320732413027376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.

From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000140112320732413030007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000310212320732413027114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Where do I get color profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

usr/share/help-langpack/ko/gpl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000006040412311475532022736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation 그놈 문서 프로젝트 2 1991-06
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. 누구든지 본 사용 허가서를 있는 그대로 복제하고 배포할 수 있습니다. 그러나 본문에 대한 수정은 허용되지 않습니다. 2판, 1991년 6월 소프트웨어에 적용되는 대부분의 사용 허가서(license)들은 소프트웨어에 대한 수정과 공유의 자유를 제한하려는 것을 그 목적으로 합니다. 그러나 GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서(이하, GPL이라고 칭합니다.)는 자유 소프트웨어에 대한 수정과 공유의 자유를 모든 사용자들에게 보장하기 위해서 성립된 것입니다. 전문 소프트웨어에 적용되는 대부분의 사용 허가서(license)들은 소프트웨어에 대한 수정과 공유의 자유를 제한하려는 것을 그 목적으로 합니다. 그러나 GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서(이하, GPL이라고 칭합니다.)는 자유 소프트웨어에 대한 수정과 공유의 자유를 모든 사용자들에게 보장하기 위해서 성립된 것입니다. 자유 소프트웨어 재단이 제공하는 대부분의 소프트웨어들은 GPL에 의해서 관리되고 있으며, 몇몇 소프트웨어에는 별도의 사용 허가서인 GNU 라이브러리 일반 공중 사용 허가서(GNU Library General Public License)를 대신 적용하기도 합니다. 자유 소프트웨어란, 이를 사용하려고 하는 모든 사람에 대해서 동일한 자유와 권리가 함께 양도되는 소프트웨어를 말하며 프로그램 저작자의 의지에 따라 어떠한 종류의 프로그램에도 GPL을 적용할 수 있습니다. 따라서 여러분이 만든 프로그램에도 GPL을 적용할 수 있습니다. 자유 소프트웨어를 언급할 때 사용되는 자유라는 단어는 무료(無料)를 의미하는 금전적인 측면의 자유가 아니라 구속되지 않는다는 관점에서의 자유를 의미하며, GPL은 자유 소프트웨어를 이용한 복제와 개작, 배포와 수익 사업 등의 가능한 모든 형태의 자유를 실질적으로 보장하고 있습니다. 여기에는 원시 코드(source code)의 전부 또는 일부를 원용해서 개선된 프로그램을 만들거나 새로운 프로그램을 창작할 수 있는 자유가 포함되며, 자신에게 양도된 이러한 자유와 권리를 보다 명확하게 인식할 수 있도록 하기 위한 규정도 포함되어 있습니다. GPL은 GPL 안에 소프트웨어를 양도받을 사용자의 권리를 제한하는 조항과 단서를 별항으로 추가시키지 못하게 함으로써 사용자들의 자유와 권리를 실제적으로 보장하고 있습니다. 자유 소프트웨어의 개작과 배포에 관계하고 있는 사람들은 이러한 무조건적인 권리 양도 규정을 준수해야만 합니다. 예를 들어 GPL 프로그램을 배포할 경우에는 프로그램의 유료 판매나 무료 배포에 관계없이 자신이 해당 프로그램에 대해서 가질 수 있었던 모든 권리를, 프로그램을 받게될 사람에게 그대로 양도해 주어야 합니다. 이 경우, 프로그램의 원시 코드를 함께 제공하거나 원시 코드를 구할 수 있는 방법을 확실히 알려주어야 하고 이러한 모든 사항들을 사용자들이 분명히 알 수 있도록 명시해야 합니다. We protect your rights with two steps: copyright the software, and offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. 자유 소프트웨어를 사용하는 사람들은 반복적인 재배포 과정을 통해 소프트웨어 자체에 수정과 변형이 일어날 수도 있으며, 이는 최초의 저작자가 만든 소프트웨어가 갖고 있는 문제가 아닐 수 있다는 개연성을 인식하고 있어야 합니다. 우리는 개작과 재배포 과정에서 다른 사람에 의해 발생된 문제로 인해 프로그램 원저작자들의 신망이 훼손되는 것을 원하지 않습니다. GPL에 자유 소프트웨어에 대한 어떠한 형태의 보증도 규정하지 않는 이유는 이러한 점들이 고려되었기 때문이며, 이는 프로그램 원저작자와 자유 소프트웨어 재단의 자유로운 활동을 보장하는 현실적인 수단이기도 합니다. 특허 제도는 자유 소프트웨어의 발전을 위협하는 요소일 수밖에 없습니다. 자유 프로그램을 재배포하는 사람들이 개별적으로 특허를 취득하게 되면, 결과적으로 그 프로그램이 독점 소프트웨어가 될 가능성이 있습니다. 자유 소프트웨어 재단은 이러한 문제에 대처하기 위해서 어떠한 특허에 대해서도 그 사용 권리를 모든 사람들(이하, 공중(公衆)이라고 칭합니다.)에게 자유롭게 허용하는 경우에 한해서만 자유 소프트웨어와 함께 사용할 수 있다는 것을 명확히 밝히고 있습니다. 복제(copying)와 개작(modification) 및 배포(distribution)에 관련된 구체적인 조건과 규정은 다음과 같습니다. 복제와 개작 및 배포에 관한 조건과 규정 제0조 본 허가서는 GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서의 규정에 따라 배포될 수 있다는 사항이 저작권자에 의해서 명시된 모든 컴퓨터 프로그램 저작물에 대해서 동일하게 적용됩니다. 컴퓨터 프로그램 저작물(이하, 프로그램이라고 칭합니다.)이란 특정한 결과를 얻기 위해서 컴퓨터 등의 정보 처리 능력을 가진 장치(이하, 컴퓨터라고 칭합니다.) 내에서 직접 또는 간접으로 사용되는 일련의 지시 및 명령으로 표현된 창작물을 의미하고, 2차적 프로그램이란 전술한 프로그램 자신 또는 저작권법의 규정에 따라 프로그램의 전부 또는 상당 부분을 원용하거나 다른 언어로의 번역을 포함할 수 있는 개작 과정을 통해서 창작된 새로운 프로그램과 이와 관련된 저작물을 의미합니다. (이후로 다른 언어로의 번역은 별다른 제한없이 개작의 범위에 포함되는 것으로 간주합니다.) 피양도자란 GPL의 규정에 따라 프로그램을 양도받은 사람을 의미하고, 원(原)프로그램이란 프로그램을 개작하거나 2차적 프로그램을 만들기 위해서 사용된 최초의 프로그램을 의미합니다. 본 허가서는 프로그램에 대한 복제와 개작 그리고 배포 행위에 대해서만 적용됩니다. 따라서 프로그램을 실행시키는 행위에 대한 제한은 없습니다. 프로그램의 결과물(output)에는, 그것이 프로그램을 실행시켜서 생성된 것인지 아닌지의 여부에 상관없이 결과물의 내용이 원프로그램으로부터 파생된 2차적 프로그램을 구성했을 때에 한해서 본 허가서의 규정들이 적용됩니다. 2차적 프로그램의 구성 여부는 2차적 프로그램 안에서의 원프로그램의 역할을 토대로 판단합니다. 제1조 적절한 저작권 표시와 프로그램에 대한 보증이 제공되지 않는다는 사실을 각각의 복제물에 명시하는 한, 피양도자는 프로그램의 원시 코드를 자신이 양도받은 상태 그대로 어떠한 매체를 통해서도 복제하고 배포할 수 있습니다. 복제와 배포가 이루어 질 때는 본 허가서와 프로그램에 대한 보증이 제공되지 않는다는 사실에 대해서 언급되었던 모든 내용을 그대로 유지시켜야 하며, 영문판 GPL을 함께 제공해야 합니다. 배포자는 복제물을 물리적으로 인도하는데 소요된 비용을 청구할 수 있으며, 선택 사항으로 독자적인 유료 보증을 설정할 수 있습니다. 제2조 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. Exception: If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement. 위의 조항들은 개작된 프로그램 전체에 적용됩니다. 만약, 개작된 프로그램에 포함된 특정 부분이 원프로그램으로부터 파생된 것이 아닌 별도의 독립 저작물로 인정될 만한 상당한 이유가 있을 경우에는 해당 저작물의 개별적인 배포에는 본 허가서의 규정들이 적용되지 않습니다. 그러나 이러한 저작물이 2차적 프로그램의 일부로서 함께 배포된다면 개별적인 저작권과 배포 기준에 상관없이 저작물 모두에 본 허가서가 적용되어야 하며, 전체 저작물에 대한 사용 권리는 공중에게 무상으로 양도됩니다. 이러한 규정은 개별적인 저작물에 대한 저작자의 권리를 침해하거나 인정하지 않으려는 것이 아니라, 원프로그램으로부터 파생된 2차적 프로그램이나 수집 저작물의 배포를 일관적으로 규제할 수 있는 권리를 행사하기 위한 것입니다. 원프로그램이나 원프로그램으로부터 파생된 2차적 프로그램을 이들로부터 파생되지 않은 다른 저작물과 함께 단순히 저장하거나 배포할 목적으로 동일한 매체에 모아 놓은 집합물의 경우에는, 원프로그램으로부터 파생되지 않은 다른 저작물에는 본 허가서의 규정들이 적용되지 않습니다. 제3조 You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) 저작물에 대한 원시 코드란 해당 저작물을 개작하기에 적절한 형식을 의미합니다. 실행물에 대한 완전한 원시 코드란 실행물에 포함된 모든 모듈들의 원시 코드와 이와 관련된 인터페이스 정의 파일 모두, 그리고 실행물의 컴파일과 설치를 제어하는데 사용된 스크립트 전부를 의미합니다. 그러나 특별한 예외의 하나로서, 실행물이 실행될 운영체제의 주요 부분(컴파일러나 커널 등)과 함께 (원시 코드나 바이너리의 형태로) 일반적으로 배포되는 구성 요소들은 이러한 구성 요소 자체가 실행물에 수반되지 않는 한 원시 코드의 배포 대상에서 제외되어도 무방합니다. 목적 코드나 실행물을 지정한 장소로부터 복제해 갈 수 있게 하는 방식으로 배포할 경우, 동일한 장소로부터 원시 코드를 복제할 수 있는 동등한 접근 방법을 제공한다면 이는 원시 코드를 목적 코드와 함께 복제되도록 설정하지 않았다고 하더라도 원시 코드를 배포하는 것으로 간주됩니다. 제4조 본 허가서에 의해 명시적으로 이루어 지지 않는 한 프로그램에 대한 복제와 개작 및 하위 허가권 설정과 배포가 성립될 수 없습니다. 이와 관련된 어떠한 행위도 무효이며 본 허가서가 보장한 권리는 자동으로 소멸됩니다. 그러나 본 허가서의 규정에 따라 프로그램의 복제물이나 권리를 양도받았던 제3자는 본 허가서의 규정들을 준수하는 한, 배포자의 권리 소멸에 관계없이 사용상의 권리를 계속해서 유지할 수 있습니다. 제5조 본 허가서는 서명이나 날인이 수반되는 형식을 갖고 있지 않기 때문에 피양도자가 본 허가서의 내용을 반드시 받아들여야 할 필요는 없습니다. 그러나 프로그램이나 프로그램에 기반한 2차적 프로그램에 대한 개작 및 배포를 허용하는 것은 본 허가서에 의해서만 가능합니다. 만약 본 허가서에 동의하지 않을 경우에는 이러한 행위들이 법률적으로 금지됩니다. 따라서 프로그램(또는 프로그램에 기반한 2차적 프로그램)을 개작하거나 배포하는 행위는 이에 따른 본 허가서의 내용에 동의한다는 것을 의미하며, 복제와 개작 및 배포에 관한 본 허가서의 조건과 규정들을 모두 받아들이겠다는 의미로 간주됩니다. 제6조 피양도자에 의해서 프로그램(또는 프로그램에 기반한 2차적 프로그램)이 반복적으로 재배포될 경우, 각 단계에서의 피양도자는 본 허가서의 규정에 따른 프로그램의 복제와 개작 및 배포에 대한 권리를 최초의 양도자로부터 양도받은 것으로 자동적으로 간주됩니다. 프로그램(또는 프로그램에 기반한 2차적 프로그램)을 배포할 때는 피양도자의 권리의 행사를 제한할 수 있는 어떠한 사항도 추가할 수 없습니다. 그러나 피양도자에게, 재배포가 일어날 시점에서의 제3의 피양도자에게 본 허가서를 준수하도록 강제할 책임은 부과되지 않습니다. 제7조 법원의 판결이나 특허권 침해에 대한 주장 또는 특허 문제에 국한되지 않은 그밖의 이유들로 인해서 본 허가서의 규정에 배치되는 사항이 발생한다 하더라도 그러한 사항이 선행하거나 본 허가서의 조건과 규정들이 면제되는 것은 아닙니다. 따라서 법원의 명령이나 합의 등에 의해서 본 허가서에 위배되는 사항들이 발생한 상황이라도 양측 모두를 만족시킬 수 없다면 프로그램은 배포될 수 없습니다. 예를 들면, 특정한 특허 관련 허가가 프로그램의 복제물을 직접 또는 간접적인 방법으로 양도받은 임의의 제3자에게 해당 프로그램을 무상으로 재배포할 수 있게 허용하지 않는다면, 그러한 허가와 본 사용 허가를 동시에 만족시키면서 프로그램을 배포할 수 있는 방법은 없습니다. 본 조항은 특정한 상황에서 본 조항의 일부가 유효하지 않거나 적용될 수 없을 경우에도 본 조항의 나머지 부분들을 적용하기 위한 의도로 만들어 졌습니다. 따라서 그 이외의 상황에서는 본 조항을 전체적으로 적용하면 됩니다. 본 조항의 목적은 특허나 저작권 침해 등의 행위를 조장하거나 해당 권리를 인정하지 않으려는 것이 아니라, GPL을 통해서 구현되어 있는 자유 소프트웨어의 배포 체계를 통합적으로 보호하기 위한 것입니다. 많은 사람들이 배포 체계에 대한 신뢰있는 지원을 계속해 줌으로써 소프트웨어의 다양한 분야에 많은 공헌을 해 주었습니다. 소프트웨어를 어떠한 배포 체계로 배포할 것인가를 결정하는 것은 전적으로 저작자와 기증자들의 의지에 달려있는 것이지, 일반 사용자들이 강요할 수 있는 문제는 아닙니다. 본 조항은 본 허가서의 다른 조항들에서 무엇이 중요하게 고려되어야 하는 지를 명확하게 설명하기 위한 목적으로 만들어진 것입니다. 제8조 특허나 저작권이 설정된 인터페이스로 인해서 특정 국가에서 프로그램의 배포와 사용이 함께 또는 개별적으로 제한되어 있는 경우, 본 사용 허가서를 프로그램에 적용한 최초의 저작권자는 문제가 발생하지 않는 국가에 한해서 프로그램을 배포한다는 배포상의 지역적 제한 조건을 명시적으로 설정할 수 있으며, 이러한 사항은 본 허가서의 일부로 간주됩니다. 제9조 자유 소프트웨어 재단은 때때로 본 사용 허가서의 개정판이나 신판을 공표할 수 있습니다. 새롭게 공표될 판은 당면한 문제나 현안을 처리하기 위해서 세부적인 내용에 차이가 발생할 수 있지만, 그 근본 정신에는 변함이 없을 것입니다. 각각의 판들은 판번호를 사용해서 구별됩니다. 특정한 판번호와 그 이후 판을 따른다는 사항이 명시된 프로그램에는 해당 판이나 그 이후에 발행된 어떠한 판을 선택해서 적용해도 무방하고, 판번호를 명시하고 있지 않은 경우에는 자유 소프트웨어 재단이 공표한 어떠한 판번호의 판을 적용해도 무방합니다. 제10조 프로그램의 일부를 본 허가서와 배포 기준이 다른 자유 프로그램과 함께 결합하고자 할 경우에는 해당 프로그램의 저작자로부터 서면 승인을 받아야 합니다. 자유 소프트웨어 재단이 저작권을 갖고 있는 소프트웨어의 경우에는 자유 소프트웨어 재단의 승인을 얻어야 합니다. 우리는 이러한 요청을 수락하기 위해서 때때로 예외 기준을 만들기도 합니다. 자유 소프트웨어 재단은 일반적으로 자유 소프트웨어의 2차적 저작물들을 모두 자유로운 상태로 유지시키려는 목적과 소프트웨어의 공유와 재활용을 증진시키려는 두가지 목적을 기준으로 승인 여부를 결정할 것입니다. 보증의 결여 제11조 본 허가서를 따르는 프로그램은 무상으로 양도되기 때문에 관련 법률이 허용하는 한도 내에서 어떠한 형태의 보증도 제공되지 않습니다. 프로그램의 저작권자와 배포자가 공동 또는 개별적으로 별도의 보증을 서면으로 제공할 때를 제외하면, 특정한 목적에 대한 프로그램의 적합성이나 상업성 여부에 대한 보증을 포함한 어떠한 형태의 보증도 명시적이나 묵시적으로 설정되지 않은 있는 그대로의 상태로 이 프로그램을 배포합니다. 프로그램과 프로그램의 실행에 따라 발생할 수 있는 모든 위험은 피양도자에게 인수되며 이에 따른 보수 및 복구를 위한 제반 경비 또한 피양도자가 모두 부담해야 합니다. 제12조 저작권자나 배포자가 프로그램의 손상 가능성을 사전에 알고 있었다 하더라도 발생된 손실이 관련 법규에 의해 보호되고 있거나 이에 대한 별도의 서면 보증이설정된 경우가 아니라면, 저작권자나 프로그램을 원래의 상태 또는 개작한 상태로 제공한 배포자는 프로그램의 사용이나 비작동으로 인해 발생된 손실이나 프로그램 자체의 손실에 대해 책임지지 않습니다. 이러한 면책조건은 사용자나 제3자가 프로그램을 조작함으로써 발생된 손실이나 다른 소프트웨어와 프로그램을 함께 동작시키는 것으로 인해서 발생된 데이터의 상실 및 부정확한 산출 결과에만 국한되는 것이 아닙니다. 발생된 손실의 일반성이나 특수성 뿐 아니라 원인의 우발성 및 필연성도 전혀 고려되지 않습니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/lgpl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000011174612311475532023120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
GNU 약소 일반 공중 사용 허가서 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation 그놈 문서 프로젝트 2.1 1999-02
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. 누구든지 본 사용 허가서를 있는 그대로 복제하고 배포할 수 있습니다. 그러나 본문에 대한 수정은 허용되지 않습니다. 2.1판, 1999년 2월 소프트웨어에 적용되는 대부분의 사용 허가서들은 소프트웨어에 대한 수정과 공유의 자유를 제한하려는 것을 그 목적으로 합니다. 그러나 GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서들은 자유 소프트웨어에 대한 수정과 공유의 자유를 모든 사용자들에게 보장하기 위해서 성립된 것입니다. 전문 소프트웨어에 적용되는 대부분의 사용 허가서들은 소프트웨어에 대한 수정과 공유의 자유를 제한하려는 것을 그 목적으로 합니다. 그러나 GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서들은 자유 소프트웨어에 대한 수정과 공유의 자유를 모든 사용자들에게 보장하기 위해서 성립된 것입니다. 자유 소프트웨어라는 말에서 사용된 자유라는 단어는 무료를 의미하는 금전적인 측면의 자유가 아니라 구속되지 않는다는 관점에서의 자유를 의미하며, GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서들은 자유 소프트웨어를 이용한 복제와 개작 및 배포와 수익 사업 등의 가능한 모든 형태의 자유를 실질적으로 보장하고 있습니다. 여기에는 원시 코드의 일부 또는 전부를 원용해서 보다 개선된 프로그램을 만들거나 새로운 프로그램을 창작할 수 있는 자유가 보장되어 있으며, 자신에게 양도된 이러한 자유와 권리를 보다 명확하게 인식할 수 있도록 하기 위한 규정도 포함되어 있습니다. 본 사용 허가서인 GNU 약소 일반 공중 사용 허가서(이하, LGPL이라고 칭합니다.)는 자유 소프트웨어 재단과 그밖의 저작자들이 이를 채택하기로 결정한, 주로 라이브러리와 같은 일부 특정한 소프트웨어 꾸러미에 적용됩니다. 누구든지 자신의 프로그램에 LGPL을 적용할 수 있지만, 어떤 상황에서 어떤 사용 허가서를 선택하는 것이 보다 나은 전략인지에 대해서 다음의 설명을 기준으로 먼저 신중히 고려해 보시기 바랍니다. 자유 소프트웨어라는 말에서 사용된 자유라는 단어는 무료를 의미하는 금전적인 측면의 자유가 아니라 구속되지 않는다는 관점에서의 자유를 의미하며, GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서들은 자유 소프트웨어를 이용한 복제와 개작 및 배포와 수익 사업 등의 가능한 모든 형태의 자유를 실질적으로 보장하고 있습니다. 여기에는 원시 코드의 일부 또는 전부를 원용해서 보다 개선된 프로그램을 만들거나 새로운 프로그램을 창작할 수 있는 자유가 보장되어 있으며, 자신에게 양도된 이러한 자유와 권리를 보다 명확하게 인식할 수 있도록 하기 위한 규정도 포함되어 있습니다. 소프트웨어를 양도받은 사람의 권리를 보호하기 위해서 우리는 배포자들이 이러한 권리를 부정하거나 포기하도록 피양도자에게 요구하는 행위를 금지시킬 필요가 있습니다. 이러한 금지 사항은 라이브러리를 개작하거나 배포하는 모든 사람들이 예외없이 지켜야 할 의무와 같습니다. 예를 들어, LGPL 라이브러리를 배포할 경우에는 이를 유료로 판매하거나 무료로 배포하는 것에 관계없이 자신이 해당 라이브러리에 대해서 가질 수 있었던 모든 권리를 피양도자에게 그대로 양도해 주어야 하고, 라이브러리의 원시 코드를 함께 제공하거나 원시 코드를 구할 수 있는 방법을 확실히 알려주어야 합니다. 또한 라이브러리에 다른 코드를 링크시켰다면, 라이브러리를 수정한 뒤에도 정상적으로 컴파일을 진행할 수 있도록 링크 되었던 코드에 해당하는 완전한 목적 파일 전체를 함께 제공해야 합니다. 또한 피양도자에게 이러한 모든 사항들을 분명히 알 수 있도록 해 주어야 합니다. 자유 소프트웨어 재단은 다음과 같은 두 가지 단계를 통해서 사용자들의 권리를 보호합니다. (1) 라이브러리에 저작권을 설정합니다. (2) 저작권의 양도에 관한 실정법에 의해서 유효한 법률적 효력을 갖는 LGPL을 통해서 소프트웨어를 복제하거나 개작 및 배포할 수 있는 권리를 사용자에게 부여합니다. 모든 배포자들을 보호하기 위해서 우리는 자유 라이브러리에 대한 어떠한 보증도 제공하지 않는다는 점을 명확히 밝혀둡니다. 라이브러리를 사용하는 사람들은 반복적인 재배포 과정을 통해 라이브러리 자체에 수정과 변형이 일어날 수도 있으며, 이는 최초의 저작자가 만든 라이브러리가 갖고 있는 문제가 아닐 수 있다는 개연성을 인식하고 있어야 합니다. 우리는 개작과 재배포 과정에서 다른 사람에 의해 발생된 문제로 인해 라이브러리의 원저작자의 신망이 실추되는 것을 원하지 않습니다. 특허 제도는 자유 소프트웨어의 존재를 위협하는 요소일 수밖에 없습니다. 우리는 특허권자로부터 기업이 제한적인 사용 허가를 얻은 뒤에 이를 통해 자유 프로그램의 사용자들을 규제할 수 없게 되기를 희망합니다. 따라서 우리는 특정한 버전의 라이브러리에 대한 어떠한 특허 사용 허가의 취득도 LGPL에 규정된 자유를 완전히 만족시키는 범위 내에서 이루어 져야 할 것을 요구합니다. 몇몇 라이브러리를 포함한 대부분의 GNU 소프트웨어에는 GPL이 적용됩니다. 본 사용 허가서인 LGPL은 특정한 라이브러리에만 적용되며 GPL과는 상당히 다른 면을 갖고 있습니다. LGPL은 특정한 라이브러리가 자유 소프트웨어가 아닌 프로그램과 함께 링크되는 것을 허용하려는 목적으로 사용됩니다. 어떤 프로그램이 라이브러리와 함께 링크된다면, 라이브러리가 정적으로 링크되든지 공유 라이브러리로 사용되든지 간에 이 두개의 조합은 법적으로 말할 때 결합 저작물, 즉 최초의 라이브러리로부터 파생된 2차적 저작물로 간주됩니다. GPL은 이러한 형태의 링크가 일어날 경우에 결합된 전체 저작물이 GPL을 만족할 때에 한해서만 링크를 허용합니다. 그러나 LGPL은 보다 유연한 링크 조건을 허용하고 있습니다. 우리가 본 사용 허가서를 약소 일반 공중 사용 허가서라고 부르는 이유는 사용자들의 자유를 보호하는 강도를 GPL보다 경감시켰기 때문입니다. 또한 LGPL은 자유 소프트웨어가 아닌 프로그램과 경쟁하는데 있어서 자유 소프트웨어 개발자들에게 GPL보다 이점을 덜 제공합니다. 우리가 많은 종류의 라이브러리에 LGPL이 아닌 일반적인 GPL을 사용하는 것은 이러한 이유 때문입니다. 그러나 특수한 상황에서는 오히려 LGPL을 사용하는 것이 유리할 수 있습니다. 극히 드문 예이긴 하지만, 어떤 라이브러리의 사용 폭을 가능한 넓게 유도해서 그것을 사실상의 표준으로 만들어야 할 특별한 필요가 있다고 생각해 봅시다. 이것을 가능하게 만들기 위해서는 자유 소프트웨어가 아닌 프로그램도이러한 라이브러리를 사용할 수 있도록 허용해야 합니다. 이보다 흔한 또 한가지 예로 자유 소프트웨어가 아닌 라이브러리가 폭넓게 사용되고 있을 때 이와 동일한 기능을 제공하는 자유 라이브러리가 만들어진 경우를 생각해 볼 수 있습니다. 이러한 상황에서는 자유 라이브러리의 사용을 자유 소프트웨어에만 한정함으로써 얻을 수 있는 이익이 거의 없습니다. 이런 경우에 우리는 LGPL을 사용합니다. 또 하나의 예는 자유 소프트웨어가 아닌 프로그램에 특정한 라이브러리의 사용을 허용함으로써 보다 많은 사람들이 자유 소프트웨어를 사용할 수 있게 만드는 경우입니다. 예를 들면, 자유 소프트웨어가 아닌 프로그램들이 GNU C 라이브러리를 사용할 수 있도록 허용해서 사람들이 GNU 운영체제와 GNU/리눅스 운영체제를 사용하도록 유도할 수 있습니다. LGPL이 사용자의 자유를 보다 약소적으로 보호하고 있음에도 불구하고, LGPL로 설정된 라이브러리와 링크된 프로그램을 사용하는 사용자는 라이브러리가 개작되더라도 개작된 버전을 사용해서 프로그램을 실행할 수 있는 확실한 자유와 이에 필요한 수단을 갖고 있습니다. 복제와 개작 및 배포에 관련된 구체적인 조건과 규정은 다음과 같습니다. 라이브러리에 기반한 저작물과 라이브러리를 사용하는 저작물의 차이에 특별한 주의를 기울이기 바랍니다. 전자는 라이브러리로부터 파생된 코드를 담고 있는 저작물을 의미하는데 반해서 후자는 실행되기 위해서 라이브러리와 결합되어야 하는 저작물을 말합니다. 복제와 개작 및 배포에 관한 조건과 규정 제0조 본 사용 허가 계약은 GNU 약소 일반 공중 사용 허가서(이하, LGPL이라고 칭합니다.)의 규정에 따라 배포될 수 있다는 사항이 저작권자 또는 그에 준하는 정당한 권리을 갖고 있는 자에 의해서 명시된 모든 종류의 소프트웨어 라이브러리와 컴퓨터 프로그램 저작물(이하, 프로그램이라고 칭합니다.)에 대해서 동일하게 적용됩니다. 피양도자란 LGPL의 규정에 따라 프로그램을 양도받은 사람을 의미합니다. 라이브러리란 소프트웨어 함수와 데이터를 함께 또는 개별적으로 수집해 놓은것으로 이들 중 일부를 사용하는 응용 프로그램과 링크되어 실행물을 생성하는데 편리하도록 미리 준비된 것을 의미합니다. 이하로 언급되는 라이브러리는 본 사용 허가서에 의해서 배포되고 있는 모든 소프트웨어 라이브러리와 저작물을 의미합니다. 라이브러리에 기반한 저작물은 라이브러리 또는 저작권법에 따른 라이브러리의 2차적 저작물을 모두 의미합니다. 다시 말하면, 전술한 라이브러리 자신 또는 저작권법의 규정에 따라 라이브러리의 전부 또는 상당 부분을 원용하거나 다른 언어로의 번역을 포함할 수 있는 개작 과정을 통해서 창작된 새로운 라이브러리와 이와 관련된 저작물입니다. (이후로 다른 언어로의 번역은 별다른 제한없이 개작의 범위에 포함되는 것으로 간주합니다.) 저작물에 대한 원시 코드란 해당 저작물을 개작하기에 적절한 형식을 의미합니다. 라이브러리에 대한 완전한 원시 코드란 라이브러리에 포함된 모든 모듈들의 원시 코드와 이와 관련된 인터페이스 정의 파일 모두, 그리고 라이브러리의 컴파일과 설치를 제어하는데 사용된 스크립트 전부를 의미합니다. 본 허가서는 복제와 개작 및 배포 행위에 대해서만 적용됩니다. 따라서 라이브러리를 사용하는 프로그램을 실행시키는 행위에 대한 제한은 없습니다. 이러한 프로그램의 결과물에는, 결과물을 생성하기 위한 도구로 라이브러리가 사용되었는지 아닌지의 여부에 관계없이 결과물이 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물을 구성했을 때에 한해서 본 허가서의 규정들이 적용됩니다. 2차적 저작물의 구성 여부는 2차적 저작물 안에서의 라이브러리의 역할과 라이브러리를 사용한 프로그램의 역할을 토대로 판단합니다. 제1조 적절한 저작권 표시와 라이브러리에 대한 보증이 제공되지 않는다는 사실을 각각의 복제물에 명시하는 한, 피양도자는 라이브러리의 원시 코드를 자신이 양도받은 상태 그대로 어떠한 매체를 통해서도 복제하고 배포할 수 있습니다. 복제와 배포가 이루어 질 때는 본 허가서와 라이브러리에 대한 보증이 제공되지 않는다는 사실에 대해서 언급되었던 모든 내용들을 그대로 유지시켜야 하며, 영문판 LGPL을 함께 제공해야 합니다. 배포자는 복제물을 물리적으로 인도하는데 소요된 비용을 청구할 수 있으며, 선택 사항으로 독자적인 유료 보증을 설정할 수 있습니다. 제2조 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: The modified work must itself be a software library. You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful. (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 제3조 피양도자는 자신이 양도받은 라이브러리의 복제물에 LGPL 대신 GPL의 규정을 적용할 수 있습니다. 이것이 가능하기 위해서는 LGPL에 대해서 언급되었던 모든 사항을 GPL 2판으로 대체시켜야 합니다. (GPL 2판보다 신판이 공표되었을 경우에는 원한다면 신판의 판번호를 사용할 수 있습니다.) 그 이외에 다른 사항들은 변경할 수 없습니다. 복제물에 대해서 이러한 수정이 이루어 졌을 경우에는 GPL로 변경된 사용권 허가를 다시 변경할 수 없으며, 이에 따라서 해당 복제물을 기반으로 만들어진 모든 저작물과 복제물에는 GPL이 적용되어야만 합니다. 이러한 선택 사항은 라이브러리의 코드 일부분을 라이브러리가 아닌 일반 프로그램에 포함시키고자 할 경우에 유용합니다. 제4조 피양도자는 제1조와 제2조의 규정에 따라 라이브러리(또는 제2조에 의한 라이브러리의 일부나 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물)를 목적 코드나 실행물의 형태로 복제하고 배포할 수 있습니다. 이 때 목적 코드나 실행물에 상응하는 컴퓨터가 인식할 수 있는 완전한 원시 코드를 제1조와 제2조의 규정에 따라 소프트웨어의 교환을 위해서 일반적으로 사용되는 매체를 통해 함께 제공해야 합니다. 목적 코드를 지정한 장소로부터 복제해 갈 수 있게 하는 방식으로 배포할 경우, 동일한 장소로부터 원시 코드를 복제할 수 있는 동등한 접근 방법을 제공한다면 이는 원시 코드가 목적 코드와 함께 복제되도록 설정되지 않았다 하더라도 원시 코드를 배포하는 것으로 간주됩니다. 제5조 라이브러리의 어떠한 부분으로부터의 파생물도 포함하지 않지만, 컴파일 또는 링크를 통해서 라이브러리와 함께 작동하도록 설계된 프로그램은 라이브러리를 사용하는 저작물이 됩니다. 이러한 저작물이 별도로 분리되어 있을 때는 라이브러리에 대한 파생물이 아니므로 본 사용 허가서가 적용되지 않습니다. 그러나 라이브러리를 사용하는 저작물이 라이브러리와 링크된 결과로 생성된 실행물은, 실행물 안에 라이브러리의 일부를 포함하고 있기 때문에 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물을 구성하게 됩니다. 따라서 이러한 방식으로 생성된 실행물은 본 사용 허가서의 적용을 받습니다. 제6조는 이러한 종류의 실행물의 배포를 위한 규정을 담고 있습니다. 라이브러리를 사용하는 저작물이 라이브러리의 일부인 헤더 파일의 자료를 사용한 경우에는 그러한 저작물의 원시 코드가 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물이 아니었다 하더라도 목적 코드는 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물이 될 수 있습니다. 이러한 구분이 성립될 수 있는지의 여부는 그러한 저작물 자체가 라이브러리이거나 저작물에 사용된 라이브러리 없이도 링크될 수 있는 경우에 있어서 매우 중요한 차이를 갖습니다. 그러나 이러한 구분이 성립될 수 있는 명확한 판단 기준은 법률적으로 정의되어 있지 않습니다. 만약 이와같은 형태의 목적 파일이 단지 숫자 매개 변수와 자료 구조의 설계 형태 및 이에 대한 접근 도구그리고 10행 미만으로 이루어진 작은 인라인 함수와 매크로만을 사용하는 것이라면 법적 기준에 의한 2차적 저작물의 성립 여부에 관계없이 그 사용이 제한되지 않습니다. (그러나 이러한 목적 코드와 라이브러리의 일부가 함께 포함된 실행물은 여전히 제6조의 적용을 받습니다.) 저작물이 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물이라면 해당 저작물에 대한 목적 코드는 제6조에 따라 배포될 수 있습니다. 또한 그러한 저작물을 포함한 실행물들은 기반이 된 라이브러리에 직접 링크되는지 아닌지의 여부에 관계없이 모두 제6조의 적용을 받습니다. 제6조 위의 조항들에 대한 예외의 하나로, 라이브러리와 라이브러리를 사용하는 저작물을 함께 결합하거나 링크시켜서 라이브러리의 일부분이 포함된 저작물을 만들었다면, 이를 자신이 선택한 규정에 따라 배포할 수 있습니다. 이 경우 배포 규정에는 피양도자들이 자신의 필요에 따라 저작물을 개작할 수 있으며 개작에 따른 디버깅을 위해 코드역분석(reverse regineering)을 허용한다는 사항이 포함되어야 합니다. You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one of these things: Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable work that uses the Library, as object code and/or source code, so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions.) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a , above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution. If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place. Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. 실행물이 라이브러리를 사용하는 저작물의 형태로 배포된다면 여기에는 실행물을 재생산하기 위해서 필요한 유틸리티 프로그램과 데이터들이 모두 포함되어야 합니다. 그러나 특별한 예외의 하나로서, 실행물이 실행될 운영체제의 주요 부분(컴파일러나 커널 등)과 함께 (원시 코드나 바이너리의 형태로) 일반적으로 배포되는 구성 요소들은 이러한 구성 요소 자체가 실행물에 수반되지 않는한 배포 대상에서 제외되어도 무방합니다. 이러한 규정이 일반적으로 운영체제에 함께 수반되지 않는 독점 라이브러리들의 사용 허가서와 충돌하게 될 경우에는 배포하고자 하는 실행물 안에 본 사용 허가서가 적용되는 라이브러리와 독점 라이브러리를 함께 사용할 수 없습니다. 제7조 라이브러리에 기반한 저작물로서의 라이브러리의 일부를 본 사용 허가서가 적용되지 않는 다른 라이브러리의 일부와 하나의 라이브러리 안에 병존시킬 수 있습니다. 이러한 결합 라이브러리를 배포할 경우에는 라이브러리에 기반한 저작물과 그렇지 않은 라이브러리가 별도로 배포될 수 있음을 명시해야 하며 다음의 두가지 사항을 준수해야 합니다. 결합 라이브러리를 구성하고 있는 라이브러리에 기반한 저작물의 복제물을 결합되지 않은 독립된상태로 함께 제공해야 합니다. 이 복제물의 배포에는 위의 조항들이 적용됩니다. 라이브러리에 기반한 저작물의 일부가 결합 라이브러리 안에 포함하고 있다는 사실을 명시해야 하며, 제7조 1항에 의해서 제공된 결합되지 않은 상태의 라이브러리에 기반한 저작물의 위치 정보를 명기해야 합니다. 제8조 본 허가서에 의해서 명시적으로 이루어 지지 않는 한 라이브러리에 대한 복제와 개작, 하위 허가권 설정과 링크 및 배포가 이루어 질 수 없습니다. 이와 관련된 어떠한 행위도 무효이며 본 허가서가 보장한 권리는 자동으로 소멸됩니다. 그러나 본 허가서의 규정에 따라 라이브러리의 복제물이나 권리를 양도받았던 제3자는 본 허가서의 규정들을 준수하는 한, 배포자의 권리 소멸에 관계없이 사용상의 권리를 계속해서 유지할 수 있습니다. 제9조 본 허가서는 서명이나 날인이 수반되는 형식을 갖고 있지 않기 때문에 피양도자가 본 허가서의 내용을 반드시 받아들여야 할 필요는 없습니다. 그러나 라이브러리나 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물에 대한 개작 및 배포를 허용하는 것은 본 허가서에 의해서만 가능합니다. 만약 본 허가서에 동의하지 않을 경우에는 이러한 행위들이 법률적으로 금지됩니다. 따라서 라이브러리(또는 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물)을 개작하거나 배포하는 행위는 이에 따른 본 허가서의 내용에 동의한다는 것을 의미하며, 복제와 개작 및 배포에 관한 본 허가서의 조건과 규정들을 모두 받아들이겠다는 의미로 간주됩니다. 제10조 피양도자에 의해서 라이브러리(또는 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물)이 반복적으로 재배포될 경우, 각 단계에서의 피양도자는 본 허가서의 규정에 따른 라이브러리의 복제와 개작, 링크, 배포에 대한 권리를 최초의 양도자로부터 양도받은 것으로 자동적으로 간주됩니다. 라이브러리(또는 라이브러리에 기반한 2차적 저작물)을 배포할 때는 피양도자의 권리의 행사를 제한할 수 있는 어떠한 사항도 추가할 수 없습니다. 그러나 피양도자에게 재배포가 일어날 시점에서의 제3의 피양도자에게 본 허가서를 준수하도록 강제할 책임은 부과되지 않습니다. 제11조 법원의 판결이나 특허권 침해에 대한 주장 또는 특허 문제에 국한되지 않은 그밖의 이유들로 인해서 본 허가서의 규정에 배치되는 사항이 발생한다 하더라도 그러한 사항이 선행하거나 본 허가서의 조건과 규정들이 면제되는 것은 아닙니다. 따라서 법원의 명령이나 합의 등에 의해서 본 허가서에 위배되는 사항들이 발생한 상황이라도 양측 모두를 만족시킬 수 없다면 라이브러리는 배포될 수 없습니다. 예를 들면, 특정한 특허 관련 허가가 라이브러리의 복제물을 직접 또는 간접적인 방법으로 양도받은 임의의 제3자에게 해당 라이브러리를 무상으로 재배포할 수 있게 허용하지 않는다면, 그러한 허가와 본 사용 허가를 동시에 만족시키면서 라이브러리를 배포할 수 있는 방법은 없습니다. 본 조항은 특정한 상황에서 본 조항의 일부가 유효하지 않거나 적용될 수 없을 경우에도 본 조항의 나머지 부분들을 적용하기 위한 의도로 만들어 졌습니다. 따라서 그 이외의 상황에서는 본 조항을 전체적으로 적용하면 됩니다. 본 조항의 목적은 특허나 저작권 침해 등의 행위를 조장하거나 해당 권리를 인정하지 않으려는 것이 아니라, 공중 사용 허가서들을 통해서 구현되어 있는 자유 소프트웨어의 배포 체계를 통합적으로 보호하기 위한 것입니다. 많은 사람들이 배포 체계에 대한 신뢰있는 지원을 계속해 줌으로써 소프트웨어의 다양한 분야에 많은 공헌을 해 주었습니다. 소프트웨어를 어떠한 배포 체계를 통해 배포할 것인가를 결정하는 것은 전적으로 저작자와 기증자들의 의지에 달려있는 것이지, 일반 사용자들이 강요할 수 있는 문제는 아닙니다. 본 조항은 본 허가서의 다른 조항들에서 무엇이 중요하게 고려되어야 하는 지를 명확하게 설명하기 위한 목적으로 만들어진 것입니다. 제12조 특허나 저작권이 설정된 인터페이스로 인해서 특정 국가에서 라이브러리의 배포와 사용이 함께 또는 개별적으로 제한되어 있는 경우, 본 사용 허가서를 라이브러리에 적용한 최초의 저작권자는 문제가 발생하지 않는 국가에 한해서 라이브러리를 배포한다는 배포상의 지역적 제한 조건을 명시적으로 설정할 수 있으며, 이러한 사항은 본 허가서의 일부로 간주됩니다. 제13조 자유 소프트웨어 재단은 때때로 본 사용 허가서의 개정판이나 신판을 공표할 수 있습니다. 새롭게 공표될 판은 당면한 문제나 현안을 처리하기 위해서 세부적인 내용에 차이가 발생할 수 있지만, 그 근본 정신에는 변함이 없을 것입니다. 각각의 판들은 판번호를 사용해서 구별됩니다. 특정한 판번호와 그 이후 판을 따른다는 사항이 명시된 라이브러리에는 해당 판이나 그 이후에 발행된 어떠한 판을 선택해서 적용해도 무방하고, 판번호를 명시하고 있지 않은 경우에는 자유 소프트웨어 재단이 공표한 어떠한 판번호의 판을 적용해도 무방합니다. 제14조 라이브러리의 일부를 본 허가서와 배포 기준이 다른 자유 프로그램과 함께 결합하고자 할 경우에는 해당 프로그램의 저작자로부터 서면 승인을 받아야 합니다. 자유 소프트웨어 재단이 저작권을 갖고 있는 소프트웨어의 경우에는 자유 소프트웨어 재단의 승인을 얻어야 합니다. 우리는 이러한 요청을 수락하기 위해서 때때로 예외 기준을 만들기도 합니다. 자유 소프트웨어 재단은 일반적으로 자유 소프트웨어의 2차적 저작물들을 모두 자유로운 상태로 유지시키려는 목적과 소프트웨어의 공유와 재활용을 증진시키려는 두가지 목적을 기준으로 승인 여부를 결정할 것입니다. 보증의 결여 제15조 본 허가서를 따르는 라이브러리는 무상으로 양도되기 때문에 관련 법률이 허용하는 한도 내에서 어떠한 형태의 보증도 제공되지 않습니다. 라이브러리의 저작권자와 배포자가 공동 또는 개별적으로 별도의 보증을 서면으로 제공할 때를 제외하면, 특정한 목적에 대한 라이브러리의 적합성이나 상업성 여부에 대한 보증을 포함한 어떠한 형태의 보증도 명시적이나 묵시적으로 설정되지 않은 있는 그대로의 상태로 이 라이브러리를 배포합니다. 라이브러리와 라이브러리의 실행에 따라 발생할 수 있는 모든 위험은 피양도자에게 인수되며 이에 따른 보수 및 복구를 위한 제반 경비 또한 피양도자가 모두 부담해야 합니다. 제16조 저작권자나 배포자가 라이브러리의 손상 가능성을 사전에 알고 있었다 하더라도 발생된 손실이 관련 법규에 의해 보호되고 있거나 이에 대한 별도의 서면 보증이 설정된 경우가 아니라면, 저작권자나 라이브러리를 원래의 상태 또는 개작한 상태로 제공한 배포자는 라이브러리의 사용이나 비작동으로 인해 발생된 손실이나 라이브러리 자체의 손실에 대해 책임지지 않습니다. 이러한 면책 조건은 사용자나 제3자가 라이브러리를 조작함으로써 발생된 손실이나 다른 소프트웨어와 라이브러리를 함께 동작시키는 것으로 인해서 발생된 데이터의 상실 및 부정확한 산출 결과에만 국한되는 것이 아닙니다. 발생된 손실의 일반성이나 특수성 뿐 아니라 원인의 우발성 및 필연성도 전혀 고려되지 않습니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/fdl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000007164012311475532022725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
GNU 자유 문서 사용 허가서 1.1 판, 2000년 3월 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation 그놈 문서 프로젝트 1.1 2000-03
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 본 사용 허가서의 목적은 첫째, 매뉴얼이나 책 또는 다른 문서들을 자유롭게 만들기 위한 것입니다. 여기서 말하는 자유란 무료가 아닌 구속되지 않는다는 관점에서의 자유를 의미합니다. 즉, 상업적이든 비상업적이든 간에 누구나 그것을 수정하거나 그렇지 않은 상태에서 복제 및 재배포할 수 있는 실질적인 자유를 보장하기 위한 것입니다. 둘째, 본 사용 허가서는 저작자나 발행인에게 다른 사람들이 가한 수정에 책임지지 않고 그들의 저작물에 대한 공로를 인정 받을 수 있는 길을 보장하기 위한 것입니다. 전문 본 사용 허가서의 목적은 첫째, 매뉴얼이나 책 또는 다른 문서들을 자유롭게 만들기 위한 것입니다. 여기서 말하는 자유란 무료가 아닌 구속되지 않는다는 관점에서의 자유를 의미합니다. 즉, 상업적이든 비상업적이든 간에 누구나 그것을 수정하거나 그렇지 않은 상태에서 복제 및 재배포할 수 있는 실질적인 자유를 보장하기 위한 것입니다. 둘째, 본 사용 허가서는 저작자나 발행인에게 다른 사람들이 가한 수정에 책임지지 않고 그들의 저작물에 대한 공로를 인정 받을 수 있는 길을 보장하기 위한 것입니다. 본 사용 허가서는 일종의 카피레프트입니다. 즉, 문서의 2차적 저작물 또한 같은 의미에서 자유로워야 한다는 것을 의미합니다. 이것은 자유 소프트웨어를 위해서 고안된 카피레프트 사용 허가서인 GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서를 보완합니다. 자유 소프트웨어는 자유 문서를 필요로 하기 때문에 본 사용 허가서는 자유 소프트웨어 매뉴얼에 사용되기 위해서 고안되었습니다. 자유 프로그램에는 소프트웨어에서와 같은 자유가 제공되는 매뉴얼이 함께 수반되어야 합니다. 그러나 본 사용 허가서가 단지 소프트웨어 매뉴얼에만 한정되는 것은 아닙니다. 이것은 문서의 주제나 그것이 인쇄물로 발행되었는지의 여부에 상관없이 모든 종류의 문서 저작물에 사용될 수 있습니다. 교육이나 참고를 목적으로 하는 저작물에는 원칙적으로 본 사용 허가서를 사용할 것을 추천합니다. 적용 범위와 정의 본 사용 허가서는 GNU 자유 문서 사용 허가서(이하, GFDL이라고 칭합니다.)의 규정에 따라 배포될 수 있다는 사항이 저작권자에 의해서 명시된 모든 매뉴얼과 문서 저작물에 적용됩니다. 아래의 문서(文書, document)는 그러한 모든 매뉴얼 또는 문서 저작물을 의미합니다. 공중의 누구라도 피양도자가 될 수 있습니다. 문서의 수정판(修正版, modified version)이란 원문서가 그대로 복제 또는 개작되거나, 다른 언어로 번역된 문서의 전부나 일부를 포함하고 있는 저작물을 의미합니다. 문서의 2차구성부(二次構成部, secondary section)란 문서의 저작자나 발행인과 문서의 전체 주제(또는 관련 내용)와의 관계만을 설명하거나, 문서의 전체 주제와 직접적인 관계가 없는 내용을 포함하고 있는 머리말과 목차 등의 서두나 부록 부분을 가리킵니다. (예를 들면 문서가 수학 교과서의 일부였을 경우, 이 문서의 2차구성부는 수학에 관련된 어떠한 내용도 기술되어서는 안됩니다.) 2차구성부에 포함될 수 있는 내용은 문서의 주제나 관련 사항에 대한 개정 이력이나 법률적, 상업적, 철학적, 윤리적, 정치적 입장 등입니다. 변경불가부분(變更不可部分, invariant section)이란 문서가 본 사용 허가서에 의해서 배포된다는 사실이, 해당 부분이 변경불가부분이라는 제목과 함께 명시된 2차 구성부의 한 형태를 의미합니다. 표지구절(表紙句節, cover texts)이란 문서가 본 사용 허가서에 의해서 배포된다는 사실이 문서의 앞 표지나 뒷 표지에 언급되는 짧은 문장을 의미합니다. 문서의 투명(透明, transparent) 복제물이란 그 사양이 공중에게 공개되어 있고 일반적인 문서 편집기, (픽셀로 구성된 이미지의 경우) 일반적인 페인트 프로그램, (그림의 경우) 널리 사용되는 그림 편집기로 그 내용을 출력시키거나 직접 수정하기에 용이하며 조판 프로그램에 입력하기에 적당하거나 조판 프로그램에 입력할 수 있는 다양한 형태의 포맷으로 자동으로 번역되기에 용이한 형태로 만들어진 기계로 판독 가능한 복제물을 의미합니다. 피양도자가 문서를 개작하는 것을 방해하거나 금지하기 위해서 조판 형태를 설계한 파일 포맷은 투명한 것이 아닙니다. 투명 복제물이 아닌 것을 불투명(不透明, opaque) 복제물이라고 합니다. 투명 복제물로 적절한 포맷의 예는 마크업이 포함되지 않은 평범한 ASCII 포맷과 Texinfo 입력 포맷, LaTeX 입력 포맷, 공개적으로 이용되는 DTD를 사용하는 SGML이나 XML, 그리고 표준 규약을 준수하는 간단한 형식의 HTML과 같이 사람이 직접 개작할 수 있는 형태의 포맷입니다. 불투명 복제물에는 PostScript와 PDF, 독점 워드 프로세서에서만 읽고 편집할 수 있는 독점 포맷, 일반적으로 통용되지 않는 DTD와 처리 도구가 필요한 SGML 및 XML 포맷, 그리고 출력 목적만을 위해서 워드 프로세서로 생성한 기계 생성 HTML 포맷이 포함됩니다. 제목 페이지(title page)란 인쇄된 책의 경우에는 문서의 제목이 표시된 페이지 자체뿐만 아니라 보다 쉽게 이해되는데 필요하다고 판단되어 본 사용 허가서가 제목 페이지에 함께 포함시킬 것을 규정한 후속 페이지들을 모두 의미합니다. 제목 페이지가 없는 저작물의 경우, 제목 페이지는 본문이 시작되기 전에 저작물의 제목에 가장 근접한 형태가 나타난 페이지를 의미합니다. 동일 복제 문서의 피양도자는 본 사용 허가서에 어떠한 사항도 추가하지 않은 상태에서 본 사용 허가서와 저작권 사항 그리고 문서의 모든 복제물에 본 사용 허가서가 동일하게 적용된다는 사항을 명시하고 이를 문서의 복제물과 함께 제공하는 한, 어떠한 정보 매체에 의해서도 상업적이나 비상업적인 목적으로 문서를 복제하거나 배포할 수 있습니다. 문서를 복제하거나 배포할 경우에는 임의의 피양도자가 문서를 열람하거나 복제할 수 없도록 방해하거나 통제할 수 있는 어떠한 기술적 수단도 사용해서는 안됩니다. 그러나 복제물을 제공하는데 따른 보상을 청구할 수는 있습니다. 만약, 충분히 많은 양의 복제물을 배포할 경우에는 제3조의 규정들을 함께 준수해야만 합니다. 또한 위의 조건을 준수하는 한, 피양도자는 문서의 복제물을 대여하거나 공개적으로 전시할 수 있습니다. 대량 복제 만약, 문서의 인쇄 복제물을 100부 이상 발행하며, 문서의 사용 허가서가 표지 구절의 사용을 규정하고 있는 경우에는 인쇄물의 앞 표지와 뒷 표지에 삽입될 앞 표지 구절과 뒷 표지 구절이 명확하고 읽기 쉬운 형태로 모든 복제물에 포함되어야 합니다. 또한 인쇄 복제물의 발행인에 대한 정보가 양쪽 표지 모두에 명확하고 읽기 쉬운 형태로 명시되어야 합니다. 인쇄물의 앞 표지에는 문서의 완전한 제목이, 제목을 구성하는 모든 문자들이 동일한 수준의 식별력을 가질 수 있도록 표시되어야 합니다. 복제물의 표지에는 추가적인 문장이나 도형, 그림 등의 요소를 추가하는 것이 가능합니다. 문서의 제목이 유지되고 이러한 조건들을 만족하는 한, 표지만 변경시킨 복제물은 표지 이외의 다른 부분에 대한 동일 복제로 간주됩니다. 앞 표지나 뒷 표지에 표시될 표지 구절의 내용이 너무 많아서 읽기 힘든 경우에는 실제 표지에는 (적당한 만큼만) 기재하고, 나머지 내용들은 인접 페이지에 표시할 수 있습니다. 100부 이상의 불투명 복제물을 발행하거나 배포하는 경우, 모든 불투명 복제물에 기계 판독이 가능한 투명 복제물을 함께 첨부하거나, 추가된 것이 없는 완벽한 투명 복제물이 있는 공개적인 접근이 가능한 컴퓨터 네트워크의 위치를 각 불투명 복제물에 명시하여 네트워크를 사용하는 일반 공중이 공개 표준을 준수하는 네트워크 프로토콜을 이용하여 비용없이 익명으로 다운로드 받을 수 있도록 해야 합니다. 후자의 경우, 불투명 복제물을 대량으로 배포하기 시작할 때에는 매우 신중한 접근을 해야 하는데, 불투명 복제물을 공중에게 (본인이 직접 또는 대리인을 통해서, 또는 소매업자를 통해서) 배포한 마지막 시점으로부터 적어도 1년 뒤까지 투명 복제물이 명시된 위치에서 접근될 수 있는 상태로 확실히 남아있도록 해야 합니다. 강제 조항은 아니지만, 복제물을 대량으로 배포하기 전에 충분한 시간적 여유를 두고 문서의 저작자와 연락해서 저작자에게 문서의 최신 개정판을 제공할 수 있는 기회를 주어야 합니다. 개작 문서의 수정판은 수정판이 명백하게 본 사용 허가서에 의해서 관리되는 조건 하에서 제2조와 제3조의 규정에 의해서 복제 및 배포될 수 있습니다. 즉, 수정판은 문서의 역할을 유지해야 하며, 수정판의 복제물을 양도받은 임의의 피양도자는 개작과 배포에 대한 동일한 권리를 양수받게 됩니다. 또한 수정판에 대해서 다음의 규정들을 준수해야만 합니다. 수정판의 제목 페이지에는 (표지가 있다면 표지에도) 문서와 그 이전 판의 문서와 구별되는 제목을 사용해야 합니다. (문서의 개정 이력란이 존재한다면 이러한 사실이 등재되어야 합니다.) 그러나 이전 판의 발행인이 허락한다면, 이전 판과 같은 제목을 사용할 수 있습니다. 수정판의 제목 페이지에는 적어도 5명의 문서의 원저작자 (5명보다 적다면 원저작자 모두)와 함께, 개작에 책임이 있는 1인 이상의 개인 또는 단체를 저작자로 명시해야 합니다. 수정판의 발행인 성명을 제목 페이지에 발행인으로서 명시합니다. 문서의 모든 저작권 표시를 수정판에 유지해야 합니다. 문서의 저작권 표시 부분에 자신이 개작한 것에 대한 적절한 저작권 사항을 추가해서 수정판에 표시합니다. 저작권 표시 바로 다음에, 본 사용 허가서의 규정 하에 공중이 수정판을 사용할 수 있다는 사용 허가 표시를 본 사용 허가서의 부록에 나와있는 형식으로 포함시킵니다. 문서의 사용 허가 표시에 포함되어 있던 변경 불가 부분의 목록과 명시할 것을 요구한 표지 구절을 수정판에도 모두 그대로 유지시킵니다. 본 사용 허가서를 변경 없이 그대로 포함시킵니다. 개정이력(履歷, history)이라는 이름이 붙어 있는 부분과 그 제목을 그대로 유지하고 적어도 수정판의 제목, 연도, 수정판 저작자, 발행인에 대한 항목을 제목 페이지에서 명시한 것과 동일하게 이 부분에 추가합니다. 문서에 이력 부분이 없을 경우에는 제목 페이지와 동일하게 문서의 제목과 연도, 저작자, 발행인을 명시한 이력 부분을 새롭게 만들고 앞에서 언급한 대로 수정판에 대한 사항을 추가합니다. 공중이 투명 복제물에 접근할 수 있게 하기 위해서 문서에 명시한 네트워크 주소가 존재한다면 이를 수정판에도 그대로 유지시킵니다. 문서의 이전 판에 포함되어 있던 네트워크 주소가 문서에 기재되어 있는 경우에도, 이를 소급해서 수정판에 그대로 유지합니다. 네트워크 주소는 개정 이력 부분에 기재될 수도 있습니다. 만일 네트워크 주소가 문서보다 적어도 4년 전에 발행된 저작물을 위한 것이거나 네트워크 주소가 최초로 포함된 문서의 발행인이 허락했다면 이를 생략할 수 있습니다. 감사의 글(acknowledgements) 또는 헌사(dedications)라는 표제를 갖고 있는 부분이 있다면, 이 부분에 기재되어 있는 제목과 기여자에 대한 감사의 글 그리고 헌사의 내용과 어조를 수정판에도 모두 유지합니다. 문서의 모든 변경 불가 부분은 제목과 본문을 변경하지 않고 수정판에 그대로 유지시킵니다. 장(chapter) 또는 절(section) 번호나 이에 상당하는 것은 변경 불가 부분의 제목의 일부분으로 간주되지 않습니다. 추천사(endorsements)라는 제목이 붙은 부분은 수정판에서 모두 누락시킵니다. 이러한 부분이 수정판에 포함되어서는 안됩니다. 기존의 어떠한 부분도 수정판에서 추천사로 제목을 바꾸지 말고 제목을 개명하는 부분이 변경 불가 부분의 어떠한 제목과도 충돌되지 않도록 합니다. 만일 수정판이 문서에 포함되어 있지 않던 새로운 서두 부분이나 부록을 2차 구성부의 형태로 포함하게 되면, 이러한 부분의 전체나 일부를 선택에 따라 변경 불가 부분으로 설정할 수 있습니다. 변경 불가 부분을 새롭게 설정하기 위해서는 수정판의 사용권 허가 표시 부분에 포함되어 있는 변경 불가 부분 목록에 제목을 추가시킵니다. 이때 그 제목들은 다른 부분의 제목들과 구별되어야 합니다. 수정판에만 한정된 추천사가 다양한 주체들에 의해서 제공될 경우에는, 예를 들어 동료들의 비평문이나 수정판을 특정한 표준의 권위있는 정의로 인정한다는 관련 기관의 승인이 있을 경우에는 추천사라는 제목의 글을 추가할 수 있습니다. 수정판의 표지 구절 목록 말미에는 앞 표지 구절과 뒷 표지 구절로 각각 5단어와 25단어 미만의 문장을 덧붙일 수 있습니다. 한 개인 또는 한 단체는 (또는 단체에 의해서 만들어진 협약을 통해서) 오직 한 개의 문장만을 각각 앞 표지 구절과 뒷 표지 구절에 추가할 수 있습니다. 만약 문서의 표지 구절에 이미 특정인이나 특정인이 대표하는 단체의 협약에 의해서 포함된 문장이 존재할 경우에는 동일인에 의해서 표지 구절 문장이 추가될 수 없습니다. 그러나 문서의 발행인으로부터 명시적인 승인을 받은 경우에는 기존의 문장을 수정판에서 새로운 문장으로 대체할 수 있습니다. 문서의 저작자(들)과 발행인(들)은 본 사용 허가서를 통해서 수정판을 선전하는데 그들의 이름이 사용되거나, 명시적 또는 묵시적인 형태로 그들의 이름이 수정판을 추천하는데 사용되는 것을 허용한 것은 아닙니다. 문서의 결합 수정판에 대해서 정의된 제4조의 규정에 따라서 본 사용 허가서에 의해서 특정 문서를 다른 문서들과 결합할 수 있습니다. 단, 문서를 결합할 때는 결합 저작물을 구성하는 개별 문서들의 변경 불가 부분들을 결합 문서에 그대로 포함시켜야 하며 그 목록을 결합 저작물의 저작권 표시 부분에 명시해야 합니다. 결합 저작물에는 본 사용 허가서의 복제물 1부만 포함시키면 되며 여러 개의 동일한 변경 불가 부분 또한 하나로 통합될 수 있습니다. 만약, 동일한 이름을 갖는 변경 불가 부분이 여러 개 존재하지만 그 내용이 다른 경우에는 각각의 내용과 관련된 저작자와 발행자가 알려져 있을 경우에는 해당 정보를 각 부분의 말미에 괄호안에 명시하고 그렇지 않은 경우에는 숫자를 이용해서 구분합니다. 결합 저작물의 저작권 표시 부분에 있는 변경 불가 부분 목록에 포함된 제목도 같은 방식으로 조정합니다. 원문서에 존재하던 개정 이력 부분은 모두 통합하여, 단일한 개정 이력 부분을 결합 저작물 안에 유지해야 합니다. 감사의 글과 헌사도 같은 방식으로 조정합니다. 단, 추천사 부분은 모두 삭제해야 합니다. 문서의 수집 본 사용 허가서에 의해서 배포된 문서들을 모아서 구성된 수집 저작물을 만들 수 있습니다. 또한 개별 문서에 포함되어 있던 본 사용 허가서의 복제물들을 한 개로 대체하여 수집 저작물에 포함시킬 수 있습니다. 이 경우, 다른 모든 부분들은 본 사용 허가서에 규정된 제2조 동일 복제 규정을 준수해야 합니다. 수집 저작물로부터 하나의 문서를 발췌해서 개별 배포할 경우에는 본 사용 허가서의 복제물을 발췌한 문서에 첨부하고 그 이외의 다른 부분들은 모두 제2조에 규정된 동일 복제 조항을 준수해야 합니다. 독자적 저작물과의 집합 저작물 구성 문서 또는 문서의 2차적 저작물을 독자적인 문서나 저작물과 함께 대량 저장 매체 또는 배포 매체에 구성한 편집물을 만들 경우에는 저작물의 구성에 따른 편집 저작권이 주장되지 않는 한, 저작물 전체를 본 사용 허가서가 규정하는 수정판으로 간주하지 않습니다. 이러한 편집물을 집합 저작물이라고 부르며, 편집 과정에서 문서와 함께 구성된 독자적 저작물이 문서로부터 파생된 것이 아니라면 본 사용 허가서가 적용되지 않습니다. 제3조의 표지 구절에 대한 요구는 문서의 복제물에 적용됩니다. 따라서 문서의 양이 전체 편집물의 1/4 보다 작은 경우에는, 문서의 표지 구절은 편집물 안에서 문서가 위치해 있는 곳의 표지 부분에 포함되어도 무방합니다. 그렇지 않은 경우에는 표지 구절이 전체 편집물의 표지 부분에 나타나야 합니다. 번역 번역은 일종의 개작으로 간주됩니다. 따라서 문서의 번역물은 제4조의 규정에 따라 배포될 수 있습니다. 변경 불가 부분을 번역물로 대체하기 위해서는 저작권자의 명시적인 승인을 얻어야 합니다. 그러나 변경 불가 부분의 전체 또는 일부에 대한 번역문을 원문과 함께 표시할 경우에는 저작권자로부터 별도의 승인을 얻을 필요가 없습니다. 본 사용 허가서의 번역판을 첨부할 경우에는 영어 원판을 함께 제공해야 합니다. 영어 원판과 번역판 사이에 충돌이 발생할 경우에는 영문 원판이 우선합니다. 권리의 소멸 본 허가서에 의해서 명시적으로 이루어 지지 않는 한 문서에 대한 복제와 개작, 양도, 배포가 성립될 수 없습니다. 이와 관련된 어떠한 행위도 무효이며 본 허가서가 보장한 권리는 자동으로 소멸됩니다. 그러나 본 허가서의 규정에 따라 문서의 복제물이나 권리를 양도받았던 제3자는 본 허가서의 규정들을 준수하는 한, 배포자의 권리 소멸에 관계없이 사용상의 권리를 계속해서 유지할 수 있습니다. 본 사용 허가서의 향후 개정 자유 소프트웨어 재단은 때때로 본 사용 허가서의 개정판이나 신판을 공표할 수 있습니다. 새롭게 공표될 판은 당면한 문제나 현안을 처리하기 위해서 세부적인 내용에 차이가 발생할 수 있지만, 그 근본 정신에는 변함이 없을 것입니다 http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/의 내용을 참고하시기 바랍니다. 각각의 판들은 판번호를 사용해서 구별됩니다. 특정한 판번호와 그 이후 판을 따른다는 사항이 명시된 문서에는 해당 판이나 그 이후에 발행된 어떠한 판을 선택해서 적용해도 (초안으로 공표한 판 제외) 무방하고, 판번호를 명시하고 있지 않은 경우에는 자유 소프트웨어 재단이 공표한 어떠한 판번호의 판을 적용해도 (초안으로 공표한 판 제외) 무방합니다. 부록 작성한 문서에 본 사용 허가서를 적용하기 위해서는 본 사용 허가서의 복제물을 문서에 첨부하고 다음과 같은 저작권 및 사용 허가 표시를 제목 페이지 다음에 추가합니다.
Copyright © 연도 본인 성명. GNU 자유 문서 사용 허가서 1.1판 또는 자유 소프트웨어 재단에서 발행한 이후 판의 규정에 따라 본 문서를 복제하거나 개작 및 배포할 수 있습니다. 본 문서의 변경 불가 부분은 xxx이고 앞 표지 구절은 xxx, 뒷 표지 구절은 xxx입니다. 본 사용 허가서의 전체 내용은 GNU 자유 문서 사용 허가서 부분에 포함되어 있습니다.
만약, 변경 불가 부분이 없는 경우라면 변경 불가 부분을 명시하는 대신 변경 불가 부분 없음이라고 표시합니다. 앞 표지 구절과 뒷 표지 구절이 없는 경우에도 각각 앞 표지 구절 없음과 뒷 표지 구절 없음이라는 사실을 명시합니다. 만약, 문서가 프로그램 코드의 예를 상당 부분 포함하고 있다면 GNU 일반 공중 사용 허가서와 같은 자유 소프트웨어 사용 허가서를 사용해서 프로그램 코드가 자유소프트웨어에서 사용될 수 있도록 사용 허가를 병행할 것을 추천합니다.
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/tools-check-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000373212253720471026226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 디스크를 굽고 나면 디스크 무결성을 테스트할 수 있습니다. Paulina Gonzalez pau.gonzalezbr@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 디스크 무결성 확인하기

브라세로를 사용하여 CD/DVD를 굽고 나면, 디스크의 파일이 깨졌는지 확인하려면 디스크 무결성을 점검할 수 있습니다.

도구무결성 검사...를 선택합니다.

MD5 파일을 준비했다면 디스크를 점검하려면 MD5 파일 사용 옵션을 선택할 수 있습니다.

MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5)는 데이터 무결성을 점검하는데 널리 사용하는 암호화 해시 함수입니다.

이 옵션을 선택하면 아래에 놓인 폴더 아이콘을 눌러서 MD5 파일을 찾아야 합니다.

검시를 눌러 계속하거나 닫기를 눌러 취소합니다.

검사가 끝나면 다시 검사선택하거나 닫기를 누를 수 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000324212253720471024514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 브라세로 디스크 굽기 프로그램에 대해 소개합니다. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 개요

브라세로는 CD와 DVD를 구우려면 모든 도구를 제공하여 쉽게 사용할 수 있도록 설계된 프로그램입니다.

브라세로로 다음의 것을 할 수 있습니다:

CD나 DVD로 데이터 굽기

오디오 CD를(OGG, FLAC 그리고 MP3와 같은) 디지털 오디오 파일로 부터 굽습니다

CD와 DVD 복사하기

비디오 DVD나 SVCD 만들기

이미지 파일을 만들고 이미 있는 이미지 파일 굽기

CD-RW와 DVD-RW 지우기

디스크와 디스크의 이미지에 대한 무결성 검사하기
<gui>브라세로</gui> 메인 창
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/prob-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000330412253720471023507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 DVD-R이나 DVD-RW에 쓸 수 없어요. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. DVD를 만드는 문제

어떤 DVD-R과 DVD-RW 유형은 모든 기록기와 호환되지 않습니다. 기록기에서 DVD-R과 DVD-RW를 기록할 수 있는지 찾아보려면 다음을 확인해봅니다.

DVD 드라이브가 DVD+나 DVD- 디스크를 인식할 수 있는지 확인합니다. "멀티"라고 표시되어 있다면, 보통 둘 다 인식함을 나타냅니다. DVD 드라이브에서 본 것과 디스크가 같게 보이는지 확인합니다.

디스크가 양면인지 단면인지 확인합니다: 어떤 DVD 드라이브는 양면 디스크를 쓸 수 없습니다.

DVD-R을 사용하려고 한다면, 이전에 이미 썼는지부터 확인합니다. DVD-RW를 사용중이라면, 쓰기 시도를 하기 전에 비워보도록 합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/create-cover.page0000644000373100047300000000547412253720471024363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 장식 케이스에 넣을 속표지를 만듭니다. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 표지 만들기

장식 케이스에 넣을 속표지를 만들려면 브라세로를 사용할 수 있습니다. 도구표지 편집기를 눌러 표지를 만드는프로그램에 접근합니다.

오디오 프로젝트를 만들고 속표지를 만들기 전에 프로젝트에 함께 놓는 것으로 마무리 지을 때, 오디오 프로젝트 창의 표지 편집기 인터페이스에 접근하면, 트랙이 후면 표지에 자동으로 나열됩니다.

표지 편집기를 닫으면, 바뀐 내용을 잃게 됩니다.

표지 편집기를 엽니다.

텍스트에 사용할 형식을 선택하고 텍스트를 입력하며, 장식 케이스의 모서리 및 후면 속표지를 보려면 스크롤을 내립니다.

처음 표지 편집기 대화상자를 보면, 텍스트 형식 옵션에 대해 어떤 것도 누를 수 없습니다. 이 옵션을 사용할 수 있게 하여 작업하려면 표지를 누릅니다.

배경 속성 도구막대 아이콘을 눌러 현재 표지의 배경을 추가하거나, 편집하려는 커버 위에서 오른쪽 단추를 누르고 배경 속성 설정을 선택합니다. 색으로 채워진 배경을 사용하거나 혹은 배경 그림을 선택하는 둘 중의 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다.

가운데 정렬된 배경 그림을 선택하면 브라세로는 닫기 단추를 누를 때 가끔 충돌하기도 합니다.

닫기단추를 눌러 바뀐 사항을 적용하고 배경 속성 대화 상자를 닫습니다.

대화상자의 오른쪽 상단에 위치한 인쇄 단추를 사용하여 인쇄합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/project-data.page0000644000373100047300000000611512253720471024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 CD나 DVD로 데이터를 씁니다. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 데이터 프로젝트 만들기

데이터 프로젝트는 데이터(예를 들어 파일, 사진 혹은 음악이 여기에 포함됩니다)를 어떤 방법으로 바꾸지 않고 그대로 쓰려면 사용됩니다. 이 방법은 컴퓨터간 파일을 전송하기 위한 유용한 방법이 될 수 있습니다.

시작 페이지에서 데이터 프로젝트를 누르거나, 프로젝트새 프로젝트새 데이터 프로젝트를 선택합니다.

도구 막대에서 추가를 누르고 파일을 선택하여 결정한 파일을 프로젝트에 더합니다. 또한 프로젝트 영역에 파일을 끌어놓거나 편집파일 추가를 눌러 파일을 더할 수 있습니다.

더 구조화된 방법으로 데이터를 저장하려면 CD에 폴더를 만들 수 있습니다. 폴더를 만들려면 도구 막대에서 새 폴더를 누르거나 메뉴 막대에서 편집새 폴더를 선택합니다. 다른 폴더 안에 폴더를 또 만들 수도 있습니다.

프로젝트 영역 아래 텍스트 항목 필드에 디스크 제목을 넣을 수 있습니다.

드롭다운 목록에서 빈 디스크를 선택합니다.

계속하려면 굽기...를 누릅니다.

드롭 다운 리스트에서 굽기 속도를 선택하고, 다른 옵션에 대해서도 원하는 사항을 선택합니다.

굽기를 눌러 프로젝트의 단일 CD를 굽거나, 여러 복사물 만들기를 눌러 여러 CD로 프로젝트를 굽습니다.

데이터가 이미 들어있는 다시 쓸 수 있는 디스크를 사용하고 있다면, 디스크를 비우겠냐고 물어보거나 다른 디스크를 넣어달라고 요구합니다.

다시 쓸 수 있는 디스크를 사용중이고 데이터가 올바르게 구워지지 않았다면, 다시 시도하기 전에 디스크를 완전히(빠르지 않게) 지워야 합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/index.page0000644000373100047300000000170712253720471023106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Brasero Help
새 프로젝트 만들기
문제 해결
기타 도구
usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/project-save.page0000644000373100047300000000571512253720471024404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 다음에 편집하거나 구우려면 프로젝트를 저장합니다. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 프로젝트 저장하기

나중에 편집하거나 구우려면 브라세로에서 오디오 프로젝트나, 데이터 프로젝트 혹은 비디오 프로젝트를 저장할 수 있습니다.

프로젝트를 만들고 프로젝트에서 사용하고 싶은 파일을 더합니다.

프로젝트저장을 눌러 프로젝트를 저장합니다.

프로젝트 안의 저장하고 싶은 것에 대한 이름을 입력하고, 저장을 눌러 프로젝트를 저장합니다.

저장된 브라세로 프로젝트를 열기 위한 방법은 다음과 같은 여러가지가 있습니다:

최근 프로젝트의 시작 페이지의 목록에서 선택합니다

프로젝트최근 프로젝트를 누릅니다

프로젝트최근 프로젝트를 누르고 프로젝트를 선택합니다

파일 탐색기로부터 프로젝트 열기

Only one instance of Brasero can be opened at any time. If you try to open a second instance, the currently open Brasero window will be focused.

If Brasero is already running and you try to open some files with it from Files, the files will be added to the project that you are currently working on.

저장된 프로젝트를 열면, 브라세로는 이것을 새 프로젝트처럼 다룹니다: 프로젝트의 최신 버전을 저장하려면, 프로젝트의 이름을 입력할 것을 요구할 것이고, 이 시점에서 다른 파일 이름을 입력하여 옛 버전을 덮어 쓰거나 새 프로젝트처럼 쓸 수 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/project-audio.page0000644000373100047300000000507712253720471024550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 오디오 프로젝트를 만듭니다. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 음악 CD 쓰기

브라세로는 CD 재생기와 같은 곳에서 재생할 수 있도록 오디오 파일을 CD에 쓸 수 있습니다. 모든 CD 재생기가 다시 쓸 수 있는 CD를 재생할 수 있는 것은 아니기 때문에, 일반적으로 다시 쓸 수 없는 CD를 사용하는 것이 좋은 방법입니다.

시작 페이지에서 오디오 프로젝트를 누르거나, 프로젝트새 프로젝트새 오디오 프로젝트를 선택합니다.

도구막대 에서 더하기를 누르고 결정한 파일을 선택하여 오디오 파일을 프로젝트에 더합니다. 프로젝트 영역에 파일을 끌어 놓거나 편집파일 추가를 눌러 파일을 더할 수 있습니다.

프로젝트 영역의 텍스트 항목 필드에 CD의 제목을 넣을 수 있습니다.

드롭 다운 목록에서 빈 CD를 선택합니다.

계속하려면 굽기...를 누릅니다.

드롭 다운 리스트에서 굽기 속도를 선택하고, 다른 옵션에 대해서도 원하는 사항을 선택합니다.

굽기를 눌러 프로젝트의 단일 디스크를 굽거나, 여러 복사물 굽기를 눌러 프로젝트를 여러 장의 디스크에 굽습니다.

또한 쪼개기 도구를 사용하여 제각각의 트랙을 여러 트랙으로 쪼갤 수 있고 일시 중지 단추를 사용하여 트랙 뒤에 2초 길이의 휴식 시간을 넣을 수 있습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/split-track.page0000644000373100047300000000634112253720471024233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 오디오 프로젝트 트랙을 다중 트랙으로 나눕니다. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 오디오 트랙 나누기

오디오 프로젝트를 함께 놓게 되면 다중 트랙상에 단일 오디오 트랙을 분할할 수 있습니다.

오디오 프로젝트를 시작하여 사용하고 싶은 트랙을 넣습니다.

분할하고 싶은 트랙을 선택하고 편집트랙 쪼개기…를 누르거나 트랙에 오른쪽 단추를 누르고 메뉴에서 트랙 쪼개기…를 선택합니다.

트랙을 나눌 적당한 방법을 선택합니다:

직접 트랙 쪼개기

이 옵션을 트랙에 대한 각각의 새 섹션의 정확한 길이를 직접 선택할 수 있게 합니다.

 고정 길이로 트랙 쪼개기

동일한 길이로 여러개의 섹션에 트랙을 쪼개려면 이 방법을 사용합니다.

 정해진 갯수대로 트랙 쪼개기

이 방법은 여러개의 섹션 셋으로 트랙을 쪼갤 수 있게 합니다. 이들 모두는 같은 길이를 갖습니다.

 각각의 묵음 영역을 위해 트랙 쪼개기

브라세로가 녹음 내용중의 묵음을 자동감지하고 이 지점에서 트랙을 쪼개도록 하려면 이 방법을 선택합니다.

자르기를 눌러 트랙 쪼개기를 수행합니다.

6초 길이보다 짧게 섹션 단위로 트랙을 쪼개려 한다면 새 섹션은 6초 뒤 위치에 놓입니다.

OK를 눌러 트랙 쪼개기를 확인하고 바뀐 사항을 적용합니다.

트랙 쪼개기 대화상자를 보고 있는 동안, 동일한 트랙을 원하는 만큼 쪼개고 합칠 수 있습니다. 확인을 눌러 트랙 쪼개기를 확인하고 나면, 더이상 나눈 섹션을 다시 합칠 수 없습니다. 이 바뀐 사항을 되돌리려면, 프로젝트에서 쪼갠 섹션을 제거하고 트랙을 다시 추가합니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/prob-cd.page0000644000373100047300000000317312253720471023324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 DVD재생기나 CD재생기에서 MP3가 재생이 안돼요. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. CD가 CD 재생기에서 재생이 안돼요

CD가 CD 재생기나 스테레오에서 재생이 되지 않는다면, 음악이 올바르게 쓰여지지 않았거나 음악을 쓰려면 오디오 프로젝트 대신 데이터 프로젝트를 사용했기 때문인지도 모릅니다.

수많은 CD 재생기나 DVD 재생기는 데이터 프로젝트를 사용해 만들어진 음악 CD를 재생할 수 있겠지만, 오래된 재생기는 그렇지 못합니다.

오래된 CD 재생기는 CD-RW를 재생하지 못할 수도 있습니다.

CD-RW를 사용하고 있다면, CD를 비웁니다.

오디오 프로젝트로 CD를 다시 씁니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/project-disc-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000402312253720471025327 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 동일한 복사본 디스크를 만듭니다. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 디스크 복사하기

시작 페이지에서 디스크 복사 를 누르거나, 프로젝트새 프로젝트디스크 복사... 를 선택합니다.

복사할 디스크 선택 아래에 있는 드롭 다운 목록에서 복사하고 싶은 디스크를 선택합니다. 하나 이상의 디스크 드라이브가 있다면, 현재 드라이브에 있는 모든 디스크가 목록에 나타납니다.

다른 디스크로 복사하고 싶은 복사본을 선택하거나 다음에 사용할 이미지를 만듭니다.

속성 단추를 눌러 굽기 속도와 다른 사용자 정의 옵션을 선택합니다.

디스크 복사를 시작하려면 복사를 누르고, 또는 한 장 이상의 디스크를 만들려면 여러 복사물 만들기를 누릅니다.

디스크를 복사중이거나 하나의 디스크 드라이브만 있다면, 내용을 임시로 하드 디스크에 복사하고 나서 쓸 수 있는 디스크로 디스크를 바꿀 것을 요청받을입니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/tools-blank.page0000644000373100047300000000327712253720471024230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 쓸 수 있는 CD나 DVD를 비워서 지웁니다. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 디스크 비우기

쓰려면 비운다는 조건 하에 데이터가 들어있는 다시 쓸 수 있는 디스크를 준비할 수 있습니다.

도구비우기...를 선택합니다.

하나 이상의 디스크 드라이브에 다시 쓸 수 있는 디스크가 들어있다면, 디스크 선택 에서 다시 쓸 수 있는 디스크를 선택할 수 있습니다.

CD를 빠르게 비우려면 빠르게 비우기를 선택할 수 있습니다.

빠르게 비운 디스크를 쓰는데 문제가 있다면, 빠르게 비우기를 끄고 다시 비워 보십시오.

계속하려면 비우기를 누릅니다.

비우기가 완료되면 디스크가 빠집니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/project-video.page0000644000373100047300000000434312253720471024550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 3 비디오를 DVD나 SVCD에 씁니다. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 비디오 프로젝트 만들기

브라세로는 DVD 재생기나 랩톱에서 재생할 비디오 디스크를 만들 때 사용할 수 있습니다.

시작 페이지에서 비디오 프로젝트를 누르거나 프로젝트새 프로젝트새 비디오 프로젝트를 선택합니다.

툴바에 있는 더하기를 눌러 프로젝트에 비디오를 더하고 파일을 선택합니다. 또한 프로젝트 영역에 끌어놓거나 편집파일 더하기를 통해 파일을 더할 수도 있습니다.

프로젝트 영역 아래 텍스트 항목 필드에 디스크 제목을 넣을 수 있습니다.

드롭다운 목록에서 빈 디스크를 선택합니다.

계속하려면 굽기...를 누릅니다.

드롭 다운 리스트에서 굽기 속도를 선택하고, 다른 옵션에 대해서도 원하는 사항을 선택합니다.

굽기를 눌러 프로젝트의 단일 디스크를 굽거나, 여러 복사물 굽기를 눌러 프로젝트를 여러 장의 디스크에 굽습니다.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ko/brasero/project-image-burn.page0000644000373100047300000000716312253720471025473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 CD나 DVD로 기존의 디스크 이미지를 굽습니다. Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Seong-ho Cho darkcircle.0426@gmail.com 2011, 2013. 이미지 굽기

브라세로는 CD 또는 DVD에 이미지를 구울 수 있게 해줍니다. .iso, .toc, .cue와 같은 광 디스크 이미지의 확장자를 지원합니다.

디스크 이미지는 CD또는 DVD에 있는 모든 데이터가 들어간 아카이브 파일입니다. 하나의 디스크 이미지만이 단 한번에 CD에 들어갈 수 있지만, 각각의 아카이브에는 여러분이 원하는만큼 덜 혹은 더 많이, 더 길게 디스크에 맞춰서 데이터를 넣을 수 있습니다.

CD또는 DVD에 디스크 이미지를 구우려면, 다음 세단계를 거칩니다:

시작 페이지에서 디스크 복사 를 누르거나, 프로젝트새 프로젝트디스크 복사... 를 선택합니다.

여기를 눌르 디스크 이미지 선택을 눌러서 기록할 디스크 이미지를 선택합니다.

기록할 디스크를 선택하십시오 아래에 있는 드롭 다운 목록에서 복사하고 싶은 디스크를 선택합니다. 하나 이상의 디스크 드라이브가 있다면, 현재 드라이브에 있는 모든 디스크가 목록에 나타납니다.

디스크를 선택하면 브라세로에서는 디스크를 굽고 난 후 디스크에 남을 빈 공간이 얼마나 될지 보여줍니다.

속성 단추를 눌러 굽기 속도와 다른 사용자 정의 옵션을 선택합니다.

디스크 복사를 시작하려면 복사를 누릅니다. 이 동작이 끝나면 굽기를 끝내거나 다른 이미지 복사본을 만들 수 있습니다.

데이터가 이미 들어있는 다시 쓸 수 있는 디스크를 사용하고 있다면, 디스크를 비우겠냐고 물어보거나 다른 디스크를 넣어달라고 요구합니다.

 language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/ko/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560032014401 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/ko/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560057016175 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/ko/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000003265112321560032020164 0ustar # Korean translation for devhelp # This file is distributed under the same license as the devhelp package. # # Kang Jeong-Hee , 2003. # Seongchong Park , 2004. # Changwoo Ryu , 2006, 2008-2013. # # 주의: # - 이 프로그램의 이름인 Devhelp는 "개발자 도움말"로 풀어서 번역 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: devhelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=devhelp&keywords=I18N+L10N&co" "mponent=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-08 14:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu \n" "Language-Team: GNOME Korea \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: Korean\n" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp" (it's marked as translatable #. * for transliteration only) #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/dh-app.c:162 ../src/dh-app.c:347 #: ../src/dh-window.c:655 msgid "Devhelp" msgstr "개발 도움말" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Developer's Help program" msgstr "개발자를 위한 도움말 프로그램" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Documentation Browser" msgstr "문서 보기" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "documentation;information;manual;developer;api;" msgstr "" "documentation;문서;information;정보;manual;설명서;매뉴얼;developer;개발자;api;레퍼런스;" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Main window maximized state" msgstr "메인 창의 최대화 상태" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Whether the main window should start maximized." msgstr "시작할 때 메인 창을 최대화할 지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Width of the main window" msgstr "메인 창의 너비" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "The width of the main window." msgstr "메인 창의 너비." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Height of main window" msgstr "메인 창의 높이" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "The height of the main window." msgstr "메인 창의 높이." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "X position of main window" msgstr "메인 창의 가로 위치" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "The X position of the main window." msgstr "메인 창의 가로 위치." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Y position of main window" msgstr "메인 창의 세로 위치" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "The Y position of the main window." msgstr "메인 창의 세로 위치." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Width of the index and search pane" msgstr "색인 및 검색 창의 너비" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "The width of the index and search pane." msgstr "색인 및 검색 창의 너비." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Selected tab: \"content\" or \"search\"" msgstr "선택한 탭: \"content\" 혹은 \"search\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "Which of the tabs is selected: \"content\" or \"search\"." msgstr "어느 탭을 선택할 지 지정, \"content\" 혹은 \"search\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "Books disabled" msgstr "사용하지 않는 책 목록" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "List of books disabled by the user." msgstr "사용자가 사용하지 않도록 표시된 책 목록." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Group by language" msgstr "언어별 모음" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "Whether books should be grouped by language in the UI" msgstr "UI에서 문서를 언어별로 모을지 여부" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Width of the assistant window" msgstr "도우미 창의 너비" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:20 msgid "The width of the assistant window." msgstr "도우미 창의 너비." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "Height of assistant window" msgstr "도우미 창의 높이" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "The height of the assistant window." msgstr "도우미 창의 높이." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "X position of assistant window" msgstr "도우미 창의 가로 위치" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:24 msgid "The X position of the assistant window." msgstr "도우미 창의 가로 위치." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:25 msgid "Y position of assistant window" msgstr "도우미 창의 세로 위치" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "The Y position of the assistant window." msgstr "도우미 창의 세로 위치." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Use system fonts" msgstr "시스템 글꼴 사용" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "Use the system default fonts." msgstr "시스템 기본 글꼴을 사용합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Font for text" msgstr "텍스트에 사용할 글꼴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "Font for text with variable width." msgstr "가변폭의 텍스트에 사용할 글꼴." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Font for fixed width text" msgstr "고정폭 텍스트에 사용할 글꼴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "Font for text with fixed width, such as code examples." msgstr "고정폭 텍스트에 사용할 글꼴(코드 예제 등)." #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Devhelp support" msgstr "개발 도움말 기능" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Makes F2 bring up Devhelp for the word at the cursor" msgstr "F2을 누르면 커서 위치에 있는 단어에 대해 개발 도움말 프로그램을 실행합니다" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:69 msgid "Show API Documentation" msgstr "API 문서 표시" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:71 msgid "Show API Documentation for the word at the cursor" msgstr "커서 위치에 있는 단어의 API 문서를 봅니다" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:1 msgid "New window" msgstr "새 창" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:2 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "기본 설정" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:3 msgid "About Devhelp" msgstr "개발 도움말 정보" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:4 msgid "Quit" msgstr "끝내기" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:5 msgid "New _Tab" msgstr "새 탭(_T)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:6 msgid "_Print" msgstr "인쇄(_P)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:7 msgid "_Find" msgstr "찾기(_F)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:8 msgid "_Larger text" msgstr "글씨 크게(_L)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:9 msgid "S_maller text" msgstr "글씨 작게(_M)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:10 msgid "_Normal size" msgstr "보통 크기(_N)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:11 msgid "_Group by language" msgstr "언어별 모음(_G)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:12 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "사용" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:13 msgid "Title" msgstr "제목" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:14 msgid "Book Shelf" msgstr "책장" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:15 msgid "_Use system fonts" msgstr "시스템 글꼴 사용(_U)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:16 msgid "_Variable width: " msgstr "가변폭(_V): " #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:17 msgid "_Fixed width:" msgstr "고정폭(_F):" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:18 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "글꼴" #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "강정희\n" "류창우\n" "박성종\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Bundo https://launchpad.net/~kang-bundo\n" " Changwoo Ryu https://launchpad.net/~cwryu\n" " DasomOLI https://launchpad.net/~dasomoli\n" " Seongchong Park https://launchpad.net/~spark-tapl01\n" " gilchris https://launchpad.net/~gilchris" #: ../src/dh-app.c:164 msgid "A developers' help browser for GNOME" msgstr "그놈 개발자 도움말 브라우저" #: ../src/dh-app.c:172 msgid "DevHelp Website" msgstr "개발 도움말 웹사이트" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp". #: ../src/dh-assistant.c:121 msgid "Devhelp — Assistant" msgstr "개발 도움말 — 도우미" #: ../src/dh-assistant-view.c:403 msgid "Book:" msgstr "문서:" #: ../src/dh-book.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Language: %s" msgstr "언어: %s" #: ../src/dh-book.c:256 msgid "Language: Undefined" msgstr "언어: 지정하지 않음" #. i18n: a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:267 msgid "Book" msgstr "문서" #. i18n: a "page" in a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:270 msgid "Page" msgstr "페이지" #. i18n: a search hit in the documentation, could be a #. * function, macro, struct, etc #: ../src/dh-link.c:274 msgid "Keyword" msgstr "키워드" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:279 msgid "Function" msgstr "함수" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:284 msgid "Struct" msgstr "구조체" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:289 msgid "Macro" msgstr "매크로" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:294 msgid "Enum" msgstr "열거형" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:299 msgid "Type" msgstr "타입" #: ../src/dh-main.c:43 msgid "Opens a new Devhelp window" msgstr "개발자 도움말 창을 새로 엽니다" #: ../src/dh-main.c:48 msgid "Search for a keyword" msgstr "검색어를 검색합니다" #: ../src/dh-main.c:49 ../src/dh-main.c:54 msgid "KEYWORD" msgstr "<검색어>" #: ../src/dh-main.c:53 msgid "Search and display any hit in the assistant window" msgstr "도우미 창에 입력하자 마자 찾아서 표시합니다" #: ../src/dh-main.c:58 msgid "Display the version and exit" msgstr "버전을 표시하고 끝냅니다" #: ../src/dh-main.c:63 msgid "Quit any running Devhelp" msgstr "실행 중인 개발 도움말을 끝냅니다" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:97 ../src/dh-parser.c:199 ../src/dh-parser.c:263 #: ../src/dh-parser.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Expected '%s', got '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "'%s'이(가) 와야 하지만 '%s'이(가) 나타났습니다 (%d번째 줄, %d번째 열)" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Invalid namespace '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "잘못된 네임스페이스 '%s'이(가) %d번째 줄, %d번째 열에서 발견되었습니다" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "\"title\", \"name\" and \"link\" elements are required at line %d, column %d" msgstr "%d번째 줄, %d번째 열에 \"title\", \"name\", \"link\" 요소가 필요합니다" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:218 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside on line %d, column " "%d" msgstr "%d번째 줄, %d번째 열의 에 \"name\"과 \"link\" 요소가 필요합니다" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:298 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside '%s' on line %d, column %d" msgstr "%2$d번째 줄, %3$d번째 열의 '%1$s'에 \"name\"과 \"link\" 요소가 필요합니다" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:311 #, c-format msgid "\"type\" element is required inside on line %d, column %d" msgstr "%d번째 줄, %d번째 열의 에 \"type\" 요소가 필요합니다" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:514 #, c-format msgid "Cannot uncompress book '%s': %s" msgstr "문서 파일 '%s'을(를) 압축해제할 수 없습니다 : %s" #. Setup the Current/All Files selector #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:478 msgid "Current" msgstr "현재" #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:481 msgid "All Books" msgstr "모든 문서" #: ../src/dh-window.c:86 msgid "50%" msgstr "50%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:87 msgid "75%" msgstr "75%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:88 msgid "100%" msgstr "100%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:89 msgid "125%" msgstr "125%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:90 msgid "150%" msgstr "150%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:91 msgid "175%" msgstr "175%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:92 msgid "200%" msgstr "200%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:93 msgid "300%" msgstr "300%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:94 msgid "400%" msgstr "400%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:688 msgid "Back" msgstr "뒤로" #: ../src/dh-window.c:695 msgid "Forward" msgstr "앞으로" #: ../src/dh-window.c:967 msgid "Error opening the requested link." msgstr "요청한 링크를 여는데 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/dh-window.c:1317 ../src/dh-window.c:1503 msgid "Empty Page" msgstr "빈 페이지" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:320 msgid "Find:" msgstr "찾기:" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:329 msgid "Find Previous" msgstr "이전 찾기" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:333 ../src/eggfindbar.c:336 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the search string" msgstr "이전에 나온 검색 문자열을 찾습니다" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:342 msgid "Find Next" msgstr "다음 찾기" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:346 ../src/eggfindbar.c:349 msgid "Find next occurrence of the search string" msgstr "다음에 나온 검색 문자열을 찾습니다" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:358 msgid "C_ase Sensitive" msgstr "대소문자 구별(_A)" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:362 ../src/eggfindbar.c:365 msgid "Toggle case sensitive search" msgstr "대소문자를 구별해서 찾을 지 토글합니다" language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/ko/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000013701712321560033017312 0ustar # eog ko.po # This file is distributed under the same license as the eog package. # # Sung-Hyun Nam , 1999 # Young-Ho Cha , 2000,2001,2006 # Changwoo Ryu , 2002-2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. # # 새로 번역하시는 분은 아래 "tranalstor-credits"에 추가하세요. # # 주의 # - 카메라 관련 전문 용어가 많으므로 기존에 쓰이는 용어를 찾아서 사용한다. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: eog\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=eog&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-10 18:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kim Boram \n" "Language-Team: GNOME Korea \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: Korean\n" #. Translaters: This string is for a toggle to display a toolbar. #. * The name of the toolbar is automatically computed from the widgets #. * on the toolbar, and is placed at the %s. Note the _ before the %s #. * which is used to add mnemonics. We know that this is likely to #. * produce duplicates, but don't worry about it. If your language #. * normally has a mnemonic at the start, please use the _. If not, #. * please remove. #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Show “_%s”" msgstr "“_%s” 보이기" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1485 msgid "_Move on Toolbar" msgstr "도구 모음에서 옮기기(_M)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1486 msgid "Move the selected item on the toolbar" msgstr "도구 모음에서 선택한 항목을 옮깁니다" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1487 msgid "_Remove from Toolbar" msgstr "도구 모음에서 제거(_R)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1488 msgid "Remove the selected item from the toolbar" msgstr "도구 모음에서 선택한 항목을 제거합니다" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1489 msgid "_Delete Toolbar" msgstr "도구 모음 삭제(_D)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1490 msgid "Remove the selected toolbar" msgstr "선택한 도구 모음을 제거합니다" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-toolbar-editor.c:489 msgid "Separator" msgstr "구분선" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:4038 msgid "_View" msgstr "보기(_V)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:2 ../src/eog-window.c:4064 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "도구 모음(_T)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:3 ../src/eog-window.c:4067 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "상태 표시줄(_S)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:4 ../src/eog-window.c:4070 msgid "_Image Gallery" msgstr "그림 모음(_I)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:5 ../src/eog-window.c:4073 msgid "Side _Pane" msgstr "가장자리 창(_P)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:6 ../src/eog-window.c:4052 msgid "Prefere_nces" msgstr "기본 설정(_N)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:7 ../src/eog-window.c:2565 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4041 msgid "_Help" msgstr "도움말(_H)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 msgid "_About Image Viewer" msgstr "그림 보기 정보(_A)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:9 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "끝내기(_Q)" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/eog-application.c:269 #: ../src/eog-window.c:6163 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "그림 보기" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Browse and rotate images" msgstr "그림 살펴보기 및 돌리기" # 주의: 검색 키워드이므로 원문을 유지한다 #. Extra keywords that can be used to search for eog in GNOME Shell and Unity #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;" msgstr "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;그림;사진;이미지;슬라이드;그래픽;" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:5039 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "그림 등록정보" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "이전(_P)" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Next" msgstr "다음(_N)" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:495 msgid "Name:" msgstr "이름:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:497 msgid "Width:" msgstr "너비:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:499 msgid "Height:" msgstr "높이:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:7 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:501 msgid "Type:" msgstr "종류:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Bytes:" msgstr "바이트:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:505 msgid "Folder:" msgstr "폴더:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:10 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:493 msgid "General" msgstr "일반" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:530 msgid "Aperture Value:" msgstr "조리개 값:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:12 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:533 msgid "Exposure Time:" msgstr "노출 시간:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:13 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:536 msgid "Focal Length:" msgstr "초점 거리:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:538 msgid "Flash:" msgstr "플래시:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:15 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:542 msgid "ISO Speed Rating:" msgstr "ISO 감광도:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:16 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:545 msgid "Metering Mode:" msgstr "측광 방식:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:17 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:548 msgid "Camera Model:" msgstr "카메라 모델:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:18 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:550 msgid "Date/Time:" msgstr "날짜/시간:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:19 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:555 msgid "Description:" msgstr "설명:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:20 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:558 msgid "Location:" msgstr "장소:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:21 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:561 msgid "Keywords:" msgstr "검색단어:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:22 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:563 msgid "Author:" msgstr "촬영자:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:23 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:566 msgid "Copyright:" msgstr "저작권:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:24 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:569 msgid "Details" msgstr "자세히" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:25 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:526 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "메타데이터" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Save As" msgstr "다른 이름으로 저장" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:5 #, no-c-format msgid "%f: original filename" msgstr "%f: 원래 파일 이름" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "%n: counter" msgstr "%n: 일련번호" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Filename format:" msgstr "파일 이름 형식:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Choose a folder" msgstr "폴더 선택" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "저장할 폴더:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "File Path Specifications" msgstr "파일 경로 지정" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Start counter at:" msgstr "일련번호 시작:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Replace spaces with underscores" msgstr "공백을 밑줄로 바꾸기" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Rename from:" msgstr "원래 이름:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "To:" msgstr "바꿀 이름:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "File Name Preview" msgstr "파일 이름 미리 보기" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "기본 설정" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Image Enhancements" msgstr "그림 개선" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _out" msgstr "축소할 때 그림 부드럽게(_O)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _in" msgstr "확대할 때 그림 부드럽게(_I)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Automatic orientation" msgstr "자동 방향(_A)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Background" msgstr "배경" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "지정한 색으로:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "배경색" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Transparent Parts" msgstr "투명한 부분" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "As check _pattern" msgstr "체크무늬로(_P)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "지정한 색으로(_O):" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "투명한 부분의 색" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "As _background" msgstr "배경으로(_B)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Image View" msgstr "그림 보기" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Image Zoom" msgstr "그림 확대/축소" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "E_xpand images to fit screen" msgstr "화면에 맞게 그림 크기 조정(_X)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "차례" #. I18N: This sentence will be displayed above a horizonzal scale to select a number of seconds in eog's preferences dialog. #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Time between images:" msgstr "그림 사이의 시간 간격(_T):" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Loop sequence" msgstr "반복(_L)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Slideshow" msgstr "슬라이드 쇼" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "플러그인" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Automatic orientation" msgstr "자동 방향" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the image should be rotated automatically based on EXIF orientation." msgstr "EXIF 방향 정보에 따라 그림을 자동으로 회전할 지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" "그림 뒤의 영역을 채우는데 사용할 색. use-background-color 키를 설정하지 않으면 GTK+ 테마에 따라 해당 영역을 " "채웁니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Interpolate Image" msgstr "그림 인터폴레이션" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether the image should be interpolated on zoom-out. This leads to better " "quality but is somewhat slower than non-interpolated images." msgstr "" "확대에서 그림에 인터폴레이션을 할지 여부. 인터폴레이션을 하면 화질이 좋아지지만, 인터폴레이션을 하지 않는 경우보다 느립니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Extrapolate Image" msgstr "그림 엑스트라폴레이션" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the image should be extrapolated on zoom-in. This leads to blurry " "quality and is somewhat slower than non-extrapolated images." msgstr "" "축소에서 그림에 엑스트라폴레이션을 할지 여부. 엑스트라폴레이션을 하면 그림이 흐릿해지고, 엑스트라폴레이션을 하지 않는 경우보다 약간 " "느립니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Transparency indicator" msgstr "투명한 부분 나타내기" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "투명한 부분을 어떻게 나타낼 지 지정합니다. 가능한 값은 CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR, 그리고 NONE입니다. COLOR의 경우 " "trans-color 키에서 어떤 색을 쓸 지 지정합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Scroll wheel zoom" msgstr "휠로 확대/축소" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether the scroll wheel should be used for zooming." msgstr "스크롤 휠로 확대/축소를 할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Zoom multiplier" msgstr "확대 비율" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:15 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The multiplier to be applied when using the mouse scroll wheel for zooming. " "This value defines the zooming step used for each scroll event. For example, " "0.05 results in a 5% zoom increment for each scroll event and 1.00 result in " "a 100% zoom increment." msgstr "" "스크롤 휠로 확대/축소를 사용할 때 적용되는 비율. 각각의 스크롤 이벤트가 생길 때 적용되는 확대/축소 비율입니다. 0.05로 설정되면 " "각각의 스크롤 이벤트가 발생될 때 5%씩 확대증가가 되고, 1.00이면 100% 확대증가가 됩니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "투명 색" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "transparency 키 값이 COLOR일 경우, 이 키 값이 투명한 부분에 사용될 색이 됩니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "지정한 배경색을 사용합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "참이면 background-color 키에서 설정한 색을 그림 뒤의 영역을 채우는데 사용합니다. 거짓이면 현재 GTK+ 테마에 따라 색을 " "채웁니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Loop through the image sequence" msgstr "그림 순서를 반복합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Whether the sequence of images should be shown in an endless loop." msgstr "무한 루프에서 그림 시퀀스를 반복해서 표시할 지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:23 #, no-c-format msgid "Allow zoom greater than 100% initially" msgstr "최초에 100%보다 크게 허용합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "If this is set to FALSE small images will not be stretched to fit into the " "screen initially." msgstr "거짓이면, 최초의 작은 그림을 화면에 맞게 늘리지 않습니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Delay in seconds until showing the next image" msgstr "다음 그림을 표시할 때까지의 지연 시간(초 단위)" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "A value greater than 0 determines the seconds an image stays on screen until " "the next one is shown automatically. Zero disables the automatic browsing." msgstr "0보다 큰 값이면 다음 그림으로 자동으로 넘어갈 때까지 유지할 시간입니다. 0이면 자동 넘어가기를 끕니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show/Hide the window toolbar." msgstr "창 도구 모음을 보이거나 감춥니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Show/Hide the window statusbar." msgstr "창 상태 표시줄을 보이거나 감춥니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane." msgstr "그림 모음창을 보입니다/감춥니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Image gallery pane position. Set to 0 for bottom; 1 for left; 2 for top; 3 " "for right." msgstr "그림 모음 창의 위치. 0은 아래, 1은 왼쪽, 2는 위, 3은 오른쪽입니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable." msgstr "그림 모음 창의 크기를 조절할 수 있는지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show/Hide the window side pane." msgstr "창 가장자리 창을 보이거나 감춥니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane scroll buttons." msgstr "그림 모음창의 스크롤 단추를 보입니다/감춥니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Close main window without asking to save changes." msgstr "바뀐 사항의 저장 여부를 확인하지 않고 창을 닫습니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "물어보지 않고 휴지통에 그림 버리기" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "" "참이면 그림을 휴지통에 옮길 때 확인 질문을 하지 않습니다. 참일 경우에도 파일 중에 휴지통에 옮기지 못하고 삭제하는 파일이 있으면 확인 " "질문을 합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "" "Whether the file chooser should show the user's pictures folder if no images " "are loaded." msgstr "그림을 읽어들이지 않았을 때 파일 선택 창에서 사용자의 그림 폴더를 표시할 지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "If activated and no image is loaded in the active window, the file chooser " "will display the user's pictures folder using the XDG special user " "directories. If deactivated or the pictures folder has not been set up, it " "will show the current working directory." msgstr "" "참이고 창에서 그림을 읽어들이지 않은 경우, 파일 선택 창에서 해당 XDG 사용자 디렉터리를 사용해 사용자의 그림 폴더를 표시합니다. " "거짓이거나 그림 폴더를 설정하지 않은 경우에는 현재 디렉터리를 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page." msgstr "속성 창의 메타데이터 목록을 별도 페이지에 표시할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" "참이면 속성 창에서 자세한 메타데이터 목록을 별도 페이지에 표시합니다. 이렇게 하면 넷북처럼 화면이 작은 경우에 속성 창 크기가 잘 " "맞습니다. 거짓이면 위젯이 \"메타데이터\" 페이지에 포함됩니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "External program to use for editing images" msgstr "그림을 편집하는데 사용하는 외부 프로그램" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\") of the application to use " "for editing images (when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar button is clicked). Set " "to the empty string to disable this feature." msgstr "" "그림 편집에 사용할 (\"그림 편집\" 도구 모음 단추를 눌렀을 때) 응용 프로그램의 desktop 파일 이름 (\".desktop\" " "포함). 그림 편집 기능을 사용하지 않으려면 빈 문자열로 설정하십시오." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Active plugins" msgstr "사용중인 플러그인" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "List of active plugins. It doesn't contain the \"Location\" of the active " "plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the \"Location\" of a given " "plugin." msgstr "" "사용중인 플러그인 목록. 사용중인 플러그인의 \"위치\"는 포함하지 않습니다. 주어진 플러그인의 \"위치\"는 .eog-plugin " "파일을 참고하십시오." #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Fullscreen with double-click" msgstr "두 번 눌러서 전체 화면" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Activate fullscreen mode with double-click" msgstr "두 번 눌러서 전체 화면 모드로 바꿉니다" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:74 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Reload Image" msgstr "그림 다시 읽기" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:76 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Reload current image" msgstr "현재 그림을 다시 읽습니다" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Date in statusbar" msgstr "상태 표시줄에 시각" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Shows the image date in the window statusbar" msgstr "창의 상태 표시줄에 그림의 시각을 표시합니다" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:166 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "저장하지 않고 닫기(_W)" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:212 msgid "Question" msgstr "물음" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:391 msgid "If you don't save, your changes will be lost." msgstr "저장하지 않으면 바뀐 사항을 잃어버립니다." #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:428 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to image \"%s\" before closing?" msgstr "바뀐 사항을 \"%s\" 그림에 닫기 전에 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:635 #, c-format msgid "There is %d image with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgid_plural "" "There are %d images with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgstr[0] "바뀐 사항을 저장하지 않은 그림이 %d개 있습니다. 닫기 전에 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:652 msgid "S_elect the images you want to save:" msgstr "저장하려는 그림 선택(_E):" #. Secondary label #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:671 msgid "If you don't save, all your changes will be lost." msgstr "저장하지 않으면 바뀐 사항을 잃어버립니다." #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:172 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:119 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:456 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:464 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:472 #: ../src/eog-window.c:3367 ../src/eog-window.c:3370 ../src/eog-window.c:3621 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "취소(_C)" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:124 ../src/eog-window.c:847 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "다시 읽기(_R)" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:129 ../src/eog-window.c:4085 msgid "Save _As…" msgstr "다른 이름으로 저장(_A)…" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Could not load image '%s'." msgstr "'%s' 그림을 읽어들일 수 없습니다." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:213 #, c-format msgid "Could not save image '%s'." msgstr "'%s' 그림을 저장할 수 없습니다." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:256 #, c-format msgid "No images found in '%s'." msgstr "'%s'에서 그림을 찾을 수 없습니다." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:263 msgid "The given locations contain no images." msgstr "지정된 위치에 아무 그림도 없습니다." #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:65 msgid "Camera" msgstr "카메라" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:66 msgid "Image Data" msgstr "그림 데이터" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:67 msgid "Image Taking Conditions" msgstr "사진 촬영 조건" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:68 msgid "GPS Data" msgstr "GPS 데이터" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:69 msgid "Maker Note" msgstr "만든 사람 메모" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:70 msgid "Other" msgstr "기타" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:72 msgid "XMP Exif" msgstr "XMP Exif" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:73 msgid "XMP IPTC" msgstr "XMP IPTC" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:74 msgid "XMP Rights Management" msgstr "XMP 권한 관리" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:75 msgid "XMP Other" msgstr "XMP 기타" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:251 msgid "Tag" msgstr "태그" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:258 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:436 msgid "North" msgstr "북" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:439 msgid "East" msgstr "동" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:442 msgid "West" msgstr "서" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:445 msgid "South" msgstr "남" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:120 ../src/eog-exif-util.c:160 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y %X" msgstr "%Y년 %B %d일 %a %X" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken, for the case we don't have the time. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:154 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y" msgstr "%Y년 %B %d일 %a" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the actual focal length used when #. the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:251 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (lens)" msgstr "%.1f (렌즈)" #. Print as float to get a similar look as above. #. TRANSLATORS: This is the equivalent focal length assuming #. a 35mm film camera. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (35mm film)" msgstr "%.1f (35mm 필름)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:119 msgid "File format is unknown or unsupported" msgstr "알 수 없는 파일 형식이거나, 지원하지 않는 파일 형식입니다." #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:124 msgid "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on " "the filename." msgstr "그림 보기에서 이 파일 이름으로 저장할 수 있는 파일 형식을 알아낼 수 없습니다." #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:125 msgid "Please try a different file extension like .png or .jpg." msgstr ".png나 .jpg같은 파일 확장자로 다시 시도하십시오." #. Filter name: First description then file extension, eg. "The PNG-Format (*.png)". #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%s (*.%s)" msgstr "%s (*.%s)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:212 msgid "All files" msgstr "모든 파일" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:217 msgid "Supported image files" msgstr "지원하는 그림 파일" #. Pixel size of image: width x height in pixel #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:289 ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:232 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:236 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:134 #: ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:136 ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:515 msgid "pixel" msgid_plural "pixels" msgstr[0] "픽셀" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:459 msgid "Open Image" msgstr "그림 열기" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:467 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "그림 저장" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:475 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "폴더 열기" #: ../src/eog-image.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Transformation on unloaded image." msgstr "읽지 않은 그림 변환." #: ../src/eog-image.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Transformation failed." msgstr "그림 변환 실패." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1116 #, c-format msgid "EXIF not supported for this file format." msgstr "이 파일형식은 EXIF를 지원하지 않습니다." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Image loading failed." msgstr "그림을 읽는데 실패했습니다." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1846 ../src/eog-image.c:1966 #, c-format msgid "No image loaded." msgstr "읽어 온 그림이 없습니다." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1854 ../src/eog-image.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to save the file." msgstr "파일을 저장하는데 필요한 권한이 없습니다." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1864 ../src/eog-image.c:1986 #, c-format msgid "Temporary file creation failed." msgstr "임시 파일 만들기가 실패했습니다." #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:374 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create temporary file for saving: %s" msgstr "저장할 때 쓸 임시 파일을 만들지 못했습니다: %s" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for loading JPEG file" msgstr "JPEG 파일을 읽어들일 때 필요한 메모리를 할당하지 못했습니다" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:245 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:151 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:503 msgid "File size:" msgstr "파일 크기:" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:519 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:666 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4089 msgid "Show the folder which contains this file in the file manager" msgstr "이 파일이 들어 있는 폴더를 파일 관리자에서 표시합니다" #: ../src/eog-preferences-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "%lu second" msgid_plural "%lu seconds" msgstr[0] "%lu초" #: ../src/eog-print.c:371 msgid "Image Settings" msgstr "그림 설정" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:902 msgid "Image" msgstr "그림" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:903 msgid "The image whose printing properties will be set up" msgstr "인쇄 속성을 설정할 그림" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:909 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "페이지 설정" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:910 msgid "The information for the page where the image will be printed" msgstr "그림을 인쇄할 페이지의 정보" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:936 msgid "Position" msgstr "위치" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:940 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "왼쪽(_L):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:942 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "오른쪽(_R):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:943 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "위(_T):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:944 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "아래(_B):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "가운데(_E):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:952 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:954 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "가로 방향" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:956 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "세로 방향" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:958 msgid "Both" msgstr "양쪽" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:974 msgid "Size" msgstr "크기" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:977 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "너비(_W):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:979 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "높이(_H):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:982 msgid "_Scaling:" msgstr "크기 조정(_S):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:993 msgid "_Unit:" msgstr "단위(_U):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "밀리미터" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1000 msgid "Inches" msgstr "인치" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1029 msgid "Preview" msgstr "미리 보기" #: ../src/eog-save-as-dialog-helper.c:162 msgid "as is" msgstr "그대로" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar. #. * The first token is the image number, the second is total image #. * count. #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #: ../src/eog-statusbar.c:126 #, c-format msgid "%d / %d" msgstr "%d / %d" #: ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:543 msgid "Taken on" msgstr "가져오기" #: ../src/eog-uri-converter.c:980 #, c-format msgid "At least two file names are equal." msgstr "두 파일의 이름이 같습니다." #: ../src/eog-util.c:68 msgid "Could not display help for Image Viewer" msgstr "그림 보기에 대한 도움말을 표시할 수 없습니다" #: ../src/eog-util.c:116 msgid " (invalid Unicode)" msgstr " (잘못된 유니코드)" #. Translators: This is the string displayed in the statusbar #. * The tokens are from left to right: #. * - image width #. * - image height #. * - image size in bytes #. * - zoom in percent #: ../src/eog-window.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%i × %i pixel %s %i%%" msgid_plural "%i × %i pixels %s %i%%" msgstr[0] "%i × %i 픽셀 %s %i%%" #: ../src/eog-window.c:849 ../src/eog-window.c:2784 msgctxt "MessageArea" msgid "Hi_de" msgstr "숨기기(_D)" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:859 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been modified by an external application.\n" "Would you like to reload it?" msgstr "" "\"%s\" 그림을 외부 프로그램이 수정했습니다.\n" "다시 읽어들이시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1023 #, c-format msgid "Use \"%s\" to open the selected image" msgstr "선택한 그림을 열기위해 \"%s\"(을)를 사용합니다" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar #. * while saving images. The tokens are from left to right: #. * - the original filename #. * - the current image's position in the queue #. * - the total number of images queued for saving #: ../src/eog-window.c:1179 #, c-format msgid "Saving image \"%s\" (%u/%u)" msgstr "\"%s\" 그림을 저장하는 중 (%u/%u)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1574 #, c-format msgid "Opening image \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 그림을 여는 중" #. L10N: This the reason why the screensaver is inhibited. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2030 msgid "Viewing a slideshow" msgstr "슬라이드쇼 보기" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2259 #, c-format msgid "" "Error printing file:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "파일을 인쇄하는데 오류가 발생했습니다:\n" "%s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2558 msgid "Toolbar Editor" msgstr "도구 모음 편집" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2561 msgid "_Reset to Default" msgstr "기본값으로 돌아가기(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2731 ../src/eog-window.c:2746 msgid "Error launching System Settings: " msgstr "시스템 설정 실행에 오류: " #. I18N: When setting mnemonics for these strings, watch out to not #. clash with mnemonics from eog's menubar #: ../src/eog-window.c:2782 msgid "_Open Background Preferences" msgstr "배경 기본 설정 열기(_O)" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2798 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" msgstr "" "\"%s\" 그림을 데스크톱 배경으로 지정했습니다.\n" "모양을 수정하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3265 msgid "Saving image locally…" msgstr "그림을 로컬에 저장하는 중입니다…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3343 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "\"%s\" permanently?" msgstr "" "정말로 \"%s\"(을)를 \n" "완전히 제거하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3346 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the selected image permanently?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the %d selected images permanently?" msgstr[0] "" "정말로 선택한 그림 %d개를\n" "완전히 제거하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3368 ../src/eog-window.c:3632 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "삭제(_D)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3371 ../src/eog-window.c:3634 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "예(_Y)" #. add 'dont ask again' button #: ../src/eog-window.c:3375 ../src/eog-window.c:3626 msgid "Do _not ask again during this session" msgstr "이 세션에서 다시 묻지 않기(_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3419 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file" msgstr "그림 파일을 가져올 수 없습니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3435 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file information" msgstr "그림 파일 정보를 가져올 수 없습니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3451 ../src/eog-window.c:3693 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't delete file" msgstr "파일을 삭제할 수 없습니다" #. set dialog error message #: ../src/eog-window.c:3501 ../src/eog-window.c:3789 #, c-format msgid "Error on deleting image %s" msgstr "%s 그림을 삭제하는데 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "" "정말로 \"%s\"(을)를 \n" "휴지통에 옮기시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "\"%s\"에 대한 휴지통이 없습니다. 이 그림을 완전히 제거하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "정말로 선택한 그림 %d개를\n" "휴지통에 옮기시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "선택한 그림 중에 휴지통으로 옮기지 못해서 완전히 제거할 파일이 있습니다. 계속 하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "휴지통으로 옮기기(_T)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "휴지통에 접근할 수 없습니다." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4036 msgid "_Image" msgstr "그림(_I)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4037 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "편집(_E)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4039 msgid "_Go" msgstr "가기(_G)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4040 msgid "_Tools" msgstr "도구(_T)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4043 msgid "_Open…" msgstr "열기(_O)…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4044 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "파일을 엽니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2563 ../src/eog-window.c:4046 msgid "_Close" msgstr "닫기(_C)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4047 msgid "Close window" msgstr "창 닫기" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4049 msgid "T_oolbar" msgstr "도구 모음(_O)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4050 msgid "Edit the application toolbar" msgstr "도구 모음을 고칩니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4053 msgid "Preferences for Image Viewer" msgstr "그림 보기 기본 설정" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4055 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "차례(_C)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4056 msgid "Help on this application" msgstr "이 프로그램에 대한 정보" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 ../src/eog-window.c:4058 msgid "_About" msgstr "정보(_A)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4059 msgid "About this application" msgstr "이 프로그램 정보" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4065 msgid "Changes the visibility of the toolbar in the current window" msgstr "현재 창의 도구 모음 표시 여부를 바꿉니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4068 msgid "Changes the visibility of the statusbar in the current window" msgstr "현재 창의 상태 표시줄 표시 여부를 바꿉니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4071 msgid "" "Changes the visibility of the image gallery pane in the current window" msgstr "현재 창의 그림 모음 창 보기 여부를 바꿉니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4074 msgid "Changes the visibility of the side pane in the current window" msgstr "현재 창에서 가장자리 창을 보기 여부를 바꿉니다" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:178 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:465 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4079 msgid "_Save" msgstr "저장(_S)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4080 msgid "Save changes in currently selected images" msgstr "현재 선택한 그림의 바뀐 사항을 저장합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4082 msgid "Open _with" msgstr "다른 프로그램으로 열기(_W)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4083 msgid "Open the selected image with a different application" msgstr "선택한 그림을 다른 프로그램에서 엽니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4086 msgid "Save the selected images with a different name" msgstr "선택한 그림을 다른 이름으로 저장합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4088 msgid "Show Containing _Folder" msgstr "들어 있는 폴더 표시(_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4091 msgid "_Print…" msgstr "인쇄(_P)…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4092 msgid "Print the selected image" msgstr "선택한 그림을 인쇄합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4094 msgid "Prope_rties" msgstr "속성(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4095 msgid "Show the properties and metadata of the selected image" msgstr "선택한 그림의 속성과 메타데이터를 봅니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4097 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "실행 취소(_U)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4098 msgid "Undo the last change in the image" msgstr "그림에서 마지막에 바꾼 사항을 실행 취소합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4100 msgid "Flip _Horizontal" msgstr "가로 방향으로 뒤집기(_H)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4101 msgid "Mirror the image horizontally" msgstr "그림을 가로 방향으로 뒤바꿉니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4103 msgid "Flip _Vertical" msgstr "세로 방향으로 뒤집기(_V)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4104 msgid "Mirror the image vertically" msgstr "그림을 세로 방향으로 뒤바꿉니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4106 msgid "_Rotate Clockwise" msgstr "시계 방향 회전(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4107 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "그림을 오른쪽 90도만큼 회전합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4109 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "시계 반대 방향 회전(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4110 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "그림을 왼쪽 90도만큼 회전합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4112 msgid "Set as Wa_llpaper" msgstr "배경으로 지정(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4113 msgid "Set the selected image as the wallpaper" msgstr "선택한 그림을 배경으로 설정합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "선택한 그림을 휴지통 폴더로 옮깁니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4118 msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "그림 삭제(_D)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4119 msgid "Delete the selected image" msgstr "선택한 그림을 삭제합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4121 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "복사(_C)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4122 msgid "Copy the selected image to the clipboard" msgstr "선택한 그림을 클립보드에 복사합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4124 ../src/eog-window.c:4133 ../src/eog-window.c:4136 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "확대(_Z)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4125 ../src/eog-window.c:4134 msgid "Enlarge the image" msgstr "그림을 크게 확대해서 봅니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4127 ../src/eog-window.c:4139 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "축소(_O)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4128 ../src/eog-window.c:4137 ../src/eog-window.c:4140 msgid "Shrink the image" msgstr "그림을 작게 축소해서 봅니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4130 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "보통 크기(_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4131 msgid "Show the image at its normal size" msgstr "그림을 원래 크기로 봅니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4148 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "전체 화면(_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4149 msgid "Show the current image in fullscreen mode" msgstr "현재 그림을 전체화면 모드에서 봅니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4151 msgid "Pause Slideshow" msgstr "슬라이드 쇼 일시 중지" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4152 msgid "Pause or resume the slideshow" msgstr "슬라이드 쇼를 일시 중지하거나 다시 시작합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4154 msgid "_Best Fit" msgstr "창에 맞게(_B)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4155 msgid "Fit the image to the window" msgstr "그림을 창 크기에 맞춥니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4160 ../src/eog-window.c:4175 msgid "_Previous Image" msgstr "이전 그림(_P)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4161 msgid "Go to the previous image of the gallery" msgstr "그림 모음의 이전 그림으로 이동합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4163 msgid "_Next Image" msgstr "다음 그림(_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4164 msgid "Go to the next image of the gallery" msgstr "그림 모음의 다음 그림으로 이동합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4166 ../src/eog-window.c:4178 msgid "_First Image" msgstr "처음 그림(_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4167 msgid "Go to the first image of the gallery" msgstr "그림 모음의 처음 그림으로 이동합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4169 ../src/eog-window.c:4181 msgid "_Last Image" msgstr "마지막 그림(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4170 msgid "Go to the last image of the gallery" msgstr "그림 모음의 마지막 그림으로 이동합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4172 msgid "_Random Image" msgstr "임의의 그림(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4173 msgid "Go to a random image of the gallery" msgstr "그림 모음에서 임의의 그림으로 이동합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4331 msgid "S_lideshow" msgstr "슬라이드 쇼(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4332 msgid "Start a slideshow view of the images" msgstr "그림으로 슬라이드 쇼를 시작합니다." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4404 msgid "Previous" msgstr "이전" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4409 msgid "Next" msgstr "다음" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4416 msgid "Right" msgstr "오른쪽" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4419 msgid "Left" msgstr "왼쪽" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4422 msgid "Show Folder" msgstr "폴더 표시" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4425 msgid "In" msgstr "확대" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4428 msgid "Out" msgstr "축소" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4431 msgid "Normal" msgstr "보통" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4434 msgid "Fit" msgstr "맞추기" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4437 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "그림 모음" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "휴지통" # tooltip #: ../src/eog-window.c:4820 #, c-format msgid "Edit the current image using %s" msgstr "현재 이미지를 %s 프로그램을 사용해 편집합니다" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4822 msgid "Edit Image" msgstr "그림 편집" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6166 msgid "The GNOME image viewer." msgstr "그놈 그림 보기." #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "남성현 \n" "차영호 \n" "류창우 \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Bugbear5 https://launchpad.net/~bugbear5\n" " Bundo https://launchpad.net/~kang-bundo\n" " Changmin Moon https://launchpad.net/~changmin811\n" " Changwoo Ryu https://launchpad.net/~cwryu\n" " Kim Boram https://launchpad.net/~boramism\n" " MinSoo Kim https://launchpad.net/~misol\n" " Seung Soo, Ha https://launchpad.net/~sungsuha\n" " Thedis https://launchpad.net/~levy27\n" " Young-Ho Cha https://launchpad.net/~ganadist-gmail" #: ../src/main.c:56 msgid "GNOME Image Viewer" msgstr "그놈 그림 보기" #: ../src/main.c:63 msgid "Open in fullscreen mode" msgstr "전체화면 모드로 열기" #: ../src/main.c:64 msgid "Disable image gallery" msgstr "그림 모음 사용하지 않음" #: ../src/main.c:65 msgid "Open in slideshow mode" msgstr "슬라이드쇼 모드로 열기" #: ../src/main.c:66 msgid "Start a new instance instead of reusing an existing one" msgstr "현재 실행 중인 창을 사용하지 않고 새로 시작합니다" #: ../src/main.c:67 msgid "" "Open in a single window, if multiple windows are open the first one is used" msgstr "창 1개에서 엽니다. 여러 창이 열려 있으면 첫번째 창을 사용합니다" #: ../src/main.c:69 msgid "Show the application's version" msgstr "프로그램의 버전을 표시합니다" #: ../src/main.c:99 msgid "[FILE…]" msgstr "[파일…]" #. I18N: The '%s' is replaced with eog's command name. #: ../src/main.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "전체 명령어 옵션 목록을 보려면 '%s --help' 명령을 실행하십시오." language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/ko/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000236542712321560033021155 0ustar # translation of evolution to Korean # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution package. # Sung-Hyun Nam, 2000. # ChiDeok Hwang , 2001. # Young-Ho Cha , 2000, 2002. # Eunju Kim , 2007. # Changwoo Ryu , 2003-2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. # # 참고: # - 이 프로그램의 이름인 Evolution은 "에볼루션"으로 음역. # - 기타 프로그램 역시 다음과 같이 음역: # - Bogofilter -> 보고필터 # - SpamAssassin -> 스팸어새신 # - "아무개 wrote:", "---Original Message---", "---Forwarded Message---" # 식으로 메일의 본문 일부분을 차지하는 문자열의 번역은 사용자 # UI만의 문제가 아니므로 생각해 볼 일이다. 현재는 번역되지 않았거나 # 소극적으로 번역되어 있다. # - 영어 문장 순서대로 쓰고 문장 중간중간에 입력창이나 콤보박스 따위를 넣은 # 식으로 번역하기 어려운 케이스가 많다. UI XML 파일이나 소스 코드에서 직접 # 확인하는 수밖에 없고, 장기적으로 원문을 바로잡아야 한다. # - 오피스 관련 용어 # - alarm -> 알림 # - event -> 행사 # - free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음 # - group -> 모음 # - journal -> 일지 # - meeting -> 모임 # - memo -> 메모 # - reminder -> 미리 알림 # - task -> 작업 # - 기타 용어 # - read receipt -> 내용 읽음 확인 # - online/offline -> 연결 상태/연결 중지 상태 # - day view -> 일별 보기 # - work week view -> 근무일 주별 보기 # - date navigator -> 날짜 선택 달력 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution&keywords=I18N+L10N" "\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-09 18:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kim Boram \n" "Language-Team: GNOME Korea \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: Korean\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:1 msgid "This address book could not be opened." msgstr "이 주소록을 열 수 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "주소록 서버에 접근할 수 없거나 서버 이름을 잘못 입력했을 거나 네트워크 연결이 끊어졌을 것입니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Failed to authenticate with LDAP server." msgstr "LDAP 서버에서 인증이 실패했습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "암호를 올바르게 입력했는지 확인하시고, 지원하는 로그인 방법을 사용하고 있는지 확인하십시오. 보통 암호는 대소문자를 구별합니다. 지금 " "Caps Lock이 켜져 있을 수도 있습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:5 msgid "This address book server does not have any suggested search bases." msgstr "제안하신 검색 기준 중에서 주소록 서버에 아무 것도 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "This LDAP server may use an older version of LDAP, which does not support " "this functionality or it may be misconfigured. Ask your administrator for " "supported search bases." msgstr "" "LDAP 서버가 이 기능을 지원하지 않는 LDAP 과거 버전을 사용할 수도 있고, 설정이 틀렸을 수도 있습니다. 지원하는 검색 기준에 " "대해 관리자에게 문의하십시오." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:7 msgid "This server does not support LDAPv3 schema information." msgstr "이 서버는 LDAPv3 스키마 정보를 지원하지 않습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not get schema information for LDAP server." msgstr "LDAP 서버에서 스키마 정보를 가져올 수 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:9 msgid "LDAP server did not respond with valid schema information." msgstr "LDAP 서버가 올바른 스키마 정보가 들어 있는 응답을 하지 않았습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Could not remove address book." msgstr "주소록을 지울 수 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Delete address book '{0}'?" msgstr "'{0}' 주소록을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:12 msgid "This address book will be removed permanently." msgstr "주소록을 영원히 제거합니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:7 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Do _Not Delete" msgstr "삭제하지 않기(_N)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:14 msgid "Delete remote address book "{0}"?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the address book "{0}" from the " "server. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:61 msgid "_Delete From Server" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:17 msgid "Category editor not available." msgstr "분류 편집기를 사용할 수 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Unable to open address book" msgstr "주소록을 열 수 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Unable to perform search." msgstr "검색을 수행할 수 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Would you like to save your changes?" msgstr "바뀐 부분을 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "You have made modifications to this contact. Do you want to save these " "changes?" msgstr "이 연락처에 바뀐 부분이 있습니다. 바뀐 사항을 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:22 msgid "_Discard" msgstr "버리기(_D)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:23 msgid "Cannot move contact." msgstr "연락처를 옮길 수 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:24 msgid "" "You are attempting to move a contact from one address book to another but it " "cannot be removed from the source. Do you want to save a copy instead?" msgstr "" "연락처를 한 주소록에서 다른 주소록으로 옮기려고 하지만 원래 주소록에서 연락처를 지울 수 없습니다. 옮기는 대신에 복사하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "The image you have selected is large. Do you want to resize and store it?" msgstr "선택한 그림 크기가 큽니다. 크기를 조정해서 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:26 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "크기 조정(_R)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:27 msgid "_Use as it is" msgstr "그대로 사용(_U)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:28 msgid "_Do not save" msgstr "저장하지 않기(_D)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:29 msgid "Unable to save {0}." msgstr "{0}을(를) 저장할 수 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:30 msgid "Error saving {0} to {1}: {2}" msgstr "{0}을(를) {1}에 저장하는데 오류가 발생했습니다: {2}" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:31 msgid "Address '{0}' already exists." msgstr "'{0}' 주소가 이미 있습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:32 msgid "" "A contact already exists with this address. Would you like to add a new card " "with the same address anyway?" msgstr "이 주소가 들어 있는 연락처가 이미 있습니다. 그래도 같은 주소의 카드를 새로 만드시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:33 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:997 ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "_Add" msgstr "추가(_A)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Some addresses already exist in this contact list." msgstr "연락처 목록에 이미 들어 있는 주소가 있습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "You are trying to add addresses that are part of this list already. Would " "you like to add them anyway?" msgstr "추가하려는 연락처 중에 이미 목록에 있는 연락처가 있습니다. 그래도 추가하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Skip duplicates" msgstr "중복 무시" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:37 msgid "Add with duplicates" msgstr "중복된 추가" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:38 msgid "List '{0}' is already in this contact list." msgstr "'{0}' 목록이 이미 연락처 목록에 들어 있습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "A contact list named '{0}' is already in this contact list. Would you like " "to add it anyway?" msgstr "이름이 '{0}'인 연락처 목록이 이미 이 연락처 목록에 들어 있습니다. 그래도 추가하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1251 msgid "Failed to delete contact" msgstr "연락처를 삭제하는데 실패했습니다" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:41 msgid "You do not have permission to delete contacts in this address book." msgstr "이 주소록의 연락처를 지울 권한이 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:42 msgid "Cannot add new contact" msgstr "새로운 연락처를 추가할 수 없습니다" #. For Translators: {0} is the name of the address book source #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only address book and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different address book from the side bar in the Contacts view." msgstr "" "'{0}'은(는) 읽기 전용 달력이므로 내용을 바꿀 수 없습니다. 가장자리 창의 연락처 보기에서 다른 주소록을 선택하십시오." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:650 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:672 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2958 msgid "Contact Editor" msgstr "연락처 편집기" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Image" msgstr "그림" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Nic_kname:" msgstr "별명(_K):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "_File under:" msgstr "파일 이름(_F):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "_Where:" msgstr "위치(_W):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Ca_tegories..." msgstr "분류(_T)..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Full _Name..." msgstr "전체 이름(_N)..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "_Wants to receive HTML mail" msgstr "HTML 메일 받음(_W)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:409 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:590 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:966 #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "전자메일" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Instant Messaging" msgstr "인스턴스 메시징" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:1003 msgid "Contact" msgstr "연락처" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "_Home Page:" msgstr "홈페이지(_H):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:709 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:22 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1889 msgid "_Calendar:" msgstr "달력(_C):" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "_Free/Busy:" msgstr "약속 있음/없음(_F):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "_Video Chat:" msgstr "화상 대화(_V):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Home Page:" msgstr "홈페이지:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/evolution-cal-config-google.c:97 msgid "Calendar:" msgstr "달력:" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:19 msgid "Free/Busy:" msgstr "약속 있음/없음:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:20 msgid "Video Chat:" msgstr "화상 대화:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:21 msgid "_Blog:" msgstr "블로그(_B):" #. Translators: an accessibility name #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:23 msgid "Blog:" msgstr "블로그:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:24 msgid "Web Addresses" msgstr "웹 주소" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:25 msgid "Web addresses" msgstr "웹 주소" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:26 msgid "_Profession:" msgstr "직책(_P):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:27 msgctxt "Job" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:28 msgid "_Company:" msgstr "회사(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:29 msgid "_Department:" msgstr "부서(_D):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:30 msgid "_Manager:" msgstr "관리자(_M):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:31 msgid "_Assistant:" msgstr "비서(_A):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:32 msgid "Job" msgstr "업무" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:33 msgid "_Office:" msgstr "사무실(_O):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:34 msgid "_Spouse:" msgstr "배우자(_S):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:35 msgid "_Birthday:" msgstr "생일(_B):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:36 msgid "_Anniversary:" msgstr "기념일(_A):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:37 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:685 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2278 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "기념일" #. XXX Allow the category icons to be referenced as named #. * icons, since GtkAction does not support GdkPixbufs. #. Get the icon file for some default category. Doesn't matter #. * which, so long as it has an icon. We're just interested in #. * the directory components. #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:38 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:684 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2277 ../shell/main.c:128 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "생일" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:39 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:40 msgid "Personal Information" msgstr "개인 정보" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:41 msgid "_City:" msgstr "도시(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:42 msgid "_Zip/Postal Code:" msgstr "우편 번호(_Z):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:43 msgid "_State/Province:" msgstr "시/도(_S):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:44 msgid "_Country:" msgstr "국가(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:45 msgid "_PO Box:" msgstr "사서함(_P):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:46 msgid "_Address:" msgstr "주소(_A):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:47 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:191 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:372 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:357 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:81 msgid "Home" msgstr "집" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:48 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:190 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:385 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:354 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:80 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:666 msgid "Work" msgstr "업무" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:49 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:192 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:82 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:368 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:719 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3963 msgid "Other" msgstr "기타" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:50 msgid "Mailing Address" msgstr "메일링 주소" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:51 msgid "Notes" msgstr "쪽지" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:170 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:593 msgid "AIM" msgstr "AIM" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:171 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:596 msgid "Jabber" msgstr "재버" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:172 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:598 msgid "Yahoo" msgstr "야후" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:173 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:599 msgid "Gadu-Gadu" msgstr "가두가두" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:174 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:597 msgid "MSN" msgstr "MSN" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:175 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:595 msgid "ICQ" msgstr "ICQ" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:176 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:594 msgid "GroupWise" msgstr "그룹와이즈" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:177 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:600 msgid "Skype" msgstr "스카이프" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:178 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:601 msgid "Twitter" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:230 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:503 msgid "Error adding contact" msgstr "연락처를 추가하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:250 msgid "Error modifying contact" msgstr "연락처를 수정하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:270 msgid "Error removing contact" msgstr "연락처를 제거하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:666 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2952 #, c-format msgid "Contact Editor - %s" msgstr "연락처 편집 - %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3485 msgid "Please select an image for this contact" msgstr "이 연락처에 사용할 그림을 선택하십시오" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3486 msgid "_No image" msgstr "그림 없음(_N)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3827 msgid "" "The contact data is invalid:\n" "\n" msgstr "" "연락처 데이터가 잘못되었습니다:\n" "\n" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3833 #, c-format msgid "'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "'%s'에 잘못된 형식이 들어 있습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3841 #, c-format msgid "'%s' cannot be a future date" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3849 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "%s'%s'에 잘못된 형식이 들어 있습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3862 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3876 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' is empty" msgstr "%s'%s'이(가) 비어 있습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3891 msgid "Invalid contact." msgstr "연락처가 잘못되었습니다." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:452 msgid "Contact Quick-Add" msgstr "연락처 빠른 추가" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:455 msgid "_Edit Full" msgstr "정식 이름 편집(_E)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:508 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "전체 이름(_F)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:521 msgid "E_mail" msgstr "전자 메일(_M)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:534 msgid "_Select Address Book" msgstr "주소록 선택(_S)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:1 msgid "Mr." msgstr "Mr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:2 msgid "Mrs." msgstr "Mrs." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:3 msgid "Ms." msgstr "Ms." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:4 msgid "Miss" msgstr "Miss" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:5 msgid "Dr." msgstr "Dr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:6 msgid "Sr." msgstr "Sr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:7 msgid "Jr." msgstr "Jr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:8 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:9 msgid "II" msgstr "II" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:10 msgid "III" msgstr "III" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:11 msgid "Esq." msgstr "Esq." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "전체 이름" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:13 msgid "_First:" msgstr "이름(_F):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:14 msgctxt "FullName" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:15 msgid "_Middle:" msgstr "가운데(_M):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:16 msgid "_Last:" msgstr "성(_L):" # Suffix -> 호칭, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:17 msgid "_Suffix:" msgstr "호칭(_S):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:818 msgid "Contact List Editor" msgstr "연락처 목록 편집기" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "_List name:" msgstr "목록 이름(_L):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Members" msgstr "구성원" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "_Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:" msgstr "메일주소를 입력하거나 연락처를 아래의 목록으로 끌어 당기십시오(_T):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hide addresses when sending mail to this list" msgstr "이 목록으로 메일 보낼 때 주소 숨기기(_H)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Add an email to the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove an email address from the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Insert email addresses from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "_Select..." msgstr "선택(_S)..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:941 msgid "Contact List Members" msgstr "연락처 목록 구성원" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1475 msgid "_Members" msgstr "구성원(_M)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1597 msgid "Error adding list" msgstr "목록을 추가하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1617 msgid "Error modifying list" msgstr "목록을 수정하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1637 msgid "Error removing list" msgstr "목록을 제거하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Contact Detected" msgstr "중복되는 연락처를 찾았습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 msgid "" "The name or email of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you " "like to save the changes anyway?" msgstr "이 연락처의 이름이나 메일 주소가 이미 이 폴더에 들어 있습니다. 그래도 바뀐 사항을 저장하시겠습니까?" #. Translators: Heading of the contact which has same name or email address in this folder already. #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:4 msgid "Conflicting Contact:" msgstr "충돌하는 연락처:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Changed Contact:" msgstr "바뀐 연락처:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:364 msgid "_Merge" msgstr "합치기(_M)" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:3 msgid "" "The name or email address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "이 폴더에 이 연락처와 같은 이름이나 같은 메일 주소가 이미 들어 있습니다.\n" "그래도 연락처를 추가하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Original Contact:" msgstr "원래 연락처:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:6 msgid "New Contact:" msgstr "새 연락처:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:244 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:14 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "취소함" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:346 msgid "Merge Contact" msgstr "연락처 합치기" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:1 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1151 msgid "Name contains" msgstr "이름에 포함" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1144 msgid "Email begins with" msgstr "메일 주소 시작" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:26 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:30 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1137 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1771 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:791 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:990 msgid "Any field contains" msgstr "필드에 포함" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:163 msgid "No contacts" msgstr "연락처 없음" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:167 #, c-format msgid "%d contact" msgid_plural "%d contacts" msgstr[0] "연락처 %d개" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:373 msgid "Error getting book view" msgstr "주소록 보기를 가져오는데 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:820 msgid "Search Interrupted" msgstr "검색 중단" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-table-adapter.c:204 msgid "Error modifying card" msgstr "카드를 수정하는데 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:649 msgid "Cut selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "선택한 연락처를 클립보드로 잘라냅니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:655 msgid "Copy selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "선택한 연락처를 클립보드로 복사합니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:661 msgid "Paste contacts from the clipboard" msgstr "클립보드에서 연락처를 붙여 넣습니다" # tooltip #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:667 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:951 msgid "Delete selected contacts" msgstr "선택한 연락처를 삭제합니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:673 msgid "Select all visible contacts" msgstr "보이는 모든 연락처 선택" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1299 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contact lists?" msgstr "정말로 이 연락처 목록을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1303 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list?" msgstr "정말로 이 연락처 목록을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1307 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list (%s)?" msgstr "정말로 연락처 목록을 (%s) 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1313 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contacts?" msgstr "정말로 이 연락처를 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1317 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact?" msgstr "정말로 이 계정을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact (%s)?" msgstr "정말로 연락처를 (%s) 삭제하시겠습니까?" #. Translators: This is shown for > 5 contacts. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1477 #, c-format msgid "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgid_plural "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgstr[0] "" "연락처 %d개를 열면 %d개의 창을 새로 열게 됩니다.\n" "정말로 이 연락처를 모두 여시겠습니까?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1485 msgid "_Don't Display" msgstr "표시하지 않기(_D)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1486 msgid "Display _All Contacts" msgstr "모든 연락처 표시(_A)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:1 msgid "File As" msgstr "파일로 저장" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:3 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "이름" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:4 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "성" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:592 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "별명" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:7 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "전자메일 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:8 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "전자메일 3" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:9 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "비서 전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:10 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "직장 전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:11 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "직장 전화 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:12 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "직장 팩스" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:13 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "받을 전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:14 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "카폰" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:15 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "회사 전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:16 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "집 전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:17 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "집 전화 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:18 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "집 팩스" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:19 msgid "ISDN Phone" msgstr "ISDN 전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:20 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:682 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "휴대 전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:21 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "기타 전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:22 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "기타 팩스" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:23 msgid "Pager" msgstr "호출기" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:24 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "기본 전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:25 msgid "Radio" msgstr "무선" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:26 msgid "Telex" msgstr "텔렉스" #. Translators: This is a vcard standard and stands for the type of #. phone used by the hearing impaired. TTY stands for "teletype" #. (familiar from Unix device names), and TDD is "Telecommunications #. Device for Deaf". However, you probably want to leave this #. abbreviation unchanged unless you know that there is actually a #. different and established translation for this in your language. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:33 msgid "TTYTDD" msgstr "TTYTDD" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:34 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:645 msgid "Company" msgstr "회사" # FIXME - 조직 내의 구성, 부서 따위를 나타내는 말인 듯.. 적당한 말을 찾아보자. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:35 msgid "Unit" msgstr "구성 단위" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:36 msgid "Office" msgstr "사무실" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:37 msgid "Title" msgstr "직위" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:38 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:666 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:5 msgid "Role" msgstr "역할" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:39 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:649 msgid "Manager" msgstr "관리자" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:650 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "비서" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:41 msgid "Web Site" msgstr "웹 사이트" # journal -> 일지, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:42 msgid "Journal" msgstr "일지" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:43 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:4 ../e-util/e-categories-dialog.c:89 msgid "Categories" msgstr "분류" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:44 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:686 msgid "Spouse" msgstr "배우자" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:45 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:741 msgid "Note" msgstr "메모" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map-window.c:374 msgid "Contacts Map" msgstr "연락처 지도" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:191 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Searching for the Contacts..." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "연락처를 찾는 중입니다..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact\n" "\n" "or double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "연락처 검색\n" "\n" "새 연락처를 만들려면 마우스를 두번 누르십시오." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:197 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view.\n" "\n" "Double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "여기에서 볼 수 있는 항목이 없습니다.\n" "\n" "새 연락처를 만들려면 마우스를 두번 누르십시오." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:201 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "연락처 검색." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "여기에서 볼 수 있는 항목이 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:93 msgid "Work Email" msgstr "업무 전자메일" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:94 msgid "Home Email" msgstr "집 전자메일" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:828 msgid "Other Email" msgstr "기타 전자메일" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:104 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "evolution address book" msgstr "에볼루션 주소록" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:36 msgid "New Contact" msgstr "새 연락처" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:37 msgid "New Contact List" msgstr "새 연락처 목록" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:177 #, c-format msgid "current address book folder %s has %d card" msgid_plural "current address book folder %s has %d cards" msgstr[0] "현재 주소록 폴더 %s에 카드 %d개가 들어 있습니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:34 msgid "Open" msgstr "열기" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:160 msgid "Contact List: " msgstr "연락처 목록: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:161 msgid "Contact: " msgstr "연락처: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:188 msgid "evolution minicard" msgstr "에볼루션 미니카드" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:150 msgid "Copy _Email Address" msgstr "전자메일 주소 복사(_E)" # tooltip #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "전자메일 주소를 클립보드로 복사합니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:157 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:433 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:312 msgid "_Send New Message To..." msgstr "새 메시지 보내기(_S)..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:159 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:435 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:314 msgid "Send a mail message to this address" msgstr "전자메일 메시지를 이 주소로 보냅니다" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:291 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:970 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:990 #, c-format msgid "Click to mail %s" msgstr "메일을 %s 주소로 보내려면 누르십시오" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:137 msgid "Open map" msgstr "지도 열기" # List는 여기서 Mailing List를 말한다 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:529 msgid "List Members:" msgstr "리스트 구성원:" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:646 msgid "Department" msgstr "부서" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:647 msgid "Profession" msgstr "업무" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:648 msgid "Position" msgstr "직위" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:651 msgid "Video Chat" msgstr "화상 대화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:652 #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:8 ../e-util/e-send-options.c:546 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view.c:591 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:21 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "달력" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:653 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:116 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:343 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:2 msgid "Free/Busy" msgstr "약속 있음/없음" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:654 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:681 msgid "Phone" msgstr "전화" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:655 msgid "Fax" msgstr "팩스" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:656 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:683 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:709 msgid "Address" msgstr "주소" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:679 msgid "Home Page" msgstr "홈페이지" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:680 msgid "Web Log" msgstr "웹로그" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:696 msgid "Personal" msgstr "개인" # List는 여기서 Mailing List를 말한다 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:930 msgid "List Members" msgstr "리스트 구성원" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:951 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "직위" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:992 msgid "Home page" msgstr "홈페이지" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:1002 msgid "Blog" msgstr "블로그" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:123 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means this book is not " "marked for offline usage or not yet downloaded for offline usage. Please " "load the address book once in online mode to download its contents." msgstr "" "이 주소록을 열 수 없습니다. 이 주소록을 연결 중지 상태에서 사용할 수 있게 표시하지 않았거나 아직 연결 중지 상태에서 사용할 수 있게 " "다운로드하지 않은 상태입니다. 연결 상태 모드에서 주소록을 다시 읽어들여서 그 내용을 다운로드하십시오." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:142 #, c-format msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. Please check that the path %s exists " "and that permissions are set to access it." msgstr "이 주소록을 열 수 없습니다. 해당 경로가 (%s) 있고 그 경로에 접근할 권한이 있는지 확인하십시오." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:155 msgid "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." msgstr "" "이 에볼루션 버전에는 LDAP 지원 기능을 컴파일하지 않았습니다. LDAP을 사용하려면 LDAP을 지원하는 에볼루션을 설치해야 합니다." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:164 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means that an incorrect URI " "was entered, or the server is unreachable." msgstr "이 주소록을 열 수 없습니다. 잘못된 URI를 입력했거나, 해당 서버에 연결할 수 없습니다." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:174 msgid "Detailed error message:" msgstr "자세한 오류 메시지:" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:211 msgid "" "More cards matched this query than either the server is \n" "configured to return or Evolution is configured to display.\n" "Please make your search more specific or raise the result limit in\n" "the directory server preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "이 쿼리에 서버에서 리턴하기로 설정한 것보다 많은 카드가 일치하거나,\n" "에볼루션에서 표시하도록 설정한 것보다 많은 카드가 일치하였습니다.\n" "좀 더 구체적으로 찾거나 주소록의 디렉터리 서버 기본 설정에서 \n" "결과의 한계치를 지정하십시오." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:218 msgid "" "The time to execute this query exceeded the server limit or the limit\n" "configured for this address book. Please make your search\n" "more specific or raise the time limit in the directory server\n" "preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "쿼리에 걸린 시간이 서버의 시간 제한이나 이 주소록에서 설정한 시간 제한을\n" "넘었습니다. 좀 더 구체적으로 찾거나 주소록의 디렉터리 서버 기본 설정에서\n" "시간 제한을 늘려 보십시오." #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:226 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book was unable to parse this query. %s" msgstr "이 주소록의 백엔드에서 이 질의를 파싱할 수 없습니다. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:231 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book refused to perform this query. %s" msgstr "이 주소록의 백엔드에서 이 질의를 수행하길 거부했습니다. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:237 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:243 #, c-format msgid "This query did not complete successfully. %s" msgstr "이 질의가 성공적으로 끝나지 않았습니다. %s" # 파일 이름 #. This is a filename. Translators take note. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:265 msgid "card.vcf" msgstr "카드.vcf" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:316 msgid "Select Address Book" msgstr "주소록 선택" # 파일 이름 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:398 msgid "list" msgstr "목록" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:587 msgid "Move contact to" msgstr "연락처 이동" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:589 msgid "Copy contact to" msgstr "연락처 복사" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:592 msgid "Move contacts to" msgstr "연락처 이동" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:594 msgid "Copy contacts to" msgstr "연락처 복사" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:747 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:549 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:281 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:440 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:935 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:974 ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Importing..." msgstr "가져오는 중..." #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1082 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1083 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1091 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1092 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1100 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1101 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:807 msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif)" msgstr "LDAP 데이터 교환 형식 (.ldif)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:808 msgid "Evolution LDIF importer" msgstr "에볼루션 LDIF 가져오기" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:666 msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:667 msgid "Evolution vCard Importer" msgstr "에볼루션 vCard 가져오기" #. Uncomment next if it is successful to get total number if pages in list view #. * g_object_get (operation, "n-pages", &n_pages, NULL) #: ../addressbook/printing/e-contact-print.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Page %d" msgstr "페이지 %d" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:59 msgid "Specify the output file instead of standard output" msgstr "표준 출력 대신에 출력할 파일을 지정합니다" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:60 msgid "OUTPUTFILE" msgstr "<출력파일>" # command line help #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:63 msgid "List local address book folders" msgstr "로컬 주소록 폴더 목록을 표시합니다" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:66 msgid "Show cards as vcard or csv file" msgstr "카드를 vcard 혹은 csv 파일로 표시합니다" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:67 msgid "[vcard|csv]" msgstr "[vcard|csv]" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:136 msgid "" "Command line arguments error, please use --help option to see the usage." msgstr "명령행 인자에 오류가 발생했습니다. --help 옵션을 사용해 사용법을 확인하십시오." #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:150 msgid "Only support csv or vcard format." msgstr "csv 혹은 vcard 형식만을 지원합니다." #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:181 msgid "Unhandled error" msgstr "처리하지 못한 오류" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-cards.c:625 #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:46 msgid "Can not open file" msgstr "파일을 열 수 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open client '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' 클라이언트를 여는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:106 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "분" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:119 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "시간" #. For Translator : 'day' is part of the sentence of the form 'appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [day] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in[square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:132 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1248 msgid "day" msgid_plural "days" msgstr[0] "일" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:329 msgid "Start time" msgstr "시작 시각" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:1 msgid "Appointments" msgstr "약속" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:2 msgid "Dismiss _All" msgstr "모두 해제(_A)" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:3 msgid "_Snooze" msgstr "연기 모드(_S)" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-alert-dialog.c:166 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "해제(_D)" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1835 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1845 #: ../modules/cal-config-weather/evolution-cal-config-weather.c:209 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1501 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1612 msgid "Location:" msgstr "위치:" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:6 msgid "location of appointment" msgstr "약속 장소" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:7 msgid "Snooze _time:" msgstr "연기할 시간(_T):" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #. Translators: This is the last part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:6 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:8 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:143 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:352 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:6 msgid "days" msgstr "일" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:18 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:7 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:141 msgid "hours" msgstr "시간" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:6 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:139 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:527 msgid "minutes" msgstr "분" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1679 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1815 msgid "No summary available." msgstr "요약이 없습니다." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1688 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1690 msgid "No description available." msgstr "설명이 없습니다." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1698 msgid "No location information available." msgstr "위치 정보가 없습니다." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1703 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1806 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:2145 msgid "Evolution Reminders" msgstr "" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1747 #, c-format msgid "You have %d reminder" msgid_plural "You have %d reminders" msgstr[0] "미리 알림이 %d개 있습니다" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1965 msgid "Warning" msgstr "경고" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1971 #, c-format msgid "" "An Evolution Calendar reminder is about to trigger. This reminder is " "configured to run the following program:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to run this program?" msgstr "" "에볼루션 달력의 미리 알림 기능이 시작하려고 합니다. 이 미리 알림은 다음 프로그램을 실행하도록 설정되어 있습니다:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "정말로 이 프로그램을 실행하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1986 msgid "Do not ask me about this program again." msgstr "이 메시지를 다시 보지 않습니다." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:44 msgid "invalid time" msgstr "잘못된 시간" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d hours before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:70 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:370 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%d hour" msgid_plural "%d hours" msgstr[0] "%d시간" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d minutes before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:76 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:376 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:102 #, c-format msgid "%d minute" msgid_plural "%d minutes" msgstr[0] "%d분" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d seconds before start of appointment" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:80 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:382 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:106 #, c-format msgid "%d second" msgid_plural "%d seconds" msgstr[0] "%d초" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "모든 참가자에게 취소 공지를 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "취소 공지를 보내지 않으면, 다른 참가자들이 이 모임을 취소했다는 사실을 알 지 못할 수도 있습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Do _not Send" msgstr "보내지 않기(_N)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Send Notice" msgstr "공지사항 보내기(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this meeting?" msgstr "정말로 이 모임을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "이 모임에 들어 있는 모든 정보를 지울 것이고 복구할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "취소 공지를 보내지 않으면, 다른 참가자들이 이 작업을 지웠다는 사실을 알 지 못할 수도 있습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:196 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this task?" msgstr "정말 이 작업을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:10 msgid "All information on this task will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "이 작업에 들어 있는 모든 정보를 지울 것이고 복구할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "이 메모에 대한 취소 공지를 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "취소 공지를 보내지 않으면, 다른 참가자들이 이 메모를 지웠다는 사실을 알 지 못할 수도 있습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this memo?" msgstr "정말로 이 메모를 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:14 msgid "All information on this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "이 메모에 들어 있는 모든 정보를 지울 것이고 복구할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:15 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the meeting titled '{0}'?" msgstr "정말로 '{0}' 모임을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the appointment titled '{0}'?" msgstr "정말로 '{0}' 약속을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "All information on this appointment will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "이 약속에 들어 있는 모든 정보를 지울 것이고 복구할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this appointment?" msgstr "정말로 이 약속을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the '{0}' task?" msgstr "정말로 이 '{0}' 작업을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the memo '{0}'?" msgstr "정말로 이 '{0}' 메모를 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:21 msgid "All information in this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "이 메모에 들어 있는 모든 정보를 지울 것이고 복구할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} appointments?" msgstr "정말로 '{0}' 약속을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "All information on these appointments will be deleted and can not be " "restored." msgstr "이 약속에 들어 있는 모든 정보를 지울 것이고 복구할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} tasks?" msgstr "정말로 '{0}' 작업을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "All information on these tasks will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "이 작업에 들어 있는 모든 정보를 지울 것이고 복구할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:26 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} memos?" msgstr "정말로 '{0}' 메모를 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:27 msgid "" "All information in these memos will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "이 메모에 들어 있는 모든 정보를 지울 것이고 복구할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this meeting?" msgstr "바뀐 부분을 이 모임에 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:29 msgid "You have changed this meeting, but not yet saved it." msgstr "모임에 바뀐 사항이 있지만, 아직 저장하지 않았습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:30 msgid "_Save Changes" msgstr "바뀐 내용 저장(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:31 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:16 msgid "_Discard Changes" msgstr "바뀐 내용 버리기(_D)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this appointment?" msgstr "바뀐 부분을 이 약속에 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:33 msgid "You have changed this appointment, but not yet saved it." msgstr "약속에 바뀐 사항이 있지만, 아직 저장하지 않았습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this task?" msgstr "바뀐 부분을 이 작업에 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:35 msgid "You have changed this task, but not yet saved it." msgstr "작업에 바뀐 사항이 있지만, 아직 저장하지 않았습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this memo?" msgstr "바뀐 부분을 이 메모에 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:37 msgid "You have made changes to this memo, but not yet saved them." msgstr "메모에 바뀐 사항이 있지만, 아직 저장하지 않았습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:38 msgid "Would you like to send meeting invitations to participants?" msgstr "모임 정보를 참가자들에게 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." msgstr "전자메일로 초대 메시지를 모든 참가자에게 보내고 참가자들이 응답하도록 합니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:40 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:13 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:8 #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:5 msgid "_Send" msgstr "보내기(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:41 msgid "Would you like to send updated meeting information to participants?" msgstr "업데이트한 모임 정보를 참가자들에게 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:42 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their " "calendars up to date." msgstr "업데이트한 정보를 보내면 그걸 이용해서 다른 참가자들이 달력을 업데이트할 수 있습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:43 msgid "Would you like to send this task to participants?" msgstr "이 작업을 참가자들에게 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." msgstr "전자메일로 초대 메시지를 모든 참가자에게 보내고 참가자들이 이 작업을 수락하도록 합니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:45 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the task?" msgstr "다운로드하는 중입니다. 이 작업을 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:46 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the task would result in the " "loss of these attachments." msgstr "다운로드 중인 첨부가 있습니다. 작업을 지금 저장하면 다운로드 중인 첨부를 잃어버리게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:47 ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:297 msgid "_Save" msgstr "저장(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the appointment?" msgstr "다운로드하는 중입니다. 이 약속을 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:49 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the appointment would result " "in the loss of these attachments." msgstr "다운로드 중인 첨부가 있습니다. 약속을 지금 저장하면 다운로드 중인 첨부를 잃어버리게 됩니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Would you like to send updated task information to participants?" msgstr "업데이트한 작업 정보를 참가자들에게 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:51 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their task " "lists up to date." msgstr "업데이트한 정보를 보내면 그걸 이용해서 다른 참가자들이 작업 목록을 업데이트할 수 있습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Editor could not be loaded." msgstr "편집 창을 읽어들일 수 없습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Delete calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "'{0}' 달력을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:54 msgid "This calendar will be removed permanently." msgstr "이 달력은 완전히 제거합니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:55 msgid "Delete task list '{0}'?" msgstr "'{0}' 작업 목록을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:56 msgid "This task list will be removed permanently." msgstr "이 작업 목록은 완전히 제거합니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Delete memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "'{0}' 메모 목록을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:58 msgid "This memo list will be removed permanently." msgstr "이 메모 목록은 완전히 제거합니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:59 msgid "Delete remote calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:60 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the calendar '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Delete remote task list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:63 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the task list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Delete remote memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the memo list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the appointment without a summary?" msgstr "정말로 요약문 없는 약속을 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:67 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your appointment will give you an idea of " "what your appointment is about." msgstr "약속에 의미있는 요약문을 써야 받는 사람이 약속이 무엇에 관한 약속인지 알 수 있습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:68 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the task without a summary?" msgstr "정말로 요약문 없는 작업을 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:69 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your task will give you an idea of what your " "task is about." msgstr "작업에 의미있는 요약문을 써야 받는 사람이 작업이 무엇에 관한 작업인지 알 수 있습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:70 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the memo without a summary?" msgstr "정말로 요약문 없는 메모를 저장하시겠습니까?" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:72 msgid "Error loading calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:73 msgid "The calendar is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "이 달력은 연결 중지 상태에서 사용할 수 있게 표시하지 않았습니다." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot save event" msgstr "행사를 저장할 수 없습니다" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:76 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only calendar and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different calendar that can accept appointments." msgstr "'{0}'은(는) 읽기 전용 달력이므로 내용을 바꿀 수 없습니다. 약속을 저장할 수 있는 다른 달력을 선택하십시오." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot save task" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:79 msgid "" "'{0}' does not support assigned tasks, please select a different task list." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:81 msgid "Error loading task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:82 msgid "The task list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "작업 목록이 연결 중지 상태에서 사용할 수 있게 표시하지 않았습니다." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Error loading memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:85 msgid "The memo list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "메모 목록이 연결 중지 상태에서 사용할 수 있게 표시하지 않았습니다." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:87 msgid "Failed to copy an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Failed to copy a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Failed to copy a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:93 msgid "Failed to move an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:95 msgid "Failed to move a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Failed to move a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:99 msgid "Copying an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:101 msgid "Copying a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:103 msgid "Copying a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Moving an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:107 msgid "Moving a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Moving a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:1 ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:376 msgid "Summary" msgstr "요약" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:2 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:11 msgid "contains" msgstr "포함" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:3 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:3 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:17 msgid "does not contain" msgstr "포함하지 않음" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:4 #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:528 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:69 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:5 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Any Field" msgstr "모든 항목" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:6 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Classification" msgstr "등급" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:7 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:9 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:34 msgid "is" msgstr "같음" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:8 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:10 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:40 msgid "is not" msgstr "다름" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:9 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:250 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:454 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:461 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:547 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:10 msgid "Public" msgstr "공개" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:10 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:251 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:463 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:548 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Private" msgstr "개인" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:11 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:252 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:465 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:549 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:12 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "비밀" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:12 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:5 msgid "Organizer" msgstr "주최자" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:6 msgid "Attendee" msgstr "참석자" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:5 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:14 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:897 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:22 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:390 msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:15 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:23 ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:328 msgid "Category" msgstr "분류" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:16 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:15 ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:204 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:6 msgid "Attachments" msgstr "첨부" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:17 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:15 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:16 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:27 msgid "Exist" msgstr "존재함" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:18 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:17 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:24 msgid "Do Not Exist" msgstr "존재하지 않음" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:310 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:331 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Recurrence" msgstr "반복" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:20 msgid "Occurs" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:21 msgid "Less Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:22 msgid "Exactly" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:23 msgid "More Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:24 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:17 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:28 msgid "Summary Contains" msgstr "요약에 포함" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:25 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:29 msgid "Description Contains" msgstr "설명에 포함" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:669 msgid "Edit Reminder" msgstr "미리 알림 편집" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:897 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:412 msgid "Pop up an alert" msgstr "알림 팝업 창 표시" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:898 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:408 msgid "Play a sound" msgstr "사운드 재생" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:899 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:420 msgid "Run a program" msgstr "프로그램 실행" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:900 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:416 msgid "Send an email" msgstr "전자메일 보내기" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:909 msgid "before" msgstr "다음 앞에:" # FIXME: bad msgid #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:910 msgid "after" msgstr "다음 뒤에:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:919 msgid "start of appointment" msgstr "약속 시작" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:920 msgid "end of appointment" msgstr "약속 끝" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "minute(s)" msgstr "분" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "hour(s)" msgstr "시간" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "day(s)" msgstr "일" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Reminder" msgstr "미리 알림 추가" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:353 msgid "Reminder" msgstr "미리 알림" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "반복" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Repeat the reminder" msgstr "미리 알림 반복(_R):" #. This is part of the sentence: 'Repeat the reminder %d extra times every %d minutes'. Where %d are numbers. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "extra times every" msgstr "번, 주기:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:13 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:30 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Custom _message" msgstr "사용자 설정 메시지(_M)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Mes_sage:" msgstr "메시지(_S):" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Custom reminder sound" msgstr "사용자 설정 미리 알림 소리" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Sound:" msgstr "소리(_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Select A File" msgstr "파일을 선택합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Program:" msgstr "프로그램(_P):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Arguments:" msgstr "인수(_A):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Send To:" msgstr "보낼 사람:" # Trigger -> 시작 옵션, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.c:240 msgid "Action/Trigger" msgstr "동작/시작 옵션" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:25 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:62 msgid "Reminders" msgstr "미리 알림" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "A_dd" msgstr "추가(_D)" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:60 msgid "This event has been deleted." msgstr "이 행사는 삭제되었습니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:64 msgid "This task has been deleted." msgstr "이 작업은 삭제되었습니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:68 msgid "This memo has been deleted." msgstr "이 메모는 삭제되었습니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:78 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and close the editor?" msgstr "%s 바뀐 사항이 있습니다. 이 바뀐 사항을 버리고 편집기를 닫으시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:80 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, close the editor?" msgstr "%s 바뀐 사항이 있습니다. 편집기를 닫으시겠습니까?" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:85 msgid "This event has been changed." msgstr "이 행사는 바뀌었습니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:89 msgid "This task has been changed." msgstr "이 작업은 바뀌었습니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:93 msgid "This memo has been changed." msgstr "이 메모는 바뀌었습니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:103 #, c-format msgid "" "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and update the editor?" msgstr "%s 바뀐 사항이 있습니다. 이 바뀐 사항을 버리고 편집기를 업데이트하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:105 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, update the editor?" msgstr "%s 바뀐 사항이 없습니다. 편집기를 업데이트하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:266 msgid "Could not save attachments" msgstr "첨부를 저장할 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:620 msgid "Could not update object" msgstr "오브젝트를 업데이트할 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:754 msgid "Edit Appointment" msgstr "약속 편집" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:761 #, c-format msgid "Meeting - %s" msgstr "모임 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:763 #, c-format msgid "Appointment - %s" msgstr "약속 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Assigned Task - %s" msgstr "할당한 작업 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Task - %s" msgstr "작업 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:776 #, c-format msgid "Memo - %s" msgstr "메모 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:792 msgid "No Summary" msgstr "요약 없음" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:913 msgid "Keep original item?" msgstr "본래 항목을 유지하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1222 msgid "Close the current window" msgstr "현재 창을 닫습니다" # tooltip #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1229 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:121 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:558 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:455 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1296 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:341 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1305 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:136 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:888 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "선택한 사항을 복사합니다" # tooltip #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1236 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:114 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:553 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1290 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1299 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:143 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:895 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "선택한 사항을 잘라냅니다" # tooltip #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1243 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:135 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:568 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:902 msgid "Delete the selection" msgstr "선택한 사항을 삭제합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1250 msgid "View help" msgstr "도움말 보기" # tooltip #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1257 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:128 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:563 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1302 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1311 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:150 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:923 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "클립보드에서 붙여 넣습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1278 msgid "Save current changes" msgstr "현재 바뀐 사항 저장" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1283 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:317 msgid "Save and Close" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1285 msgid "Save current changes and close editor" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1292 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:142 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:573 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:157 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1000 msgid "Select all text" msgstr "모든 텍스트 선택" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1299 msgid "_Classification" msgstr "분류(_C)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1306 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:16 #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:171 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:32 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1028 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "편집(_E)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1313 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:322 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:164 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1035 msgid "_File" msgstr "파일(_F)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1320 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1042 msgid "_Help" msgstr "도움말(_H)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1327 msgid "_Insert" msgstr "넣기(_I)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1334 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:320 msgid "_Options" msgstr "옵션(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1341 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:178 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1077 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:5 msgid "_View" msgstr "보기(_V)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1351 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:269 msgid "_Attachment..." msgstr "첨부(_A)..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1353 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:271 ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:413 msgid "Attach a file" msgstr "파일을 첨부합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1361 msgid "_Categories" msgstr "분류(_C)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1363 msgid "Toggles whether to display categories" msgstr "분류를 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1369 msgid "Time _Zone" msgstr "표준 시간대(_Z)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1371 msgid "Toggles whether the time zone is displayed" msgstr "표준 시간대 항목을 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1380 msgid "Pu_blic" msgstr "공개(_B)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1382 msgid "Classify as public" msgstr "공개로 분류" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1387 msgid "_Private" msgstr "개인 정보(_P)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1389 msgid "Classify as private" msgstr "개인 정보로 분류" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1394 msgid "_Confidential" msgstr "비밀(_C)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1396 msgid "Classify as confidential" msgstr "비밀로 분류" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1404 msgid "R_ole Field" msgstr "역할 항목(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1406 msgid "Toggles whether the Role field is displayed" msgstr "역할 항목을 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1412 msgid "_RSVP" msgstr "응답바람(_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1414 msgid "Toggles whether the RSVP field is displayed" msgstr "응답요청 항목을 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1420 msgid "_Status Field" msgstr "상태 항목(_S)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1422 msgid "Toggles whether the Status field is displayed" msgstr "상태 항목을 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1428 msgid "_Type Field" msgstr "종류 항목(_T)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1430 msgid "Toggles whether the Attendee Type is displayed" msgstr "참석자 종류를 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2211 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:488 msgid "Attach" msgstr "첨부" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2541 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2751 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3764 msgid "Changes made to this item may be discarded if an update arrives" msgstr "업데이트가 도착하면 이 항목에 대해 바뀐 사항을 버립니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3726 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:121 msgid "attachment" msgstr "첨부" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3796 msgid "Unable to use current version!" msgstr "현재 버전을 사용할 수 없습니다!" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor-page.c:441 #, c-format msgid "Validation error: %s" msgstr "유효성 검사 오류: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:121 msgid "Could not open destination" msgstr "받을 곳을 열 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:131 msgid "Destination is read only" msgstr "받을 곳이 읽기 전용입니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:173 msgid "Cannot create object" msgstr "오브젝트를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:204 msgid "Could not open source" msgstr "소스를 열 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:216 msgid "_Delete this item from all other recipient's mailboxes?" msgstr "이 항목을 다른 수신자의 메일함에서도 지움(_D)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:219 msgid "_Retract comment" msgstr "메모 철회(_R):" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:55 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "dbus 오류 때문에 이 행사를 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:59 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "dbus 오류 때문에 이 작업을 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:63 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "dbus 오류 때문에 이 메모를 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:67 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "dbus 오류 때문에 이 항목을 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:74 msgid "The event could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "권한이 거부되어 이 행사를 삭제할 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:77 msgid "The task could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "권한이 거부되어 이 작업을 삭제할 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:80 msgid "The memo could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "권한이 거부되어 이 메모를 삭제할 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:83 msgid "The item could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "권한이 거부되어 이 항목을 삭제할 수 없습니다" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:91 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "오류 때문에 이 행사를 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:95 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "오류 때문에 이 작업을 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:99 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "오류 때문에 이 메모를 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:103 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "오류 때문에 이 항목을 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Enter Delegate" msgstr "대리인을 입력하십오" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Delegate To:" msgstr "대리인:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Contacts..." msgstr "연락처..." # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:205 msgid "_Reminders" msgstr "미리 알림(_R)" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:207 msgid "Set or unset reminders for this event" msgstr "이 행사에 미리 알림 설정 또는 해제" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:215 msgid "Show Time as _Busy" msgstr "시간을 약속 있음으로 표시(_B)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:217 msgid "Toggles whether to show time as busy" msgstr "시간을 약속 있음으로 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:226 msgid "_Recurrence" msgstr "반복(_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:228 msgid "Make this a recurring event" msgstr "반복 행사로 만듭니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:233 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Send Options" msgstr "보내기 옵션" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:235 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:96 msgid "Insert advanced send options" msgstr "고급 보내기 옵션 넣기" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:243 msgid "All _Day Event" msgstr "하루 종일 행사(_D)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:245 msgid "Toggles whether to have All Day Event" msgstr "하루 종일 행사가 있는지 토글합니다" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:254 msgid "_Free/Busy" msgstr "약속 있음/없음(_F):" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:256 msgid "Query free / busy information for the attendees" msgstr "참석자의 약속 있음/없음 정보를 알아봅니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:307 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3505 msgid "Appointment" msgstr "약속" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:377 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:24 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:165 msgid "Attendees" msgstr "참석자" # tooltip #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:574 msgid "Print this event" msgstr "이 행사를 인쇄합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:557 msgid "Event's start time is in the past" msgstr "행사의 시작 시각이 과거입니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:634 msgid "Event cannot be edited, because the selected calendar is read only" msgstr "행사를 편집할 수 없습니다. 선택한 달력이 읽기 전용입니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:638 msgid "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "행사 전체를 편집할 수 없습니다. 주최자가 아닙니다" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:650 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3165 msgid "This event has reminders" msgstr "행사에 미리 알림이 있습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:717 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Or_ganizer:" msgstr "주최자(_G):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1300 msgid "Event with no start date" msgstr "행사에 시작 날짜가 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1303 msgid "Event with no end date" msgstr "행사에 끝 날짜가 없습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1476 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:726 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1025 msgid "Start date is wrong" msgstr "시작 날짜가 틀렸습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1487 msgid "End date is wrong" msgstr "끝 날짜가 틀렸습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1511 msgid "Start time is wrong" msgstr "시작 시각이 틀렸습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1519 msgid "End time is wrong" msgstr "끝 시각이 틀렸습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1683 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:765 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1079 msgid "An organizer is required." msgstr "주최자가 필요합니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1718 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1114 msgid "At least one attendee is required." msgstr "최소한 참석자가 한 사람은 필요합니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1924 msgid "_Delegatees" msgstr "대리인(_D)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1926 msgid "Atte_ndees" msgstr "참석자(_N)" # "Sh_ow a reminder" "before every appointment" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3445 #, c-format msgid "%d day before appointment" msgid_plural "%d days before appointment" msgstr[0] "약속 %d일 전에" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3451 #, c-format msgid "%d hour before appointment" msgid_plural "%d hours before appointment" msgstr[0] "약속 %d시간 전에" # "Sh_ow a reminder" "before every appointment" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3457 #, c-format msgid "%d minute before appointment" msgid_plural "%d minutes before appointment" msgstr[0] "약속 %d분 전에" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3478 msgid "Customize" msgstr "사용자 지정" #. Translators: "None" for "No reminder set" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3485 msgctxt "cal-reminders" msgid "None" msgstr "없음" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #. TRANSLATORS: 'for' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] for [ H ] hours [ M ] minutes #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "for" msgstr "다음 동안:" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #. TRANSLATORS: 'until' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] until [ date ] [ time ] #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "until" msgstr "다음 까지:" # "Sh_ow a reminder" "before every appointment" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "15 minutes before appointment" msgstr "약속 15분 전에" # "Sh_ow a reminder" "before every appointment" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 hour before appointment" msgstr "약속 한 시간 전에" # "Sh_ow a reminder" "before every appointment" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 day before appointment" msgstr "약속 하루 전에" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:11 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "위치(_L):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:29 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:357 msgid "_Description:" msgstr "설명(_D):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:14 msgid "_Time:" msgstr "시간(_T):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:15 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Time _zone:" msgstr "표준 시간대(_Z):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:17 msgid "_Summary:" msgstr "요약(_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:21 msgid "Event Description" msgstr "행사 설명" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:23 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:30 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:547 msgid "Atte_ndees..." msgstr "참석자(_N)..." # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:26 msgid "_Reminder" msgstr "미리 알림(_R)" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Custom Reminder:" msgstr "사용자 설정 미리 알림:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "January" msgstr "1월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "February" msgstr "2월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "March" msgstr "3월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "April" msgstr "4월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "May" msgstr "5월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "June" msgstr "6월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "July" msgstr "7월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "August" msgstr "8월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "September" msgstr "9월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "October" msgstr "10월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "November" msgstr "11월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "December" msgstr "12월" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Select Date" msgstr "날짜 선택" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1379 msgid "Select _Today" msgstr "오늘 선택(_T)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:106 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3509 msgid "Memo" msgstr "메모" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:156 msgid "Print this memo" msgstr "이 메모 인쇄" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:421 msgid "Memo's start date is in the past" msgstr "메모의 시작 날짜가 과거입니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:457 msgid "Memo cannot be edited, because the selected memo list is read only" msgstr "메모를 편집할 수 없습니다. 선택한 메모 목록이 읽기 전용입니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:461 msgid "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "메모 전체를 편집할 수 없습니다. 주최자가 아닙니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:1160 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:203 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:220 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:49 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:78 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:9 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:66 msgid "To" msgstr "받는 사람" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:426 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:31 msgid "_List:" msgstr "목록(_L):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:434 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:24 msgid "Organi_zer:" msgstr "주최자(_Z):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:5 msgid "T_o:" msgstr "받는 사람(_O):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:26 msgid "Sta_rt date:" msgstr "시작 날짜(_R):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:23 msgid "Su_mmary:" msgstr "개요(_M):" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:53 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring event. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "반복 행사를 수정하려고 합니다. 무엇을 수정하시겠습니까?" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:55 #, c-format msgid "" "You are delegating a recurring event. What would you like to delegate?" msgstr "반복 행사를 대리하려고 합니다. 무엇을 대리하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:59 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring task. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "반복 작업을 수정하려고 합니다. 무엇을 수정하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:63 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring memo. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "반복 메모를 수정하려고 합니다. 무엇을 수정하시겠습니까?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:89 msgid "This Instance Only" msgstr "이 경우만" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:93 msgid "This and Prior Instances" msgstr "이 경우 및 지나간 경우" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:99 msgid "This and Future Instances" msgstr "이 경우 및 앞으로의 경우" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:104 msgid "All Instances" msgstr "모든 경우" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:575 msgid "This appointment contains recurrences that Evolution cannot edit." msgstr "이 약속에는 에볼루션에서 편집할 수 있는 반복이 들어 있습니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1000 msgid "Recurrence date is invalid" msgstr "반복하는 날짜가 잘못되었습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1044 msgid "End time of the recurrence was before event's start" msgstr "반복 끝나는 시각이 행사 시작보다 앞 시각입니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] week(s) on [Wednesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after the 'on', name of a week day always follows. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1073 msgid "on" msgstr "요일" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1154 msgid "first" msgstr "첫번째" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the ordinal number (like "third"), not the time division (like "minute") #. * Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'second', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1160 msgid "second" msgstr "두번째" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [third] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'third', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1165 msgid "third" msgstr "세번째" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fourth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fourth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1170 msgid "fourth" msgstr "네번째" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fifth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fifth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1175 msgid "fifth" msgstr "다섯번째" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [last] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'last', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1180 msgid "last" msgstr "마지막" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1204 msgid "Other Date" msgstr "기타 날짜" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [1st to 10th] [7th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1210 msgid "1st to 10th" msgstr "1일부터 10일" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1216 msgid "11th to 20th" msgstr "11일부터 20일" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [21th to 31th] [27th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1222 msgid "21st to 31st" msgstr "21일부터 31일" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1249 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:25 msgid "Monday" msgstr "월요일" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:28 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "화요일" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1251 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:31 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "수요일" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1252 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:34 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "목요일" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1253 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:37 msgid "Friday" msgstr "금요일" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1254 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:40 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "토요일" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1255 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:43 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "일요일" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "on the " #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Tuesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets])." #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1386 msgid "on the" msgstr "기간:" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1571 msgid "occurrences" msgstr "번" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2341 msgid "Add exception" msgstr "예외 추가" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2383 msgid "Could not get a selection to modify." msgstr "고칠 선택 사항을 얻어 올 수 없습니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2389 msgid "Modify exception" msgstr "예외 수정" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2435 msgid "Could not get a selection to delete." msgstr "지울 선택 사항을 얻어 올 수 없습니다." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2576 msgid "Date/Time" msgstr "날짜/시각" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "day(s)" msgstr "일" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "week(s)" msgstr "주" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "month(s)" msgstr "달" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "year(s)" msgstr "년" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "for" msgstr "다음 동안:" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:12 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "until" msgstr "다음 까지:" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:14 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "forever" msgstr "영원히" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:16 msgid "This appointment rec_urs" msgstr "이 약속 반복(_U)" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "for ... occurrences" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Every" msgstr "매" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:18 msgid "Exceptions" msgstr "예외" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:20 msgid "Preview" msgstr "미리 보기" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:173 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:255 msgid "Send my reminders with this event" msgstr "이 행사에 내 미리 알림 보내기" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:175 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:257 msgid "Notify new attendees _only" msgstr "새 참석자에게만 알림(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:94 msgid "_Send Options" msgstr "보내기 옵션(_S)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:149 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3507 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:553 msgid "Task" msgstr "작업" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:286 msgid "Print this task" msgstr "이 작업 인쇄" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:330 msgid "Task's start date is in the past" msgstr "작업의 시작 날짜가 과거입니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:331 msgid "Task's due date is in the past" msgstr "작업의 마감 날짜가 과거입니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:364 msgid "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list is read only" msgstr "작업을 편집할 수 없습니다. 선택한 작업 목록이 읽기 전용입니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:368 msgid "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "작업 전체를 편집할 수 없습니다. 주최자가 아닙니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:372 msgid "" "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list does not support " "assigned tasks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1006 msgid "Due date is wrong" msgstr "마감 날짜가 잘못되었습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1174 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1199 msgid "Completed date is wrong" msgstr "완료 날짜가 잘못되었습니다" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:337 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:573 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:19 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:2 ../mail/message-list.c:320 msgid "High" msgstr "높음" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:339 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1666 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:574 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:20 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:5 #: ../mail/message-list.c:319 msgid "Normal" msgstr "보통" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:341 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:575 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:21 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:4 ../mail/message-list.c:318 msgid "Low" msgstr "낮음" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:576 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:22 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "정의안됨" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:322 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:311 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:553 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:214 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:229 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:656 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3591 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Not Started" msgstr "시작 안함" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:312 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:313 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:555 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:633 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:216 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:231 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:657 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3594 msgid "In Progress" msgstr "진행중" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:557 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:205 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:228 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:218 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:233 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:658 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3597 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:13 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:380 msgid "Completed" msgstr "완료됨" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "취소함" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:25 msgid "D_ue date:" msgstr "마감 날짜(_U):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:28 msgid "Time zone:" msgstr "표준 시간대:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:32 msgid "_Status:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:33 msgid "Date _completed:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:34 msgid "_Percent complete:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:35 msgid "Priorit_y:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:36 msgid "C_lassification:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:37 msgid "_Web Page:" msgstr "웹 페이지(_W):" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:324 msgid "New Appointment" msgstr "새 약속" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:325 msgid "New All Day Event" msgstr "새 하루 종일 행사" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:326 msgid "New Meeting" msgstr "새 모임" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:327 msgid "Go to Today" msgstr "오늘로 이동" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:328 msgid "Go to Date" msgstr "날짜로 이동" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:298 msgid "It has reminders." msgstr "미리 알림 있음." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:301 msgid "It has recurrences." msgstr "반복 있음." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:304 msgid "It is a meeting." msgstr "모임." # a11y 스트링, event는 행사가 아니라 UI 이벤트 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Calendar Event: Summary is %s." msgstr "달력 이벤트: 요약은 %s." # a11y 스트링, event는 행사가 아니라 UI 이벤트 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:314 msgid "Calendar Event: It has no summary." msgstr "달력 이벤트: 요약 없음." # a11y 스트링, event는 행사가 아니라 UI 이벤트 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:337 msgid "calendar view event" msgstr "달력 보기 이벤트" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:569 msgid "Grab Focus" msgstr "포커스 받음" # a11y 스트링, event는 행사가 아니라 UI 이벤트 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:154 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:154 #, c-format msgid "It has %d event." msgid_plural "It has %d events." msgstr[0] "이벤트 %d개 있음." # a11y 스트링, event는 행사가 아니라 UI 이벤트 #. To translators: Here, "It" is either like "Work Week View: July #. 10th - July 14th, 2006." or "Day View: Thursday July 13th, 2006." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:161 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:157 msgid "It has no events." msgstr "이벤트 없음." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:169 #, c-format msgid "Work Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "근무일 주별 보기: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Day View: %s. %s" msgstr "일별 보기: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:210 msgid "calendar view for a work week" msgstr "달력 보기, 근무 주 단위" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:212 msgid "calendar view for one or more days" msgstr "달력 보기, 일 단위" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view-main-item.c:327 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view-main-item.c:354 msgid "a table to view and select the current time range" msgstr "현재 시간 구간을 보고 선택하는 표" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:48 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:56 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1114 msgid "Gnome Calendar" msgstr "그놈 달력" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1191 msgid "%A %d %b %Y" msgstr "%Y년 %b %d일 %A" #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %b = abbreviated month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, #. * %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * You can change the order but don't change the #. * specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:208 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2793 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:859 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1195 msgid "%a %d %b" msgstr "%b %e일 (%a)" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:211 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:217 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:220 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1198 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1207 msgid "%a %d %b %Y" msgstr "%Y년 %b %e일 (%a)" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:239 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:247 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:254 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:257 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1224 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1242 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1245 msgid "%d %b %Y" msgstr "%Y년 %b %e일" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:244 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2809 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:863 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1231 msgid "%d %b" msgstr "%b %d" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:151 msgid "Jump button" msgstr "이동 단추" # a11y 스트링, event는 행사가 아니라 UI 이벤트 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:160 msgid "Click here, you can find more events." msgstr "여기를 누르면 더 많은 이벤트를 찾을 수 있습니다." #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d days before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:358 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "%d일" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d weeks before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:364 #, c-format msgid "%d week" msgid_plural "%d weeks" msgstr[0] "%d주" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:426 msgid "Unknown action to be performed" msgstr "알 수 없는 동작 수행" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:441 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s 약속 시작 전" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s 약속 시작 후" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:454 #, c-format msgid "%s at the start of the appointment" msgstr "약속 시작에 %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:466 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s 약속 끝나기 전" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:472 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s 약속 끝난 후" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:479 #, c-format msgid "%s at the end of the appointment" msgstr "약속 끝날 때 %s" #. Translator: The first %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a Sound". Second %s is an absolute time, e.g. "10:00AM" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:503 #, c-format msgid "%s at %s" msgstr "%s (%s)" # Trigger -> 시작 옵션, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound". "Trigger types" are absolute or relative dates #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:511 #, c-format msgid "%s for an unknown trigger type" msgstr "알 수 없는 시작 옵션에 대한 %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Month View: %s. %s" msgstr "월별 보기: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "주별 보기: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:202 msgid "calendar view for a month" msgstr "한 달 단위로 달력 보기" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:204 msgid "calendar view for one or more weeks" msgstr "주 단위로 달력 보기" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:223 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:750 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-page.c:126 msgid "Untitled" msgstr "제목 없음" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:231 msgid "Categories:" msgstr "분류:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:263 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "요약:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:272 msgid "Start Date:" msgstr "시작 날짜:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:284 msgid "End Date:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:296 msgid "Due Date:" msgstr "마감 날짜:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:308 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1504 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1621 msgid "Status:" msgstr "상태:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:335 msgid "Priority:" msgstr "우선 순위:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:360 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:672 msgid "Description:" msgstr "설명:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:391 msgid "Web Page:" msgstr "웹 페이지:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Copying an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1096 #, c-format msgid "Moving an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a task" msgstr "작업을 추가하려면 누르십시오" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:2 msgid "Start date" msgstr "시작 날짜" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:652 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:586 #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:159 msgid "Type" msgstr "형태" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Completion date" msgstr "완료 날짜" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:6 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:880 msgid "Complete" msgstr "완료" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Due date" msgstr "마감 날짜" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:9 #, no-c-format msgid "% Complete" msgstr "% 완료" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:18 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:387 msgid "Priority" msgstr "우선순위" #. To Translators: 'Status' here means the state of the attendees, the resulting string will be in a form: #. * Status: Accepted: X Declined: Y ... #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:11 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:4017 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:695 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:8 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:75 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:1 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:6 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:381 msgid "Created" msgstr "만듦" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Last modified" msgstr "최근 바뀜" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:446 msgid "Cut selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "선택한 행사를 클립보드로 잘라냅니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:452 msgid "Copy selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "선택한 행사를 클립보드로 복사합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:458 msgid "Paste events from the clipboard" msgstr "클립보드에서 행사를 붙여 넣습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:464 msgid "Delete selected events" msgstr "선택한 행사를 삭제합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:484 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:270 msgid "Deleting selected objects" msgstr "선택한 오브젝트를 삭제하는 중입니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:646 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:878 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1176 msgid "Updating objects" msgstr "오브젝트를 업데이트하는 중입니다" #. To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser " #. To Translators: It will display #. * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser " #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2084 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:553 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s <%s>" msgstr "주최자: %s <%s>" #. With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value #. With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in #. * organizer.value. #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2088 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:558 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s" msgstr "주최자: %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Location: PlaceOfTheMeeting" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2104 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2664 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3545 #, c-format msgid "Location: %s" msgstr "위치: %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Time: ActualStartDateAndTime (DurationOfTheMeeting)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2135 #, c-format msgid "Time: %s %s" msgstr "시간: %s %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "시작 날짜" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "End Date" msgstr "끝 날짜" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:467 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:185 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:199 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:135 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:170 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:233 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1251 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1268 ../e-util/e-charset.c:52 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3508 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6092 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:100 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1668 msgid "Recurring" msgstr "반복됨" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1670 msgid "Assigned" msgstr "예약됨" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:209 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:177 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:187 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1024 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:210 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:189 msgid "No" msgstr "아니요" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3958 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:221 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:197 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:220 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6080 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "수락" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3959 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:222 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:199 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:222 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6086 msgid "Declined" msgstr "거부" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3960 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:223 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:201 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:526 msgid "Tentative" msgstr "잠정적" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3961 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:203 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:226 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6089 msgid "Delegated" msgstr "대리" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3962 msgid "Needs action" msgstr "동작 필요" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:125 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:631 msgid "Free" msgstr "약속 없음" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:128 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:527 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:632 msgid "Busy" msgstr "약속 있음" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:499 msgid "" "The geographical position must be entered in the format: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" msgstr "" "지리적인 위치는 다음과 같은 형식으로 입력합니다:\n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" #. Translators: "None" for task's status #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:551 msgctxt "cal-task-status" msgid "None" msgstr "없음" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %p %I:%M:%S" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:170 #, c-format msgid "" "The date must be entered in the format: \n" "%s" msgstr "" "날짜는 다음 형식으로 입력해야 합니다: \n" "%s" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the morning. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1983 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1554 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1074 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1093 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2637 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2657 msgid "am" msgstr "오전" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the afternoon. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1986 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1557 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1079 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1095 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2642 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2659 msgid "pm" msgstr "오후" #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %B = full month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of #. * month, %B = full month name. You can change the #. * order but don't change the specifiers or add #. * anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2776 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:855 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:210 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2093 msgid "%A %d %B" msgstr "%B %d일 %A" #. To Translators: the %d stands for a week number, it's value between 1 and 52/53 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:3438 #, c-format msgid "Week %d" msgstr "%d주" #. Translators: %02i is the number of minutes; #. * this is a context menu entry to change the #. * length of the time division in the calendar #. * day view, e.g. a day is displayed in #. * 24 "60 minute divisions" or #. * 48 "30 minute divisions". #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:801 #, c-format msgid "%02i minute divisions" msgstr "%02i분 단위" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:826 msgid "Show the second time zone" msgstr "보조 표준 시간대 표시" #. Translators: "None" indicates no second time zone set for a day view #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:843 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:11 msgctxt "cal-second-zone" msgid "None" msgstr "없음" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:877 #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:389 msgid "Select..." msgstr "선택..." #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:64 msgid "Chair Persons" msgstr "의장" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:65 msgid "Required Participants" msgstr "필수 참석자" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:66 msgid "Optional Participants" msgstr "선택 참석자" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:67 msgid "Resources" msgstr "자원" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:181 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:110 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:127 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1018 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1247 msgid "Individual" msgstr "개인" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:182 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:112 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:129 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1248 ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Group" msgstr "모음" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:114 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:131 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1249 msgid "Resource" msgstr "자원" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:184 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:116 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:133 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1250 msgid "Room" msgstr "방" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:195 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:145 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:162 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1264 msgid "Chair" msgstr "의장" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:196 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:147 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:164 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1021 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1265 msgid "Required Participant" msgstr "필수 참석자" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:197 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:149 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:166 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1266 msgid "Optional Participant" msgstr "선택 참석자" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:198 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:151 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:168 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1267 msgid "Non-Participant" msgstr "불참자" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:195 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:218 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1031 msgid "Needs Action" msgstr "동작 필요" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:626 msgid "Attendee " msgstr "참석자 " #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:681 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:6 msgid "RSVP" msgstr "응답바람" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:207 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:230 msgid "In Process" msgstr "진행중" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1910 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter password to access free/busy information on server %s as user %s" msgstr "서버 %s에 %s 사용자로 약속 있음/없음 정보에 접근할 암호를 입력하십시오." #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1920 #, c-format msgid "Failure reason: %s" msgstr "실패 이유: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1925 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:351 #: ../smime/gui/component.c:64 msgid "Enter password" msgstr "암호를 입력하십시오" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:528 msgid "Out of Office" msgstr "부재 중" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:530 msgid "No Information" msgstr "정보 없음" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:570 msgid "O_ptions" msgstr "옵션(_P)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:590 msgid "Show _only working hours" msgstr "근무 시간만 보이기(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:603 msgid "Show _zoomed out" msgstr "축소해서 보이기(_Z)" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:621 msgid "_Update free/busy" msgstr "약속 있음/없음 업데이트(_U)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:638 msgid "_<<" msgstr "_<<" # Autopick -> 빈 시간 찾기, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:658 msgid "_Autopick" msgstr "빈 시간 찾기(_A)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:675 msgid ">_>" msgstr ">_>" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:696 msgid "_All people and resources" msgstr "모든 사람과 자원(_A)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:707 msgid "All _people and one resource" msgstr "모든 사람과 자원 한 개(_P)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:718 msgid "_Required people" msgstr "필요한 사람(_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:728 msgid "Required people and _one resource" msgstr "필요한 사람과 자원 한 개(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:767 msgid "_Start time:" msgstr "시작 시각(_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:796 msgid "_End time:" msgstr "마침 시각(_E):" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2660 #, c-format msgid "" "Summary: %s\n" "Location: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2662 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3534 #, c-format msgid "Summary: %s" msgstr "요약: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click here to add an attendee" msgstr "참석자를 추가하려면 여기를 누르십시오" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:3 msgid "Member" msgstr "구성원" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:7 msgid "Delegated To" msgstr "대리받은 사람" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:8 msgid "Delegated From" msgstr "대리한 사람" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:10 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "공통 이름" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:11 msgid "Language" msgstr "언어" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:434 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:482 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:307 msgid "Memos" msgstr "메모" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:515 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:803 msgid "* No Summary *" msgstr "* 요약 없음 *" #. Translators: This is followed by an event's start date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:602 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:887 msgid "Start: " msgstr "시작: " #. Translators: This is followed by an event's due date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:621 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:905 msgid "Due: " msgstr "기한: " #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:742 msgid "Cut selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "선택한 메모를 클립보드로 잘라 냅니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:748 msgid "Copy selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "선택한 메모를 클립보드로 복사합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:754 msgid "Paste memos from the clipboard" msgstr "클립보드에서 메모를 붙여 넣습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:760 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:589 msgid "Delete selected memos" msgstr "선택한 메모를 삭제합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:766 msgid "Select all visible memos" msgstr "보이는 모든 메시지 선택" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a memo" msgstr "메모를 추가하려면 누르십시오" #. Translators: "%d%%" is the percentage of a task done. #. * %d is the actual value, %% is replaced with a percent sign. #. * Result values will be 0%, 10%, 20%, ... 100% #. #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:604 #, c-format msgid "%d%%" msgstr "%d%%" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:721 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2418 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:79 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1078 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:61 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:439 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:462 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "작업" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1040 msgid "Cut selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "선택한 작업을 클립보드로 잘라냅니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1046 msgid "Copy selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "선택한 작업을 클립보드로 복사합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1052 msgid "Paste tasks from the clipboard" msgstr "클립보드에서 작업을 붙여 넣습니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1058 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:713 msgid "Delete selected tasks" msgstr "선택한 작업을 삭제합니다" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1064 msgid "Select all visible tasks" msgstr "보이는 모든 작업 선택" #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:335 msgid "Select Timezone" msgstr "표준 시간대를 선택하십시오" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %B = full #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:227 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2072 msgid "%d %B" msgstr "%B %e일" #: ../calendar/gui/gnome-cal.c:2369 msgid "Purging" msgstr "비우는 중" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:648 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:706 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:840 msgid "An organizer must be set." msgstr "주최자를 결정해야 합니다." #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:697 msgid "At least one attendee is necessary" msgstr "참석자가 최소한 한 사람은 필요합니다" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:928 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1089 msgid "Event information" msgstr "행사 정보" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:931 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1092 msgid "Task information" msgstr "작업 정보" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:934 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1095 msgid "Memo information" msgstr "메모 정보" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:937 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1113 msgid "Free/Busy information" msgstr "약속 있음/없음 정보" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:940 msgid "Calendar information" msgstr "달력 정보" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:977 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Accepted" msgstr "수락" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Tentatively Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:984 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "잠정적으로 수락" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Declined: Meeting Name". #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Declined: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:991 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1039 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Declined" msgstr "거절" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Delegated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:998 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Delegated" msgstr "대리" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Updated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1011 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Updated" msgstr "업데이트됨" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Cancel: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1018 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Refresh: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1025 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Refresh" msgstr "새로운 사항" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Counter-proposal: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1032 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Counter-proposal" msgstr "반대제안" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1110 #, c-format msgid "Free/Busy information (%s to %s)" msgstr "약속 있음/없음 정보 (%s부터 %s까지)" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1118 msgid "iCalendar information" msgstr "iCalendar 정보" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1146 msgid "Unable to book a resource, the new event collides with some other." msgstr "리소스를 예약할 수 없습니다. 새 행사가 다른 행사와 충돌합니다." #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Unable to book a resource, error: %s" msgstr "" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1326 msgid "You must be an attendee of the event." msgstr "이 행사의 참석자여야 합니다." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "1st" msgstr "1일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "4th" msgstr "4일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "5th" msgstr "5일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "6th" msgstr "6일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "7th" msgstr "7일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "8th" msgstr "8일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "9th" msgstr "9일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "10th" msgstr "10일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "11th" msgstr "11일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "12th" msgstr "12일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "13th" msgstr "13일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "14th" msgstr "14일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "15th" msgstr "15일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "16th" msgstr "16일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "17th" msgstr "17일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "18th" msgstr "18일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "19th" msgstr "19일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "20th" msgstr "20일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "21st" msgstr "21일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "24th" msgstr "24일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "25th" msgstr "25일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "26th" msgstr "26일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "27th" msgstr "27일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "28th" msgstr "28일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "29th" msgstr "29일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "30th" msgstr "30일" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:667 msgid "31st" msgstr "31일" #. Translators: These are workday abbreviations, #. * e.g. Su=Sunday and Th=thursday #. G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY #. G_DATE_MONDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:727 msgid "Mo" msgstr "월" #. G_DATE_TUESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:728 msgid "Tu" msgstr "화" #. G_DATE_WEDNESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:729 msgid "We" msgstr "수" #. G_DATE_THURSDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:730 msgid "Th" msgstr "목" #. G_DATE_FRIDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:731 msgid "Fr" msgstr "금" #. G_DATE_SATURDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:732 msgid "Sa" msgstr "토" #. G_DATE_SUNDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:733 msgid "Su" msgstr "일" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #. Translators: This is part of "START to END" text, #. * where START and END are date/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3328 msgid " to " msgstr " 부터 " # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #. Translators: This is part of "START to END #. * (Completed COMPLETED)", where COMPLETED is a #. * completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3338 msgid " (Completed " msgstr " (완료됨 " # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #. Translators: This is part of "Completed COMPLETED", #. * where COMPLETED is a completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3344 msgid "Completed " msgstr "완료됨 " # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #. Translators: This is part of "START (Due DUE)", #. * where START and DUE are dates/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3354 msgid " (Due " msgstr " (기한 " # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #. Translators: This is part of "Due DUE", #. * where DUE is a date/time due the event #. * should be finished. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3361 msgid "Due " msgstr "기한 " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3564 msgid "Attendees: " msgstr "참석자: " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3608 #, c-format msgid "Status: %s" msgstr "상태: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3624 #, c-format msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "우선순위: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3642 #, c-format msgid "Percent Complete: %i" msgstr "퍼센트 완료: %i" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3656 #, c-format msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3670 #, c-format msgid "Categories: %s" msgstr "분류: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3681 msgid "Contacts: " msgstr "연락처: " #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:12 msgid "In progress" msgstr "진행 중" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:25 #, no-c-format msgid "% Completed" msgstr "% 완료" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:26 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:38 msgid "is greater than" msgstr "보다 큼" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:27 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:39 msgid "is less than" msgstr "보다 적음" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:78 msgid "Appointments and Meetings" msgstr "약속 및 모임" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:462 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:901 msgid "Opening calendar" msgstr "달력을 여는 중입니다" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:610 msgid "iCalendar files (.ics)" msgstr "iCalendar 파일 (.ics)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:611 msgid "Evolution iCalendar importer" msgstr "에볼루션 iCalendar 가져오기" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:703 msgid "Reminder!" msgstr "미리 알림!" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:787 msgid "vCalendar files (.vcs)" msgstr "vCalendar 파일 (.vcs)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:788 msgid "Evolution vCalendar importer" msgstr "에볼루션 vCalendar 가져오기" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1071 msgid "Calendar Events" msgstr "달력 행사" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1115 msgid "Evolution Calendar intelligent importer" msgstr "에볼루션 달력 똑똑한 가져오기" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Meeting" msgstr "모임" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Event" msgstr "행사" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1189 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1501 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Task" msgstr "작업" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1192 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1502 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Memo" msgstr "메모" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1201 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has recurrences" msgstr "반복 있음" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1206 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "is an instance" msgstr "인스턴스임" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1211 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has reminders" msgstr "미리 알림 있음" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1216 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has attachments" msgstr "첨부 있음" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1229 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Public" msgstr "공개" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1232 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Private" msgstr "개인" # 비밀 옵션 #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1235 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "비밀" #. Translators: Appointment's classification section name #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1239 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Classification" msgstr "등급" #. Translators: Appointment's summary #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1244 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1544 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Summary" msgstr "요약" #. Translators: Appointment's location #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1250 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" #. Translators: Appointment's start time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1258 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1539 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Start" msgstr "시작" #. Translators: 'Due' like the time due a task should be finished #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1269 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Due" msgstr "기한" #. Translators: Appointment's end time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1281 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "End" msgstr "끝" #. Translators: Appointment's categories #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1291 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Categories" msgstr "분류" #. Translators: Appointment's complete value (either percentage, or a date/time of a completion) #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1315 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Completed" msgstr "완료됨" #. Translators: Appointment's URL #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1323 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. Translators: Appointment's organizer #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1334 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1337 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Organizer" msgstr "주최자" #. Translators: Appointment's attendees #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1357 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1360 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Attendees" msgstr "참석자" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1374 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1534 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Type" msgstr "형태" #. #. * #. * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or #. * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either #. * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) version 3. #. * #. * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, #. * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of #. * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU #. * Lesser General Public License for more details. #. * #. * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License along with the program; if not, see #. * #. * #. * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Novell, Inc. (www.novell.com) #. * #. #. #. * These are the timezone names from the Olson timezone data. #. * We only place them here so gettext picks them up for translation. #. * Don't include in any C files. #. #: ../calendar/zones.h:26 msgid "Africa/Abidjan" msgstr "아프리카/아비드잔" #: ../calendar/zones.h:27 msgid "Africa/Accra" msgstr "아프리카/아크라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:28 msgid "Africa/Addis_Ababa" msgstr "아프리카/아디스아바바" #: ../calendar/zones.h:29 msgid "Africa/Algiers" msgstr "아프리카/알제" #: ../calendar/zones.h:30 msgid "Africa/Asmera" msgstr "아프리카/아스마라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:31 msgid "Africa/Bamako" msgstr "아프리카/바마코" #: ../calendar/zones.h:32 msgid "Africa/Bangui" msgstr "아프리카/방기" #: ../calendar/zones.h:33 msgid "Africa/Banjul" msgstr "아프리카/반줄" #: ../calendar/zones.h:34 msgid "Africa/Bissau" msgstr "아프리카/비소" #: ../calendar/zones.h:35 msgid "Africa/Blantyre" msgstr "아프리카/블란티레" #: ../calendar/zones.h:36 msgid "Africa/Brazzaville" msgstr "아프리카/브라자빌" #: ../calendar/zones.h:37 msgid "Africa/Bujumbura" msgstr "아프리카/부줌부라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:38 msgid "Africa/Cairo" msgstr "아프리카/카이로" #: ../calendar/zones.h:39 msgid "Africa/Casablanca" msgstr "아프리카/카사블랑카" #: ../calendar/zones.h:40 msgid "Africa/Ceuta" msgstr "아프리카/세우타" #: ../calendar/zones.h:41 msgid "Africa/Conakry" msgstr "아프리카/코나크리" #: ../calendar/zones.h:42 msgid "Africa/Dakar" msgstr "아프리카/다카르" #: ../calendar/zones.h:43 msgid "Africa/Dar_es_Salaam" msgstr "아프리카/솔로몬제도" #: ../calendar/zones.h:44 msgid "Africa/Djibouti" msgstr "아프리카/지부티" #: ../calendar/zones.h:45 msgid "Africa/Douala" msgstr "아프리카/두알라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:46 msgid "Africa/El_Aaiun" msgstr "아프리카/엘아이운" #: ../calendar/zones.h:47 msgid "Africa/Freetown" msgstr "아프리카/프리타운" #: ../calendar/zones.h:48 msgid "Africa/Gaborone" msgstr "아프리카/가봉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:49 msgid "Africa/Harare" msgstr "아프리카/하라레" #: ../calendar/zones.h:50 msgid "Africa/Johannesburg" msgstr "아프리카/요하네스버그" #: ../calendar/zones.h:51 msgid "Africa/Kampala" msgstr "아프리카/캄팔라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:52 msgid "Africa/Khartoum" msgstr "아프리카/하르툼" #: ../calendar/zones.h:53 msgid "Africa/Kigali" msgstr "아프리카/키갈리" #: ../calendar/zones.h:54 msgid "Africa/Kinshasa" msgstr "아프리카/킨사사" #: ../calendar/zones.h:55 msgid "Africa/Lagos" msgstr "아프리카/라고스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:56 msgid "Africa/Libreville" msgstr "아프리카/리브르빌" #: ../calendar/zones.h:57 msgid "Africa/Lome" msgstr "아프리카/로메" #: ../calendar/zones.h:58 msgid "Africa/Luanda" msgstr "아프리카/루안다" #: ../calendar/zones.h:59 msgid "Africa/Lubumbashi" msgstr "아프리카/루붐바시" #: ../calendar/zones.h:60 msgid "Africa/Lusaka" msgstr "아프리카/루사카" #: ../calendar/zones.h:61 msgid "Africa/Malabo" msgstr "아프리카/말라보" #: ../calendar/zones.h:62 msgid "Africa/Maputo" msgstr "아프리카/마푸토" #: ../calendar/zones.h:63 msgid "Africa/Maseru" msgstr "아프리카/마세루" #: ../calendar/zones.h:64 msgid "Africa/Mbabane" msgstr "아프리카/옴바바네" #: ../calendar/zones.h:65 msgid "Africa/Mogadishu" msgstr "아프리카/모가디슈" #: ../calendar/zones.h:66 msgid "Africa/Monrovia" msgstr "아프리카/몬로비아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:67 msgid "Africa/Nairobi" msgstr "아프리카/나이로비" #: ../calendar/zones.h:68 msgid "Africa/Ndjamena" msgstr "아프리카/은자메나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:69 msgid "Africa/Niamey" msgstr "아프리카/니아메이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:70 msgid "Africa/Nouakchott" msgstr "아프리카/누악쇼트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:71 msgid "Africa/Ouagadougou" msgstr "아프리카/와가두구" #: ../calendar/zones.h:72 msgid "Africa/Porto-Novo" msgstr "아프리카/포르토노보" #: ../calendar/zones.h:73 msgid "Africa/Sao_Tome" msgstr "아프리카/상투메" #: ../calendar/zones.h:74 msgid "Africa/Timbuktu" msgstr "아프리카/팀부크투" #: ../calendar/zones.h:75 msgid "Africa/Tripoli" msgstr "아프리카/트리플리" #: ../calendar/zones.h:76 msgid "Africa/Tunis" msgstr "아프리카/튀니스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:77 msgid "Africa/Windhoek" msgstr "아프리카/빈트후크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:78 msgid "America/Adak" msgstr "아메리카/에이닥크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:79 msgid "America/Anchorage" msgstr "아메리카/앵커러지" #: ../calendar/zones.h:80 msgid "America/Anguilla" msgstr "아메리카/앙귈라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:81 msgid "America/Antigua" msgstr "아메리카/안티구아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:82 msgid "America/Araguaina" msgstr "아메리카/아라구에이나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:83 msgid "America/Aruba" msgstr "아메리카/아루바" #: ../calendar/zones.h:84 msgid "America/Asuncion" msgstr "아메리카/아순시온" #: ../calendar/zones.h:85 msgid "America/Barbados" msgstr "아메리카/바베이도스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:86 msgid "America/Belem" msgstr "아메리카/벨렘" #: ../calendar/zones.h:87 msgid "America/Belize" msgstr "아메리카/벨리즈" #: ../calendar/zones.h:88 msgid "America/Boa_Vista" msgstr "아메리카/보아비스타" #: ../calendar/zones.h:89 msgid "America/Bogota" msgstr "아메리카/보고타" #: ../calendar/zones.h:90 msgid "America/Boise" msgstr "아메리카/보이즈" #: ../calendar/zones.h:91 msgid "America/Buenos_Aires" msgstr "아메리카/부에노스아이레스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:92 msgid "America/Cambridge_Bay" msgstr "아메리카/캠브리지베이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:93 msgid "America/Cancun" msgstr "아메리카/칸쿤" #: ../calendar/zones.h:94 msgid "America/Caracas" msgstr "아메리카/카라카스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:95 msgid "America/Catamarca" msgstr "아메리카/카타마르카" #: ../calendar/zones.h:96 msgid "America/Cayenne" msgstr "아메리카/카이만" #: ../calendar/zones.h:97 msgid "America/Cayman" msgstr "아메리카/카이먼제도" #: ../calendar/zones.h:98 msgid "America/Chicago" msgstr "아메리카/시카고" #: ../calendar/zones.h:99 msgid "America/Chihuahua" msgstr "아메리카/치와와" #: ../calendar/zones.h:100 msgid "America/Cordoba" msgstr "아메리카/코르도바" #: ../calendar/zones.h:101 msgid "America/Costa_Rica" msgstr "아메리카/코스타리카" #: ../calendar/zones.h:102 msgid "America/Cuiaba" msgstr "아메리카/쿠이아바" #: ../calendar/zones.h:103 msgid "America/Curacao" msgstr "아메리카/쿠라카오" #: ../calendar/zones.h:104 msgid "America/Danmarkshavn" msgstr "아메리카/단마크셰븐" #: ../calendar/zones.h:105 msgid "America/Dawson" msgstr "아메리카/도슨" #: ../calendar/zones.h:106 msgid "America/Dawson_Creek" msgstr "아메리카/도슨크릭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:107 msgid "America/Denver" msgstr "아메리카/덴버" #: ../calendar/zones.h:108 msgid "America/Detroit" msgstr "아메리카/디트로이트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:109 msgid "America/Dominica" msgstr "아메리카/도미니카" #: ../calendar/zones.h:110 msgid "America/Edmonton" msgstr "아메리카/에드먼튼" #: ../calendar/zones.h:111 msgid "America/Eirunepe" msgstr "아메리카/에이루네프" #: ../calendar/zones.h:112 msgid "America/El_Salvador" msgstr "아메리카/엘살바도르" #: ../calendar/zones.h:113 msgid "America/Fortaleza" msgstr "아메리카/포르탈레자" #: ../calendar/zones.h:114 msgid "America/Glace_Bay" msgstr "아메리카/글레이스베이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:115 msgid "America/Godthab" msgstr "아메리카/고드홉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:116 msgid "America/Goose_Bay" msgstr "아메리카/구스베이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:117 msgid "America/Grand_Turk" msgstr "아메리카/그랜드트럭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:118 msgid "America/Grenada" msgstr "아메리카/그레나다" #: ../calendar/zones.h:119 msgid "America/Guadeloupe" msgstr "아메리카/과델루프" #: ../calendar/zones.h:120 msgid "America/Guatemala" msgstr "아메리카/과테말라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:121 msgid "America/Guayaquil" msgstr "아메리카/과야킬" #: ../calendar/zones.h:122 msgid "America/Guyana" msgstr "아메리카/기아나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:123 msgid "America/Halifax" msgstr "아메리카/헬리팩스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:124 msgid "America/Havana" msgstr "아메리카/하바나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:125 msgid "America/Hermosillo" msgstr "아메리카/에르모시요" #: ../calendar/zones.h:126 msgid "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" msgstr "아메리카/인디아나/인디아나폴리스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:127 msgid "America/Indiana/Knox" msgstr "아메리카/인디애나/녹스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:128 msgid "America/Indiana/Marengo" msgstr "아메리카/인디애나/마렝고" #: ../calendar/zones.h:129 msgid "America/Indiana/Vevay" msgstr "아메리카/인디애나/베베이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:130 msgid "America/Indianapolis" msgstr "아메리카/인디아나폴리스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:131 msgid "America/Inuvik" msgstr "아메리카/이누빅" #: ../calendar/zones.h:132 msgid "America/Iqaluit" msgstr "아메리카/이칼루이트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:133 msgid "America/Jamaica" msgstr "아메리카/자메이카" #: ../calendar/zones.h:134 msgid "America/Jujuy" msgstr "아메리카/후후이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:135 msgid "America/Juneau" msgstr "아메리카/주노" #: ../calendar/zones.h:136 msgid "America/Kentucky/Louisville" msgstr "아메리카/켄터키/루이스빌" #: ../calendar/zones.h:137 msgid "America/Kentucky/Monticello" msgstr "아메리카/켄터키/몬티첼로" #: ../calendar/zones.h:138 msgid "America/La_Paz" msgstr "아메리카/라페즈" #: ../calendar/zones.h:139 msgid "America/Lima" msgstr "아메리크/리마" #: ../calendar/zones.h:140 msgid "America/Los_Angeles" msgstr "아메리카/로스앤젤레스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:141 msgid "America/Louisville" msgstr "아메리카/루이스빌" #: ../calendar/zones.h:142 msgid "America/Maceio" msgstr "아메리카/마세이오" #: ../calendar/zones.h:143 msgid "America/Managua" msgstr "아메리카/마나구아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:144 msgid "America/Manaus" msgstr "아메리카/마나우스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:145 msgid "America/Martinique" msgstr "아메리카/마르티니크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:146 msgid "America/Mazatlan" msgstr "아메리카/마자틀란" #: ../calendar/zones.h:147 msgid "America/Mendoza" msgstr "아메리카/멘도사" #: ../calendar/zones.h:148 msgid "America/Menominee" msgstr "아메리카/메노미니" #: ../calendar/zones.h:149 msgid "America/Merida" msgstr "아메리카/메리다" #: ../calendar/zones.h:150 msgid "America/Mexico_City" msgstr "아메리카/멕시코시티" #: ../calendar/zones.h:151 msgid "America/Miquelon" msgstr "아메리카/미켈롱" #: ../calendar/zones.h:152 msgid "America/Monterrey" msgstr "아메리카/몬테레이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:153 msgid "America/Montevideo" msgstr "아메리카/몬테비데오" #: ../calendar/zones.h:154 msgid "America/Montreal" msgstr "아메리카/몬트리얼" #: ../calendar/zones.h:155 msgid "America/Montserrat" msgstr "아메리카/몬트세라트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:156 msgid "America/Nassau" msgstr "아메리카/나소" #: ../calendar/zones.h:157 msgid "America/New_York" msgstr "아메리카/뉴욕" #: ../calendar/zones.h:158 msgid "America/Nipigon" msgstr "아메리카/니피곤" #: ../calendar/zones.h:159 msgid "America/Nome" msgstr "아메리카/놈" #: ../calendar/zones.h:160 msgid "America/Noronha" msgstr "아메리카/노롱야" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "아메리카/노스다코타/중앙" #: ../calendar/zones.h:162 msgid "America/Panama" msgstr "아메리카/파나마" #: ../calendar/zones.h:163 msgid "America/Pangnirtung" msgstr "아메리카/팡니르텅" #: ../calendar/zones.h:164 msgid "America/Paramaribo" msgstr "아메리카/파라마리보" #: ../calendar/zones.h:165 msgid "America/Phoenix" msgstr "아메리카/피닉스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:166 msgid "America/Port-au-Prince" msgstr "아메리카/포트아우프린스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:167 msgid "America/Port_of_Spain" msgstr "아메리카/포트오브스페인" #: ../calendar/zones.h:168 msgid "America/Porto_Velho" msgstr "아메리카/포르토벨로" #: ../calendar/zones.h:169 msgid "America/Puerto_Rico" msgstr "아메리카/푸에르토리코" #: ../calendar/zones.h:170 msgid "America/Rainy_River" msgstr "아메리카/레이니리버" #: ../calendar/zones.h:171 msgid "America/Rankin_Inlet" msgstr "아메리카/란킨인레트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:172 msgid "America/Recife" msgstr "아메리카/레시페" #: ../calendar/zones.h:173 msgid "America/Regina" msgstr "아메리카/레지나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:174 msgid "America/Rio_Branco" msgstr "아메리카/리오브랑코" #: ../calendar/zones.h:175 msgid "America/Rosario" msgstr "아메리카/로사리오" #: ../calendar/zones.h:176 msgid "America/Santiago" msgstr "아메리카/산티아고" #: ../calendar/zones.h:177 msgid "America/Santo_Domingo" msgstr "아메리카/산토도밍고" #: ../calendar/zones.h:178 msgid "America/Sao_Paulo" msgstr "아메리카/상파울로" #: ../calendar/zones.h:179 msgid "America/Scoresbysund" msgstr "아메리카/스코스바이선드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:180 msgid "America/Shiprock" msgstr "아메리카/쉬프록" #: ../calendar/zones.h:181 msgid "America/St_Johns" msgstr "아메리카/세인트존스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:182 msgid "America/St_Kitts" msgstr "아메리카/세인트키츠" #: ../calendar/zones.h:183 msgid "America/St_Lucia" msgstr "아메리카/세인트루시아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:184 msgid "America/St_Thomas" msgstr "아메리카/세인트토마스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:185 msgid "America/St_Vincent" msgstr "아메리카/세인트빈센트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:186 msgid "America/Swift_Current" msgstr "아메리카/스위프트커런트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:187 msgid "America/Tegucigalpa" msgstr "아메리카/테구시갈파" #: ../calendar/zones.h:188 msgid "America/Thule" msgstr "아메리카/툴레" #: ../calendar/zones.h:189 msgid "America/Thunder_Bay" msgstr "아메리카/썬더베이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:190 msgid "America/Tijuana" msgstr "아메리카/티후아나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:191 msgid "America/Tortola" msgstr "아메리카/토르톨라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:192 msgid "America/Vancouver" msgstr "아메리카/밴쿠버" #: ../calendar/zones.h:193 msgid "America/Whitehorse" msgstr "아메리카/화이트호스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:194 msgid "America/Winnipeg" msgstr "아메리카/위니펙" #: ../calendar/zones.h:195 msgid "America/Yakutat" msgstr "아메리카/야쿠타트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:196 msgid "America/Yellowknife" msgstr "아메리카/옐로나이프" #: ../calendar/zones.h:197 msgid "Antarctica/Casey" msgstr "남극대륙/케세이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:198 msgid "Antarctica/Davis" msgstr "남극/데이비스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:199 msgid "Antarctica/DumontDUrville" msgstr "남극/드몬두르빌" #: ../calendar/zones.h:200 msgid "Antarctica/Mawson" msgstr "남극/모슨" #: ../calendar/zones.h:201 msgid "Antarctica/McMurdo" msgstr "남극/맥머드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:202 msgid "Antarctica/Palmer" msgstr "남극/팔머" #: ../calendar/zones.h:203 msgid "Antarctica/South_Pole" msgstr "남극/극점" #: ../calendar/zones.h:204 msgid "Antarctica/Syowa" msgstr "남극/쇼와" #: ../calendar/zones.h:205 msgid "Antarctica/Vostok" msgstr "남극/보스토크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:206 msgid "Arctic/Longyearbyen" msgstr "북극/롱이어빈" #: ../calendar/zones.h:207 msgid "Asia/Aden" msgstr "아시아/아덴" #: ../calendar/zones.h:208 msgid "Asia/Almaty" msgstr "아시아/알마티" #: ../calendar/zones.h:209 msgid "Asia/Amman" msgstr "아시아/암만" #: ../calendar/zones.h:210 msgid "Asia/Anadyr" msgstr "아시아/아나디르" #: ../calendar/zones.h:211 msgid "Asia/Aqtau" msgstr "아시아/아크타우" #: ../calendar/zones.h:212 msgid "Asia/Aqtobe" msgstr "아시아/아크토베" #: ../calendar/zones.h:213 msgid "Asia/Ashgabat" msgstr "아시아/아스하바트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:214 msgid "Asia/Baghdad" msgstr "아시아/바그다드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:215 msgid "Asia/Bahrain" msgstr "아시아/바레인" #: ../calendar/zones.h:216 msgid "Asia/Baku" msgstr "아시아/바쿠" #: ../calendar/zones.h:217 msgid "Asia/Bangkok" msgstr "아시아/방콕" #: ../calendar/zones.h:218 msgid "Asia/Beirut" msgstr "아시아/베이루트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:219 msgid "Asia/Bishkek" msgstr "아시아/비슈케크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:220 msgid "Asia/Brunei" msgstr "아시아/브루나이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:221 msgid "Asia/Calcutta" msgstr "아시아/캘커타" #: ../calendar/zones.h:222 msgid "Asia/Choibalsan" msgstr "아시아/초이발산" #: ../calendar/zones.h:223 msgid "Asia/Chongqing" msgstr "아시아/충칭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:224 msgid "Asia/Colombo" msgstr "아시아/콜롬보" #: ../calendar/zones.h:225 msgid "Asia/Damascus" msgstr "아시아/다마스커스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:226 msgid "Asia/Dhaka" msgstr "아시아/다카" #: ../calendar/zones.h:227 msgid "Asia/Dili" msgstr "아시아/딜리" #: ../calendar/zones.h:228 msgid "Asia/Dubai" msgstr "아시아/두바이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:229 msgid "Asia/Dushanbe" msgstr "아시아/두샨베" #: ../calendar/zones.h:230 msgid "Asia/Gaza" msgstr "아시아/가자" #: ../calendar/zones.h:231 msgid "Asia/Harbin" msgstr "아시아/하얼빈" #: ../calendar/zones.h:232 msgid "Asia/Hong_Kong" msgstr "아시아/홍콩" #: ../calendar/zones.h:233 msgid "Asia/Hovd" msgstr "아시아/홉드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:234 msgid "Asia/Irkutsk" msgstr "아시아/이르쿠츠크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:235 msgid "Asia/Istanbul" msgstr "아시아/이스탄불" #: ../calendar/zones.h:236 msgid "Asia/Jakarta" msgstr "아시아/자카르타" #: ../calendar/zones.h:237 msgid "Asia/Jayapura" msgstr "아시아/자야푸라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:238 msgid "Asia/Jerusalem" msgstr "아시아/예루살렘" #: ../calendar/zones.h:239 msgid "Asia/Kabul" msgstr "아시아/카불" #: ../calendar/zones.h:240 msgid "Asia/Kamchatka" msgstr "아시아/캄챠카" #: ../calendar/zones.h:241 msgid "Asia/Karachi" msgstr "아시아/카라치" #: ../calendar/zones.h:242 msgid "Asia/Kashgar" msgstr "아시아/카슈가르" #: ../calendar/zones.h:243 msgid "Asia/Katmandu" msgstr "아시아/카트만두" #: ../calendar/zones.h:244 msgid "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "아시아/크라스노야르스크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:245 msgid "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" msgstr "아시아/쿠알라룸프르" #: ../calendar/zones.h:246 msgid "Asia/Kuching" msgstr "아시아/쿠칭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:247 msgid "Asia/Kuwait" msgstr "아시아/쿠웨이트" # 국가 이름 Macao #: ../calendar/zones.h:248 msgid "Asia/Macao" msgstr "아시아/마카오" # Macao의 수도 Macau #: ../calendar/zones.h:249 msgid "Asia/Macau" msgstr "아시아/마카우" #: ../calendar/zones.h:250 msgid "Asia/Magadan" msgstr "아시아/마가단" #: ../calendar/zones.h:251 msgid "Asia/Makassar" msgstr "아시아/마카사" #: ../calendar/zones.h:252 msgid "Asia/Manila" msgstr "아시아/마닐라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:253 msgid "Asia/Muscat" msgstr "아시아/무스카트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:254 msgid "Asia/Nicosia" msgstr "아시아/니코시아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:255 msgid "Asia/Novosibirsk" msgstr "아시아/노보시비르스크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:256 msgid "Asia/Omsk" msgstr "아시아/옴스크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:257 msgid "Asia/Oral" msgstr "아시아/오랄" #: ../calendar/zones.h:258 msgid "Asia/Phnom_Penh" msgstr "아시아/프놈펜" #: ../calendar/zones.h:259 msgid "Asia/Pontianak" msgstr "아시아/폰티아나크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:260 msgid "Asia/Pyongyang" msgstr "아시아/평양" #: ../calendar/zones.h:261 msgid "Asia/Qatar" msgstr "아시아/카타르" #: ../calendar/zones.h:262 msgid "Asia/Qyzylorda" msgstr "아시아/키지로다" #: ../calendar/zones.h:263 msgid "Asia/Rangoon" msgstr "아시아/랑군" #: ../calendar/zones.h:264 msgid "Asia/Riyadh" msgstr "아시아/리야드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:265 msgid "Asia/Saigon" msgstr "아시아/사이공" #: ../calendar/zones.h:266 msgid "Asia/Sakhalin" msgstr "아시아/사할린" #: ../calendar/zones.h:267 msgid "Asia/Samarkand" msgstr "아시아/사마르칸트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:268 msgid "Asia/Seoul" msgstr "아시아/서울" #: ../calendar/zones.h:269 msgid "Asia/Shanghai" msgstr "아시아/상하이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:270 msgid "Asia/Singapore" msgstr "아시아/싱가포르" #: ../calendar/zones.h:271 msgid "Asia/Taipei" msgstr "아시아/타이페이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:272 msgid "Asia/Tashkent" msgstr "아시아/타슈켄트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:273 msgid "Asia/Tbilisi" msgstr "아시아/트빌리시" #: ../calendar/zones.h:274 msgid "Asia/Tehran" msgstr "아시아/테헤란" #: ../calendar/zones.h:275 msgid "Asia/Thimphu" msgstr "아시아/팀부" #: ../calendar/zones.h:276 msgid "Asia/Tokyo" msgstr "아시아/도쿄" #: ../calendar/zones.h:277 msgid "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" msgstr "아시아/우중판당" #: ../calendar/zones.h:278 msgid "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" msgstr "아시아/울란바토르" #: ../calendar/zones.h:279 msgid "Asia/Urumqi" msgstr "아시아/우루무치" #: ../calendar/zones.h:280 msgid "Asia/Vientiane" msgstr "아시아/비엔티안" #: ../calendar/zones.h:281 msgid "Asia/Vladivostok" msgstr "아시아/블라디보스톡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:282 msgid "Asia/Yakutsk" msgstr "아시아/야쿠츠크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:283 msgid "Asia/Yekaterinburg" msgstr "아시아/예카테린버그" #: ../calendar/zones.h:284 msgid "Asia/Yerevan" msgstr "아시아/예레반" #: ../calendar/zones.h:285 msgid "Atlantic/Azores" msgstr "대서양/아조레스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:286 msgid "Atlantic/Bermuda" msgstr "대서양/버뮤다" #: ../calendar/zones.h:287 msgid "Atlantic/Canary" msgstr "대서양/카나리제도" #: ../calendar/zones.h:288 msgid "Atlantic/Cape_Verde" msgstr "대서양/케이프베르드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:289 msgid "Atlantic/Faeroe" msgstr "대서양/페로" #: ../calendar/zones.h:290 msgid "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" msgstr "대서양/잔메이엔" #: ../calendar/zones.h:291 msgid "Atlantic/Madeira" msgstr "대서양/마데이라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:292 msgid "Atlantic/Reykjavik" msgstr "대서양/레이캬빅" #: ../calendar/zones.h:293 msgid "Atlantic/South_Georgia" msgstr "대서양/사우스조지아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:294 msgid "Atlantic/St_Helena" msgstr "대서양/세인트헬레나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:295 msgid "Atlantic/Stanley" msgstr "대서양/스탠리" #: ../calendar/zones.h:296 msgid "Australia/Adelaide" msgstr "오스트레일리아/아들레이드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:297 msgid "Australia/Brisbane" msgstr "오스트레일리아/브리스베인" #: ../calendar/zones.h:298 msgid "Australia/Broken_Hill" msgstr "오스트레일리아/브로큰힐" #: ../calendar/zones.h:299 msgid "Australia/Darwin" msgstr "오스트레일리아/다윈" #: ../calendar/zones.h:300 msgid "Australia/Hobart" msgstr "오스트레일리아/호바트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:301 msgid "Australia/Lindeman" msgstr "오스트레일리아/린드만" #: ../calendar/zones.h:302 msgid "Australia/Lord_Howe" msgstr "오스트레일리아/로드하우" #: ../calendar/zones.h:303 msgid "Australia/Melbourne" msgstr "오스트레일리아/멜버른" #: ../calendar/zones.h:304 msgid "Australia/Perth" msgstr "오스트레일리아/퍼스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:305 msgid "Australia/Sydney" msgstr "오스트레일리아/시드니" #: ../calendar/zones.h:306 msgid "Europe/Amsterdam" msgstr "유럽/암스테르담" #: ../calendar/zones.h:307 msgid "Europe/Andorra" msgstr "유럽/안도라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:308 msgid "Europe/Athens" msgstr "유럽/아테네" #: ../calendar/zones.h:309 msgid "Europe/Belfast" msgstr "유럽/벨파스트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:310 msgid "Europe/Belgrade" msgstr "유럽/벨그라드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:311 msgid "Europe/Berlin" msgstr "유럽/베를린" #: ../calendar/zones.h:312 msgid "Europe/Bratislava" msgstr "유럽/브라티슬라바" #: ../calendar/zones.h:313 msgid "Europe/Brussels" msgstr "유럽/브뤼셀" #: ../calendar/zones.h:314 msgid "Europe/Bucharest" msgstr "유럽/부카레스트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:315 msgid "Europe/Budapest" msgstr "유럽/부다페스트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:316 msgid "Europe/Chisinau" msgstr "유럽/치시나우" #: ../calendar/zones.h:317 msgid "Europe/Copenhagen" msgstr "유럽/코펜하겐" #: ../calendar/zones.h:318 msgid "Europe/Dublin" msgstr "유럽/더블린" #: ../calendar/zones.h:319 msgid "Europe/Gibraltar" msgstr "유럽/지브롤터" #: ../calendar/zones.h:320 msgid "Europe/Helsinki" msgstr "유럽/헬싱키" #: ../calendar/zones.h:321 msgid "Europe/Istanbul" msgstr "유럽/이스탄불" #: ../calendar/zones.h:322 msgid "Europe/Kaliningrad" msgstr "유럽/칼리니그라드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:323 msgid "Europe/Kiev" msgstr "유럽/키에프" #: ../calendar/zones.h:324 msgid "Europe/Lisbon" msgstr "유럽/리스본" #: ../calendar/zones.h:325 msgid "Europe/Ljubljana" msgstr "유럽/류블리아나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:326 msgid "Europe/London" msgstr "유럽/런던" #: ../calendar/zones.h:327 msgid "Europe/Luxembourg" msgstr "유럽/룩셈부르크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:328 msgid "Europe/Madrid" msgstr "유럽/마드리드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:329 msgid "Europe/Malta" msgstr "유럽/몰타" #: ../calendar/zones.h:330 msgid "Europe/Minsk" msgstr "유럽/민스크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:331 msgid "Europe/Monaco" msgstr "유럽/모나코" #: ../calendar/zones.h:332 msgid "Europe/Moscow" msgstr "유럽/모스크바" #: ../calendar/zones.h:333 msgid "Europe/Nicosia" msgstr "유럽/니코시아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:334 msgid "Europe/Oslo" msgstr "유럽/오슬로" #: ../calendar/zones.h:335 msgid "Europe/Paris" msgstr "유럽/파리" #: ../calendar/zones.h:336 msgid "Europe/Prague" msgstr "유럽/프라하" #: ../calendar/zones.h:337 msgid "Europe/Riga" msgstr "유럽/리가" #: ../calendar/zones.h:338 msgid "Europe/Rome" msgstr "유럽/로마" #: ../calendar/zones.h:339 msgid "Europe/Samara" msgstr "유럽/사마라" #: ../calendar/zones.h:340 msgid "Europe/San_Marino" msgstr "유럽/산마리노" #: ../calendar/zones.h:341 msgid "Europe/Sarajevo" msgstr "유럽/사라예보" #: ../calendar/zones.h:342 msgid "Europe/Simferopol" msgstr "유럽/심페로폴" #: ../calendar/zones.h:343 msgid "Europe/Skopje" msgstr "유럽/스코프예" #: ../calendar/zones.h:344 msgid "Europe/Sofia" msgstr "유럽/소피아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:345 msgid "Europe/Stockholm" msgstr "유럽/스톡홀름" #: ../calendar/zones.h:346 msgid "Europe/Tallinn" msgstr "유럽/탈린" #: ../calendar/zones.h:347 msgid "Europe/Tirane" msgstr "유럽/티라나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:348 msgid "Europe/Uzhgorod" msgstr "유럽/우즈고로드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:349 msgid "Europe/Vaduz" msgstr "유럽/파두츠" #: ../calendar/zones.h:350 msgid "Europe/Vatican" msgstr "유럽/바티칸" #: ../calendar/zones.h:351 msgid "Europe/Vienna" msgstr "유럽/비엔나" #: ../calendar/zones.h:352 msgid "Europe/Vilnius" msgstr "유럽/빌니우스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:353 msgid "Europe/Warsaw" msgstr "유럽/바르샤바" #: ../calendar/zones.h:354 msgid "Europe/Zagreb" msgstr "유럽/자그레브" #: ../calendar/zones.h:355 msgid "Europe/Zaporozhye" msgstr "유럽/자포로제" #: ../calendar/zones.h:356 msgid "Europe/Zurich" msgstr "유럽/쮜리히" #: ../calendar/zones.h:357 msgid "Indian/Antananarivo" msgstr "인도양/안타나나리보" #: ../calendar/zones.h:358 msgid "Indian/Chagos" msgstr "인도양/차고스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:359 msgid "Indian/Christmas" msgstr "인도양/크리스마스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:360 msgid "Indian/Cocos" msgstr "인도양/코코스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:361 msgid "Indian/Comoro" msgstr "인도양/코모로" #: ../calendar/zones.h:362 msgid "Indian/Kerguelen" msgstr "인도양/케르구엘렌" #: ../calendar/zones.h:363 msgid "Indian/Mahe" msgstr "인도양/마헤" #: ../calendar/zones.h:364 msgid "Indian/Maldives" msgstr "인도양/몰디브" #: ../calendar/zones.h:365 msgid "Indian/Mauritius" msgstr "인도양/마우리티우스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:366 msgid "Indian/Mayotte" msgstr "인도양/마요트" #: ../calendar/zones.h:367 msgid "Indian/Reunion" msgstr "인도양/레위니옹" #: ../calendar/zones.h:368 msgid "Pacific/Apia" msgstr "태평양/아피아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:369 msgid "Pacific/Auckland" msgstr "태평양/오클랜드" #: ../calendar/zones.h:370 msgid "Pacific/Chatham" msgstr "태평양/차탐" #: ../calendar/zones.h:371 msgid "Pacific/Easter" msgstr "태평양/이스터" #: ../calendar/zones.h:372 msgid "Pacific/Efate" msgstr "태평양/에파테" #: ../calendar/zones.h:373 msgid "Pacific/Enderbury" msgstr "태평양/엔데버리" #: ../calendar/zones.h:374 msgid "Pacific/Fakaofo" msgstr "태평양/파카오포" #: ../calendar/zones.h:375 msgid "Pacific/Fiji" msgstr "태평양/피지" #: ../calendar/zones.h:376 msgid "Pacific/Funafuti" msgstr "태평양/푸나푸티" #: ../calendar/zones.h:377 msgid "Pacific/Galapagos" msgstr "태평양/갈라파고스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:378 msgid "Pacific/Gambier" msgstr "태평양/갬비어" #: ../calendar/zones.h:379 msgid "Pacific/Guadalcanal" msgstr "태평양/과달카날" #: ../calendar/zones.h:380 msgid "Pacific/Guam" msgstr "태평양/괌" #: ../calendar/zones.h:381 msgid "Pacific/Honolulu" msgstr "태평양/호놀룰루" #: ../calendar/zones.h:382 msgid "Pacific/Johnston" msgstr "태평양/키리티마티" #: ../calendar/zones.h:383 msgid "Pacific/Kiritimati" msgstr "태평양/키리티마티" #: ../calendar/zones.h:384 msgid "Pacific/Kosrae" msgstr "태평양/코스레" #: ../calendar/zones.h:385 msgid "Pacific/Kwajalein" msgstr "태평양/콰잘레인" #: ../calendar/zones.h:386 msgid "Pacific/Majuro" msgstr "태평양/마주로" #: ../calendar/zones.h:387 msgid "Pacific/Marquesas" msgstr "태평양/마르퀘사스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:388 msgid "Pacific/Midway" msgstr "태평양/미드웨이" #: ../calendar/zones.h:389 msgid "Pacific/Nauru" msgstr "태평양/나우루" #: ../calendar/zones.h:390 msgid "Pacific/Niue" msgstr "태평양/니우에" #: ../calendar/zones.h:391 msgid "Pacific/Norfolk" msgstr "태평양/노퍽" #: ../calendar/zones.h:392 msgid "Pacific/Noumea" msgstr "태평양/누메아" #: ../calendar/zones.h:393 msgid "Pacific/Pago_Pago" msgstr "태평양/파고파고" #: ../calendar/zones.h:394 msgid "Pacific/Palau" msgstr "태평양/팔라우" #: ../calendar/zones.h:395 msgid "Pacific/Pitcairn" msgstr "태평양/피트케언" #: ../calendar/zones.h:396 msgid "Pacific/Ponape" msgstr "태평양/포나페" #: ../calendar/zones.h:397 msgid "Pacific/Port_Moresby" msgstr "태평양/포트모레스비" #: ../calendar/zones.h:398 msgid "Pacific/Rarotonga" msgstr "태평양/라로통가" #: ../calendar/zones.h:399 msgid "Pacific/Saipan" msgstr "태평양/사이판" #: ../calendar/zones.h:400 msgid "Pacific/Tahiti" msgstr "태평양/타히티" #: ../calendar/zones.h:401 msgid "Pacific/Tarawa" msgstr "태평양/타라와" #: ../calendar/zones.h:402 msgid "Pacific/Tongatapu" msgstr "태평양/통가타푸" #: ../calendar/zones.h:403 msgid "Pacific/Truk" msgstr "태평양/트럭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:404 msgid "Pacific/Wake" msgstr "태평양/웨이크" #: ../calendar/zones.h:405 msgid "Pacific/Wallis" msgstr "태평양/월리스" #: ../calendar/zones.h:406 msgid "Pacific/Yap" msgstr "태평양/얍" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:203 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "다른 이름으로 저장..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:276 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:308 msgid "_Close" msgstr "닫기(_C)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:278 msgid "Close the current file" msgstr "현재 파일을 닫습니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:283 msgid "New _Message" msgstr "새 메시지(_M)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:285 msgid "Open New Message window" msgstr "새 메시지 창을 엽니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:292 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:937 msgid "Configure Evolution" msgstr "에볼루션 설정" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:299 msgid "Save the current file" msgstr "현재 파일을 저장합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:304 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "다른 이름으로 저장(_A)..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:306 msgid "Save the current file with a different name" msgstr "현재 파일을 다른 이름으로 저장합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:313 msgid "Character _Encoding" msgstr "문자 인코딩(_E)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:330 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "인쇄(_P)..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:337 msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "인쇄 미리 보기(_V)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:344 msgid "Save as _Draft" msgstr "임시 보관함에 저장(_D)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:346 msgid "Save as draft" msgstr "임시 보관함에 저장" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:351 msgid "S_end" msgstr "보내기(_E)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:353 msgid "Send this message" msgstr "이 메시지를 지금 보냅니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:361 msgid "PGP _Encrypt" msgstr "PGP 암호화(_E)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:363 msgid "Encrypt this message with PGP" msgstr "이 메시지를 PGP로 암호화합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:369 msgid "PGP _Sign" msgstr "PGP 서명(_S)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:371 msgid "Sign this message with your PGP key" msgstr "이 메시지를 PGP키로 서명합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:377 msgid "_Picture Gallery" msgstr "사진 갤러리(_P)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:379 msgid "Show a collection of pictures that you can drag to your message" msgstr "메시지에 끌어 놓을 사진 모음을 표시합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:385 msgid "_Prioritize Message" msgstr "메시지 우선순위 높이기(_P)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:387 msgid "Set the message priority to high" msgstr "메시지 우선순위를 높입니다" # read receipt -> 내용 읽음 확인, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:393 msgid "Re_quest Read Receipt" msgstr "내용 읽음 확인 요청(_Q)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:395 msgid "Get delivery notification when your message is read" msgstr "메시지를 읽으면 배달 확인 받기" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:401 msgid "S/MIME En_crypt" msgstr "S/MIME 암호화(_C)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:403 msgid "Encrypt this message with your S/MIME Encryption Certificate" msgstr "이 메시지를 S/MIME 암호화 인증서로 암호화합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:409 msgid "S/MIME Sig_n" msgstr "S/MIME 서명(_N)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:411 msgid "Sign this message with your S/MIME Signature Certificate" msgstr "이 메시지를 S/MIME 서명 증명으로 서명합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:417 msgid "_Bcc Field" msgstr "숨은 참조 항목(_B)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:419 msgid "Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed" msgstr "숨은 참조 항목을 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:425 msgid "_Cc Field" msgstr "참조 항목(_C)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:427 msgid "Toggles whether the CC field is displayed" msgstr "참조 항목을 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:433 msgid "_Reply-To Field" msgstr "회신 주소 항목(_R)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:435 msgid "Toggles whether the Reply-To field is displayed" msgstr "회신 주소 항목을 표시할지 토글합니다" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:494 msgid "Save Draft" msgstr "임시 저장" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:39 msgid "Enter the recipients of the message" msgstr "메시지를 받을 사람을 입력하십시오" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:41 msgid "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message" msgstr "메시지의 사본을 받을 사람의 주소를 입력하십시오" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:44 msgid "" "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message without " "appearing in the recipient list of the message" msgstr "메시지의 받는 사람 목록에 나타나지 않고 참조 메시지를 받을 주소를 입력하십시오." #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:772 msgid "Fr_om:" msgstr "보낸 사람(_O):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:779 msgid "_Reply-To:" msgstr "회신 주소(_R):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:784 msgid "_To:" msgstr "받는 사람(_T):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:790 msgid "_Cc:" msgstr "참조(_C):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:796 msgid "_Bcc:" msgstr "숨은 참조(_B):" # post -> 게시, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:801 msgid "_Post To:" msgstr "게시 위치(_P):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:805 msgid "S_ubject:" msgstr "제목(_U):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:813 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:489 msgid "Si_gnature:" msgstr "서명(_G):" #: ../composer/e-composer-name-header.c:235 msgid "Click here for the address book" msgstr "주소록을 보려면 누르십시오" #: ../composer/e-composer-post-header.c:184 msgid "Click here to select folders to post to" msgstr "게시할 폴더를 고를려면 여기를 누르십시오" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:879 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot sign outgoing message: No signing certificate set for this account" msgstr "보내는 메시지에 서명할 수 없습니다: 계정에 사인할 때 쓸 인증서를 설정하지 않았습니다" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:888 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot encrypt outgoing message: No encryption certificate set for this " "account" msgstr "보내는 메시지를 암호화할 수 없습니다: 계정에서 암호화 인증서를 설정하지 않았습니다" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1569 ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1981 msgid "Compose Message" msgstr "메시지를 작성합니다" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4249 msgid "" "The composer contains a non-text message body, which cannot be edited." msgstr "메일 작성에 텍스트가 아닌 메시지 본문이 들어 있습니다. 이 메시지 본문은 편집할 수 없습니다." #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4949 msgid "Untitled Message" msgstr "제목 없는 메시지" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:1 msgid "You cannot attach the file "{0}" to this message." msgstr ""{0}" 파일을 이 메시지에 첨부할 수 없습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file '{0}' is not a regular file and cannot be sent in a message." msgstr "'{0}' 파일은 일반 파일이 아니므로 메시지에 첨부할 수 없습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Could not retrieve messages to attach from {0}." msgstr "{0}에서 첨부할 메시지를 가져올 수 없습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Because "{1}"." msgstr ""{1}" 때문입니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Do you want to recover unfinished messages?" msgstr "작성하다 만 메시지를 복구하시겠습니까?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Evolution quit unexpectedly while you were composing a new message. " "Recovering the message will allow you to continue where you left off." msgstr "" "새 메시지를 작성하는 도중에 에볼루션이 갑자기 끝났습니다. 메시지를 복구하면 저번에 작성한 데서부터 계속 작성할 수 있습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:7 msgid "_Do not Recover" msgstr "복구하지 않음(_D)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:8 msgid "_Recover" msgstr "복구(_R)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save to autosave file "{0}"." msgstr ""{0}" 자동 저장 파일을 저장할 수 없습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Error saving to autosave because "{1}"." msgstr ""{1}" 때문에 자동 저장 파일에 저장하는데 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to send the mail?" msgstr "다운로드가 진행중입니다. 메일을 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr " 다운로드 중인 첨부가 있습니다. 메일을 지금 저장하면 다운로드 중인 첨부 없이 저장하게 됩니다. " #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to discard the message, titled '{0}', you are " "composing?" msgstr "정말로 제목이 '{0}'인, 작성중이었던 메시지를 버리시겠습니까?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Closing this composer window will discard the message permanently, unless " "you choose to save the message in your Drafts folder. This will allow you to " "continue the message at a later date." msgstr "" "편지 작성 창을 닫으면 메시지를 영영 잃어버리게 됩니다. 잃어버리지 않으려면 메세지를 임시 보관함 폴더에 저장하도록 해야 합니다. 그래야 " "나중에 그 메시지를 계속 작성할 수 있습니다." #. Response codes were chosen somewhat arbitrarily. #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:18 msgid "_Continue Editing" msgstr "편집 계속(_C)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:19 msgid "_Save Draft" msgstr "임시 저장(_S)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Could not create message." msgstr "메시지를 만들 수 없습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "Because "{0}", you may need to select different mail options." msgstr ""{0}" 때문에, 다른 메일 옵션을 선택해야 할 수도 있습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Could not read signature file "{0}"." msgstr ""{0}" 서명 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:23 msgid "All accounts have been removed." msgstr "모든 계정을 지웠습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:24 msgid "You need to configure an account before you can compose mail." msgstr "메일을 작성하기 전에 계정을 설정해야 합니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:25 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Outbox folder." msgstr "보낼 편지함 폴더를 저장하는 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has not been sent." msgstr "확인된 오류는 "{0}"입니다. 메시지를 보내지 않았습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:27 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Drafts folder." msgstr "임시 보관함 폴더를 저장하는 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:28 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has most likely not been " "saved." msgstr "확인된 오류는 "{0}"입니다. 메시지는 저장되지 않았을 것입니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:29 msgid "An error occurred while sending. How do you want to proceed?" msgstr "보내는 중에 오류가 발생했습니다. 어떻게 계속 하시겠습니까?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:30 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:156 msgid "The reported error was "{0}"." msgstr "확인된 오류는 "{0}"입니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:31 msgid "_Save to Outbox" msgstr "보낼 편지함에 저장(_S)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:32 msgid "_Try Again" msgstr "다시 시도(_T)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:33 msgid "Your message was sent, but an error occurred during post-processing." msgstr "메시지를 보냈지만 보낸 뒤의 처리 과정 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Saving message to Outbox." msgstr "메시지를 보낼 편지함에 저장하는 중입니다." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "The message will be saved to your local Outbox folder, because the " "destination service is currently unavailable. You can send the message by " "clicking the Send/Receive button in Evolution's toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Alarm Notify" msgstr "에볼루션 알림" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Calendar event notifications" msgstr "달력 행사 알림" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:1033 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:212 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:243 msgid "Evolution" msgstr "에볼루션" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:83 msgid "Groupware Suite" msgstr "그룹웨어 모음" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "에볼루션 메일 및 달력" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "전자메일, 연락처, 일정을 관리합니다" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "mail;calendar;contact;addressbook;task;" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:6 msgid "Compose New Message" msgstr "새 메시지 쓰기" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:7 ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:453 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:304 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:372 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "연락처" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Enable address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether addresses should be formatted according to standard in their " "destination country" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Autocomplete length" msgstr "자동 완성 길이" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The number of characters that must be typed before Evolution will attempt to " "autocomplete." msgstr "에볼루션에서 자동 완성을 시작하려면 입력해야 할 문자 개수." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Show autocompleted name with an address" msgstr "주소로 이름을 자동 완성해서 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted " "contact in the entry." msgstr "메일 주소를 자동 완성한 이름과 같이 입력창에 표시할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "이름 선택 대화 상자에 마지막으로 사용되었던 폴더의 URI" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "이름 선택 대화 상자에 마지막으로 사용되었던 폴더의 URI." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Contact layout style" msgstr "연락처 화면 배치" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the contact list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "contact list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "contact list." msgstr "" "미리 보기 창을 연락처 목록 위치에 비교해서 어디에 둘 지 결정하는 배치 방식. \"0\"은 (전통적 방식) 미리 보기 창을 연락처 목록 " "아래에 둡니다. \"1\"은 (세로 보기) 미리 보기 창을 연락처 목록 옆에 나란히 둡니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Contact preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "연락처 미리 보기 창 위치 (가로)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented horizontally." msgstr "가로 방향일 때 연락처 미리 보기 창의 위치." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Contact preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "연락처 미리 보기 창 위치 (세로)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented vertically." msgstr "세로 방향일 때 연락처 미리 보기 창의 위치." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Show maps" msgstr "지도 보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Whether to show maps in preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Primary address book" msgstr "주요 주소록" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") address book in the sidebar of the " "\"Contacts\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Show preview pane" msgstr "미리 보기 창 보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to show the preview pane." msgstr "미리 보기 창을 볼지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Convert mail messages to Unicode" msgstr "메시지 텍스트를 유니코드로 변환" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Convert message text to Unicode UTF-8 to unify spam/ham tokens coming from " "different character sets." msgstr "메시지 텍스트를 유니코드 UTF-8로 변환하여 여러가지 문자셋으로 된 스팸/햄 토큰을 통일합니다." # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Save directory for reminder audio" msgstr "미리 알림 오디오 저장 디렉터리" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Directory for saving reminder audio files" msgstr "미리 알림 오디오 파일을 저장할 디렉터리" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "생일 및 기념일 알림 값" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "생일 및 기념일 알림 유닛" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "한 달씩 볼 때 토요일/일요일은 한 칸에 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to compress weekends in the month view, which puts Saturday and " "Sunday in the space of one weekday" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "항목을 지울 때 확인 질문하기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting an appointment or task" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Confirm expunge" msgstr "폴더 비울 때 확인 질문" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when expunging appointments and tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Month view vertical pane position" msgstr "한 달씩 보기 세로 창 위치" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date " "navigator calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Workday end hour" msgstr "근무일에 끝나는 시간" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Hour the workday ends on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Workday end minute" msgstr "근무일에 끝나는 분" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Minute the workday ends on, 0 to 59." msgstr "근무일에 끝나는 분, 0에서 59까지." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Workday start hour" msgstr "근무일에 시작하는 시간" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Hour the workday starts on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23." msgstr "근무일에 시작하는 시간, 24시간 형식으로 0에서 23까지." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Workday start minute" msgstr "근무일에 시작하는 분" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Minute the workday starts on, 0 to 59." msgstr "근무일에 시작하는 분, 0에서 59까지." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "The second timezone for a Day View" msgstr "일별 보기에서 보조 표준 시간대." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Shows the second time zone in a Day View, if set. Value is similar to one " "used in a 'timezone' key" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "일별 보기에서 최근에 사용한 보조 표준 시간대." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "List of recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember in a 'day-second-" "zones' list" msgstr "" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Default reminder value" msgstr "기본 미리 알림 값" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Number of units for determining a default reminder" msgstr "" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Default reminder units" msgstr "기본 미리 알림 단위" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Units for a default reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show categories field in the event/meeting/task editor" msgstr "행사/작업/모임 편집에서 분류 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Whether to show categories field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/모임 편집에서 분류 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show Role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/작업/모임 편집에서 역할 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Whether to show role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/작업/모임 편집에서 역할 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/작업/모임 편집에서 응답요청 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Whether to show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/작업/모임 편집에서 응답요청 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/작업/모임 편집에서 상태 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Whether to show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/작업/모임 편집에서 상태 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/모임 편집에서 표준 시간대 항목을 표시합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Whether to show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/모임 편집에서 표준 시간대 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/작업/모임 편집에서 종류 항목을 표시합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Whether to show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "행사/작업/모임 편집에서 종류 항목 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Hide completed tasks" msgstr "끝마친 작업 숨기기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Whether to hide completed tasks in the tasks view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Hide task units" msgstr "작업 단위 숨기기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Units for determining when to hide tasks, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Hide task value" msgstr "작업 값 숨기기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Number of units for determining when to hide tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Horizontal pane position" msgstr "가로 창 위치" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the date navigator calendar and the " "task list when not in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Last reminder time" msgstr "마지막 미리 알림 시간" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Time the last reminder ran, in time_t" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "마커스 베인 라인 색 - 날짜별 보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "마커스 베인 라인 색 - 시간 막대" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "" "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Marcus Bains Line" msgstr "마커스 베인 라인" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "" "Whether to draw the Marcus Bains Line (line at current time) in the calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Memo preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "메모 미리 보기 창 위치 (가로)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Memo layout style" msgstr "메모 화면 배치" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the memo list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the memo " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Memo preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "메모 미리 보기 창 위치 (세로)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Position of the memo preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Month view horizontal pane position" msgstr "한 달씩 보기 가로 창 위치" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the view and the date navigator " "calendar and task list in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Scroll Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Whether to scroll a Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Reminder programs" msgstr "미리 알림 프로그램" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Programs that are allowed to be run by reminders" msgstr "" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show display reminders in notification tray" msgstr "알림 영역에서 미리 알림 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Whether or not to use the notification tray for display reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Preferred New button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Name of the preferred New toolbar button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Primary calendar" msgstr "주요 달력" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") calendar in the sidebar of the " "\"Calendar\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Primary memo list" msgstr "주요 메모 목록" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") memo list in the sidebar of the " "\"Memos\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Primary task list" msgstr "주요 작업 목록" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") task list in the sidebar of the " "\"Tasks\" view" msgstr "" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Free/busy template URL" msgstr "약속 있음/없음 서식 URL" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Recurrent Events in Italic" msgstr "반복하는 행사를 기울어진 글자로" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Show days with recurrent events in italic font in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Search range for time-based searching in years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "" "How many years can the time-based search go forward or backward from " "currently selected day when searching for another occurrence; default is ten " "years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views" msgstr "한 주씩 보거나 한 달씩 볼 때 약속 끝나는 시간 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Whether to display the end time of events in the week and month views" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Show the memo preview pane" msgstr "메모 미리 보기 창 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "If \"true\", show the memo preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Show the task preview pane" msgstr "작업 미리 보기 창 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "If \"true\", show the task preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Show week numbers in Day View, Work Week View, and Date Navigator" msgstr "일별 보기, 근무일 주별 보기, 날짜 선택 달력에서 몇 번째 주인지 표시합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether to show week numbers in various places in the Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Vertical position for the tag pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Highlight tasks due today" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "오늘 마감인 작업의 색" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Task preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "작업 미리 보기 창 위치 (가로)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Task layout style" msgstr "작업 화면 배치" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the task list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the task " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the task list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Task preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "작업 미리 보기 창 위치 (세로)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Highlight overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "마감이 지난 작업 색" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Time divisions" msgstr "시간 간격" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Intervals shown in Day and Work Week views, in minutes" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Timezone" msgstr "표준 시간대" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Twenty four hour time format" msgstr "24시간 형식" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "Whether to show times in twenty four hour format instead of using am/pm" msgstr "" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "생일 및 기념일 알림" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Default appointment reminder" msgstr "기본 약속 미리 알림" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Whether to set a default reminder for appointments" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Use system timezone" msgstr "시스템 표준 시간대 사용" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Use the system timezone instead of the timezone selected in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "First day of the week" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "Monday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Tuesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Wednesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Thursday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Friday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Saturday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Sunday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "(Deprecated) First day of the week, from Sunday (0) to Saturday (6)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"week-start-day-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "(Deprecated) Work days" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "Days on which the start and end of work hours should be indicated. (This key " "was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use the \"work-" "day-monday\", \"work-day-tuesday\", etc. keys instead.)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Previous Evolution version" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The most recently used version of Evolution, expressed as " "\"major.minor.micro\". This is used for data and settings migration from " "older to newer versions." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "List of disabled plugins" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "The list of disabled plugins in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The window's X coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The window's Y coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The window's width in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The window's height in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Gnome Calendar's calendar import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether calendar from Gnome Calendar has been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Gnome Calendar's tasks import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether tasks from Gnome Calendar have been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Check whether Evolution is the default mailer" msgstr "에볼루션이 기본 메일 프로그램인지 검사" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer." msgstr "에볼루션이 시작할 때마다, 기본 메일 프로그램인지 여부를 검사합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages" msgstr "메시지를 작성할 기본 문자셋" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages." msgstr "메시지를 작성할 기본 문자셋." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Path where picture gallery should search for its content" msgstr "사진 갤러리가 그림 파일을 찾을 경로" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "This value can be an empty string, which means it'll use the system Picture " "folder, usually set to ~/Pictures. This folder will be also used when the " "set path is not pointing to the existent folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Spell check inline" msgstr "내장 맞춤법 검사" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Draw spelling error indicators on words as you type." msgstr "타이프할 때 맞춤법이 틀린 단어에 표시해 줍니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Automatic link recognition" msgstr "링크 자동 인식" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Recognize links in text and replace them." msgstr "텍스트에 들어 있는 링크를 인식하고 바꿉니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Automatic emoticon recognition" msgstr "이모티콘 자동 인식" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "텍스트 스마일리를 인식하고 그림으로 바꿉니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Attribute message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message, attributing the " "message to the original author" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Forward message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when forwarding a message, saying that the " "forwarded message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Original message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message (top posting), saying " "that the original message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Group Reply replies to list" msgstr "그룹 회신을 설정하면 리스트로 회신합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "Instead of the normal \"Reply to All\" behaviour, this option will make the " "'Group Reply' toolbar button try to reply only to the mailing list through " "which you happened to receive the copy of the message to which you're " "replying." msgstr "" "일반 \"전체 회신\" 동작과는 다르게, 이 옵션을 사용하면 \"그룹 회신\" 도구 모음 단추를 사용했을 때 원본 메일의 해당 메일링 " "리스트에만 답장합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Put the cursor at the bottom of replies" msgstr "커서를 회신 맨 아래에 놓습니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where the cursor should go when replying to a " "message. This determines whether the cursor is placed at the top of the " "message or the bottom." msgstr "메세지에 회신을 할 때 커서가 갈 위치. 이 값은 커서를 메시지의 맨 위에 놓을지 맨 아래에 놓을지 결정합니다." # read receipt -> 내용 읽음 확인, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Always request read receipt" msgstr "항상 내용 읽음 확인 요청" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Whether a read receipt request gets added to every message by default." msgstr "기본값으로 내용 읽음 확인 요청을 모든 메시지에 추가할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Send HTML mail by default" msgstr "기본으로 HTML 메일 보내기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Send HTML mail by default." msgstr "기본으로 HTML 메일을 보냅니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "맞춤법 검사 색" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "내장 맞춤법 검사를 사용할 때 맞춤법이 틀린 단어에 밑줄 그을 색." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Spell checking languages" msgstr "맞춤법 검사 언어" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "List of dictionary language codes used for spell checking." msgstr "맞춤법 검사에 사용할 사전의 언어 코드 목록." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Show \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "메일 메시지를 보낼 때 \"숨은 참조\" 필드 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "Show the \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "메일 메시지를 보낼 때 \"숨은 참조\" 필드를 표시합니다. 이 옵션은 메일 계정이 있을 때 보기 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "메일 메시지를 보낼 때 \"참조\" 필드 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Show the \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "메일 메시지를 보낼 때 \"참조\" 필드를 표시합니다. 이 옵션은 메일 계정이 있을 때 보기 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "메일 메시지를 보낼 때 \"회신 주소\" 필드 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "메일 메시지를 보낼 때 \"회신 주소\" 필드를 표시합니다. 이 옵션은 메일 계정이 있을 때 보기 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "뉴스그룹에 글을 쓸 때 \"보낸 사람\" 필드 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "Show the \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "뉴스그룹에 글을 쓸 때 \"보낸 사람\" 필드를 표시합니다. 이 옵션은 뉴스 계정이 있을 때 보기 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "뉴스그룹에 글을 쓸 때 \"회신 주소\" 필드 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "뉴스그룹에 글을 쓸 때 \"회신 주소\" 필드를 표시합니다. 이 옵션은 뉴스 계정이 있을 때 보기 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Digitally sign replies when the original message is signed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "Automatically enable PGP or S/MIME signatures when replying to a message " "which is also PGP or S/MIME signed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Encode filenames in an Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "Encode filenames in the mail headers same as Outlook or GMail do, to let " "them display correctly filenames with UTF-8 letters sent by Evolution, " "because they do not follow the RFC 2231, but use the incorrect RFC 2047 " "standard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "회신 맨 위에 개인 서명을 넣습니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where their signature should go when replying " "to a message. This determines whether the signature is placed at the top of " "the message or the bottom." msgstr "메세지에 회신을 할 때 서명이 갈 위치. 이 값은 서명을 메시지의 맨 위에 놓을지 맨 아래에 놓을지 결정합니다." # 메일의 서명 앞에 들어 있는 '--' 따위 #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Do not add signature delimiter" msgstr "서명 구분 문자를 추가하지 않기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Set to TRUE in case you do not want to add signature delimiter before your " "signature when composing a mail." msgstr "참이면 메일을 작성할 때 서명 앞에 구분하는 문자를 추가하지 않습니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Ignore list Reply-To:" msgstr "리스트 Reply-To: 무시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "" "Some mailing lists set a Reply-To: header to trick users into sending " "replies to the list, even when they ask Evolution to make a private reply. " "Setting this option to TRUE will attempt to ignore such Reply-To: headers, " "so that Evolution will do as you ask it. If you use the private reply " "action, it will reply privately, while if you use the 'Reply to List' action " "it will do that. It works by comparing the Reply-To: header with a List-" "Post: header, if there is one." msgstr "" "일부 메일링 리스트는 Reply-To: 헤더를 붙여서 사용자가 개인 회신을 할 경우에도 리스트로 회신을 보내도록 유도합니다. 이 옵션을 " "참으로 설정하면 그러한 Reply-To: 헤더를 무시하고, 의도한 대로 에볼루션의 기능이 동작합니다. 개인 회신을 할 경우는 개인 회신을 " "하고, '리스트에 회신'을 할 경우 리스트에 회신을 합니다. 이 기능은 Reply-To: 헤더를 List-Post: 헤더와 비교하는 " "식으로 동작합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Save file format for drag-and-drop operation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Can be either 'mbox' or 'pdf'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Show image animations" msgstr "그림 애니메이션 보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "" "Enable animated images in HTML mail. Many users find animated images " "annoying and prefer to see a static image instead." msgstr "HTML 메일에서 애니메이션을 허용합니다. 많은 사용자들은 애니메이션 그림을 좋아하지 않고 정지된 그림을 보고 싶어합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Ellipsize mode for folder names in side bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Enable or disable type ahead search feature" msgstr "텍스트 입력 미리 검색 기능 사용" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "Enable the side bar search feature to allow interactive searching of folder " "names." msgstr "가장자리 창에서 폴더 이름을 검색할 수 있게 합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Enable or disable magic space bar" msgstr "만능 스페이스바 사용 여부" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Enable this to use Space bar key to scroll in message preview, message list " "and folders." msgstr "이 기능을 사용하면 스페이스바 키를 이용해 메시지 미리 보기, 메시지 목록, 폴더를 스크롤합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders" msgstr "이 기능을 사용하면 모든 폴더에 비슷한 메시지 목록 보기 설정을 사용합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders." msgstr "이 기능을 사용하면 모든 폴더에 비슷한 메시지 목록 보기 설정을 사용합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"" msgstr "메시지 \"미리 보기\"에서 인용한 부분을 표시하기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"." msgstr "메시지 \"미리 보기\"에서 인용한 부분을 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "인용문 강조 색" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "인용문 강조 색." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Enable/disable caret mode" msgstr "캐릿 모드 켜기/끄기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Enable caret mode, so that you can see a cursor when reading mail." msgstr "캐릿 모드를 켭니다, 이 모드에서는 메일을 읽을 때 커서가 보입니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages" msgstr "메시지를 표시할 기본 문자셋" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages." msgstr "메시지를 표시할 기본 문자셋." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Automatically load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show Animations" msgstr "애니메이션 보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Show animated images as animations." msgstr "애니메이션이 들어 있는 그림을 애니메이션으로 봅니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Show all message headers" msgstr "모든 메시지 헤더 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show all the headers when viewing a messages." msgstr "메시지를 볼 때 모든 헤더를 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "List of headers to show when viewing a message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "Each header is represented as a pair: the header name, and a boolean " "indicating whether the header is enabled. Disabled headers are not shown " "when viewing a message, but are still listed in Preferences." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Show photo of the sender" msgstr "보낸 사람의 사진을 표시합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Show the photo of the sender in the message reading pane." msgstr "메시지 읽기 창에서 보낸 사람의 사진을 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout" msgstr "일정 시간이 지나면 읽은 것으로 표시하기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout." msgstr "일정 시간이 지나면 읽은 것으로 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Timeout for marking messages as seen" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Timeout in milliseconds for marking messages as seen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "메시지 목록의 보낸 사람 전자메일 주소 열" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "메시지 목록의 별도 열에 보낸 사람의 전자메일을 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view." msgstr "세로 보기의 \"메시지\" 열에서 \"보낸 사람\" 및 \"제목\" 줄에 같은 글꼴을 사용할지 결정합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Show deleted messages in the message-list" msgstr "메시지 목록에 삭제한 메시지를 표시합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show deleted messages (with a strike-through) in the message-list." msgstr "메시지 목록에 삭제한 메시지를 표시합니다 (취소선을 긋습니다)." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Enable Unmatched search folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "" "Enable Unmatched search folder within Search Folders. It does nothing if " "Search Folders are disabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Hides the per-folder preview and removes the selection" msgstr "폴더별 미리 보기를 감추고 선택을 없앱니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "" "This key is read only once and reset to \"false\" after read. This unselects " "the mail in the list and removes the preview for that folder." msgstr "" "이 키는 한 번만 읽고 읽은 다음에 거짓으로 다시 설정됩니다. 목록에서 메일 선택을 제거하고 그 폴더에 대한 미리 보기를 없앱니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Height of the message-list pane" msgstr "메시지 목록 창의 높이" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Height of the message-list pane." msgstr "메시지 목록 창의 높이." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether message headers are collapsed in the user interface" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Width of the message-list pane" msgstr "메시지 목록 창의 너비" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Width of the message-list pane." msgstr "메시지 목록 창의 너비." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "Layout style" msgstr "배치 방식" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the message list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "message list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "message list." msgstr "" "미리 보기 창을 메시지 목록 위치에 비교해서 어디에 둘 지 결정하는 배치 방식. \"0\"은 (전통적 방식) 미리 보기 창을 메시지 목록 " "아래에 둡니다. \"1\"은 (세로 보기) 미리 보기 창을 메시지 목록 옆에 나란히 둡니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "Variable width font" msgstr "가변폭 글꼴" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "The variable width font for mail display." msgstr "메일을 표시할 때 사용할 가변폭 글꼴." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Terminal font" msgstr "터미널 글꼴" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "The terminal font for mail display." msgstr "메일을 표시할 때 사용할 터미널 글꼴." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Use custom fonts" msgstr "사용자 설정 글꼴 사용" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Use custom fonts for displaying mail." msgstr "메일을 표시할 때 사용자 지정 글꼴을 사용합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "받는 사람/참조/숨은 참조의 주소를 간략하게 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in " "address_count." msgstr "받는 사람/참조/숨은 참조의 주소를 address_count에 지정한 개수만큼 간략하게 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "받는 사람/참조/숨은 참조에 표시할 주소의 길이" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '...' is shown." msgstr "기본 메시지 목록 보기에서 표시할 주소의 길이를 지정합니다. 길이를 넘어가면 '...'으로 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Thread the message-list based on Subject" msgstr "제목에 따라 메시지 목록을 글타래 표시합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "" "Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do " "not contain In-Reply-To or References headers." msgstr "메시지에 In-Reply-To 혹은 References 헤더가 없을 경우에 대신에 제목으로 글타래 표시를 할 것인지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Default value for thread expand state" msgstr "글타래 확장 상태에 대한 기본값" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be in expanded or " "collapsed state by default. Evolution requires a restart." msgstr "이 설정은 기본값으로 글타래를 확장 상태로 할 지 축소 상태로 할 지 지정합니다. 에볼루션을 다시 시작해야 합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Whether sort threads based on latest message in that thread" msgstr "해당 글타래의 최근 메시지를 기준으로 글타래를 정렬할지 여부" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be sorted based on latest " "message in each thread, rather than by message's date. Evolution requires a " "restart." msgstr "이 설정은 해당 글타래의 최근 메시지를 기준으로 글타래를 정렬할지 여부를 지정합니다. 에볼루션을 다시 시작해야 합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Sort accounts alphabetically in a folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders, otherwise accounts are sorted based on an order " "given by a user" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Log filter actions" msgstr "필터 동작 기록" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Log filter actions to the specified log file." msgstr "지정한 로그 파일에 대한 필터 동작을 기록합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions" msgstr "필터 동작을 기록할 로그 파일" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions." msgstr "필터 동작을 기록할 로그 파일입니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "Flush Outbox after filtering" msgstr "필터링 후에 보낸 편지함 플러시" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately " "one minute after the last action invocation." msgstr "" "필터링을 끝낸 후에 보낸 편지함을 플러시할지 여부. 보낸 편지함 플러시는 '전달' 필터 동작을 사용했을 경우 및 마지막 동작을 실행한 후 " "약 1분 뒤에 일어납니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Default forward style" msgstr "기본 전달 모양새" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Default reply style" msgstr "기본 회신 모양새" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Prompt on empty subject" msgstr "제목이 없으면 물어보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "" "Prompt the user when he or she tries to send a message without a Subject." msgstr "제목 없는 메시지를 보내려 할 때 물어봅니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "Prompt when user expunges" msgstr "사용자가 지운 메시지를 비우려 할 때 물어봅니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to expunge a folder." msgstr "사용자가 폴더의 지운 메시지를 비우려 할 때 물어봅니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "Prompt before sending to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "메일 주소로 입력하지 않은 수신자에게 보낼 때 물어보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send " "a message to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "메일 주소로 입력하지 않은 수신자에게 메시지를 보낼 경우 반복해서 경고하는 기능을 끄고 켭니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:136 msgid "Prompt when user only fills Bcc" msgstr "Bcc만 사용했을 때 물어봅니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:137 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send a message with no To or Cc recipients." msgstr "To나 Cc로 받는 사람이 없는 상태로 메시지를 보내려 할 때 물어봅니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:138 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send unwanted HTML" msgstr "원하지 않는 HTML을 보내려 할 때 물어봅니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:139 msgid "" "Prompt when user tries to send HTML mail to recipients that may not want to " "receive HTML mail." msgstr "HTML 메시지를 원하지 않는 사람한테 HTML 메일을 보내려 할 때 물어봅니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:140 msgid "Prompt when user tries to open 10 or more messages at once" msgstr "10개 이상의 메시지를 열려고 할 때 물어봅니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:141 msgid "" "If a user tries to open 10 or more messages at one time, ask the user if " "they really want to do it." msgstr "사용자가 10개 이상의 메시지를 한번에 열면, 정말로 열 지 물어봅니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:142 msgid "Prompt while marking multiple messages" msgstr "여러 개 메시지에 표시하려 할 때 물어봅니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:143 msgid "Enable or disable the prompt whilst marking multiple messages." msgstr "여러 개의 메시지에 표시할 때 확인 질문을 할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:144 msgid "Prompt when deleting messages in search folder" msgstr "검색 폴더에서 메시지를 지울 때 물어봅니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:145 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that deleting messages from " "a search folder permanently deletes the message, not simply removing it from " "the search results." msgstr "" "검색 결과에서 제거하는 게 아니라, 찾기 폴더에서 메시지를 지울 경우 메시지를 영구히 삭제한다고 반복해서 경고하는 기능을 끄고 켭니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:146 msgid "Asks whether to copy a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:147 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:148 msgid "Asks whether to move a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:149 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:150 msgid "Prompt when replying privately to list messages" msgstr "메일링 리스트 메시지에 개인 회신을 할 때 물어봅니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:151 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list." msgstr "메일링 리스트에서 받은 메시지에 개인 답장을 보낼 경우 반복해서 경고하는 기능을 끄고 켭니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:152 msgid "Prompt when mailing list hijacks private replies" msgstr "메일링 리스트에서 개인 회신을 가로채려 할 때 물어봅니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:153 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list" msgstr "" "메일링 리스트로 받은 메시지에 개인 답장을 보내려 하는데, 그 메일링 리스트에서 Reply-To: 헤더가 설정되어 있어서 답장을 리스트로 " "보내게 되는 경우 반복해서 경고하는 확인 창을 끄고 켭니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:154 msgid "Prompt when replying to many recipients" msgstr "많은 수신자에게 회신할 때 물어봅니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:155 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "reply to many people." msgstr "많은 사람에게 회신을 보내려 할 때 반복해서 경고하는 확인 창을 끄고 켭니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:156 msgid "" "Policy for automatically closing the message browser window when forwarding " "or replying to the displayed message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Empty Trash folders on exit" msgstr "끝날 때 휴지통 폴더를 비웁니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:158 msgid "Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "에볼루션이 끝날 때 모든 휴지통 폴더를 비웁니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit" msgstr "끝날 때 휴지통을 비울 최소 날짜 간격" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:160 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days." msgstr "끝날 때 휴지통을 비울 최소 시간 간격." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "마지막으로 휴지통을 비운 시각" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "마지막으로 휴지통을 비운 시각, 1970년 1월 1일부터 (Epoch) 지난 날 수." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:163 msgid "" "Amount of time in seconds the error should be shown on the status bar." msgstr "오류를 상태 표시줄에 표시할 시간, 초 단위." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:164 msgid "Level beyond which the message should be logged." msgstr "어떤 메시지를 기록할지 단계." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:165 msgid "" "This can have three possible values. \"0\" for errors. \"1\" for warnings. " "\"2\" for debug messages." msgstr "세 가지 값이 가능합니다. \"0\"은 오류, \"1\"은 경고, \"2\"는 디버깅 메시지." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:166 msgid "Show original \"Date\" header value." msgstr "원래의 \"날짜\" 헤더 값을 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:167 msgid "" "Show the original \"Date\" header (with a local time only if the time zone " "differs). Otherwise always show \"Date\" header value in a user preferred " "format and local time zone." msgstr "" "참이면 원래 \"Date\" 헤더를 그대로 표시합니다. (표준 시간대가 다를 경우에는 현지 시각으로 표시합니다.) 거짓이면 " "\"Date\" 헤더 값을 사용자가 지정한 형식과 현지 표준 시간대에 맞춰 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "레이블 및 레이블 색의 목록" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "" "에볼루션의 메일 컴포넌트에 사용할 레이블 목록입니다. 이 목록에는 <이름>:<색> 형식의 문자열이 들어 있습니다. 색은 HTML 방식 " "16진수 인코딩을 사용합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:170 msgid "Check incoming mail being junk" msgstr "정크메일 검사" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:171 msgid "Run junk test on incoming mail." msgstr "받은 메일에 대해 정크메일 검사를 실행합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:172 msgid "Empty Junk folders on exit" msgstr "끝날 때 정크메일 폴더를 비웁니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:173 msgid "Empty all Junk folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "에볼루션이 끝날 때 모든 정크 메일 폴더를 비웁니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:174 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the junk on exit" msgstr "끝날 때 정크 메일을 비울 최소 날짜 간격" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the junk on exit, in days." msgstr "끝날 때 휴지통을 비울 최소 시간 간격." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:176 msgid "Last time Empty Junk was run" msgstr "마지막으로 정크 메일을 비운 시각" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:177 msgid "" "The last time Empty Junk was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "마지막으로 정크 메일을 비운 시각, 1970년 1월 1일부터 (Epoch) 지난 날 수." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:178 msgid "The default plugin for Junk hook" msgstr "정크 메일 후크에 대한 기본 플러그인" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:179 msgid "" "This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins " "enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plugins." msgstr "" "여러 플러그인이 활성화되어 있지만, 이 플러그인이 기본 정크 메일 플러그인입니다. 기본 목록 플러그인을 사용하지 않는 경우, 사용 가능한 " "다른 플러그인을 대신 사용하지 않습니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "주소록에서 보낸 사람 전자메일을 찾아볼 지 결정합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" "주소록에서 보낸 사람 전자메일을 찾아볼 지 결정합니다. 주소록에 있는 경우 스팸 메일이 아니라고 판단합니다. 자동 완성 용도로도 주소록을 " "찾아 봅니다. LDAP와 같은 원격 주소록을 자동 완성에 사용할 경우 느릴 수도 있습니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:182 msgid "" "Determines whether to look up addresses for junk filtering in local address " "book only" msgstr "정크메일 필터링할 때 로컬 주소록에서만 주소를 찾아 볼 지 결정합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:183 msgid "" "This option is related to the key lookup_addressbook and is used to " "determine whether to look up addresses in local address book only to exclude " "mail sent by known contacts from junk filtering." msgstr "" "이 옵션은 lookup_addressbook 키와 관련 있습니다. 이 옵션은 정크메일 필터에서 알려진 사람이 보낸 메일을 제외할 때, " "로컬 주소록에서만 주소를 찾아 볼지 여부를 결정합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:184 msgid "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk" msgstr "정크 메일 검사에 사용자 지정 헤더를 사용할지 결정합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:185 msgid "" "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk. If this option " "is enabled and the headers are mentioned, it will be improve the junk " "checking speed." msgstr "" "정크 메일 검사에 사용자 지정 헤더를 사용할지 결정합니다. 이 옵션을 사용하고 헤더를 지정하면 정크 메일 검사 기능의 속도를 높일 수 " "있습니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:186 msgid "Custom headers to use while checking for junk." msgstr "정크 메일을 검사할 때 사용할 사용자 지정 헤더." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:187 msgid "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string " "in the format \"headername=value\"." msgstr "정크 메일을 검사할 때 사용할 사용자 지정 헤더. 목록의 각 항목은 \"헤더이름=값\" 형식의 문자열입니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:188 msgid "UID string of the default account." msgstr "기본 계정의 UID 문자열." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:189 msgid "Save directory" msgstr "저장 디렉터리" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:190 msgid "Directory for saving mail component files." msgstr "메일 관련 파일을 저장할 디렉터리." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:191 msgid "Composer load/attach directory" msgstr "메시지 작성 읽어들이기/첨부 디렉터리" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:192 msgid "Directory for loading/attaching files to composer." msgstr "메시지 작성에 파일을 읽어들이고 첨부할 때 사용할 디렉터리." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:193 msgid "Check for new messages on start" msgstr "시작할 때 새 메시지를 검사" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:194 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This includes " "also sending messages from Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Check for new messages in all active accounts" msgstr "모든 계정에 대해 새 메시지를 검사" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:196 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts regardless of the " "account \"Check for new messages every X minutes\" option when Evolution is " "started. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' option." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "서버 동기화 주기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "얼마나 자주 로컬의 변경 사항을 원격 메일 서버와 동기화할지 정합니다. 이 간격은 최소한 30초 이상 되어야 합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:199 msgid "(Deprecated) Default forward style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:200 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"forward-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:201 msgid "(Deprecated) Default reply style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:202 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"reply-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:203 msgid "(Deprecated) List of custom headers and whether they are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:204 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"show-headers\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:205 msgid "(Deprecated) Load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:206 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"image-loading-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:207 msgid "" "(Deprecated) Asks whether to close the message window when the user forwards " "or replies to the message shown in the window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:208 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"browser-close-on-reply-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the a list of words for the attach reminder plugin to look #. for in a message body. Please use any number of words here in your language that might #. indicate that an attachment should have been attached to the message. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body" msgstr "첨부 알림 플러그인이 메시지 본문에서 찾아볼 근거 목록" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body." msgstr "첨부 알림 플러그인이 메시지 본문에서 찾아볼 근거 목록." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Auto sync Pidgin contacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether Pidgin contacts should be automatically synced." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable autocontacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether contacts should be automatically added to the user's address book." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pidgin address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts from Pidgin." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Pidgin check interval" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Check interval for Pidgin syncing of contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Pidgin last sync time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Pidgin last sync time." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Custom Headers" msgstr "사용자 설정 헤더의 목록" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of custom headers that you can add to an outgoing " "message. The format for specifying a Header and Header value is: Name of the " "custom header followed by \"=\" and the values separated by \";\"" msgstr "" "이 키는 보내는 메시지에 추가할 사용자 설정 헤더의 목록입니다. 헤더와 헤더 값을 지정하는 방법은 다음과 같습니다: 사용자 설정 헤더의 " "이름 다음에 \"=\" 다음에 값을 쓰고 \";\"으로 구분." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Default External Editor" msgstr "기본 외부 편집기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "The default command that must be used as the editor." msgstr "편집기로 사용할 기본 명령어." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "새 메일을 편집할 때 자동으로 실행" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Automatically launch editor when key is pressed in the mail composer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "얼굴 그림 기본값으로 포함" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether insert Face picture to outgoing messages by default. The picture " "should be set before checking this, otherwise nothing happens." msgstr "" "보내는 메시지에 얼굴 그림을 기본으로 포함할지 여부. 그림은 미리 지정해 놓아야 합니다. 그림을 지정하지 않았으면 아무 일도 하지 " "않습니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Delete processed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to delete processed iTip objects" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Notify new messages for Inbox only." msgstr "받은 편지함의 경우에만 새 메시지 알림." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to notify new messages in Inbox folder only." msgstr "받은 편지함 폴더에만 새 메시지를 알릴지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Enable D-Bus messages." msgstr "D-Bus 메시지 사용." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Generates a D-Bus message when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "새 메시지가 도착하면 D-BUS 메시지가 발생합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable icon in notification area." msgstr "알림 영역에서 아이콘 사용." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show new mail icon in notification area when new messages arrive." msgstr "새 메시지가 도착했을 때 알림 영역에 새 메일 아이콘 표시." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Popup message together with the icon." msgstr "아이콘과 같이 메시지 팝업 표시." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Whether show message over the icon when new messages arrive." msgstr "새 메시지가 도착하면 아이콘 위에 메시지를 표시할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Enable audible notifications when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether to make a sound of any kind when new messages arrive. If \"false\", " "the \"notify-sound-beep\", \"notify-sound-file\", \"notify-sound-play-file\" " "and \"notify-sound-use-theme\" keys are disregarded." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Whether to emit a beep." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to emit a beep when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Sound filename to be played." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Sound file to be played when new messages arrive, if \"notify-sound-play-" "file\" is \"true\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether to play a sound file." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to play a sound file when new messages arrive. The name of the sound " "file is given by the 'notify-sound-file' key." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use sound theme" msgstr "사운드 테마 사용" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Play themed sound when new messages arrive, if not in beep mode." msgstr "새 메시지가 도착하면 (삑 소리 모드가 아닐 경우) 테마 사운드를 재생합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Mode to use when displaying mails" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The mode to use for displaying mails. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to show suppressed HTML output" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Destinations for publishing" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of destinations to where publish calendars. Each " "values specifies an XML with setup for publishing to one destination." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.templates.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a " "message body." msgstr "서식 플러그인에서 메시지 본문 대신 사용할 키/값 쌍의 목록." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "개발 버전 경고 건너 뛰기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "에볼루션 개발 버전의 경고 대화 상자를 건너 뛸지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Initial attachment view" msgstr "최초 첨부 보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Initial view for attachment bar widgets. \"0\" is Icon View, \"1\" is List " "View." msgstr "첨부 모음 위젯의 최초 보기 모드. \"0\"은 아이콘 보기, \"1\"은 목록 보기." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Initial file chooser folder" msgstr "최초 파일 선택 폴더" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "GtkFileChooser 대화 상자의 최초 폴더." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:7 ../shell/main.c:308 msgid "Start in offline mode" msgstr "연결 중지 상태에서 시작" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether Evolution will start up in offline mode instead of online mode." msgstr "에볼루션이 처음에 연결 상태가 아니라 연결 중지 상태로 시작하는지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Offline folder paths" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Enable express mode" msgstr "고속 모드 사용" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Flag that enables a much simplified user interface." msgstr "아주 간략한 사용자 인터페이스를 사용하는 플래그." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Window buttons are visible" msgstr "창 단추 표시할지 여부" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Whether the window buttons should be visible." msgstr "창 단추를 표시해야 하는지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Window button style" msgstr "창 단추 모양새" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The style of the window buttons. Can be \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", " "\"toolbar\". If \"toolbar\" is set, the style of the buttons is determined " "by the GNOME toolbar setting." msgstr "" "창 단추의 모양새. \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", \"toolbar\" 사용 가능. \"toolbar\"일 경우 " "그놈 도구 모음 설정에 따라서 단추의 모양새가 결정됩니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Toolbar is visible" msgstr "도구 모음을 표시합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Whether the toolbar should be visible." msgstr "도구 모음을 표시할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Sidebar is visible" msgstr "보조 모음을 표시합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether the sidebar should be visible." msgstr "보조 모음을 표시할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Statusbar is visible" msgstr "상태 표시줄을 표시합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether the status bar should be visible." msgstr "상태 표시줄을 표시할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "ID or alias of the component to be shown by default at start-up." msgstr "맨 처음 시작할 때 기본으로 보여줄 컴포넌트 ID 혹은 별명." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default sidebar width" msgstr "기본 보조 모음 너비" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "The default width for the sidebar, in pixels." msgstr "보조 모음의 기본 너비, 픽셀 단위." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Use only local spam tests." msgstr "로컬 스팸 테스트만 사용합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Use only the local spam tests (no DNS)." msgstr "로컬 스팸 테스트만 사용합니다 (DNS는 사용하지 않습니다)." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:397 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:101 ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:106 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:176 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:181 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:4 msgid "Attachment" msgid_plural "Attachments" msgstr[0] "첨부" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:398 msgid "Display as attachment" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:107 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:47 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:272 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:5 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:64 msgid "From" msgstr "보낸 사람" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:133 msgid "(no subject)" msgstr "(제목 없음)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:333 #, c-format msgid "This message was sent by %s on behalf of %s" msgstr "이 메시지는 %s이(가) %s 자격으로 보냈습니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:152 msgid "Regular Image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:153 msgid "Display part as an image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:246 msgid "RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:247 msgid "Format part as an RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:95 #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:99 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1328 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:237 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:67 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:574 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:10 msgid "Size" msgstr "크기" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:144 msgid "GPG signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:150 msgid "GPG encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:156 msgid "S/MIME signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:162 msgid "S/MIME encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:171 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:645 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:195 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:129 msgid "Security" msgstr "보안" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:168 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:52 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:277 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:77 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:69 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:712 msgid "Subject" msgstr "제목" #. pseudo-header #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:187 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:344 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1145 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "메일 프로그램" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:98 msgid "Richtext" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:92 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:99 msgid "Display part as enriched text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:90 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:351 msgid "HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:352 msgid "Format part as HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:115 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:185 msgid "Plain Text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:116 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:186 msgid "Format part as plain text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "Unsigned" msgstr "서명 없음" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "" "This message is not signed. There is no guarantee that this message is " "authentic." msgstr "이 메시지에는 서명이 없습니다. 메시지를 보낸 사람이 확실한 지 보장할 수 없습니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "Valid signature" msgstr "올바른 서명" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "" "This message is signed and is valid meaning that it is very likely that this " "message is authentic." msgstr "이 메시지는 서명되었고 서명이 올바릅니다. 메시지를 보낸 사람은 그 사람이 거의 확실합니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "Invalid signature" msgstr "잘못된 서명" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "" "The signature of this message cannot be verified, it may have been altered " "in transit." msgstr "이 메시지의 서명을 확인할 수 없습니다. 메일이 전송중에 변경되었을 수 있습니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "Valid signature, but cannot verify sender" msgstr "올바른 서명이지만, 보낸 사람을 확인할 수 없습니다" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "" "This message is signed with a valid signature, but the sender of the message " "cannot be verified." msgstr "이 메시지는 올바른 서명으로 사인되었습니다. 하지만 메시지를 보낸 사람을 확인할 수 없습니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "Signature exists, but need public key" msgstr "서명이 있지만, 공개키가 필요합니다" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "" "This message is signed with a signature, but there is no corresponding " "public key." msgstr "이 메시지는 서명되어 있지만, 서명에 해당하는 공개 키가 없습니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "Unencrypted" msgstr "암호화 안 됨" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "" "This message is not encrypted. Its content may be viewed in transit across " "the Internet." msgstr "이 메시지는 암호화하지 않았습니다. 인터넷을 통해 전달되는 동안 다른 사람이 이 메시지를 봤을 수 있습니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "Encrypted, weak" msgstr "암호화됨, 약함" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, but with a weak encryption algorithm. It would be " "difficult, but not impossible for an outsider to view the content of this " "message in a practical amount of time." msgstr "" "메시지가 암호화되어 있지만, 약한 암호화 알고리즘으로 암호화되었습니다. 다른 사람이 이 메시지의 내용을 알아 내는 게 어렵긴 하지만, " "현실적인 시간 내에 불가능하지는 않습니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "Encrypted" msgstr "암호화됨" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "" "This message is encrypted. It would be difficult for an outsider to view " "the content of this message." msgstr "메시지가 암호화되어 있습니다. 다른 사람이 이 메시지의 내용을 알아 내기는 어렵습니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "Encrypted, strong" msgstr "암호화됨, 강력" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, with a strong encryption algorithm. It would be " "very difficult for an outsider to view the content of this message in a " "practical amount of time." msgstr "" "메시지가 암호화되어 있지만, 약한 암호화 알고리즘으로 암호화되었습니다. 현실적인 시간 내에 다른 사람이 이 메시지의 내용을 알아 내는 " "건 매우 어렵습니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:187 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:20 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "인증서 보기(_V)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:202 msgid "This certificate is not viewable" msgstr "이 인증서는 볼 수 없습니다" # FIXME - 무슨 뜻? #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:115 msgid "Source" msgstr "소스" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:116 msgid "Display source of a MIME part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:204 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:221 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:50 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:67 msgid "Cc" msgstr "참조" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:205 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:222 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:51 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:68 msgid "Bcc" msgstr "숨은 참조" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-mbox.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing MBOX part: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-smime.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse S/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-encrypted.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-signed.c:83 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:128 #, c-format msgid "Error verifying signature: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:69 msgid "Malformed external-body part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to FTP site (%s)" msgstr "FTP 사이트(%s)를 가리킵니다" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s) valid at site \"%s\"" msgstr "사이트 \"%2$s\"의 로컬 파일(%1$s)을 가리킵니다" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s)" msgstr "로컬 파일(%s)을 가리킵니다" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to remote data (%s)" msgstr "원격 데이터(%s)을 가리킵니다" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to unknown external data (\"%s\" type)" msgstr "알 수 없는 외부 데이터(\"%s\" 타입)을 가리킵니다" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:67 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:81 msgid "Could not parse MIME message. Displaying as source." msgstr "MIME 메시지를 분석할 수 없습니다. 소스로 표시합니다." #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:83 msgid "Unsupported encryption type for multipart/encrypted" msgstr "multipart/encrypted에 지원하지 않는 암호화 방식을 사용했습니다" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:114 msgid "Unsupported signature format" msgstr "지원하지 않는 서명 형식입니다" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:48 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:65 msgid "Reply-To" msgstr "회신 주소" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:53 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:550 #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:573 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:7 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:70 msgid "Date" msgstr "날짜" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:54 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:71 msgid "Newsgroups" msgstr "뉴스그룹" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:55 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:72 #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Face" msgstr "얼굴" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-utils.c:500 #, c-format msgid "%s attachment" msgstr "%s 첨부" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Standard" msgstr "표준" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "무단 전제 금지" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Secret" msgstr "비밀" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "일급비밀" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Eyes Only" msgstr "혼자서만 보기" #. Translators: Used in send options dialog #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:12 msgctxt "send-options" msgid "None" msgstr "없음" # read receipt -> 내용 읽음 확인, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Mail Receipt" msgstr "메일 내용 읽음 확인" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:15 msgid "R_eply requested" msgstr "회신 요청(_E)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:16 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "Wi_thin" msgstr "다음 기한 안에(_T):" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:17 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "days" msgstr "일" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:18 msgid "_When convenient" msgstr "편리한 때에(_W)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:19 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:840 msgid "Replies" msgstr "회신" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:20 msgid "_Delay message delivery" msgstr "메시지 배달 지연(_D)" # FIXME: bad msgid #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "_After" msgstr "다음 뒤에(_A):" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "days" msgstr "일" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:23 msgid "_Set expiration date" msgstr "만료 날짜 설정(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:24 msgctxt "ESendOptions" msgid "_Until" msgstr "기한(_U):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Delivery Options" msgstr "배달 옵션" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:26 msgid "_Priority:" msgstr "우선순위(_P):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:27 msgid "_Classification:" msgstr "분류(_C):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Gene_ral Options" msgstr "일반 옵션(_R)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Creat_e a sent item to track information" msgstr "정보 추적을 위한 보낸 항목 만들기(_E)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:30 msgid "_Delivered" msgstr "배달됨(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:31 msgid "Deli_vered and opened" msgstr "배달됨 및 열림(_V)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:32 msgid "_All information" msgstr "모든 정보(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:33 msgid "A_uto-delete sent item" msgstr "보낸 항목 자동으로 삭제(_U)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:34 msgid "Status Tracking" msgstr "상태 추적" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:35 msgid "_When opened:" msgstr "열면(_W):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:36 msgid "When decli_ned:" msgstr "거부당하면(_N):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:37 msgid "When co_mpleted:" msgstr "완성되면(_M):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:38 msgid "When acce_pted:" msgstr "받아들여지면(_P):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:39 msgid "Return Notification" msgstr "반송 메일 알림" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:40 msgid "Sta_tus Tracking" msgstr "상태 추적(_T)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:1 msgid "_Sort..." msgstr "정렬(_S)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Group By..." msgstr "모으기(_G)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:3 msgid "_Fields Shown..." msgstr "표시할 필드(_F)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:6 msgid "Clear _All" msgstr "모두 지우기(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:7 msgid "_Show field in View" msgstr "뷰에서 필드 표시(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:8 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Ascending" msgstr "증가" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:9 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Descending" msgstr "감소" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Group Items By" msgstr "항목 모음 기준" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Show _field in View" msgstr "뷰에서 필드 표시(_F)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:12 msgid "Then By" msgstr "다음 기준" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:13 msgid "Show field i_n View" msgstr "뷰에서 필드 표시(_N)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Show field in _View" msgstr "뷰에서 필드 표시(_V)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:15 msgid "Sort" msgstr "정렬" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Clear All" msgstr "모두 지우기" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Sort Items By" msgstr "항목 정렬 기준" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "표준 시간대를 선택하십시오" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Use the left mouse button to zoom in on an area of the map and select a time " "zone.\n" "Use the right mouse button to zoom out." msgstr "" "왼쪽 마우스 단추로 지도에서 특정 지역을 확대한 다음 표준 시간대를 선택하십시오.\n" "오른쪽 마우스 단추로 축소합니다." #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Time Zones" msgstr "표준 시간대" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Selection" msgstr "선택(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Timezone drop-down combination box" msgstr "표준 시간대 드롭다운 콤보 상자" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:1 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 #: ../mail/em-utils.c:240 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "받는 메일" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:2 msgid "the current time" msgstr "현재 시각" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:3 msgid "the time you specify" msgstr "지정하는 시각" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:4 msgid "a time relative to the current time" msgstr "현재 시각까지의 상대적인 시간" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:5 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:78 msgid "seconds" msgstr "초" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:9 ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:7 msgid "weeks" msgstr "주" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:10 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:8 msgid "months" msgstr "달" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:11 msgid "years" msgstr "연도" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:12 msgid "ago" msgstr "전에" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:13 msgid "in the future" msgstr "앞으로" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:14 msgid "Show filters for mail:" msgstr "다음 메일에 대한 필터 표시:" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:15 ../mail/em-filter-editor.c:166 msgid "_Filter Rules" msgstr "필터 규칙(_F)" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:17 msgid "Compare against" msgstr "비교할 시각:" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:18 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "the current time when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "필터링하는 현재 시각을 기준으로\n" "메시지 시각을 비교합니다." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:20 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "12:00am of the date specified." msgstr "" "지정한 날짜의 오전 12:00를 기준으로\n" "메시지 시각을 비교합니다." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:22 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "a time relative to when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "필터링하는 시각까지 얼마나 지났나를 기준으로\n" "메시지 시각을 비교합니다." #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Create new view" msgstr "새 뷰 만들기(_C)" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:417 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:311 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:341 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "이름(_N):" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Replace existing view" msgstr "현재 뷰 바꾸기(_R)" #: ../e-util/e-activity-proxy.c:311 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1734 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" #. Translators: This is a cancelled activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:259 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelled)" msgstr "%s (취소함)" #. Translators: This is a completed activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%s (completed)" msgstr "%s (완료)" #. Translators: This is an activity waiting to run. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:265 #, c-format msgid "%s (waiting)" msgstr "%s (대기 중)" #. Translators: This is a running activity which #. * the user has requested to cancel. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:269 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelling)" msgstr "%s (취소하는 중)" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:271 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "%s" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:276 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d%% complete)" msgstr "%s (%d%% 완료)" #. Translators: Escape is a keyboard binding. #: ../e-util/e-alert-bar.c:121 msgid "Close this message (Escape)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:660 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:703 msgid "Icon View" msgstr "아이콘 보기" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:662 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:705 msgid "List View" msgstr "목록 보기" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:318 msgid "Attachment Properties" msgstr "첨부 속성" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:273 msgid "F_ilename:" msgstr "파일 이름(_I):" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:375 msgid "MIME Type:" msgstr "MIME 종류:" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:383 ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:483 msgid "_Suggest automatic display of attachment" msgstr "첨부 파일의 자동 표시 우선(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:97 msgid "Could not set as background" msgstr "배경으로 설정할 수 없습니다" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:147 msgid "Set as _Background" msgstr "배경 화면으로 설정(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:166 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:549 msgid "Loading" msgstr "읽어들이는 중" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:178 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:561 msgid "Saving" msgstr "저장하는 중" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:104 msgid "Hide Attachment _Bar" msgstr "첨부 모음 숨기기(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:106 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:719 msgid "Show Attachment _Bar" msgstr "첨부 모음 보이기(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:463 msgid "Add Attachment" msgstr "첨부 추가" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:466 msgid "A_ttach" msgstr "첨부(_T)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:537 msgid "Save Attachment" msgid_plural "Save Attachments" msgstr[0] "첨부 저장" #. Translators: Default attachment filename. #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:568 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2056 #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2716 msgid "attachment.dat" msgstr "attachment.dat" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:378 msgid "Open With Other Application..." msgstr "다른 프로그램으로 열기..." #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:385 msgid "S_ave All" msgstr "모두 저장(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:411 msgid "A_dd Attachment..." msgstr "첨부파일 추가(_D)..." #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:435 msgid "_Hide" msgstr "숨기기(_H)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:442 msgid "Hid_e All" msgstr "모두 숨기기(_E)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:449 msgid "_View Inline" msgstr "내부에서 보기(_V)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:456 msgid "Vie_w All Inline" msgstr "모두 내부에서 보기(_W)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Open With \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"에서 열기" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Open this attachment in %s" msgstr "이 첨부를 \"%s\"에서 열기" #. To Translators: This text is set as a description of an attached #. * message when, for example, attaching it to a composer. When the #. * message to be attached has also filled Subject, then this text is #. * of form "Attached message - Subject", otherwise it's left as is. #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:1106 msgid "Attached message" msgstr "첨부한 메시지" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2137 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3022 msgid "A load operation is already in progress" msgstr "읽어들이기 동작이 이미 진행 중입니다" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2145 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3030 msgid "A save operation is already in progress" msgstr "저장 동작이 이미 진행 중입니다" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2262 #, c-format msgid "Could not load '%s'" msgstr "'%s'을(를) 읽어들일 수 없습니다" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2265 #, c-format msgid "Could not load the attachment" msgstr "첨부를 읽어들일 수 없습니다" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2569 #, c-format msgid "Could not open '%s'" msgstr "'%s'을(를) 열 수 없습니다" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2572 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the attachment" msgstr "첨부를 열 수 없습니다." #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3039 msgid "Attachment contents not loaded" msgstr "첨부 내용을 읽어들이지 않았습니다" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3115 #, c-format msgid "Could not save '%s'" msgstr "'%s'을(를) 저장할 수 없습니다" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the attachment" msgstr "첨부를 저장할 수 없습니다" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:98 msgid "Mark as default address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:103 msgid "Autocomplete with this address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:277 msgid "Copy book content locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. To Translators: The text is concatenated to a form: "Ctrl-click to open a link http://www.example.com" #: ../e-util/e-buffer-tagger.c:410 msgid "Ctrl-click to open a link" msgstr "다음 링크를 열려면 Ctrl과 마우스 단추를 누르십시오:" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:170 msgid "Mark as default calendar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:173 msgid "Mark as default task list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:176 msgid "Mark as default memo list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:406 msgid "Copy calendar contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:410 msgid "Copy task list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:414 msgid "Copy memo list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1327 ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:2195 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1329 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%Y" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name, %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1366 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B %Y" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:190 msgid "Previous month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:215 msgid "Next month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:241 msgid "Previous year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:266 msgid "Next year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:290 msgid "Month Calendar" msgstr "달별 달력" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:224 msgid "Currently _used categories:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:235 msgid "_Available Categories:" msgstr "사용 가능한 분류(_A):" #: ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:323 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-completion.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Create category \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:137 msgid "Category Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:141 msgid "_No Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:178 msgid "Category _Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:190 msgid "Category _Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:216 msgid "Category Properties" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "" "There is already a category '%s' in the configuration. Please use another " "name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-combo.c:186 msgid "popup list" msgstr "팝업 목록" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:299 msgid "Now" msgstr "현재" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:307 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:209 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1900 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:230 msgid "Today" msgstr "오늘" #. Translators: "None" as a label of a button to unset date in a #. * date table cell. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:317 msgctxt "table-date" msgid "None" msgstr "없음" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:325 msgid "OK" msgstr "확인" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:873 #, c-format msgid "The time must be in the format: %s" msgstr "시간은 다음과 같은 형식이어야 합니다: %s" # ??? #: ../e-util/e-cell-date.c:51 ../mail/message-list.c:1851 msgid "?" msgstr "?" #: ../e-util/e-cell-percent.c:80 msgid "The percent value must be between 0 and 100, inclusive" msgstr "퍼센트 값은 0과 100을 포함하여 그 사이어야 합니다." #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:100 msgid "Character Encoding" msgstr "문자 인코딩" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:123 msgid "Enter the character set to use" msgstr "사용할 문자셋 입력하십시오" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:369 msgid "Other..." msgstr "그 외..." #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:53 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "아랍어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:54 msgid "Baltic" msgstr "발트어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:55 msgid "Central European" msgstr "중앙 유럽어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:56 msgid "Chinese" msgstr "중국어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:57 msgid "Cyrillic" msgstr "키릴 문자" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:58 msgid "Greek" msgstr "그리스어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:59 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "히브리어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:60 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "일본어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:61 msgid "Korean" msgstr "한국어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:62 msgid "Thai" msgstr "타이어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:63 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "터키어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:64 msgid "Unicode" msgstr "유니코드" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:65 msgid "Western European" msgstr "서부 유럽어" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:66 msgid "Western European, New" msgstr "서부 유럽어, 새로운 인코딩" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Traditional" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:85 ../e-util/e-charset.c:87 ../e-util/e-charset.c:89 msgid "Traditional" msgstr "번체" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Simplified" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:91 ../e-util/e-charset.c:93 ../e-util/e-charset.c:95 #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:97 msgid "Simplified" msgstr "간체" #. Translators: Character set "Cyrillic, Ukrainian" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:101 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "우크라이나어" #. Translators: Character set "Hebrew, Visual" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:105 msgid "Visual" msgstr "비주얼" #: ../e-util/e-client-cache.c:1162 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a client object from extension name '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:524 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "날짜 및 시간" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:549 msgid "Text entry to input date" msgstr "날짜 입력하는 텍스트 엔트리" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:572 msgid "Click this button to show a calendar" msgstr "달력을 보려면 단추를 누르십시오" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:626 msgid "Drop-down combination box to select time" msgstr "시간을 선택하는 드롭다운 콤보 상자" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:627 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "Time" msgstr "시간" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:701 msgid "No_w" msgstr "현재(_W)" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:708 msgid "_Today" msgstr "오늘(_T)" #. Note that we don't show this here, since by default a 'None' date #. * is not permitted. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:717 msgid "_None" msgstr "없음(_N)" #. Translators: "None" for date field of a date edit, shown when #. * there is no date set. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1839 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2087 msgctxt "date" msgid "None" msgstr "없음" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1979 msgid "Invalid Date Value" msgstr "날짜 값이 잘못되었습니다" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2024 msgid "Invalid Time Value" msgstr "시간 값이 잘못되었습니다" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:220 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:258 msgid "Tomorrow" msgstr "내일" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:222 msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "어제" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:230 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Mon" msgstr "다음 %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:236 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Tue" msgstr "다음 %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:242 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Wed" msgstr "다음 %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:248 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Thu" msgstr "다음 %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:254 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Fri" msgstr "다음 %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:260 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sat" msgstr "다음 %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:266 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sun" msgstr "다음 %a" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:353 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:363 #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:372 msgid "Use locale default" msgstr "로캘 기본값 사용" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:577 msgid "Format:" msgstr "형식:" #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:121 msgid "(Unknown Filename)" msgstr "(알 수 없는 파일 이름)" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #. Translators: The string value is the basename of a file. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:125 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 쓰는 중" #. Translators: The first string value is the basename of a #. * remote file, the second string value is the hostname. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\" to %s" msgstr "\"%s\" 파일을 %s 위치에 쓰는 중" #. Don't delete this code, since it is needed so that xgettext can extract the translations. #. * Please, keep these strings in sync with the strings in the timespans array #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:67 #, c-format msgid "1 second ago" msgid_plural "%d seconds ago" msgstr[0] "%d초 전" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:68 #, c-format msgid "1 second in the future" msgid_plural "%d seconds in the future" msgstr[0] "앞으로 %d초" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:69 #, c-format msgid "1 minute ago" msgid_plural "%d minutes ago" msgstr[0] "%d분 전" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:70 #, c-format msgid "1 minute in the future" msgid_plural "%d minutes in the future" msgstr[0] "앞으로 %d분" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:71 #, c-format msgid "1 hour ago" msgid_plural "%d hours ago" msgstr[0] "%d시간 전" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:72 #, c-format msgid "1 hour in the future" msgid_plural "%d hours in the future" msgstr[0] "앞으로 %d시간" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:73 #, c-format msgid "1 day ago" msgid_plural "%d days ago" msgstr[0] "%d일 전" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:74 #, c-format msgid "1 day in the future" msgid_plural "%d days in the future" msgstr[0] "앞으로 %d일" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:75 #, c-format msgid "1 week ago" msgid_plural "%d weeks ago" msgstr[0] "%d주 전" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:76 #, c-format msgid "1 week in the future" msgid_plural "%d weeks in the future" msgstr[0] "앞으로 %d주" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:77 #, c-format msgid "1 month ago" msgid_plural "%d months ago" msgstr[0] "%d달 전" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:78 #, c-format msgid "1 month in the future" msgid_plural "%d months in the future" msgstr[0] "앞으로 %d달" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:79 #, c-format msgid "1 year ago" msgid_plural "%d years ago" msgstr[0] "%d년 전" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:80 #, c-format msgid "1 year in the future" msgid_plural "%d years in the future" msgstr[0] "앞으로 %d년" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:130 msgid "" msgstr "<날짜를 선택하려면 여기를 누르십시오>" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:133 ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:144 #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:155 msgid "now" msgstr "현재" #. strftime for date filter display, only needs to show a day date (i.e. no time) #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:140 msgid "%d-%b-%Y" msgstr "%Y-%m-%d" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:289 msgid "Select a time to compare against" msgstr "비교할 시각을 선택하십시오" #: ../e-util/e-filter-file.c:187 msgid "Choose a File" msgstr "파일을 선택하십시오" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:743 msgid "R_ule name:" msgstr "규칙 이름(_U):" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:793 msgid "all the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:794 msgid "any of the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:800 msgid "_Find items which match:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:823 msgid "Find items that meet the following conditions" msgstr "다음 조건이 만족하는 항목을 찾습니다" #. Translators: "None" for not including threads; #. * part of "Include threads: None" #. protocol: #. name: #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:838 ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:369 #: ../libemail-engine/camel-null-store.c:28 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:139 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:622 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:839 msgid "All related" msgstr "관계된 모두" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:841 msgid "Replies and parents" msgstr "회신 및 그 상위 메일" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:842 msgid "No reply or parent" msgstr "회신 없거나 상위 메일 없음" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:845 msgid "I_nclude threads:" msgstr "글타래 포함(_N):" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:922 msgid "A_dd Condition" msgstr "조건 추가(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 ../mail/em-utils.c:241 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "보내는 메일" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:256 msgid "" "Choose the file that you want to import into Evolution, and select what type " "of file it is from the list." msgstr "에볼루션으로 가져 올 파일을 선택하시고, 그 파일의 종류를 목록에서 고르십시오." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:283 msgid "Select a file" msgstr "파일을 고르십시오" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:297 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:472 msgid "File _type:" msgstr "파일 종류(_T):" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:921 msgid "Choose the destination for this import" msgstr "어디로 가져올 지를 고르십시오" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:365 msgid "Choose the type of importer to run:" msgstr "실행할 가져오기 종류를 선택하십시오:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:373 msgid "Import data and settings from _older programs" msgstr "과거에 쓰던 프로그램에서 데이터 및 설정 사항 가져오기(_O)" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:381 msgid "Import a _single file" msgstr "파일 한 개 가져오기(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:403 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:202 msgid "Please select the information that you would like to import:" msgstr "다음에서 가져오고 싶은 정보를 선택하십시오:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:533 msgid "" "Evolution checked for settings to import from the following applications: " "Pine, Netscape, Elm, iCalendar. No importable settings found. If you would " "like to try again, please click the \"Back\" button." msgstr "" "에볼루션에서 다음 프로그램에서 가져올 수 있는 설정을 검사했습니다: PINE, 넷스케이프, ELM, iCalendar. 가져올 수 있는 " "설정을 찾을 수 없었습니다. 다시 시도하려면 \"뒤로\" 단추를 누르십시오." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:559 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:231 #, c-format msgid "From %s:" msgstr "%s에서:" #. Install a custom "Cancel Import" button. #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:775 msgid "_Cancel Import" msgstr "가져오기 취소(_C)" # tooltip #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:920 msgid "Preview data to be imported" msgstr "가져올 데이터를 미리 봅니다" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:926 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:939 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1292 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1368 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1377 msgid "Import Data" msgstr "중요 데이터" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:934 msgid "Select what type of file you want to import from the list." msgstr "목록에서 가져올 파일의 종류를 선택합니다." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1282 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1317 msgid "Evolution Import Assistant" msgstr "에볼루션 가져오기 도우미" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1299 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1355 msgid "Import Location" msgstr "위치 가져오기" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1310 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Import Assistant.\n" "With this assistant you will be guided through the process of importing " "external files into Evolution." msgstr "" "에볼루션 가져오기 도우미에게 오신 것을 환영합니다.\n" "이 도우미의 안내에 따라 외부의 파일들을 에볼루션으로 가져오는 단계 단계를 따르십시오." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1327 msgid "Importer Type" msgstr "가져오기 종류" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1337 msgid "Select Information to Import" msgstr "가져올 정보를 선택하십시오" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1346 msgid "Select a File" msgstr "파일을 고르십시오" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1363 msgid "Click \"Apply\" to begin importing the file into Evolution." msgstr "에볼루션으로 파일을 가져오려면 \"적용\"을 누르십시오." #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:378 msgid "Autogenerated" msgstr "자동으로 만들기" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:310 msgid "Close" msgstr "닫기" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:315 msgid "_Save and Close" msgstr "저장 후 닫기(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:529 msgid "Edit Signature" msgstr "서명 편집" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:549 msgid "_Signature Name:" msgstr "서명 이름(_S):" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:595 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "이름없음" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:337 msgid "Add _Script" msgstr "스크립트 추가(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:422 msgid "Add Signature Script" msgstr "서명 스크립트 추가" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:492 msgid "Edit Signature Script" msgstr "서명 스크립트 편집" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:395 msgid "" "The output of this script will be used as your\n" "signature. The name you specify will be used\n" "for display purposes only." msgstr "" "다음 스크립트의 출력을 서명으로 사용합니다.\n" "지정하는 이름은 표시 목적으로만 이용합니다." #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:446 msgid "S_cript:" msgstr "스크립트(_C):" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:477 msgid "Script file must be executable." msgstr "스크립트 파일을 실행할 수 있어야 합니다." #: ../e-util/e-map.c:886 msgid "World Map" msgstr "세계 지도" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:889 msgid "" "Mouse-based interactive map widget for selecting timezone. Keyboard users " "should instead select the timezone from the drop-down combination box below." msgstr "" "마우스를 이용해 표준 시간대를 선택하는 지도 위젯. 키보드 사용자는 아래의 드롭다운 콤보 상자를 이용해 표준 시간대를 선택해야 합니다." #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:242 msgid "Could not open the link." msgstr "링크를 열 수 없습니다." #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:289 msgid "Could not display help for Evolution." msgstr "에볼루션 도움말을 표시할 수 없습니다." #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:279 msgid "Show Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:311 msgid "Address B_ook:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:318 msgid "Cat_egory:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "_Search:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:368 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1276 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1113 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1733 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:938 msgid "Any Category" msgstr "모든 분류" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:370 msgid "Co_ntacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:447 msgid "Search" msgstr "검색" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:450 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:431 msgid "Address Book" msgstr "주소록" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:578 msgid "Select Contacts from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1001 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "제거(_R)" #. To Translators: This would be similiar to "Expand MyList Inline" where MyList is a Contact List #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3028 #, c-format msgid "E_xpand %s Inline" msgstr "" #. Copy Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3044 #, c-format msgid "Cop_y %s" msgstr "" #. Cut Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3055 #, c-format msgid "C_ut %s" msgstr "" #. Edit Contact item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3073 #, c-format msgid "_Edit %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-list.c:583 #, c-format msgid "_Delete %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:31 msgid "Evolution is currently online. Click this button to work offline." msgstr "에볼루션은 현재 연결 상태입니다. 연결 중지 상태로 작업하려면 이 단추를 누르십시오." #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:34 msgid "Evolution is currently offline. Click this button to work online." msgstr "에볼루션은 현재 연결 중지 상태입니다. 연결 상태로 작업하려면 이 단추를 누르십시오." #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:37 msgid "Evolution is currently offline because the network is unavailable." msgstr "에볼루션은 현재 연결 중지 상태입니다. 네트워크를 사용할 수 없습니다." #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:127 msgid "Keyring key is unusable: no user or host name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:447 msgid "You have the Caps Lock key on." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:578 msgid "_Remember this passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:579 msgid "_Remember this passphrase for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:584 msgid "_Remember this password" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:585 msgid "_Remember this password for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-preferences-window.c:318 msgid "Evolution Preferences" msgstr "에볼루션 기본 설정" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:161 msgid "An error occurred while printing" msgstr "인쇄하는 도중 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:168 msgid "The printing system reported the following details about the error:" msgstr "인쇄 시스템에서 다음과 같은 오류가 보고되었습니다:" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:174 msgid "" "The printing system did not report any additional details about the error." msgstr "인쇄 시스템에서 추가 오류 내용을 자세히 보고하지 않았습니다." #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:185 msgid "Add Rule" msgstr "규칙 추가" #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:287 msgid "Edit Rule" msgstr "규칙 편집" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Matches: %u" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:565 msgid "Close the find bar" msgstr "이 찾기 모음을 닫습니다" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:573 msgid "Fin_d:" msgstr "찾기(_D):" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:585 msgid "Clear the search" msgstr "검색 결과 지우기" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:609 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "이전(_P)" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:615 msgid "Find the previous occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "이전에 있는 해당 문구를 찾습니다" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:624 msgid "_Next" msgstr "다음(_N)" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:630 msgid "Find the next occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "다음에 있는 해당 문구를 찾습니다" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:639 msgid "Mat_ch case" msgstr "대소문자 구별(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:667 msgid "Reached bottom of page, continued from top" msgstr "페이지 맨 아래에 도착했습니다. 맨 위부터 계속합니다" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:689 msgid "Reached top of page, continued from bottom" msgstr "페이지 맨 위에 도착했습니다. 맨 아래부터 계속합니다" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:538 ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:331 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:424 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:1088 msgid "Mail" msgstr "메일" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:570 msgid "When de_leted:" msgstr "지울 때(_L):" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:681 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:685 msgid "Type:" msgstr "형태:" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:693 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:697 msgid "Name:" msgstr "이름:" #. Translators: This is the first of a sequence of widgets: #. * "Refresh every [NUMERIC_ENTRY] [TIME_UNITS_COMBO]" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1302 msgid "Refresh every" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1332 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1402 msgid "Use a secure connection" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1428 msgid "Unset _trust for SSL certificate" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1464 msgid "User" msgstr "사용자" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:229 msgid "_Destination" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "Select destination" msgstr "" #. no suggestions. Put something in the menu anyway... #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:384 msgid "(no suggestions)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:408 msgid "More..." msgstr "" #. + Add to Dictionary #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Add \"%s\" to Dictionary" msgstr "" #. - Ignore All #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:530 msgid "Ignore All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:558 msgid "Spelling Suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:1 msgid "A file named \"{0}\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The file already exists in \"{0}\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Cannot save file \"{0}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 파일을 저장할 수 없습니다." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Because \"{1}\"." msgstr "\"{1}\" 때문입니다." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Cannot open file \"{0}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 파일을 열 수 없습니다." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Failed to remove data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:61 msgid "The reported error was "{1}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Failed to update data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Failed to delete resource "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:11 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "Some of your contacts may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:13 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Some of your appointments may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Some of your memos may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The task list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Some of your tasks may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:19 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:20 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:21 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:22 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-click-to-add.c:680 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:62 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:143 msgid "click to add" msgstr "추가하려면 누르십시오" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:266 msgid "Move selected column names to top" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:271 msgid "Move selected column names up one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:276 msgid "Move selected column names down one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:281 msgid "Move selected column names to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:286 msgid "Select all column names" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Ascending)" msgstr "(증가)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Descending)" msgstr "(감소)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:396 msgid "Not sorted" msgstr "정렬 안 함" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:441 msgid "No grouping" msgstr "묶지 않음" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:546 msgid "Show Fields" msgstr "필드 표시" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:562 msgid "Choose the order of information to appear in the message list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser-dialog.c:227 msgid "Add a Column" msgstr "열 추가" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser.c:167 msgid "" "To add a column to your table, drag it into\n" "the location in which you want it to appear." msgstr "" "표에 열을 추가하려면, 열을 표시할\n" "위치에 열을 끌어 놓으십시오." #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:369 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s: %s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s : %s (%d개 항목)" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:383 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s (%d개 항목)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1576 msgid "Customize Current View" msgstr "현재 뷰 사용자 설정하기" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1599 msgid "Sort _Ascending" msgstr "오름차순 정렬 (_A)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1602 msgid "Sort _Descending" msgstr "내림차순 정렬(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1605 msgid "_Unsort" msgstr "정렬 안함(_U)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1608 msgid "Group By This _Field" msgstr "이 범위로 묶음(_F)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1611 msgid "Group By _Box" msgstr "상자로 묶음(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1615 msgid "Remove This _Column" msgstr "열 제거(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1618 msgid "Add a C_olumn..." msgstr "열 추가(_O)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1622 msgid "A_lignment" msgstr "정렬(_L)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1625 msgid "B_est Fit" msgstr "자동 맞춤(_E)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1628 msgid "Format Column_s..." msgstr "열 형식(_S)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "현재 보기 사용자 설정(_M)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1703 msgid "_Sort By" msgstr "정렬 기준(_S)" #. Custom #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1726 msgid "_Custom" msgstr "사용자 설정(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2098 msgid "Select All" msgstr "모두 선택" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2111 msgid "Input Methods" msgstr "입력기" #. Put the "UTC" entry at the top of the combo's list. #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:207 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:429 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:433 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:437 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:803 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:109 msgid "Click here to open the URL" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:111 msgid "Enter a URL here" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:406 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:285 msgid "_Copy Link Location" msgstr "링크 위치 복사(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:408 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:287 msgid "Copy the link to the clipboard" msgstr "링크를 클립보드로 복사합니다" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:416 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:295 msgid "_Open Link in Browser" msgstr "브라우저에서 링크 열기(_O)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:418 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:297 msgid "Open the link in a web browser" msgstr "웹 브라우저에서 링크 열기" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "전자메일 주소 복사(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:443 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:322 msgid "_Copy Image" msgstr "그림 복사(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:445 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:324 msgid "Copy the image to the clipboard" msgstr "그림을 클립보드로 복사합니다" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:465 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1308 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:351 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1317 msgid "Select all text and images" msgstr "모든 텍스트와 그림을 선택합니다" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:972 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:974 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:976 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:992 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:994 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Click to call %s" msgstr "%s에게 호출하려면 누르십시오" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:978 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:998 msgid "Click to hide/unhide addresses" msgstr "주소를 감추려면/보이려면 누르십시오" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:980 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1000 #, c-format msgid "Click to open %s" msgstr "%s URL을 열려면 누르십시오" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:329 msgid "Save _Image..." msgstr "그림 저장(_I)..." #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:331 msgid "Save the image to a file" msgstr "그림을 파일에 저장합니다" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:2894 msgid "Copying image to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3082 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "그림 저장" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Saving image to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:315 ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:324 msgid "%d %B %Y" msgstr "%Y년 %B %d일" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:327 #, c-format msgid "Calendar: from %s to %s" msgstr "달력: %s에서 %s까지" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:364 msgid "evolution calendar item" msgstr "에볼루션 달력 항목" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:635 msgid "Evolution Source Viewer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The name that is displayed in the user interface #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:665 msgid "Display Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:674 msgid "Flags" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:726 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:678 msgid "Identity" msgstr "신상 정보" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Missing date." msgstr "날짜가 빠졌습니다." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "You must choose a date." msgstr "날짜를 선택해야 합니다." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Missing filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:4 msgid "You must specify a filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:5 msgid "File "{0}" does not exist or is not a regular file." msgstr ""{0}" 파일이 없거나 일반 파일이 아닙니다." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Bad regular expression "{0}"." msgstr ""{0}" 정규식이 틀렸습니다." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Could not compile regular expression "{1}"." msgstr ""{1}" 정규식을 컴파일할 수 없습니다." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:100 msgid "Missing name." msgstr "이름이 빠졌습니다." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:9 msgid "You must name this filter." msgstr "이 필터에 이름을 붙여야 합니다." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Name "{0}" already used." msgstr ""{0}"(이)라는 이름은 이미 사용하고 있습니다." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Please choose another name." msgstr "다른 이름을 사용해 주십시오." #. Translators: description of a "popup" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-popup.c:128 msgid "popup a child" msgstr "하위 창 팝업" #. Translators: description of a "toggle" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-toggle.c:180 msgid "toggle the cell" msgstr "셀 토글" #. Translators: description of an "expand" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:215 msgid "expands the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "이 셀이 들어 있는 ETree의 행 늘리기" #. Translators: description of a "collapse" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:223 msgid "collapses the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "이 셀이 들어 있는 ETree의 행 줄이기" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell.c:123 msgid "Table Cell" msgstr "테이블 셀" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:72 msgid "click" msgstr "누르기" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-column-header.c:163 msgid "sort" msgstr "정렬" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:296 msgid "Save Current View" msgstr "현재 뷰 저장" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Do you wish to save your changes?" msgstr "바뀐 내용을 저장하시겠습니까?" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This signature has been changed, but has not been saved." msgstr "서명이 바뀌었지만, 저장하지 않았습니다." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Discard changes" msgstr "바뀐 내용 버리기(_D)" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Blank Signature" msgstr "서명 없음" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Please provide an unique name to identify this signature." msgstr "이 서명을 구분할 수 있는 고유한 이름을 입력하십시오." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Unable to copy image to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Unable to save image." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not load signature." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save signature." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:27 msgid "OAuth2" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:28 msgid "" "This option will use an OAuth 2.0 access token to connect to the server" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-authenticator.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Invalid authentication result code (%d)" msgstr "" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Saving message to folder '%s'" msgstr "메시지를 '%s' 폴더에 저장하는 중" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:572 msgid "Forwarded messages" msgstr "전달한 메시지" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:682 #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:933 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving %d message" msgid_plural "Retrieving %d messages" msgstr[0] "메시지 %d개를 가져오는 중" # tooltip #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:776 msgid "Scanning messages for duplicates" msgstr "중복된 메시지를 검사하는 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Removing folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 제거하는 중" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" has been removed." msgstr "\"%s\" 파일을 제거했습니다." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1325 msgid "File has been removed." msgstr "파일을 제거했습니다." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1384 msgid "Removing attachments" msgstr "첨부를 제거." # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "Saving %d message" msgid_plural "Saving %d messages" msgstr[0] "메시지 %d개를 저장하는 중" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Invalid folder URI '%s'" msgstr "잘못된 폴더 URI '%s'" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:540 msgid "No mail transport service available" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:640 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:730 #, c-format msgid "Failed to apply outgoing filters: %s" msgstr "나가는 필터를 적용하는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:689 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to append to %s: %s\n" "Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead." msgstr "" "%s에 추가하는데 실패했습니다: %s\n" "대신에 로컬의 '보낸 편지함'에 추가합니다." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:715 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:798 #, c-format msgid "Failed to append to local 'Sent' folder: %s" msgstr "로컬의 '보낸 편지함' 폴더에 추가하는데 실패했습니다: %s" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:916 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:929 ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1031 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "메시지 보내는 중입니다" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:120 ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:342 #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:789 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1061 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1072 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "받은 편지함" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_INBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:121 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:782 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1059 msgid "Drafts" msgstr "임시 보관함" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_DRAFTS #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:122 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:793 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1063 msgid "Outbox" msgstr "보낼 편지함" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_OUTBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:123 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:797 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1065 msgid "Sent" msgstr "보낸 편지함" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_SENT #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:124 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:785 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1067 #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1082 ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1381 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1391 msgid "Templates" msgstr "서식" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "User cancelled operation" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1542 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1592 #, c-format msgid "No data source found for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1655 #, c-format msgid "" "No destination address provided, forwarding of the message has been " "cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1668 #, c-format msgid "" "No identity found to use, forwarding of the message has been cancelled." msgstr "" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Disconnecting from '%s'" msgstr "'%s'에서 연결 끊는 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:279 #, c-format msgid "Reconnecting to '%s'" msgstr "'%s'에 다시 연결하는 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Preparing account '%s' for offline" msgstr "'%s' 연결 중지 상태 계정을 준비 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-folder-cache.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "Pinging %s" msgstr "\"%s\" 연결을 확인하는 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:94 msgid "Filtering Selected Messages" msgstr "선택한 메시지 필터링하는 중" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:152 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to filter selected messages. One reason can be that folder location " "set in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Fetching mail from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:724 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to apply outgoing filters. One reason can be that folder location set " "in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:940 #, c-format msgid "Sending message %d of %d" msgstr "%2$d개 중에서 %1$d번째 메시지를 보내는 중" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Failed to send a message" msgid_plural "Failed to send %d of %d messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "취소함." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1000 msgid "Complete." msgstr "완료." # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1112 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages to '%s'" msgstr "메시지들을 '%s'에 옮기는 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1113 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages to '%s'" msgstr "메시지들을 '%s'에 복사하는 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Storing folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 저장하는 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Expunging and storing account '%s'" msgstr "계정 '%s'의 지운 메시지를 비우고 내용을 저장하는 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1361 #, c-format msgid "Storing account '%s'" msgstr "%s 계정을 저장하는 중" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "Emptying trash in '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 안의 휴지통을 비우는 중" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not create spool directory '%s': %s" msgstr "스풀 디렉터리 '%s'을(를) 만들 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Trying to movemail a non-mbox source '%s'" msgstr "mbox가 아닌 소스 '%s'에서 메일 옮기기를 시도했습니다" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Forwarded message - %s" msgstr "전달한 메시지 - %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:239 msgid "Forwarded message" msgstr "전달한 메시지" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Setting up Search Folder: %s" msgstr "검색 폴더 설정: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Updating Search Folders for '%s' - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * search folder(s), the second %s is the URI of the #. * removed folder. For more than one search folder is #. * each of them on a separate line, with four spaces #. * in front of its name, without quotes. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:670 #, c-format msgid "" "The Search Folder \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted " "folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following Search Folders\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" "다음 검색 폴더:\n" "%s 폴더를 업데이트했습니다. 이 검색 폴더는 막 제거한 다음 폴더를 사용했습니다:\n" "\"%s\"" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:116 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:203 msgid "Open _Online Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:142 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:229 msgid "This account was created through the Online Accounts service." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:690 msgid "_Restore Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:703 msgid "You can drag and drop account names to reorder them." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:746 msgid "De_fault" msgstr "기본값(_F)" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:85 #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:443 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:359 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:890 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "사용" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:109 msgid "Account Name" msgstr "계정 이름" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:136 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:335 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:475 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3600 #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:49 msgid "Default" msgstr "기본값" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:578 msgid "No email address provided" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:587 msgid "Missing domain in email address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-backend.c:754 msgid "Unknown background operation" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:129 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:860 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:867 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:874 msgid "Close this window" msgstr "이 창을 닫습니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:286 msgid "(No Subject)" msgstr "(제목 없음)" #. GtkAssistant sinks the floating button reference. #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:102 msgid "_Skip Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:562 msgid "Evolution Account Assistant" msgstr "에볼루션 계정 도우미" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-auth-check.c:352 msgid "Check for Supported Types" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" "축하합니다. 메일 설정을 끝마쳤습니다.\n" "\n" "이제 에볼루션으로 메일을 보내고 받을 준비가 다 되었습니다.\n" "\n" "설정을 저장하려면 \"적용\"을 누르십시오." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:169 msgid "Done" msgstr "완료" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:552 msgid "Special Folders" msgstr "특수 폴더" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:561 msgid "Draft Messages _Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:571 msgid "Choose a folder for saving draft messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:585 msgid "Sent _Messages Folder:" msgstr "보낸 편지함 폴더(_M):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:595 msgid "Choose a folder for saving sent messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:614 msgid "S_ave replies in the folder of the message being replied to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:631 msgid "_Restore Defaults" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:646 msgid "Choose a folder for deleted messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:655 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Junk:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:656 msgid "Choose a folder for junk messages." msgstr "" # 진행 상태가 아니라 설정 창의 제목, "~하는 중"으로 번역하지 말 것 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:673 msgid "Composing Messages" msgstr "메시지 작성" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:682 msgid "Alway_s carbon-copy (cc) to:" msgstr "항상 참조(CC) (_S):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:707 msgid "Always _blind carbon-copy (bcc) to:" msgstr "항상 숨은 참조(BCC) (_B):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:742 msgid "Message Receipts" msgstr "메시지 내용 읽음 확인" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:751 msgid "S_end message receipts:" msgstr "메시지 수신 확인 보내기(_E):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:776 msgid "Never" msgstr "사용 안 함" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:782 msgid "Always" msgstr "항상" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:788 msgid "Ask for each message" msgstr "메시지마다 물어보기" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:859 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "기본값" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:266 msgid "" "Please enter your name and email address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in email you send." msgstr "" "아래에 이름과 메일 주소를 입력하십시오. 그 아래에 있는 \"추가\" 필드는 메일을 보낼 때 정보를 추가하지 않고 싶으면 채우지 않아도 " "됩니다." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:294 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:324 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "계정 정보" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:303 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:333 msgid "" "Type the name by which you would like to refer to this account.\n" "For example, \"Work\" or \"Personal\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:348 msgid "Required Information" msgstr "필요 정보" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:357 msgid "Full Nam_e:" msgstr "전체 이름(_E):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:384 msgid "Email _Address:" msgstr "전자메일 주소(_A):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:431 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:26 msgid "Optional Information" msgstr "추가 정보" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:440 msgid "Re_ply-To:" msgstr "회신 주소(_P):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:467 msgid "Or_ganization:" msgstr "조직(_G):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:522 msgid "Add Ne_w Signature..." msgstr "새 서명 추가(_W)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-lookup-page.c:68 msgid "Looking up account details..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:485 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:501 msgid "Check for _new messages every" msgstr "새 메일 확인(_N), 매" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:700 msgid "Receiving Options" msgstr "받기 옵션" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-receiving-page.c:50 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "메일 받기" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:260 #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:266 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:24 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:114 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:47 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:91 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:16 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "일반" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:269 msgid "_Do not sign meeting requests (for Outlook compatibility)" msgstr "모임 요청에 서명하지 않기 (Outlook 호환)(_D)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:291 msgid "Pretty Good Privacy (OpenPGP)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:300 msgid "OpenPGP _Key ID:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:322 msgid "Si_gning algorithm:" msgstr "서명 알고리즘(_G):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:338 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:478 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:50 msgid "SHA1" msgstr "SHA1" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:341 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:481 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:51 msgid "SHA256" msgstr "SHA256" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:344 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:484 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:52 msgid "SHA384" msgstr "SHA384" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:347 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:487 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:53 msgid "SHA512" msgstr "SHA512" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:363 msgid "Al_ways sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "이 계정으로 보내는 메시지는 항상 서명(_W)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:375 msgid "Always encrypt to _myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "암호화한 메일을 보낼 때 자신에 대해서 언제나 암호화(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:387 msgid "Always _trust keys in my keyring when encrypting" msgstr "암호화할 때 내 키 모음에 들어 있는 키는 언제나 신뢰(_T)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:411 msgid "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" msgstr "보안 MIME (S/MIME)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:420 msgid "Sig_ning certificate:" msgstr "서명 인증서(_N):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:444 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:550 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:462 msgid "Signing _algorithm:" msgstr "서명 알고리즘(_A):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:503 msgid "Always sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:526 msgid "Encryption certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:568 msgid "Always encrypt outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:588 msgid "Always encrypt to myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-sending-page.c:50 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "메일 보내기" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:640 msgid "Server _Type:" msgstr "서버 종류(_T):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:142 msgid "SSL" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:145 msgid "TLS" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:307 msgid "" "This is a summary of the settings which will be used to access your mail." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:372 msgid "Personal Details" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:381 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:395 msgid "Email Address:" msgstr "" # 설정 tab, 상태가 아님 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:409 msgid "Receiving" msgstr "받기" # 설정 tab, 상태가 아님 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:421 msgid "Sending" msgstr "보내기" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:433 msgid "Server Type:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:454 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:608 msgid "Server:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:475 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:697 msgid "Username:" msgstr "사용자이름:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:496 msgid "Security:" msgstr "보안:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:787 msgid "Account Summary" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:157 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Mail Configuration Assistant.\n" "\n" "Click \"Continue\" to begin." msgstr "" "에볼루션 메일 설정 도우미입니다.\n" "\n" "시작하려면 \"계속\"을 누르십시오." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:167 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:152 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "환영합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-window.c:327 msgid "Account Editor" msgstr "계정 편집기" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:96 msgid "_Add to Address Book..." msgstr "주소록에 추가(_A)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:103 msgid "_To This Address" msgstr "이 주소로(_T)" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:110 msgid "_From This Address" msgstr "이 주소에서(_F)" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:117 msgid "Send _Reply To..." msgstr "회신 보내기(_R)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:119 msgid "Send a reply message to this address" msgstr "회신 메시지를 이 주소로 보냅니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:126 msgid "Create Search _Folder" msgstr "검색 폴더 만들기(_F)" #. Label + combo box has a 12px left margin so it's #. * aligned with the junk mail options above it. #: ../mail/e-mail-junk-options.c:252 msgid "Junk filtering software:" msgstr "정크메일 필터링 소프트웨어:" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-dialog.c:225 msgid "_Label name:" msgstr "레이블 이름(_L):" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:57 msgid "I_mportant" msgstr "중요(_M)" #. red #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:58 msgid "_Work" msgstr "업무(_W)" #. orange #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:59 msgid "_Personal" msgstr "개인(_P)" #. green #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:60 msgid "_To Do" msgstr "할 일(_T)" #. blue #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:61 msgid "_Later" msgstr "나중에(_L)" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:170 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Add Label" msgstr "레이블 추가" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:221 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "레이블 편집" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:353 msgid "" "Note: Underscore in the label name is used\n" "as mnemonic identifier in menu." msgstr "" "주의: 레이블의 밑줄은 메뉴의 단축키를\n" "지정하는데 사용합니다." #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "색" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:167 msgid "Move selected headers to top" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:172 msgid "Move selected headers up one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:177 msgid "Move selected headers down one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:182 msgid "Move selected headers to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:187 msgid "Select all headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:206 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:215 msgid "Header Value" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:125 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:101 msgid "Headers" msgstr "헤더" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Page %d of %d" msgstr "%2$d페이지 중 %1$d페이지" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:12 msgid "Copy to Folder" msgstr "폴더로 복사" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "C_opy" msgstr "복사(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:54 msgid "Move to Folder" msgstr "폴더로 이동" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "_Move" msgstr "이동(_M)" # 주의: check button에 사용. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1177 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1389 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1429 msgid "_Do not ask me again." msgstr "다시 묻지 않기(_D)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1435 msgid "_Always ignore Reply-To: for mailing lists." msgstr "메일링 리스트의 경우 Reply-To: 무시(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1637 msgid "Failed to retrieve message:" msgstr "" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1677 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2842 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 메시지를 가져오는 중" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1865 msgid "A_dd Sender to Address Book" msgstr "보낸 사람을 주소록에 추가(_D)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1867 msgid "Add sender to address book" msgstr "보낸 사람을 주소록에 추가합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1872 msgid "Check for _Junk" msgstr "정크메일 검사(_J)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1874 msgid "Filter the selected messages for junk status" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 정크메일인지 필터링합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1879 msgid "_Copy to Folder..." msgstr "폴더로 복사(_C)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1881 msgid "Copy selected messages to another folder" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 다른 폴더로 복사합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1886 msgid "_Delete Message" msgstr "메시지 삭제(_D)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1888 msgid "Mark the selected messages for deletion" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 지운 것으로 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1893 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1895 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to this mailing list" msgstr "이 메일링 리스트에게 보낸 메시지를 필터 규칙으로 만듭니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1900 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1902 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to these recipients" msgstr "이 받는 사람에게 보낸 메시지를 필터 규칙으로 만듭니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1907 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1909 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages from this sender" msgstr "이 보낸 사람이 보낸 메시지를 필터 규칙으로 만듭니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1914 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Subject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1916 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages with this subject" msgstr "이 제목으로 도착한 메시지를 필터 규칙으로 만듭니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1921 msgid "A_pply Filters" msgstr "필터 적용(_P)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1923 msgid "Apply filter rules to the selected messages" msgstr "선택한 메시지에 필터 규칙을 적용합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1928 msgid "_Find in Message..." msgstr "메시지에서 찾기(_F)..." # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1930 msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgstr "표시한 메시지의 본문에서 텍스트를 찾습니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1935 msgid "_Clear Flag" msgstr "플래그 지우기(_C)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1937 msgid "Remove the follow-up flag from the selected messages" msgstr "선택한 메시지에서 추가 작업 플래그를 지웁니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1942 msgid "_Flag Completed" msgstr "플래그 완료(_F)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1944 msgid "Set the follow-up flag to completed on the selected messages" msgstr "선택한 메시지의 추가 작업을 마침으로 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1949 msgid "Follow _Up..." msgstr "추가 작업(_U)..." # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1951 msgid "Flag the selected messages for follow-up" msgstr "선택한 메시지에 추가 작업을 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1956 msgid "_Attached" msgstr "첨부(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1958 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1965 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone as an attachment" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 다른 사람에게 첨부하여 전달합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1963 msgid "Forward As _Attached" msgstr "첨부로 전달(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1970 msgid "_Inline" msgstr "포함(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1972 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1979 msgid "Forward the selected message in the body of a new message" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 새 메시지의 본문으로 전달합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1977 msgid "Forward As _Inline" msgstr "포함해서 전달(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1984 msgid "_Quoted" msgstr "인용(_Q)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1986 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1993 msgid "Forward the selected message quoted like a reply" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 회신처럼 인용하여 전달합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1991 msgid "Forward As _Quoted" msgstr "인용해서 전달(_Q)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1998 msgid "_Load Images" msgstr "그림 읽어들이기(_L)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2000 msgid "Force images in HTML mail to be loaded" msgstr "HTML 메일의 그림을 강제로 읽어들입니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2005 msgid "_Important" msgstr "중요(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2007 msgid "Mark the selected messages as important" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 중요한 것으로 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2012 msgid "_Junk" msgstr "정크메일(_J)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2014 msgid "Mark the selected messages as junk" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 정크메일로 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2019 msgid "_Not Junk" msgstr "정크메일 아님(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2021 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not being junk" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 정크메일이 아닌 것으로 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2026 msgid "_Read" msgstr "읽기(_R)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2028 msgid "Mark the selected messages as having been read" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 읽은 것으로 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2033 msgid "Uni_mportant" msgstr "중요하지 않음(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2035 msgid "Mark the selected messages as unimportant" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 중요하지 않은 것으로 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2040 msgid "_Unread" msgstr "읽기 취소(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2042 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not having been read" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 읽지 않은 것으로 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2047 msgid "_Edit as New Message..." msgstr "새 메시지로 편집(_E)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2049 msgid "Open the selected messages in the composer for editing" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 메일 작성에서 열어서 편집합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2054 msgid "Compose _New Message" msgstr "새 메시지 작성(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2056 msgid "Open a window for composing a mail message" msgstr "메일 메시지를 작성하는 창을 엽니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2061 msgid "_Open in New Window" msgstr "새 창에서 열기(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2063 msgid "Open the selected messages in a new window" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 새 창에서 엽니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2068 msgid "_Move to Folder..." msgstr "폴더로 이동(_M)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2070 msgid "Move selected messages to another folder" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 다른 폴더로 옮깁니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2075 msgid "_Next Message" msgstr "다음 메시지(_N)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2077 msgid "Display the next message" msgstr "다음의 메시지를 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2082 msgid "Next _Important Message" msgstr "다음 중요한 메시지(_I)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2084 msgid "Display the next important message" msgstr "다음의 중요한 메시지를 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2089 msgid "Next _Thread" msgstr "다음 글타래(_T)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2091 msgid "Display the next thread" msgstr "다음의 글타래를 표시합니다" # 주의: 아래의 Previous Unread Message와 같은 형태로 번역 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2096 msgid "Next _Unread Message" msgstr "읽지 않은 다음 메시지(_U)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2098 msgid "Display the next unread message" msgstr "다음의 읽지 않은 메시지를 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2103 msgid "_Previous Message" msgstr "이전 메시지(_P)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2105 msgid "Display the previous message" msgstr "이전의 메시지를 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2110 msgid "Pr_evious Important Message" msgstr "이전의 중요한 메시지(_E)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2112 msgid "Display the previous important message" msgstr "이전의 중요한 메시지를 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2117 msgid "Previous T_hread" msgstr "이전 글타래(_H)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2119 msgid "Display the previous thread" msgstr "이전 메시지를 표시합니다" # 주의: 위의 Next Unread Message와 같은 형태로 번역 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2124 msgid "P_revious Unread Message" msgstr "읽지 않은 이전 메시지(_R)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2126 msgid "Display the previous unread message" msgstr "이전의 읽지 않은 메시지를 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2133 msgid "Print this message" msgstr "이 메시지를 인쇄합니다" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2140 msgid "Preview the message to be printed" msgstr "인쇄할 메시지를 미리 봅니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2145 msgid "Re_direct" msgstr "수신만 변경(_D)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2147 msgid "Redirect (bounce) the selected message to someone" msgstr "선택한 메시지의 수신자를 누군가로 변경합니다 (반송합니다)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2152 msgid "Remo_ve Attachments" msgstr "첨부 제거(_V)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2154 msgid "Remove attachments" msgstr "첨부 제거" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2159 msgid "Remove Du_plicate Messages" msgstr "중복 메시지 제거(_P)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2161 msgid "Checks selected messages for duplicates" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 중복으로 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2166 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:27 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1547 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:214 msgid "Reply to _All" msgstr "전체에 회신(_A)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2168 msgid "Compose a reply to all the recipients of the selected message" msgstr "선택한 메시지의 받는 사람 모두에게 회신을 작성합니다" # List는 메일링 리스트를 말함. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2173 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:25 msgid "Reply to _List" msgstr "리스트에 회신(_L)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2175 msgid "Compose a reply to the mailing list of the selected message" msgstr "선택한 메시지의 메일링 리스트로 회신을 작성합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2180 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:221 msgid "_Reply to Sender" msgstr "보낸 사람에게 회신(_R)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2182 msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgstr "이 메시지를 보낸사람에게 회신을 작성합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2187 msgid "_Save as mbox..." msgstr "메일함으로 저장(_S)..." # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2189 msgid "Save selected messages as an mbox file" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 메일함 (mbox) 파일로 저장합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2194 msgid "_Message Source" msgstr "메시지 원본(_M)" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2196 msgid "Show the raw email source of the message" msgstr "메시지의 메일 소스를 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2208 msgid "_Undelete Message" msgstr "메시지 되살리기(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2210 msgid "Undelete the selected messages" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 되살립니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2215 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "보통 크기(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2217 msgid "Reset the text to its original size" msgstr "글자를 원래 크기로 맞춥니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2222 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "확대(_Z)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2224 msgid "Increase the text size" msgstr "글자 크기를 키웁니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2229 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "축소(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2231 msgid "Decrease the text size" msgstr "글자 크기를 줄입니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2238 msgid "Cre_ate" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2245 msgid "Ch_aracter Encoding" msgstr "문자 인코딩(_A)" # inline, attached, quoted 따위 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2252 msgid "F_orward As" msgstr "전달 방식(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2259 msgid "_Group Reply" msgstr "그룹 회신(_G)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2266 msgid "_Go To" msgstr "이동(_G)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2273 msgid "Mar_k As" msgstr "표시(_K)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2280 msgid "_Message" msgstr "메시지(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2287 msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "확대/축소(_Z)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2297 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List..." msgstr "" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2299 msgid "Create a search folder for this mailing list" msgstr "이 메일링 리스트에 대한 검색 폴더를 만듭니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2304 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts..." msgstr "" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2306 msgid "Create a search folder for these recipients" msgstr "이 받는 사람에 대한 검색 폴더를 만듭니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2311 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Sen_der..." msgstr "" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2313 msgid "Create a search folder for this sender" msgstr "이 보낸 사람에 대한 검색 폴더를 만듭니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2318 msgid "Create a Search Folder from S_ubject..." msgstr "" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2320 msgid "Create a search folder for this subject" msgstr "이 제목에 대한 검색 폴더를 만듭니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2343 msgid "Mark for Follo_w Up..." msgstr "추가 작업으로 표시(_W)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2351 msgid "Mark as _Important" msgstr "중요한 것으로 표시(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2355 msgid "Mark as _Junk" msgstr "정크메일로 표시(_J)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2359 msgid "Mark as _Not Junk" msgstr "정크메일이 아닌 것으로 표시(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2363 msgid "Mar_k as Read" msgstr "읽은 것으로 표시(_K)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2367 msgid "Mark as Uni_mportant" msgstr "중요하지 않은 것으로 표시(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2371 msgid "Mark as _Unread" msgstr "읽지 않은 것으로 표시(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2415 msgid "_Caret Mode" msgstr "캐릿 모드(_C)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2417 msgid "Show a blinking cursor in the body of displayed messages" msgstr "표시하는 메시지의 본문 안에 깜박이는 커서를 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2423 msgid "All Message _Headers" msgstr "모든 메시지 헤더(_H)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2425 msgid "Show messages with all email headers" msgstr "메일의 모든 헤더와 함께 메시지를 표시합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2848 msgid "Retrieving message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3770 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:207 msgid "_Forward" msgstr "전달(_F)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3771 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone" msgstr "선택한 메시지를 다른 사람에게 전달합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3790 msgid "Group Reply" msgstr "그룹 회신" # tooltip #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3791 msgid "Reply to the mailing list, or to all recipients" msgstr "메일링 리스트로 회신하거나, 아니면 모든 수신자에게 회신합니다" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3857 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:15 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3869 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1372 msgid "Next" msgstr "다음" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3873 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1365 msgid "Previous" msgstr "이전" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3882 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:15 msgid "Reply" msgstr "회신" # 주의: check button에 사용. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:151 msgid "Do not warn me again" msgstr "다시 경고하지 않기" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:976 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a folder #. * name %u with count of duplicate messages. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate message. Are you sure you want to delete " "it?" msgid_plural "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate messages. Are you sure you want to delete " "them?" msgstr[0] "'%s' 폴더에 중복 메시지가 %u개 있습니다. 정말로 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2026 msgid "Save Message" msgid_plural "Save Messages" msgstr[0] "메시지 저장" #. Translators: This is part of a suggested file name #. * used when saving a message or multiple messages to #. * mbox format, when the first message doesn't have a #. * subject. The extension ".mbox" is appended to the #. * string; for example "Message.mbox". #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2047 msgid "Message" msgid_plural "Messages" msgstr[0] "메시지" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2416 msgid "Parsing message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-request.c:197 msgid "The message has no text content." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:238 msgid "Flag to Follow Up" msgstr "추가 작업 메시지 플래그" #. Note to translators: this is the attribution string used #. * when quoting messages. Each ${Variable} gets replaced #. * with a value. To see a full list of available variables, #. * see mail/em-composer-utils.c:attribvars array. #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1372 msgid "" "On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:" msgstr "" "${Year}-${Month}-${Day} (${AbbrevWeekdayName}), ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}, ${Sender}:" # 번역은 적합하지 않다. #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1378 msgid "-------- Forwarded Message --------" msgstr "-------- Forwarded Message --------" # 번역은 적합하지 않다. #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1383 msgid "-----Original Message-----" msgstr "-----Original Message-----" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2528 msgid "an unknown sender" msgstr "알 수 없는 보낸 사람" # post -> 게시, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2949 msgid "Posting destination" msgstr "게시물 수신자" # post -> 게시, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2950 msgid "Choose folders to post the message to." msgstr "메시지를 올릴 폴더를 선택하십시오." #: ../mail/em-filter-editor-folder-element.c:157 msgid "Select Folder" msgstr "폴더 선택" #. Automatically generated. Do not edit. #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:2 msgid "Adjust Score" msgstr "점수 조정" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:3 msgid "Any header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "색 지정" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:5 msgid "Assign Score" msgstr "점수 지정" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:7 msgid "BCC" msgstr "숨긴 참조" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:8 msgid "Beep" msgstr "삑 소리" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:9 msgid "CC" msgstr "참조" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:10 msgid "Completed On" msgstr "완료 날짜" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:13 msgid "Date received" msgstr "받은 날짜" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:14 msgid "Date sent" msgstr "보낸 날짜" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:16 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "삭제함" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:18 msgid "does not end with" msgstr "끝나지 않음" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:19 msgid "does not exist" msgstr "없음" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:20 msgid "does not have words" msgstr "" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:21 msgid "does not return" msgstr "리턴하지 않음" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:22 msgid "does not sound like" msgstr "비슷한 소리 아님" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:23 msgid "does not start with" msgstr "시작하지 않음" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:25 msgid "Draft" msgstr "임시 보관함" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:26 msgid "ends with" msgstr "끝남" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:28 msgid "exists" msgstr "존재함" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:29 msgid "Expression" msgstr "표현" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:30 msgid "Follow Up" msgstr "추가 작업" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:31 msgid "Forward to" msgstr "전달" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:32 msgid "has words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:33 msgid "Important" msgstr "중요" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:35 msgid "is after" msgstr "뒤 날짜" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:36 msgid "is before" msgstr "앞 날짜" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:37 msgid "is Flagged" msgstr "플래그 지정" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:41 msgid "is not Flagged" msgstr "플래그 지정 아님" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:42 msgid "is not set" msgstr "설정 아님" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:43 msgid "is set" msgstr "설정" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:44 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:108 msgid "Junk" msgstr "정크메일" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:45 msgid "Junk Test" msgstr "정크메일 테스트" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:46 msgid "Label" msgstr "레이블" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:47 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "메일링 리스트" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:48 msgid "Match All" msgstr "모두" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:49 msgid "Message Body" msgstr "메시지 본문" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:50 msgid "Message Header" msgstr "메시지 헤더" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:51 msgid "Message is Junk" msgstr "메시지가 정크메일" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:52 msgid "Message is not Junk" msgstr "메시지가 정크메일 아님" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:53 msgid "Message Location" msgstr "메시지 위치" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:55 msgid "Pipe to Program" msgstr "프로그램에 파이프 입력" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:56 msgid "Play Sound" msgstr "사운드 재생" #. Past tense, as in "has been read". #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:57 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:14 msgid "Read" msgstr "읽음" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:58 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:16 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "받는 사람" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:59 msgid "Regex Match" msgstr "정규식" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:60 msgid "Replied to" msgstr "회신" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:61 msgid "returns" msgstr "리턴" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:62 msgid "returns greater than" msgstr "더 큰 값 리턴" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:63 msgid "returns less than" msgstr "더 작은 값 리턴" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:64 msgid "Run Program" msgstr "프로그램 실행" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:65 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:3 msgid "Score" msgstr "점수" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:66 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:15 msgid "Sender" msgstr "보낸 사람" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:67 msgid "Sender or Recipients" msgstr "보낸 사람 혹은 받는 사람" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:68 msgid "Set Label" msgstr "레이블 설정" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:69 msgid "Set Status" msgstr "상태 설정" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:70 msgid "Size (kB)" msgstr "크기 (kB)" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:71 msgid "sounds like" msgstr "비슷한 소리" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:72 msgid "Source Account" msgstr "메일 온 계정" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:73 msgid "Specific header" msgstr "특정 헤더" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:74 msgid "starts with" msgstr "시작함" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:76 msgid "Stop Processing" msgstr "처리 중지" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:80 msgid "Unset Status" msgstr "상태 설정 없애기" #. and now for the action area #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:583 msgid "Then" msgstr "그러면" #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:648 msgid "Add Ac_tion" msgstr "동작 추가(_T)" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:145 msgid "Unread messages:" msgid_plural "Unread messages:" msgstr[0] "읽지 않은 메시지:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:156 msgid "Total messages:" msgid_plural "Total messages:" msgstr[0] "전체 메시지:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage (%s):" msgstr "용량 제한 사용량 (%s):" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage" msgstr "용량 제한 사용량" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:347 msgid "Folder Properties" msgstr "폴더 속성" #: ../mail/em-folder-selection-button.c:80 msgid "" msgstr "<폴더를 고를려면 여기를 누르십시오>" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:390 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "만들기(_R)" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:396 msgid "Folder _name:" msgstr "폴더 이름(_N):" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:644 msgid "Folder names cannot contain '/'" msgstr "폴더 이름에 '/'가 들어갈 수 없습니다" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:781 #, c-format msgctxt "folder-display" msgid "%s (%u%s)" msgstr "%s (%u%s)" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:1609 msgid "Mail Folder Tree" msgstr "메일 폴더 트리" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2179 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Moving folder %s" msgstr "%s 폴더를 옮기는 중" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2182 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Copying folder %s" msgstr "%s 폴더를 복사하는 중" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2189 ../mail/message-list.c:2280 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages into folder %s" msgstr "메시지를 %s 폴더로 옮기는 중입니다" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2193 ../mail/message-list.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages into folder %s" msgstr "메시지를 %s 폴더로 복사하는 중입니다" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2212 #, c-format msgid "Cannot drop message(s) into toplevel store" msgstr "메시지를 맨 위의 저장고에 넣을 수 없습니다" # VFolder에서 맞는 게 아무것도 없을 경우 마지막 fallback #. UNMATCHED is always last. #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:176 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:178 msgid "UNMATCHED" msgstr "해당 없음" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:873 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:1170 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "읽어들이는 중..." #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Move Folder To" msgstr "폴더 옮기기" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Copy Folder To" msgstr "폴더 복사" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:617 msgid "Create Folder" msgstr "폴더 만들기" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:618 msgid "Specify where to create the folder:" msgstr "폴더 만들 곳을 지정하십시오:" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:867 msgid "_Subscribe" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:876 msgid "Su_bscribe To Shown" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:884 msgid "Subscribe To _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:981 ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1875 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1641 msgid "_Unsubscribe" msgstr "구독 중지(_U)" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:990 msgid "Unsu_bscribe From Hidden" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:998 msgid "Unsubscribe From _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1712 msgid "Folder Subscriptions" msgstr "폴더 구독" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1751 msgid "_Account:" msgstr "계정(_A):" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1764 msgid "Clear Search" msgstr "검색 지우기" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1781 msgid "Sho_w items that contain:" msgstr "다음이 들어 있는 항목만 표시(_W):" # tooltip #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1828 msgid "Subscribe to the selected folder" msgstr "선택한 폴더를 구독합니다" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1829 msgid "Su_bscribe" msgstr "구독(_B)" # tooltip #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1874 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1643 msgid "Unsubscribe from the selected folder" msgstr "선택한 폴더에서 구독을 중지합니다" # tooltip #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1914 msgid "Collapse all folders" msgstr "모든 폴더를 줄입니다" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1915 msgid "C_ollapse All" msgstr "모두 줄이기(_O)" # tooltip #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1925 msgid "Expand all folders" msgstr "모든 폴더를 펼칩니다" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1926 msgid "E_xpand All" msgstr "모두 펼치기(_X)" # tooltip #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1936 msgid "Refresh the folder list" msgstr "폴더 목록을 새로 고칩니다" # tooltip #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1948 msgid "Stop the current operation" msgstr "현재 동작을 중지합니다" #. Translators: This message is shown only for ten or more #. * messages to be opened. The %d is replaced with the actual #. * count of messages. If you need a '%' in your text, then #. * write it doubled, like '%%'. #: ../mail/em-utils.c:86 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to open %d message at once?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to open %d messages at once?" msgstr[0] "정말로 %d개의 메시지를 동시에 여시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:142 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:150 msgid "_Do not show this message again" msgstr "이 메시지 다시 보지 않기(_D)" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:252 msgid "Message Filters" msgstr "메시지 필터" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Messages from %s" msgstr "%s에서 온 메일" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor.c:105 msgid "Search _Folders" msgstr "폴더 검색(_F)" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "Add Folder" msgstr "폴더 추가" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:523 msgid "Search Folder Sources" msgstr "폴더 소스 검색" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:555 msgid "Automatically update on any _source folder change" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:567 msgid "All local folders" msgstr "모든 로컬 폴더" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:568 msgid "All active remote folders" msgstr "모든 활성화한 원격 폴더" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:569 msgid "All local and active remote folders" msgstr "모든 로컬 폴더와 활성화한 원격 폴더" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:570 msgid "Specific folders" msgstr "지정한 폴더" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:608 msgid "include subfolders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:178 msgid "Importing Elm data" msgstr "ELM 데이터 가져오기" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:378 msgid "Evolution Elm importer" msgstr "에볼루션 ELM 가져오기" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:379 msgid "Import mail from Elm." msgstr "ELM에서 메일을 가져옵니다." #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:140 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:250 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "대상 폴더(_D):" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:146 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:256 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:545 msgid "Select folder" msgstr "폴더 선택" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:147 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:257 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:546 msgid "Select folder to import into" msgstr "어느 폴더로 가져올 지 선택하십시오" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:437 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "Subject" msgstr "제목" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:442 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "From" msgstr "보낸 사람" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:486 #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:172 msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" msgstr "버클리 메일박스 (mbox)" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:487 msgid "Importer Berkeley Mailbox format folders" msgstr "버클리 메일박스 형식 폴더 가져오기" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:63 msgid "Importing mailbox" msgstr "메일함 가져오기" #. Destination folder, was set in our widget #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:153 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:612 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Importing '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 가져오는 중입니다" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:316 #, c-format msgid "Scanning %s" msgstr "%s 검색하는 중입니다" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:252 msgid "Importing Pine data" msgstr "PINE 데이터 가져오기" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:479 msgid "Evolution Pine importer" msgstr "에볼루션 PINE 가져오기" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:480 msgid "Import mail from Pine." msgstr "PINE에서 메일을 가져옵니다." #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Mail to %s" msgstr "%s에 보내는 메일" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:226 ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Mail from %s" msgstr "%s에서 온 메일" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Subject is %s" msgstr "제목이 %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:293 #, c-format msgid "%s mailing list" msgstr "%s 메일링 리스트" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:403 msgid "Add Filter Rule" msgstr "필터 규칙 추가" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * filter rule(s), the second %s is URI of the removed #. * folder. For more than one filter rule is each of #. * them on a separate line, with four spaces in front #. * of its name, without quotes. #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "The filter rule \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following filter rules\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" "다음 필터 규칙:\n" "%s 규칙을 업데이트했습니다. 이 규칙은 막 제거한 다음 폴더를 사용했습니다:\n" "\"%s\"" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:1 msgid "Set custom junk header" msgstr "사용자 정의 정크 메일 헤더 설정" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:2 msgid "" "All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" msgstr "해당 헤더 내용이 정크메일로 필터링하게 되는 헤더가 있는 모든 새 전자메일" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:3 msgid "Header name" msgstr "헤더 이름" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:4 msgid "Header content" msgstr "헤더 내용" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "기본 동작" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:6 msgid "For_mat messages in HTML" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:7 msgid "Automatically insert _emoticon images" msgstr "자동으로 이모티콘 그림 넣기(_E)" # read receipt -> 내용 읽음 확인, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:8 msgid "Always request rea_d receipt" msgstr "항상 내용 읽음 확인 요청(_D)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:9 msgid "Encode filenames in an _Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Ch_aracter encoding:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Replies and Forwards" msgstr "회신 및 전달" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:12 msgid "_Reply style:" msgstr "회신 모양(_R):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:13 msgid "_Forward style:" msgstr "전달 모양(_F):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Start _typing at the bottom on replying" msgstr "회신할 때 맨 아래부터 입력 시작(_T)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:15 msgid "_Keep signature above the original message on replying" msgstr "회신할 때 원문 위에 서명 놓기(_K)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Ig_nore Reply-To: for mailing lists" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Gro_up Reply goes only to mailing list, if possible" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:18 msgid "Digitally _sign messages when original message signed (PGP or S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:19 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Attachment" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:20 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline (Outlook style)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Do Not Quote" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:23 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:25 msgid "Sig_natures" msgstr "서명(_N)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:26 msgid "Signatures" msgstr "서명" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:27 msgid "_Languages" msgstr "언어(_L)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:28 msgid "Languages Table" msgstr "언어 표" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:29 msgid "" "The list of languages here reflects only the languages for which you have a " "dictionary installed." msgstr "이 언어 목록은 사전을 설치한 언어만 들어 있습니다." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:31 msgid "Check spelling while I _type" msgstr "입력할 때 맞춤법 검사(_T)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "맞춤법이 틀린 글자의 색(_M):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "색을 고르십시오" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:34 msgid "Spell Checking" msgstr "맞춤법 검사" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:35 msgid "" "To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" msgstr "메일을 실수로 보내거나 곤란한 메일을 보내지 않도록, 다음 동작에 대해 확인 질문을 합니다:" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:37 msgid "Sending a message with an _empty subject line" msgstr "제목이 없이 메시지를 보내기(_E)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:39 msgid "Sending a message with only _Bcc recipients defined" msgstr "숨은 참조로만 메시지를 보내기(_B)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:41 msgid "Sending a _private reply to a mailing list message" msgstr "메일링 리스트 메시지에 개인 회신 보내기(_P)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:43 msgid "Sending a reply to a large _number of recipients" msgstr "여러 명의 수신자에게 회신을 보내기(_N)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:45 msgid "Allowing a _mailing list to redirect a private reply to the list" msgstr "메일링 리스트에서 개인 회신을 리스트로 보내기 허용(_M)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:47 msgid "Sending a message with _recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "메일 주소로 입력하지 않은 수신자에게 메시지 보내기(_R){0}" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:48 msgid "Confirmations" msgstr "확인" # FIXME: wrong msgid - list model #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:54 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:1 msgid "a" msgstr "a" # FIXME: wrong msgid - list model #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:55 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:2 msgid "b" msgstr "b" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:56 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "프록시 설정" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:57 msgid "_Use system defaults" msgstr "시스템 기본값 사용(_U)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:58 msgid "_Direct connection to the Internet" msgstr "인터넷에 직접 연결(_D)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:59 msgid "_Manual proxy configuration:" msgstr "수동 프록시 설정(_M):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:60 msgid "H_TTP Proxy:" msgstr "HTTP 프록시(_T):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:61 msgid "_Secure HTTP Proxy:" msgstr "보안 HTTP 프록시(_S):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:62 msgid "SOC_KS Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:63 msgid "No _Proxy for:" msgstr "프록시 없는 호스트(_P):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:64 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:614 msgid "Port:" msgstr "포트:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:65 msgid "Use Authe_ntication" msgstr "인증 사용(_N)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:66 msgid "Us_ername:" msgstr "사용자이름(_E):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:67 msgid "Pass_word:" msgstr "암호(_W):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:68 msgid "Start up" msgstr "시작" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:69 msgid "Check for new _messages on start" msgstr "시작할 때 새 메시지 확인(_M)" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:70 msgid "Check for new messa_ges in all active accounts" msgstr "사용 중인 모든 계정에서 새 메시지 확인(_G)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:71 msgid "Message Display" msgstr "메시지 표시" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:72 msgid "_Use the same fonts as other applications" msgstr "다른 프로그램과 같은 글꼴 사용(_U)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:73 msgid "S_tandard Font:" msgstr "일반 글꼴(_T):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:74 msgid "Select HTML fixed width font" msgstr "HTML 고정폭 글꼴을 선택하십시오" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:75 msgid "Select HTML variable width font" msgstr "HTML 가변폭 글꼴을 선택하십시오" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:76 msgid "Fix_ed Width Font:" msgstr "고정폭 글꼴(_E):" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # "Mark messages as read after seconds" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:77 msgid "_Mark messages as read after" msgstr "다음 시간이 지나면 읽은 것으로 표시(_M):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:79 msgid "Highlight _quotations with" msgstr "인용문은 다음 색깔로 표시(_Q):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "색상" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:81 msgid "Default character e_ncoding:" msgstr "기본 문자 인코딩(_N):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:82 msgid "Apply the same _view settings to all folders" msgstr "모든 폴더에 같은 보기 설정 적용(_V)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:83 msgid "F_all back to threading messages by subject" msgstr "연관된 메시지가 아니더라도 제목에 따라 글타래로 만들기(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:84 msgid "Delete Mail" msgstr "메일 삭제" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:86 msgid "Confirm _when expunging a folder" msgstr "폴더를 비울 때 확인 질문(_W)" #. If enabled, show animation; if disabled, only display a static image without any animation #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:88 msgid "_Show animated images" msgstr "애니메이션 표시(_S)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:89 msgid "_Prompt on sending HTML mail to contacts that do not want them" msgstr "HTML 메일을 받고 싶지 않은 사람한테 보낼 때 확인 질문(_P)" # 진행 상태가 아니라 설정 창의 제목, "~하는 중"으로 번역하지 말 것 #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:90 msgid "Loading Images" msgstr "그림 읽어들이기" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:91 msgid "_Never load images from the Internet" msgstr "그림을 인터넷에서 읽어들이지 않기(_N)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:92 msgid "_Load images only in messages from contacts" msgstr "보낸이가 연락처에 들어 있는 메시지에서만 그림 읽어들이기(_L)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:93 msgid "_Always load images from the Internet" msgstr "항상 인터넷에서 그림 읽어들이기(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:94 msgid "HTML Messages" msgstr "HTML 메시지" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:95 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:19 msgid "Labels" msgstr "레이블" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:96 msgid "Sender Photograph" msgstr "보내는 사람 사진" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:97 msgid "_Show the photograph of sender in the message preview" msgstr "메일 미리 보기에서 보낸 사람의 사진 보이기(_S)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:98 msgid "Displayed Message Headers" msgstr "표시하는 메시지 헤더" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:99 msgid "Mail Headers Table" msgstr "메일 헤더 표" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:100 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:117 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:54 msgid "Date/Time Format" msgstr "날짜/시각 형식" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:102 msgid "Check incoming _messages for junk" msgstr "받은 메일이 정크 메일인지 검사(_M)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:103 msgid "_Delete junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:104 msgid "Check cu_stom headers for junk" msgstr "정크 메일 검사에 사용자 지정 헤더 검사(_S)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:105 msgid "Do not mar_k messages as junk if sender is in my address book" msgstr "보낸 사람이 주소록에 들어 있으면 정크메일로 표시하지 않기(_K)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:106 msgid "_Lookup in local address book only" msgstr "로컬 주소록만 찾아 보기(_L)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:107 msgid "Option is ignored if a match for custom junk headers is found." msgstr "사용자 지정 정크 메일 헤더가 있으면 이 옵션은 무시합니다." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:109 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:225 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:159 msgid "No encryption" msgstr "암호화 없음" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:110 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS 암호화" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:111 msgid "SSL encryption" msgstr "SSL 암호화" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:1 msgid "" "The messages you have selected for follow up are listed below.\n" "Please select a follow up action from the \"Flag\" menu." msgstr "" "다음은 추가 작업 플래그를 표시하려고 선택한 메시지입니다.\n" "\"플래그\" 메뉴에서 추가 작업 동작을 선택하십시오." #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:3 msgid "_Flag:" msgstr "표시(_F):" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:4 msgid "_Due By:" msgstr "마감(_D):" #. Translators: Flag Completed #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:6 msgid "Co_mpleted" msgstr "완료됨(_M)" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:7 msgid "Call" msgstr "호출" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:8 msgid "Do Not Forward" msgstr "전달하지 않음" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow-Up" msgstr "추가 작업" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Information" msgstr "유용한 정보" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:11 msgid "Forward" msgstr "전달" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:12 msgid "No Response Necessary" msgstr "회신이 필요 없음" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:16 msgid "Reply to All" msgstr "전체 회신" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:17 msgid "Review" msgstr "다시 보기" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "사용권 약관" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "사용권 약관에 동의하시면 여기에 체크하십시오(_T)" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "사용권 동의(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:21 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "보안 정보" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:22 msgid "Digital Signature" msgstr "디지털 서명" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:23 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "암호화" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid authentication" msgstr "인증이 틀렸습니다" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This server does not support this type of authentication and may not support " "authentication at all." msgstr "서버에서 이 인증 방법을 지원하지 않고 인증을 전혀 지원하지 않는 것 같습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Your login to your server \"{0}\" as \"{0}\" failed." msgstr "\"{0}\" 서버에 \"{0}\" 사용자로 로그인하는데 실패했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." msgstr "암호를 정확히 입력해 주십시오. 보통 암호는 대소문자를 구별합니다. 지금 Caps Lock이 켜져 있을 수도 있습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message in HTML format?" msgstr "정말로 HTML 형식의 메시지를 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "다음 받는 사람이 HTML 전자메일을 받고 싶어하고, 받을 수 있는지 확인하십시오:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message without a subject?" msgstr "정말로 제목 없는 메시지를 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful Subject line to your messages will give your recipients " "an idea of what your mail is about." msgstr "메시지에 의미있는 제목을 써야 받는 사람이 메일이 무엇에 관한 메일인지 알 수 있습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?" msgstr "정말로 받는 사람이 BCC만 있는 메시지를 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " msgstr "" "지금 보내려는 연락처 목록에는 그 목록에 들어 있는 받는 사람들을 감추도록 설정되어 있습니다.\n" "\n" "많은 전자메일 시스템에서는, 받는 사람이 BCC만 있는 경우 메시지에 Apparently-To 헤더를 붙입니다. 그리고 이 헤더에는 " "메시지를 받는 사람을 모두를 기록하게 됩니다. 이렇게 되지 않으려면, 최소한 주소를 한 개라도 \"받는 사람:\"이나 \"참조:\"에 " "쓰십시오. " #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." msgstr "" "많은 전자메일 시스템에서는, 받는 사람이 BCC만 있는 경우 메시지에 Apparently-To 헤더를 붙입니다. 그리고 이 헤더에는 " "메시지를 받는 사람을 모두를 기록하게 됩니다. 이렇게 되지 않으려면, 최소한 주소를 한 개라도 \"받는 사람:\"이나 \"참조:\"에 " "쓰십시오." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?" msgstr "정말로 메일 주소가 올바르지 않은 메시지를 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "받는 사람 중 다음은 올바른 메일 주소가 아닙니다:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid addresses?" msgstr "정말로 메일 주소가 올바르지 않은 메시지를 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "받는 사람 중 다음은 올바른 메일 주소가 아닙니다:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Send private reply?" msgstr "개인 회신을 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "You are replying privately to a message which arrived via a mailing list, " "but the list is trying to redirect your reply to go back to the list. Are " "you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "메일링 리스트로 받은 메시지에 개인 회신을 하려 하지만, 메일링 리스트에서 리스트로 회신하도록 정하고 있습니다. 정말로 계속 하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Reply _Privately" msgstr "개인 회신(_P)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but you are " "replying privately to the sender; not to the list. Are you sure you want to " "proceed?" msgstr "" "메일링 리스트로 받은 메시지에 회신을 하려 하지만, 메일링 리스트가 아닌 보낸 사람에게 개인 회신을 하려 합니다. 정말로 계속 " "하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Send reply to all recipients?" msgstr "모든 수신자에게 회신을 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:29 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which was sent to many recipients. Are you " "sure you want to reply to ALL of them?" msgstr "많은 수신자에게 보내는 메시지에 회신합니다. 정말로 \"모든\" 수신자에게 회신을 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because you have not specified any recipients" msgstr "받는 사람을 아무도 지정하지 않아서 이 메시지를 보낼 수 없습니다" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:31 msgid "" "Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for " "email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." msgstr "" "\"받는 사람:\" 필드에 올바른 전자메일 주소를 입력하십시오. 입력창 옆의 \"받는 사람:\" 단추를 누르면 전자메일 주소를 찾을 수 " "있습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Use default drafts folder?" msgstr "기본 보관함 폴더를 사용하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:33 msgid "" "Unable to open the drafts folder for this account. Use the system drafts " "folder instead?" msgstr "이 계정의 임시 보관함 폴더를 열 수 없습니다. 대신 시스템 임시 보관함 폴더를 사용하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Use _Default" msgstr "기본값 사용(_D)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in " "folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "\"{0}\" 폴더의 모든 삭제한 메시지를 완전히 제거하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:36 msgid "If you continue, you will not be able to recover these messages." msgstr "계속하시면, 이 메시지를 복구할 수 없을 것입니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:37 msgid "_Expunge" msgstr "완전히 삭제(_E)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:38 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in all " "folders?" msgstr "모든 폴더의 삭제한 메시지를 완전히 제거하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:39 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1529 msgid "_Empty Trash" msgstr "휴지통 비우기(_E)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:40 msgid "Opening too many messages at once may take a long time." msgstr "여러 개의 메시지를 한꺼번에 열면 시간이 오래 걸릴 수도 있습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:41 msgid "_Open Messages" msgstr "메시지 열기(_O)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:42 msgid "You have unsent messages, do you wish to quit anyway?" msgstr "보내지 않은 메시지가 있습니다, 그래도 끝내시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:43 msgid "" "If you quit, these messages will not be sent until Evolution is started " "again." msgstr "끝내시면, 에볼루션을 다시 시작할 때까지는 이 메시지를 보내지 않습니다." #. Translators: the {0} is replaced with an operation name, which failed. #. It can be basically anything run asynchronously, like "Fetching Mail", #. "Sending message" and others, mostly from mail-ops.c file. #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:47 msgid "Error while {0}." msgstr "{0} 도중에 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Error while performing operation." msgstr "작업을 수행하는 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:49 msgid "Enter password." msgstr "암호를 입력하십시오." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Error loading filter definitions." msgstr "필터 정의를 읽어들이는데 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:51 msgid "Cannot save to directory \"{0}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 디렉터리에 저장할 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Cannot save to file \"{0}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 파일에 저장할 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Cannot create the save directory, because \"{1}\"" msgstr "\"{1}\" 때문에 디렉터리를 저장할 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:54 msgid "Cannot create temporary save directory." msgstr "임시 저장 디렉터리를 만들 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:55 msgid "File exists but cannot overwrite it." msgstr "파일이 있지만 덮어쓸 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:56 msgid "File exists but is not a regular file." msgstr "파일이 있지만 일반 파일이 아닙니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Cannot delete folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 폴더를 지울 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:58 msgid "Cannot delete system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 시스템 폴더를 지울 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:59 msgid "" "System folders are required for Evolution to function correctly and cannot " "be renamed, moved, or deleted." msgstr "에볼루션이 제대로 동작하려면 시스템 폴더가 있어야 하고, 이 폴더는 이름을 바꾸거나, 옮기거나, 삭제하면 안 됩니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:60 msgid "Failed to expunge folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Failed to refresh folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:63 msgid "Cannot rename or move system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 시스템 폴더의 이름을 바꾸거나 옮길 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\" and all of its subfolders?" msgstr "정말로 \"{0}\" 폴더와 그 아래 폴더를 모두 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents and its subfolders' contents " "will be deleted permanently." msgstr "이 폴더를 삭제하면, 그 안에 있는 내용과 그 하위 폴더의 내용까지 영원히 삭제하게 됩니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:67 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "정말로 \"{0}\" 폴더를 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:68 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents will be deleted permanently." msgstr "이 폴더를 삭제하면, 그 안에 있는 내용까지 영원히 삭제하게 됩니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:69 msgid "These messages are not copies." msgstr "이 메시지는 복사본이 아닙니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:70 msgid "" "Messages shown in Search Folders are not copies. Deleting them from a Search " "Folder will delete the actual messages from the folder or folders in which " "they physically reside. Do you really want to delete these messages?" msgstr "" "검색 폴더에서 표시하는 메시지는 복사본이 아닙니다. 검색 폴더에서 이 메시지를 삭제하면 물리적인 장치에 들어 있는 실제 메시지를 " "삭제합니다. 정말로 메시지를 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:71 msgid "Cannot rename \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\"을(를) \"{1}\"(으)로 이름을 바꾸지 못했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:72 msgid "A folder named \"{1}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "\"{1}\"(이)라는 이름의 폴더가 이미 있습니다. 다른 이름을 사용하십시오." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:73 msgid "Cannot move folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 폴더를 \"{1}\"에 옮기지 못했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot open source folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:75 msgid "Cannot open target folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:76 msgid "Cannot copy folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 폴더를 \"{1}\"에 복사할 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot create folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:78 msgid "Cannot open folder. Error: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:79 msgid "Cannot save changes to account." msgstr "바뀐 사항을 계정에 저장할 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:80 msgid "You have not filled in all of the required information." msgstr "필요한 정보중에 입력하지 않은 정보가 있습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:81 msgid "You may not create two accounts with the same name." msgstr "같은 이름으로 두 개의 계정을 만들 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:82 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account?" msgstr "정말로 이 계정을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:83 msgid "If you proceed, the account information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "계속 하시면, 계정 정보를 영원히 삭제합니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account and all its proxies?" msgstr "정말로 이 계정과 그 프록시를 모두 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:85 msgid "" "If you proceed, the account information and\n" "all proxy information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "계속 하시면, 계정과 모든 프록시의 정보를 영원히 삭제합니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:87 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to disable this account and delete all its proxies?" msgstr "정말로 이 계정을 사용하지 않고 그 프록시를 모두 삭제하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:88 msgid "If you proceed, all proxy accounts will be deleted permanently." msgstr "계속하시면, 모든 프록시 계정을 영원히 삭제합니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Do _Not Disable" msgstr "해제하지 않기(_N)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:90 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 msgid "_Disable" msgstr "사용 않음(_D)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Cannot edit Search Folder \"{0}\" as it does not exist." msgstr "\"{0}\" 검색 폴더를 편집할 수 없습니다: 폴더가 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:92 msgid "" "This folder may have been added implicitly,\n" "go to the Search Folder editor to add it explicitly, if required." msgstr "" "이 폴더는 묵시적으로 추가한 폴더일 수도 있습니다.\n" "필요하다면 검색 폴더 편집 창으로 가서 직접 추가하십시오." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:94 msgid "Cannot add Search Folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\" 검색 폴더를 추가할 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:95 msgid "A folder named \"{0}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "\"{0}\"(이)라는 이름의 폴더가 이미 있습니다. 다른 이름을 사용하십시오." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:96 msgid "Search Folders automatically updated." msgstr "검색 폴더를 자동으로 업데이트했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Mail filters automatically updated." msgstr "메일 필터를 자동으로 업데이트했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:98 msgid "Missing folder." msgstr "폴더가 빠졌습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:99 msgid "You must specify a folder." msgstr "폴더를 지정해야 합니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:101 msgid "You must name this Search Folder." msgstr "이 검색 폴더의 이름을 정해야 합니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:102 msgid "No folder selected." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:103 msgid "" "You must specify at least one folder as a source.\n" "Either by selecting the folders individually, and/or by selecting all local " "folders, all remote folders, or both." msgstr "" "최소한 한 개 폴더를 소스로 지정해야 합니다.\n" "폴더를 하나씩 선택하시거나, 아니면 모든 로컬 폴더, 모든 원격 폴더, 아니면 전부를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Problem migrating old mail folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "과거의 \"{0}\" 메일 폴더에서 옮겨오는데 문제가 발생했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:106 msgid "" "A non-empty folder at \"{1}\" already exists.\n" "\n" "You can choose to ignore this folder, overwrite or append its contents, or " "quit." msgstr "" "\"{1}\"에 비어 있지 않은 폴더가 있습니다.\n" "\n" "이 폴더를 무시할 수도 있고, 덮어 쓰거나, 그 내용 뒤에 덧붙이거나, 끝낼 수 있습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "무시" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:110 msgid "_Overwrite" msgstr "덮어 쓰기(_O)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:111 msgid "_Append" msgstr "덧붙이기(_A)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:112 msgid "Evolution's local mail format has changed." msgstr "에볼루션의 로컬 메일 형식이 바뀌었습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:113 msgid "" "Evolution's local mail format has changed from mbox to Maildir. Your local " "mail must be migrated to the new format before Evolution can proceed. Do you " "want to migrate now?\n" "\n" "An mbox account will be created to preserve the old mbox folders. You can " "delete the account after ensuring the data is safely migrated. Please make " "sure there is enough disk space if you choose to migrate now." msgstr "" "에볼루션의 로컬 메일 형식이 mbox에서 maildir 형식으로 바뀌었습니다. 계속하기 전에 로컬 메일을 형식을 새 형식으로 변환해야 " "합니다. 지금 변환하시겠습니까?\n" "\n" "mbox 계정을 새로 만들어서 과거 mbox 폴더를 보존합니다. 데이터가 안전하게 변환되었다고 확인한다면 이 mbox 계정을 삭제해도 " "좋습니다. 지금 변환하시려면 먼저 디스크 공간이 넉넉한지 확인하십시오." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:116 msgid "_Exit Evolution" msgstr "에볼루션 나가기(_E)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:117 msgid "_Migrate Now" msgstr "지금 옮기기(_M)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "사용권한 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "" "\"{0}\" 라이선스 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다, 설치 문제 때문입니다. 이 라이선스에 동의하기 전에는 이 제공자를 사용할 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:120 msgid "Please wait." msgstr "잠시 기다리십시오." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:121 msgid "Querying server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "서버에 지원하는 인증 방식 목록 물어보기." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:122 msgid "" "Failed to query server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "서버에 지원하는 인증 방식 목록 물어보기에 실패했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "연결 중지 상태에서 사용하기 위해 폴더를 로컬에서 동기화하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "연결 중지 상태 사용이라고 표시한 폴더를 로컬에 동기화하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "동기화하지 않기(_N)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "동기화(_S)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:127 msgid "Do you want to mark all messages as read?" msgstr "모든 메시지를 읽은 것으로 표시할까요?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:128 msgid "This will mark all messages as read in the selected folder." msgstr "선택한 폴더의 모든 메시지를 읽은 것으로 표시합니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:129 msgid "Also mark messages in subfolders?" msgstr "아래 폴더의 메시지도 표시하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:130 msgid "" "Do you want to mark messages as read in the current folder only, or in the " "current folder as well as all subfolders?" msgstr "" "현재 폴더만 읽은 메시지로 표시하시겠습니까? 아니면 현재 폴더와 그 아래 폴더의 모든 메시지를 모두 읽은 메시지로 표시하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:131 msgid "In Current Folder and _Subfolders" msgstr "현재 폴더 및 하위 폴더에서(_S)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:132 msgid "In Current _Folder Only" msgstr "현재 폴더에서만(_F)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:133 msgid "Should Evolution close this window when replying or forwarding?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:134 msgid "_Yes, Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:135 msgid "_No, Never" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:136 msgid "Copy folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:137 msgid "Are you sure you want to copy folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:138 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "예(_Y)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:139 msgid "_No" msgstr "아니요(_N)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:140 msgid "_Always" msgstr "항상(_A)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:141 msgid "N_ever" msgstr "안 함(_E)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:142 msgid "Move folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:143 msgid "Are you sure you want to to move folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:144 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because the account you chose to send with is " "not enabled" msgstr "지정한 계정을 사용하는 중이 아니므로 이 메시지를 보낼 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:145 msgid "Please enable the account or send using another account." msgstr "계정을 사용하도록 만들거나 다른 계정으로 보내 보십시오." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:146 msgid "Mail Deletion Failed" msgstr "메일 삭제가 실패했습니다" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:147 msgid "You do not have sufficient permissions to delete this mail." msgstr "이 메일을 지울 권한이 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:148 msgid "\"Check Junk\" Failed" msgstr "\"정크메일 검사\" 실패" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:149 msgid "\"Report Junk\" Failed" msgstr "\"정크메일 알림\" 실패" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:150 msgid "\"Report Not Junk\" Failed" msgstr "\"정크메일 아님 알림\" 실패" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:151 msgid "Remove duplicate messages?" msgstr "중복 메시지를 제거하시겠습니까?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:152 msgid "No duplicate messages found." msgstr "중복된 메시지가 없습니다." #. Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:154 msgid "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message." msgstr "'{0}' 폴더에 중복 메시지가 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:155 msgid "Failed to disconnect account "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:157 msgid "Failed to unsubscribe from folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:158 msgid "Unable to retrieve message." msgstr "메시지를 가져올 수 없습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:159 msgid "{0}" msgstr "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:160 msgid "Failed to open folder." msgstr "폴더를 여는데 실패했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:161 msgid "Failed to find duplicate messages." msgstr "중복 메시지를 찾는데 실패했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:162 msgid "Failed to retrieve messages." msgstr "메시지를 가져오는데 실패했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:163 msgid "Failed to mark messages as read." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:164 msgid "Failed to remove attachments from messages." msgstr "메시지에서 첨부 파일을 제거하는데 실패했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:165 msgid "Failed to download messages for offline viewing." msgstr "연결 중지 상태 사용 용도로 메시지 다운로드에 실패했습니다" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:166 msgid "Failed to save messages to disk." msgstr "메시지를 디스크에 저장하는데 실패했습니다." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:167 msgid "Hidden file is attached." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:168 msgid "" "The attachment named {0} is a hidden file and may contain sensitive data. " "Please review it before sending." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:169 msgid "Printing failed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:170 msgid "The printer replied "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:171 msgid "Could not perform this operation on {0}." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:172 msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "취소하는 중..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:546 msgid "Send & Receive Mail" msgstr "메일 보내고 받기" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:562 msgid "Cancel _All" msgstr "모두 취소(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1047 msgid "Updating..." msgstr "업데이트 중..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:736 msgid "Waiting..." msgstr "기다리는 중..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1020 #, c-format msgid "Checking for new mail at '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:78 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "검색 폴더" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:158 msgid "Edit Search Folder" msgstr "검색 폴더 편집" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:279 msgid "New Search Folder" msgstr "새 검색 폴더" #: ../mail/message-list.c:298 msgid "Unseen" msgstr "보지않았음" #: ../mail/message-list.c:299 msgid "Seen" msgstr "봤음" #: ../mail/message-list.c:300 msgid "Answered" msgstr "응답함" #: ../mail/message-list.c:301 msgid "Forwarded" msgstr "전달함" #: ../mail/message-list.c:302 msgid "Multiple Unseen Messages" msgstr "여러개의 보지않은 메시지" #: ../mail/message-list.c:303 msgid "Multiple Messages" msgstr "여러 메시지" #: ../mail/message-list.c:316 msgid "Lowest" msgstr "가장 낮음" #: ../mail/message-list.c:317 msgid "Lower" msgstr "낮음" #: ../mail/message-list.c:321 msgid "Higher" msgstr "높음" #: ../mail/message-list.c:322 msgid "Highest" msgstr "가장 높음" #: ../mail/message-list.c:466 ../mail/message-list.c:5730 msgid "Generating message list" msgstr "메시지 목록 작성중" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../mail/message-list.c:1858 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:244 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "오늘 %p %l:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1867 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "어제 %p %l:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1879 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "(%a) %p %l:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1887 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%b %d일 %p %l:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%Y년 %b %d일" #: ../mail/message-list.c:2767 msgid "Select all visible messages" msgstr "모든 보이는 메시지 선택" #: ../mail/message-list.c:3395 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:17 msgid "Messages" msgstr "메시지" #. default follow-up flag name to use when clicked in the message list column #: ../mail/message-list.c:4774 msgid "Follow-up" msgstr "추가 작업" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5668 msgid "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5676 msgid "There are no messages in this folder." msgstr "이 폴더에는 메시지가 없습니다." #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:2 msgid "Flagged" msgstr "플래그" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:8 msgid "Received" msgstr "받았음" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:11 msgid "Flag Status" msgstr "플래그 상태" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:12 msgid "Follow Up Flag" msgstr "메시지 플래그" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:13 msgid "Due By" msgstr "기한" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:18 msgid "Messages To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:20 msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "제목 - 자름" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:1 msgid "Subject or Addresses contains" msgstr "제목이나 주소에 포함" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2012 msgid "Recipients contain" msgstr "받는 사람에 포함" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:3 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2005 msgid "Message contains" msgstr "메시지에 포함" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:4 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2026 msgid "Subject contains" msgstr "제목에 포함" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:5 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2019 msgid "Sender contains" msgstr "보낸 사람에 포함" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1998 msgid "Body contains" msgstr "본문에 포함" #. To Translators: 'Table column' is a label for configurable date/time format for table columns showing a date in message list #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:123 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1213 msgid "_Table column:" msgstr "테이블 열(_T):" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:126 msgid "Address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:129 msgid "_Format address according to standard of its destination country" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:137 msgid "Autocompletion" msgstr "자동 완성" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:140 msgid "Always _show address of the autocompleted contact" msgstr "항상 주소록에서 자동 완성한 메일 주소를 표시(_S)" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:148 msgid "Multiple vCards" msgstr "여러 개 vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:156 #, c-format msgid "vCard for %s" msgstr "%s에 대한 vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:168 #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:195 #, c-format msgid "Contact information" msgstr "연락처 정보" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Contact information for %s" msgstr "%s에 대한 연락처 정보" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:259 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:125 msgid "New Address Book" msgstr "새 주소록" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:268 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Contact" msgstr "연락처(_C)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:270 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:979 msgid "Create a new contact" msgstr "새로운 연락처를 만듭니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:275 msgctxt "New" msgid "Contact _List" msgstr "연락처 목록(_L)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:277 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:986 msgid "Create a new contact list" msgstr "새 연락처 목록을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:285 msgctxt "New" msgid "Address _Book" msgstr "주소록(_B)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:287 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:902 msgid "Create a new address book" msgstr "새 주소록을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:315 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "인증서" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:198 msgid "Address Book Properties" msgstr "주소록 속성" #. Translators: This is a save dialog title #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:476 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:772 msgid "Save as vCard" msgstr "vCard 형식으로 저장" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:879 msgid "Co_py All Contacts To..." msgstr "모든 연락처 복사(_P)..." # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:881 msgid "Copy the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "선택한 주소록의 연락처를 다른 주소록에 복사합니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:886 msgid "D_elete Address Book" msgstr "주소록 삭제(_E)" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:888 msgid "Delete the selected address book" msgstr "선택한 주소록을 삭제합니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Mo_ve All Contacts To..." msgstr "모든 연락처 이동(_V)..." # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Move the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "선택한 주소록의 연락처를 다른 주소록으로 옮깁니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:900 msgid "_New Address Book" msgstr "새 주소록(_N)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:907 msgid "Address _Book Properties" msgstr "주소록 속성(_B)" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:909 msgid "Show properties of the selected address book" msgstr "선택한 주소록의 속성을 봅니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1414 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:636 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:760 msgid "Re_fresh" msgstr "새로 고침(_F)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Refresh the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:921 msgid "Address Book _Map" msgstr "주소록 지도(_M)" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show map with all contacts from selected address book" msgstr "선택한 주소록의 모든 연락처에 지도를 표시합니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:928 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1421 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:643 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1620 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "이름 바꾸기(_R)..." # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:930 msgid "Rename the selected address book" msgstr "선택한 주소록 이름을 바꿉니다" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:937 msgid "Stop loading" msgstr "읽어들이기를 중지합니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:942 msgid "_Copy Contact To..." msgstr "연락처 복사(_C)..." # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:944 msgid "Copy selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "선택한 연락처를 다른 주소록에 복사합니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:949 msgid "_Delete Contact" msgstr "연락처 삭제(_D)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:956 msgid "_Find in Contact..." msgstr "연락처에서 찾기(_F)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:958 msgid "Search for text in the displayed contact" msgstr "표시한 연락처에서 텍스트를 찾습니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:963 msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgstr "연락처 전달(_F)..." # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:965 msgid "Send selected contacts to another person" msgstr "선택한 연락처를 다른 사람에게 보냅니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:970 msgid "_Move Contact To..." msgstr "연락처 이동(_M)..." # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:972 msgid "Move selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "선택한 연락처를 다른 주소록에 옮깁니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:977 msgid "_New Contact..." msgstr "새 연락처(_N)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:984 msgid "New Contact _List..." msgstr "새 연락처 목록(_L)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:991 msgid "_Open Contact" msgstr "연락처 열기(_O)" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:993 msgid "View the current contact" msgstr "현재 연락처를 봅니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:998 msgid "_Send Message to Contact..." msgstr "연락처로 메시지 보내기(_S)..." # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1000 msgid "Send a message to the selected contacts" msgstr "선택한 연락처로 메시지를 보냅니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1007 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1577 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:825 msgid "_Actions" msgstr "동작(_A)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1014 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:680 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:832 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1785 msgid "_Preview" msgstr "미리 보기(_P)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1023 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1594 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:693 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:845 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "삭제(_D)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1027 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1536 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "속성(_P)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1035 msgid "Address Book Map" msgstr "주소록 지도" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1067 msgid "Contact _Preview" msgstr "연락처 미리 보기(_P)" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1069 msgid "Show contact preview window" msgstr "연락처 미리 보기 창을 봅니다" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1075 msgid "Show _Maps" msgstr "지도 표시(_M)" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1077 msgid "Show maps in contact preview window" msgstr "연락처 미리 보기 창에 지도를 봅니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1096 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:750 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1915 msgid "_Classic View" msgstr "전통적으로 보기(_C)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1098 msgid "Show contact preview below the contact list" msgstr "연락처 목록 아래에 연락처 미리 보기를 표시합니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1103 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:757 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:921 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1922 msgid "_Vertical View" msgstr "세로로 보기(_V)" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1105 msgid "Show contact preview alongside the contact list" msgstr "연락처 목록과 나란히 연락처 미리 보기를 표시합니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1120 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1754 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:774 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:973 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "맞지 않음" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1130 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1764 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:784 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:983 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1991 #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:658 msgid "Advanced Search" msgstr "고급 검색" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1163 msgid "Print all shown contacts" msgstr "표시된 모든 연락처를 인쇄합니다" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1170 msgid "Preview the contacts to be printed" msgstr "인쇄할 연락처를 미리 봅니다" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1177 msgid "Print selected contacts" msgstr "선택한 연락처를 인쇄합니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1192 msgid "S_ave Address Book as vCard" msgstr "주소록을 VCard 형식으로 저장(_A)" # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1194 msgid "Save the contacts of the selected address book as a vCard" msgstr "선택한 주소록의 연락처를 VCard 형식으로 저장합니다" #. Translators: This is an action label #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1200 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1210 msgid "_Save as vCard..." msgstr "vCard로 저장(_S)..." # tooltip #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1202 msgid "Save selected contacts as a vCard" msgstr "선택한 연락처를 VCard 형식으로 저장합니다" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:312 msgid "_Forward Contacts" msgstr "연락처 전달(_F)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:314 msgid "_Forward Contact" msgstr "연락처 전달(_F)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:345 msgid "_Send Message to Contacts" msgstr "메시지를 연락처에 보내기(_S)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:347 msgid "_Send Message to List" msgstr "메시지를 목록에 보내기(_S)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:349 msgid "_Send Message to Contact" msgstr "메시지를 연락처에 보내기(_S)" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:316 msgid "Audio Player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:317 msgid "Play the attachment in embedded audio player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:165 msgid "" "You can restore Evolution from a backup file.\n" "\n" "This will restore all your personal data, settings mail filters, etc." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:180 msgid "_Restore from a backup file:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:191 msgid "Choose a backup file to restore" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigRestorePage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:311 #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-ready-page.c:57 msgid "Restore from Backup" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:217 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file" msgstr "에볼루션 백업 파일 이름 선택" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:250 msgid "_Restart Evolution after backup" msgstr "백업한 다음에 에볼루션 다시 시작(_R)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:277 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file to restore" msgstr "복구할 에볼루션 백업 파일 이름 선택" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:290 msgid "_Restart Evolution after restore" msgstr "복구한 다음에 에볼루션 다시 시작(_R)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:308 msgid "_Back up Evolution Data..." msgstr "에볼루션 데이터 백업(_B)..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:310 msgid "Back up Evolution data and settings to an archive file" msgstr "에볼루션 데이터 및 설정을 압축 파일에 백업합니다" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:315 msgid "R_estore Evolution Data..." msgstr "에볼루션 데이터 복구(_E)..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:317 msgid "Restore Evolution data and settings from an archive file" msgstr "에볼루션 데이터 및 설정을 압축 파일에서 복구합니다" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:84 msgid "Back up Evolution directory" msgstr "에볼루션 디렉터리 백업" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:86 msgid "Restore Evolution directory" msgstr "에볼루션 디렉터리 복구" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:88 msgid "Check Evolution Back up" msgstr "에볼루션 백업 검사" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:90 msgid "Restart Evolution" msgstr "에볼루션 다시 시작" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:92 msgid "With Graphical User Interface" msgstr "그래픽 사용자 인터페이스 사용" #. FIXME Will the versioned setting always work? #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:322 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:516 msgid "Shutting down Evolution" msgstr "에볼루션을 종료하는 중입니다" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:331 msgid "Backing Evolution accounts and settings" msgstr "에볼루션 계정 및 설정을 백업하는 중" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:348 msgid "Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" msgstr "에볼루션 데이터를 백업하는 중 (메일, 연락처, 달력, 작업, 메모)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:364 msgid "Back up complete" msgstr "백업 완료" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:371 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:703 msgid "Restarting Evolution" msgstr "에볼루션 다시 시작하는 중" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:522 msgid "Back up current Evolution data" msgstr "현재 에볼루션 데이터를 백업" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:529 msgid "Extracting files from back up" msgstr "백업에서 파일을 추출하는 중" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:611 msgid "Loading Evolution settings" msgstr "에볼루션 설정을 읽어오는 중" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:677 msgid "Removing temporary back up files" msgstr "임시 백업 파일을 삭제하는 중" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:688 msgid "Reloading registry service" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:915 msgid "Evolution Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:916 #, c-format msgid "Backing up to the folder %s" msgstr "%s 폴더에 백업하는 중" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:920 msgid "Evolution Restore" msgstr "에볼루션 복구" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:921 #, c-format msgid "Restoring from the folder %s" msgstr "%s 폴더에서 복구하는 중" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:991 msgid "Backing up Evolution Data" msgstr "에볼루션 데이터를 백업하는 중입니다" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:992 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data." msgstr "에볼루션에서 데이터를 백업하는 동안 잠시 기다리십시오." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:994 msgid "Restoring Evolution Data" msgstr "에볼루션 데이터를 복구하는 중입니다" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:995 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data." msgstr "에볼루션에서 데이터를 복구하는 동안 잠시 기다리십시오." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:1017 msgid "" "This may take a while depending on the amount of data in your account." msgstr "이 작업은 계정의 데이터 크기에 따라 시간이 걸릴 수도 있습니다." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid Evolution backup file" msgstr "에볼루션 백업 파일이 잘못되었습니다" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Please select a valid backup file to restore." msgstr "복구할 올바른 백업 파일을 선택하십시오." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Are you sure you want to close Evolution?" msgstr "정말로 에볼루션을 종료하시겠습니까?" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "To back up your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding." msgstr "" "데이터와 설정을 백업하려면, 먼저 에볼루션을 닫으십시오. 저장하지 않은 데이터가 있으면 계속 하시기 전에 미리 저장하십시오." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Close and Back up Evolution" msgstr "에볼루션을 닫고 백업" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to restore Evolution from the selected backup file?" msgstr "선택한 백업 파일에서 정말로 에볼루션을 복구하시겠습니까?" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:7 msgid "" "To restore your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding. This will delete " "all your current Evolution data and settings and restore them from your " "backup." msgstr "" "데이터와 설정을 복구하려면, 먼저 에볼루션을 닫으십시오. 저장하지 않은 데이터가 있으면 계속 하시기 전에 미리 저장하십시오. 계속 하시면 " "현재 에볼루션 데이터와 설정을 삭제하고 백업에서 복구합니다." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Close and Restore Evolution" msgstr "에볼루션을 닫고 복구" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Insufficient Permissions" msgstr "권한이 없습니다" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:10 msgid "The selected folder is not writable." msgstr "선택한 폴더는 읽기 전용입니다." #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn Bogofilter (%s): " msgstr "보고필터를 시작하는데 실패했습니다 (%s): " #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:163 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to Bogofilter: " msgstr "메일 메시지 내용을 보고필터에 전달하는데 실패했습니다: " #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:212 msgid "Bogofilter either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "보고필터가 이상 종료했거나 메일 메시지를 처리하는데 실패했습니다" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:308 msgid "Bogofilter Options" msgstr "보고필터 옵션" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:317 msgid "Convert message text to _Unicode" msgstr "메시지 텍스트를 유니코드로 변환(_U)" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:474 msgid "Bogofilter" msgstr "보고필터" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:447 msgid "Standard LDAP Port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:453 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:625 msgid "LDAP over SSL (deprecated)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "" #. Page 1 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:570 msgid "Connecting to LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:587 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "서버 정보" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:628 msgid "StartTLS (recommended)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:630 msgid "Encryption:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:654 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:180 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "인증" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:677 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:680 msgid "Using email address" msgstr "전자메일 주소 사용해서" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:683 msgid "Using distinguished name (DN)" msgstr "고유 이름 (DN) 사용" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:685 msgid "Method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:690 msgid "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using email address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." msgstr "" #. Page 2 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:705 msgid "Using LDAP" msgstr "" # 진행 상태가 아니라 설정 제목 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:722 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:117 msgid "Searching" msgstr "검색" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:744 msgid "Search Base:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:749 msgid "Find Possible Search Bases" msgstr "가능한 찾기 기준을 찾기" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:774 msgid "One Level" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:776 msgid "Subtree" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:778 msgid "Search Scope:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:783 msgid "" "The search scope defines how deep you would like the search to extend down " "the directory tree. A search scope of \"Subtree\" will include all entries " "below your search base. A search scope of \"One Level\" will only include " "the entries one level beneath your search base." msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:792 msgid "Search Filter:" msgstr "" # 진행 상태가 아니라 설정 제목 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:804 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "다운로드" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:825 msgid "Limit:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:836 msgid "contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:841 msgid "Browse until limit is reached" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:136 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:205 #: ../modules/cal-config-webcal/evolution-cal-config-webcal.c:128 msgid "URL:" msgstr "URL:" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:146 msgid "Avoid IfMatch (needed on Apache < 2.2.8)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:447 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:475 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:484 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:492 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1124 msgid "Could not locate user's calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1348 msgid "Path" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:264 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-dialog.c:200 msgid "Choose a Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:267 msgid "Choose a Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:270 msgid "Choose a Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:219 msgid "Find Calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:222 msgid "Find Memo Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:225 msgid "Find Task Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:243 msgid "Email:" msgstr "전자메일:" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:248 msgid "Server handles meeting invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:71 msgid "Choose which address books to use." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:201 msgid "Use in Birthdays & Anniversaries calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-button.c:127 msgid "Default User Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enter Google password for user '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:532 msgid "User declined to provide a password" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:160 msgid "Use an existing iCalendar (ics) file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:185 msgid "iCalendar File" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:197 msgid "Choose an iCalendar file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:200 msgid "File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:215 msgid "Allow Evolution to update the file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:320 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:9 msgid "I_mport" msgstr "가져오기(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:406 msgid "Select a Calendar" msgstr "달력 선택" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:433 msgid "Select a Task List" msgstr "작업 목록 선택" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:443 msgid "I_mport to Calendar" msgstr "달력으로 가져오기(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:450 msgid "I_mport to Tasks" msgstr "작업으로 가져오기(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:517 msgid "Selected Calendars for Alarms" msgstr "알림을 선택한 달력" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:925 msgid "Ti_me and date:" msgstr "날짜 및 시각(_M):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:926 msgid "_Date only:" msgstr "날짜만(_D):" # 단위, "Shows a reminder ___ Days before ..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "분" # 단위, "Shows a reminder ___ Days before ..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Hours" msgstr "시간" # 단위, "Shows a reminder ___ Days before ..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Days" msgstr "일" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "60 minutes" msgstr "60분" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:5 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "30분" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "15분" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "10분" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "05 minutes" msgstr "05분" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:10 msgid "Se_cond zone:" msgstr "보조 표준 시간대(_C):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "(Shown in a Day View)" msgstr "(일별 보기에 표시)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Use s_ystem time zone" msgstr "시스템 표준 시간대 사용(_Y)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "Time format:" msgstr "시간 형식:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:16 msgid "_12 hour (AM/PM)" msgstr "_12시간 (오전/오후)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:17 msgid "_24 hour" msgstr "_24시간" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1716 msgid "Work Week" msgstr "근무 주" #. A weekday like "Monday" follows #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:20 msgid "Wee_k starts on:" msgstr "시작 요일(_K):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:21 msgid "Work days:" msgstr "근무 요일:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:22 msgid "_Day begins:" msgstr "하루의 시작(_D):" #. Monday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:24 msgid "_Mon" msgstr "월(_M)" #. Tuesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:27 msgid "_Tue" msgstr "화(_T)" #. Wednesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:30 msgid "_Wed" msgstr "수(_W)" #. Thursday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:33 msgid "T_hu" msgstr "목(_H)" #. Friday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:36 msgid "_Fri" msgstr "금(_F)" #. Saturday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:39 msgid "_Sat" msgstr "토(_S)" #. Sunday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:42 msgid "S_un" msgstr "일(_U)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:44 msgid "Day _ends:" msgstr "하루의 끝(_E):" # "Prompt when sending .." 따위 확인 질문 설정 제목 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:45 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "확인" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:46 msgid "_Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "항목을 지울 때 확인 질문하기(_A)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:48 msgid "_Time divisions:" msgstr "시간 간격(_T):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:49 msgid "_Show appointment end times in week and month view" msgstr "한 주씩 보거나 한 달씩 볼 때 약속 끝나는 시간 표시(_S)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:50 msgid "_Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "한 달씩 볼 때 주말은 한 칸에 표시(_C)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:51 msgid "Show week _numbers" msgstr "몇 번째 주인지 표시(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:52 msgid "Show r_ecurring events in italic in bottom left calendar" msgstr "좌측 하단의 달력에서 반복 행사를 기울여 표시(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:53 msgid "Sc_roll Month View by a week" msgstr "한 주 단위로 달별 보기를 스크롤(_R)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:55 msgid "Display" msgstr "표시" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:56 msgid "Task List" msgstr "작업 목록" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:57 msgid "Highlight t_asks due today" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:59 msgid "Highlight _overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:60 msgid "_Hide completed tasks after" msgstr "끝마친 작업이 다음 시간이 지나면 숨기기(_H):" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:63 msgid "Display reminders in _notification area only" msgstr "알림 영역에서만 미리 알림 표시(_N)" # "Sh_ow a reminder NN minute(s)/hour(s)/day(s) before every appointment" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:65 msgid "Sh_ow a reminder" msgstr "미리 알림 표시(_O)" # FIXME: bad msgid #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:67 msgid "before every appointment" msgstr ", 매 약속 전에" # "Sh_ow a reminder NN minute(s)/hour(s)/day(s) before every appointment" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:69 msgid "Show a _reminder" msgstr "미리 알림 표시(_R)" # FIXME: bad msgid #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:71 msgid "before every anniversary/birthday" msgstr ", 매 기념일/생일 전에" # "Sh_ow a reminder NN minute(s)/hour(s)/day(s) before every appointment" # Reminder -> 미리 알림, Microsoft Office XP #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:72 msgid "Select the calendars for reminder notification" msgstr "미리 알림을 지정할 달력을 선택하십시오" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:73 msgid "Default Free/Busy Server" msgstr "기본 약속 있음/없음 서버" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:74 msgid "Template:" msgstr "서식:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "%u 및 %d 기호는 전자메일 주소의 사용자와 도메인으로 바뀝니다." # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:77 msgid "Publishing Information" msgstr "게시 정보" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:313 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:191 msgid "New Calendar" msgstr "새 달력" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:322 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Appointment" msgstr "약속(_A)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1521 msgid "Create a new appointment" msgstr "새 약속을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:329 msgctxt "New" msgid "All Day A_ppointment" msgstr "하루 종일 약속(_P)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:331 msgid "Create a new all-day appointment" msgstr "새 하루 종일 약속을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:336 msgctxt "New" msgid "M_eeting" msgstr "모임(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:338 msgid "Create a new meeting request" msgstr "새 모임 요청을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:346 msgctxt "New" msgid "Cale_ndar" msgstr "달력(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:348 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1395 msgid "Create a new calendar" msgstr "새 달력을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:703 msgid "Calendar and Tasks" msgstr "달력 및 작업" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Opening calendar '%s'" msgstr "" # a11y #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:591 msgid "Calendar Selector" msgstr "달력 선택" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 msgid "Print" msgstr "인쇄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Calendar Properties" msgstr "달력 속성" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:322 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all events older than the selected " "amount of time. If you continue, you will not be able to recover these " "events." msgstr "" "이 작업은 선택한 기간보다 오래 된 행사들을 모두 영구적으로 지우게 됩니다. 계속하시면, 이 행사를 복구할 수 없게 됩니다." # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #. Translators: This is the first part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:339 msgid "Purge events older than" msgstr "다음보다 오래된 행사 지우기:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:585 msgid "Copying Items" msgstr "항목을 복사하는 중" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:878 msgid "Moving Items" msgstr "항목을 옮기는 중" #. Translators: Default filename part saving an event to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1211 msgid "event" msgstr "행사" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1213 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:231 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:527 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:644 msgid "Save as iCalendar" msgstr "iCalendar 형식으로 저장" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1351 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:608 msgid "_Copy..." msgstr "복사(_C)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1358 msgid "D_elete Calendar" msgstr "달력 삭제(_E)" # tooltip #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1360 msgid "Delete the selected calendar" msgstr "선택한 달력을 삭제합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1367 msgid "Go Back" msgstr "뒤로 이동" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1374 msgid "Go Forward" msgstr "앞으로 이동" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1381 msgid "Select today" msgstr "오늘 선택" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1386 msgid "Select _Date" msgstr "날짜 선택(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1388 msgid "Select a specific date" msgstr "지정한 날짜 선택" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1393 msgid "_New Calendar" msgstr "새 달력(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1407 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:816 msgid "Purg_e" msgstr "완전히 지우기(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1409 msgid "Purge old appointments and meetings" msgstr "지나간 약속과 모임을 완전히 지웁니다" # tooltip #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1416 msgid "Refresh the selected calendar" msgstr "선택한 달력을 새로 고칩니다" # tooltip #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1423 msgid "Rename the selected calendar" msgstr "선택한 달력 이름을 바꿉니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1428 msgid "Find _next" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1430 msgid "Find next occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1435 msgid "Find _previous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1437 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1442 msgid "Stop _running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1444 msgid "Stop currently running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1449 msgid "Show _Only This Calendar" msgstr "이 달력만 표시(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1456 msgid "Cop_y to Calendar..." msgstr "달력으로 복사(_Y)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1463 msgid "_Delegate Meeting..." msgstr "모임 대리(_D)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1470 msgid "_Delete Appointment" msgstr "약속 삭제(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1472 msgid "Delete selected appointments" msgstr "선택한 약속을 삭제합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1477 msgid "Delete This _Occurrence" msgstr "이 경우 삭제(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1479 msgid "Delete this occurrence" msgstr "이 경우를 삭제합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1484 msgid "Delete All Occ_urrences" msgstr "모든 경우 삭제(_U)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1486 msgid "Delete all occurrences" msgstr "모든 경우를 삭제합니다" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1491 msgid "New All Day _Event..." msgstr "새 하루 종일 행사(_E)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1493 msgid "Create a new all day event" msgstr "새 하루 종일 약속을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1498 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:265 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:338 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:601 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:725 msgid "_Forward as iCalendar..." msgstr "iCalendar로 전달(_F)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1505 msgid "New _Meeting..." msgstr "새 모임(_M)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1507 msgid "Create a new meeting" msgstr "새 모임을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1512 msgid "Mo_ve to Calendar..." msgstr "달력으로 이동(_V)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1519 msgid "New _Appointment..." msgstr "새 약속(_A)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1526 msgid "Make this Occurrence _Movable" msgstr "이 경우 옮길 수 있게 만들기(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1533 msgid "_Open Appointment" msgstr "약속 열기(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1535 msgid "View the current appointment" msgstr "현재 약속을 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1540 msgid "_Reply" msgstr "회신(_R)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1554 msgid "_Schedule Meeting..." msgstr "모임 정하기(_S)..." # tooltip #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1556 msgid "Converts an appointment to a meeting" msgstr "약속을 모임으로 변환합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1561 msgid "Conv_ert to Appointment..." msgstr "약속으로 변환(_E)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1563 msgid "Converts a meeting to an appointment" msgstr "모임을 약속으로 변환합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1568 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1688 msgid "Day" msgstr "하루" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1690 msgid "Show one day" msgstr "하루씩 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1695 msgid "List" msgstr "목록" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1697 msgid "Show as list" msgstr "목록으로 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1702 msgid "Month" msgstr "한 달" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1704 msgid "Show one month" msgstr "한 달씩 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1709 msgid "Week" msgstr "한 주씩" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1711 msgid "Show one week" msgstr "한 주씩 봅니다" # tooltip #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1718 msgid "Show one work week" msgstr "한 주씩 근무일 기준으로 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1726 msgid "Active Appointments" msgstr "활성화한 약속" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1740 msgid "Next 7 Days' Appointments" msgstr "앞으로 7일 간의 약속" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1747 msgid "Occurs Less Than 5 Times" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1778 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:798 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:997 msgid "Description contains" msgstr "설명에 포함" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1785 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:805 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1004 msgid "Summary contains" msgstr "요약에 포함" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1797 msgid "Print this calendar" msgstr "이 달력을 인쇄합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Preview the calendar to be printed" msgstr "인쇄할 달력을 미리 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1826 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:393 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:846 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1045 msgid "_Save as iCalendar..." msgstr "iCalendar로 저장(_S)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1903 msgid "Go To" msgstr "이동" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a memo to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:229 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:525 msgid "memo" msgstr "메모" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:272 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:657 msgid "New _Memo" msgstr "새 메모(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:274 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:659 msgid "Create a new memo" msgstr "새 메모를 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:279 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:664 msgid "_Open Memo" msgstr "메모 열기(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:281 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:666 msgid "View the selected memo" msgstr "선택한 메모를 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:286 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:373 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:671 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:809 msgid "Open _Web Page" msgstr "웹 페이지 열기(_W)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:831 msgid "Print the selected memo" msgstr "선택한 메모를 인쇄합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1562 msgid "Searching next matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1563 msgid "Searching previous matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1584 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the next %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the next %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1613 msgid "Cannot search with no active calendar" msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:296 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:642 msgid "task" msgstr "작업" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:331 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:704 msgid "_Assign Task" msgstr "작업 할당(_A)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:345 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:781 msgid "_Mark as Complete" msgstr "작업 완료 표시(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:347 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:783 msgid "Mark selected tasks as complete" msgstr "선택한 작업을 마친 것으로 표시합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:352 msgid "_Mark as Incomplete" msgstr "작업 미완료 표시(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:354 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:790 msgid "Mark selected tasks as incomplete" msgstr "선택한 작업을 미완료로 표시합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:795 msgid "New _Task" msgstr "새 작업(_T)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:361 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:797 msgid "Create a new task" msgstr "새 작업을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:366 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:802 msgid "_Open Task" msgstr "작업 열기(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:368 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:804 msgid "View the selected task" msgstr "선택한 작업을 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:385 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Print the selected task" msgstr "선택한 작업을 인쇄합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:208 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:196 msgid "New Memo List" msgstr "새 메모 목록" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:217 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mem_o" msgstr "메모(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:224 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Shared Memo" msgstr "공유 메모(_S)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:226 msgid "Create a new shared memo" msgstr "새 공유 메모를 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:234 msgctxt "New" msgid "Memo Li_st" msgstr "메모 목록(_S)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:236 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:624 msgid "Create a new memo list" msgstr "새 메모 목록을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening memo list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Memo List Selector" msgstr "메모 목록 선택" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 msgid "Print Memos" msgstr "메모 인쇄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:268 msgid "Memo List Properties" msgstr "메모 목록 속성" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:587 msgid "_Delete Memo" msgstr "메모 삭제(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:594 msgid "_Find in Memo..." msgstr "메모에서 찾기(_F)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:596 msgid "Search for text in the displayed memo" msgstr "표시한 메모에서 텍스트를 찾습니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:615 msgid "D_elete Memo List" msgstr "메모 목록 삭제(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:617 msgid "Delete the selected memo list" msgstr "선택한 메모 목록을 삭제합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:622 msgid "_New Memo List" msgstr "새 메모 목록(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:638 msgid "Refresh the selected memo list" msgstr "선택한 메모 목록을 새로 고칩니다" # tooltip #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:645 msgid "Rename the selected memo list" msgstr "선택한 메모 목록의 이름을 바꿉니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:650 msgid "Show _Only This Memo List" msgstr "이 메모 목록만 표시(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:729 msgid "Memo _Preview" msgstr "메모 미리 보기(_P)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:731 msgid "Show memo preview pane" msgstr "메모 미리 보기 창 보기" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:752 msgid "Show memo preview below the memo list" msgstr "메모 목록 아래에 메모 미리 보기를 표시합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:759 msgid "Show memo preview alongside the memo list" msgstr "메모 목록과 나란히 메모 미리 보기를 표시합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:817 msgid "Print the list of memos" msgstr "메모 목록 인쇄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:824 msgid "Preview the list of memos to be printed" msgstr "인쇄할 메모 목록을 미리 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:239 msgid "Delete Memos" msgstr "메모 삭제" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:241 msgid "Delete Memo" msgstr "메모 삭제" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:538 #, c-format msgid "%d memo" msgid_plural "%d memos" msgstr[0] "%d개 메모" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:542 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:746 #, c-format msgid "%d selected" msgstr "%d개 선택" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:205 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:219 msgid "New Task List" msgstr "새 작업 목록" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:214 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Task" msgstr "작업(_T)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:221 msgctxt "New" msgid "Assigne_d Task" msgstr "할당한 작업(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:223 msgid "Create a new assigned task" msgstr "새로 할당한 작업을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:231 msgctxt "New" msgid "Tas_k List" msgstr "작업 목록(_K)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:748 msgid "Create a new task list" msgstr "새 작업 목록을 만듭니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening task list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Task List Selector" msgstr "작업 목록 선택" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 msgid "Print Tasks" msgstr "작업 인쇄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Task List Properties" msgstr "작업 목록 속성" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:586 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all tasks marked as completed. If you " "continue, you will not be able to recover these tasks.\n" "\n" "Really erase these tasks?" msgstr "" "마쳤다고 표시한 작업을 모두 지우게 됩니다. 계속하시면, 이 작업들을 복구할 수 없게 됩니다.\n" "\n" "정말로 이 작업들을 지우시겠습니까?" # 주의: check button에 사용. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:593 msgid "Do not ask me again" msgstr "다시 묻지 않기" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:711 msgid "_Delete Task" msgstr "작업 삭제(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:718 msgid "_Find in Task..." msgstr "작업에서 찾기(_F)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:720 msgid "Search for text in the displayed task" msgstr "표시한 작업에서 텍스트를 찾습니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:732 msgid "Copy..." msgstr "복사..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:739 msgid "D_elete Task List" msgstr "작업 목록 삭제(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:741 msgid "Delete the selected task list" msgstr "선택한 작업 목록을 삭제합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:746 msgid "_New Task List" msgstr "새 작업 목록(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:762 msgid "Refresh the selected task list" msgstr "선택한 작업 목록을 새로 고칩니다" # tooltip #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:769 msgid "Rename the selected task list" msgstr "선택한 작업 목록 이름을 바꿉니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:774 msgid "Show _Only This Task List" msgstr "이 작업 목록만 표시(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:788 msgid "Mar_k as Incomplete" msgstr "작업 미완료 표시(_K)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:818 msgid "Delete completed tasks" msgstr "끝마친 작업을 삭제합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Task _Preview" msgstr "작업 미리 보기(_P)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Show task preview pane" msgstr "작업 미리 보기 창 보기" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Show task preview below the task list" msgstr "작업 목록 아래에 작업 미리 보기를 표시합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show task preview alongside the task list" msgstr "작업 목록과 나란히 작업 미리 보기를 표시합니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:931 msgid "Active Tasks" msgstr "활성화한 작업" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:945 msgid "Completed Tasks" msgstr "완료한 작업" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:952 msgid "Next 7 Days' Tasks" msgstr "앞으로 7일 간의 작업" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:959 msgid "Overdue Tasks" msgstr "마감이 지난 작업" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:966 msgid "Tasks with Attachments" msgstr "첨부가 있는 작업" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1016 msgid "Print the list of tasks" msgstr "작업 목록 인쇄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1023 msgid "Preview the list of tasks to be printed" msgstr "인쇄할 작업 목록을 미리 봅니다" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:374 msgid "Delete Tasks" msgstr "작업 삭제" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:376 msgid "Delete Task" msgstr "작업 삭제" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:631 msgid "Expunging" msgstr "지운 메시지 비우는 중" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:742 #, c-format msgid "%d task" msgid_plural "%d tasks" msgstr[0] "연락처 %d개" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:149 msgid "ITIP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:150 msgid "Display part as an invitation" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:235 msgid "Today %H:%M" msgstr "오늘 %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:239 msgid "Today %H:%M:%S" msgstr "오늘 %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:248 msgid "Today %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "오늘 %p %l:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:263 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M" msgstr "오늘 %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:267 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M:%S" msgstr "오늘 %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:272 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M %p" msgstr "내일 %p %l:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:276 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "내일 %p %l:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:295 #, c-format msgid "%A" msgstr "%A" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:300 msgid "%A %H:%M" msgstr "%A %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:304 msgid "%A %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:309 msgid "%A %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A %p %l:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:313 msgid "%A %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A %p %l:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date #. * without a year. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:322 msgid "%A, %B %e" msgstr "%B %e일 %A" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date #. * without a year and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:328 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M" msgstr "%B %e일 %A, %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:332 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%B %e일 %A, %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:337 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" msgstr "%B %e일 %A, %p %l:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:341 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%B %e일 %A, %p %l:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:347 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y" msgstr "%Y년 %B %e일 %A" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:352 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" msgstr "%Y년 %B %e일 %A, %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:356 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%Y년 %B %e일 %A, %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:361 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" msgstr "%Y년 %B %e일 %A, %p %l:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:365 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%Y년 %B %e일 %A, %p %l:%M:%S" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:403 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:404 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:493 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:494 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:583 msgid "An unknown person" msgstr "모르는 사람" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:408 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:498 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Please respond on behalf of %s" msgstr "%s 자격으로 응답하십시오" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:410 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:500 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Received on behalf of %s" msgstr "%s 자격으로 받음" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 모임 정보를 게시했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:417 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 모임 정보를 게시했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:422 #, c-format msgid "%s has delegated the following meeting to you:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 모임을 위임했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 모임에 참석하시기를 요청했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:427 #, c-format msgid "%s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 모임에 참석하시기를 요청했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:433 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 기존 모임에 참석하고 싶어합니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:435 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "%s님이 기존 모임에 참석하고 싶어합니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:439 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "meeting:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 모임의 최신 정보를 받고 싶어합니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:441 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following meeting:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 모임의 최신 정보를 받고 싶어합니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:445 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음과 같은 모임 응답을 보냈습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "%s님이 다음과 같은 모임 응답을 보냈습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 모임을 취소했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:457 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following meeting changes." msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 모임 변경을 제안했습니다." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:459 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:463 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 모임 변경을 거절했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:505 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following task:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 작업을 게시했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:507 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following task:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 작업을 게시했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:512 #, c-format msgid "%s requests the assignment of %s to the following task:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 작업에 %s님의 할당을 요청했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:515 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 작업을 할당했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:517 #, c-format msgid "%s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "%s님이 작업을 할당했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:523 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 기존 작업에 참여하고 싶어합니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:525 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "%s님이 기존 작업에 참여하고 싶어합니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:529 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "assigned task:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 작업 할당의 최근 정보를 받고 싶어합니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:531 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 작업 할당의 최근 정보를 받고 싶어합니다:" # FIXME: through what? #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:535 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 작업 할당 응답을 보냈습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:537 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 작업 할당 응답을 보냈습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 할당 작업을 취소했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:543 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 할당 작업을 취소했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:547 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 작업 할당 변경을 제안했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:549 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 작업 할당 변경을 제안했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:553 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 작업 할당을 거절했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:555 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 작업 할당을 거절했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:594 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 메모를 게시했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:596 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 메모를 게시했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:601 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 기존 메모에 내용을 추가하고 싶어합니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:603 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "%s님이 기존 메모에 내용을 추가하고 싶어합니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s님이 %s을(를) 통해 다음 공유 메모를 취소했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s님이 다음 공유 메모를 취소했습니다:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:682 msgid "All day:" msgstr "하루 종일:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 msgid "Start day:" msgstr "시작 날짜:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1502 msgid "Start time:" msgstr "시작 시각:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 msgid "End day:" msgstr "끝 날짜:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1503 msgid "End time:" msgstr "마침 시각:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1028 msgid "Ope_n Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1031 msgid "_Decline all" msgstr "모두 거부(_D)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1034 msgid "_Decline" msgstr "거부(_D)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1037 msgid "_Tentative all" msgstr "모두 잠정적(_T)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1040 msgid "_Tentative" msgstr "잠정적(_T)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1043 msgid "Acce_pt all" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1046 msgid "Acce_pt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1049 msgid "Send _Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1052 msgid "_Update Attendee Status" msgstr "참석자 상태 업데이트(_U)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1055 msgid "_Update" msgstr "업데이트(_U)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1505 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1553 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1624 msgid "Comment:" msgstr "설명:" #. RSVP area #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1541 msgid "Send reply to sender" msgstr "" #. Updates #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1556 msgid "Send _updates to attendees" msgstr "참석자에게 업데이트 보내기(_U)" #. The recurrence check button #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1559 msgid "_Apply to all instances" msgstr "모든 경우에 적용(_A)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1560 msgid "Show time as _free" msgstr "시간을 약속 없음으로 표시(_F)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1561 msgid "_Preserve my reminder" msgstr "내 미리 알림 유지(_P)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1562 msgid "_Inherit reminder" msgstr "미리 알림 상속(_I)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1892 msgid "_Tasks:" msgstr "작업(_T):" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1895 msgid "_Memos:" msgstr "메모(_M):" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3123 msgid "Sa_ve" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3583 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5028 msgid "Attendee status updated" msgstr "참석자 상태를 업데이트했습니다" # event -> 행사, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3762 #, c-format msgid "An appointment in the calendar '%s' conflicts with this meeting" msgstr "'%s' 달력에 들어 있는 약속이 이 모임과 충돌합니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3791 #, c-format msgid "Found the appointment in the calendar '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 달력에 약속을 발견했습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3904 msgid "Unable to find any calendars" msgstr "달력을 하나도 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3912 msgid "Unable to find this meeting in any calendar" msgstr "어느 달력에서도 이 모임을 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3917 msgid "Unable to find this task in any task list" msgstr "어느 작업 목록에서도 이 작업을 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3922 msgid "Unable to find this memo in any memo list" msgstr "어느 메모 목록에서도 이 메모를 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4266 msgid "Opening the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "달력을 여는 중입니다. 잠시 기다리십시오..." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4271 msgid "Searching for an existing version of this appointment" msgstr "이 약속의 현재 버전을 찾는 중입니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4664 #, c-format msgid "Unable to send item to calendar '%s'. %s" msgstr "항목을 '%s' 달력에 보낼 수 없습니다. %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4679 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as accepted" msgstr "'%s' 달력에 수락이라고 보냄" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4684 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as tentative" msgstr "'%s' 달력에 미정이라고 보냄" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4690 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as declined" msgstr "'%s' 달력에 거절이라고 보냄" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "'%s' 달력에 취소라고 보냄" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4717 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5174 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5280 msgid "Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4758 msgid "Unable to parse item" msgstr "항목을 파싱할 수 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4951 #, c-format msgid "Organizer has removed the delegate %s " msgstr "주최자가 대리인 %s을(를) 지웠습니다 " #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "대리인에게 취소 공지를 보냈습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "대리인에게 취소 공지를 보낼 수 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5020 #, c-format msgid "Unable to update attendee. %s" msgstr "참석자를 업데이트할 수 없습니다. %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5063 msgid "The meeting is invalid and cannot be updated" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5139 msgid "Attendee status could not be updated because the status is invalid" msgstr "잘못된 상태 때문에 참석자 상태를 업데이트할 수 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5211 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5250 msgid "Attendee status can not be updated because the item no longer exists" msgstr "이 항목이 더 이상 없기 때문에 참석자 상태를 업데이트할 수 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5313 msgid "Meeting information sent" msgstr "모임 정보를 보냈습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5318 msgid "Task information sent" msgstr "작업 정보를 보냈습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5323 msgid "Memo information sent" msgstr "메모 정보를 보냈습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5334 msgid "Unable to send meeting information, the meeting does not exist" msgstr "모임 정보를 보낼 수 없습니다. 해당 모임이 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5339 msgid "Unable to send task information, the task does not exist" msgstr "작업 정보를 보낼 수 없습니다. 해당 작업이 없습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5344 msgid "Unable to send memo information, the memo does not exist" msgstr "메모 정보를 보낼 수 없습니다. 해당 메모가 없습니다" #. Translators: This is a default filename for a calendar. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5409 msgid "calendar.ics" msgstr "달력.ics" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5414 msgid "Save Calendar" msgstr "달력 저장" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5463 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5476 msgid "The calendar attached is not valid" msgstr "첨부한 달력이 잘못되었습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5464 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5477 msgid "" "The message claims to contain a calendar, but the calendar is not a valid " "iCalendar." msgstr "메시지에 달력이 들어 있다고 되어 있으나, 그 달력이 올바른 iCalendar가 아닙니다." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5519 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5549 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5650 msgid "The item in the calendar is not valid" msgstr "달력 안이 항목이 올바르지 않습니다" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5520 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5550 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5651 msgid "" "The message does contain a calendar, but the calendar contains no events, " "tasks or free/busy information" msgstr "메시지에 달력이 들어 있으나, 달력에 행사, 작업, 약속 있음/없음 정보가 하나도 들어 있지 않습니다." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5565 msgid "The calendar attached contains multiple items" msgstr "첨부한 달력에 여러 개의 항목이 들어 있습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5566 msgid "" "To process all of these items, the file should be saved and the calendar " "imported" msgstr "이 항목을 모두 처리하려면, 파일을 저장해서 그 달력을 가져와야 합니다." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6067 msgctxt "cal-itip" msgid "None" msgstr "없음" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6083 msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "잠정적으로 수락" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6243 msgid "This meeting recurs" msgstr "이 약속 반복" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6246 msgid "This task recurs" msgstr "이 작업 반복" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6249 msgid "This memo recurs" msgstr "이 메모 반복" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "" "This response is not from a current attendee. Add the sender as an attendee?" msgstr "현재 참석자가 아닌 사람이 이 회신을 했습니다. 참석자로 추가하시겠습니까?" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This meeting has been delegated" msgstr "이 모임은 위임되었습니다" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "'{0}' has delegated the meeting. Do you want to add the delegate '{1}'?" msgstr "'{0}'이(가) 모임을 위임했습니다. {1} 대리인을 추가하시겠습니까?" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:82 msgid "Meeting Invitations" msgstr "모임 초대" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:108 msgid "_Delete message after acting" msgstr "적용한 다음에 메시지 삭제(_D)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:122 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:153 msgid "Conflict Search" msgstr "충돌 검색" #. Source selector #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:137 msgid "Select the calendars to search for meeting conflicts" msgstr "충돌하는 모임을 찾을 달력을 선택하십시오" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Itip Formatter" msgstr "ITIP 포매터" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Display \"text/calendar\" MIME parts in mail messages." msgstr "메일 메시지의 \"text/calendar\" MIME 부분을 표시합니다." #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:252 msgid "Google Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:261 msgid "Add Google Ca_lendar to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:269 msgid "Add Google Con_tacts to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:277 msgid "You may need to enable IMAP access" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:292 msgid "Mail _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:247 msgid "Choose a MH mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:269 msgid "Local Delivery _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:270 msgid "Choose a local delivery file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:293 msgid "Choose a Maildir mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:315 msgid "Spool _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:316 msgid "Choose a mbox spool file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:338 msgid "Spool _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:339 msgid "Choose a mbox spool directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:137 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:54 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:80 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:159 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "설정" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:155 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:98 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:24 msgid "_Server:" msgstr "서버(_S):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:169 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:111 msgid "_Port:" msgstr "포트(_P):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:181 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:227 msgid "User_name:" msgstr "사용자이름(_N):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:214 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:148 msgid "Encryption _method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:229 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:163 msgid "STARTTLS after connecting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:233 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:167 msgid "SSL on a dedicated port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:70 msgid "_Use custom binary, instead of 'sendmail'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:74 msgid "_Custom binary:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:91 msgid "U_se custom arguments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:95 msgid "Cus_tom arguments:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:113 msgid "" "Default arguments are '-i -f %F -- %R', where\n" " %F - stands for the From address\n" " %R - stands for the recipient addresses" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:128 msgid "Send mail also when in offline _mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:123 msgid "Ser_ver requires authentication" msgstr "서버에 인증이 필요(_V)" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:209 msgid "T_ype:" msgstr "종류(_Y):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:247 msgid "Yahoo! Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:256 msgid "Add Yahoo! Ca_lendar and Tasks to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%d attached message" msgid_plural "%d attached messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:321 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Mail Message" msgstr "메일 메시지(_M)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:323 msgid "Compose a new mail message" msgstr "메일 메시지를 새로 작성합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:331 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail Acco_unt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:333 msgid "Create a new mail account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:338 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail _Folder" msgstr "메일 폴더(_F)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:340 msgid "Create a new mail folder" msgstr "새 메일 폴더를 만듭니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:636 msgid "Mail Accounts" msgstr "메일 계정" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:645 msgid "Mail Preferences" msgstr "메일 기본 설정" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:654 msgid "Composer Preferences" msgstr "메일 작성 기본 설정" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:663 msgid "Network Preferences" msgstr "네트워크 기본 설정" #. Translators: The first item in the list, to be #. * able to set rule: [Label] [is/is-not] [None] #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:954 msgctxt "label" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:672 msgid "Marking messages as read..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1522 msgid "_Disable Account" msgstr "계정 사용 않기(_D)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1524 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "이 계정을 사용하지 않습니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1531 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all folders" msgstr "모든 폴더의 삭제한 메시지를 완전히 제거합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1538 msgid "Edit properties of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1543 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1545 msgid "Refresh list of folders of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1550 msgid "_Download Messages for Offline Usage" msgstr "연결 중지 상태 용도로 메시지 다운로드(_D)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1552 msgid "Download messages of accounts and folders marked for offline usage" msgstr "연결 중지 상태 사용으로 표시한 계정 및 폴더의 메시지를 다운로드합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1557 msgid "Fl_ush Outbox" msgstr "보낼 편지함 플러시(_U)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1564 msgid "_Copy Folder To..." msgstr "폴더 복사(_C)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1566 msgid "Copy the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "선택한 폴더를 다른 폴더로 복사합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1573 msgid "Permanently remove this folder" msgstr "이 폴더를 완전히 제거합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1578 msgid "E_xpunge" msgstr "완전히 삭제(_X)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1580 msgid "Permanently remove all deleted messages from this folder" msgstr "이 폴더의 삭제한 모든 메시지를 완전히 제거합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1585 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1685 msgid "Mar_k All Messages as Read" msgstr "모든 메시지를 읽은 것으로 표시(_K)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1587 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1687 msgid "Mark all messages in the folder as read" msgstr "폴더의 모든 메시지를 읽은 것으로 표시합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1592 msgid "_Move Folder To..." msgstr "폴더 옮기기(_M)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1594 msgid "Move the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "선택한 폴더를 다른 폴더로 옮깁니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1599 msgid "_New..." msgstr "새로 만들기(_N)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1601 msgid "Create a new folder for storing mail" msgstr "메일을 저장하는 새 폴더를 만듭니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1608 msgid "Change the properties of this folder" msgstr "이 폴더의 속성을 바꿉니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1615 msgid "Refresh the folder" msgstr "폴더를 새로 고침" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1622 msgid "Change the name of this folder" msgstr "이 폴더의 이름을 바꿉니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1627 msgid "Select Message _Thread" msgstr "메시지 글타래 선택(_T)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1629 msgid "Select all messages in the same thread as the selected message" msgstr "선택한 메시지와 같은 글타래의 모든 메시지를 선택합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1634 msgid "Select Message S_ubthread" msgstr "메시지 아래 글타래 선택(_U)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1636 msgid "Select all replies to the currently selected message" msgstr "현재 선택한 메시지의 회신을 모두 선택합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1648 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "휴지통 비우기(_T)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1650 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all accounts" msgstr "모든 폴더의 삭제한 메시지를 완전히 제거합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1655 msgid "_New Label" msgstr "새 레이블(_N)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1664 msgid "N_one" msgstr "없음(_O)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1678 msgid "_Manage Subscriptions" msgstr "구독 관리(_M)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1680 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1764 msgid "Subscribe or unsubscribe to folders on remote servers" msgstr "원격 서버의 폴더를 구독/구독해지 합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1692 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1713 msgid "Send / _Receive" msgstr "보내고 받기(_R)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1694 msgid "Send queued items and retrieve new items" msgstr "밀린 메일을 보내고 새 메일을 받습니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1699 msgid "R_eceive All" msgstr "모두 받기(_E)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1701 msgid "Receive new items from all accounts" msgstr "모든 계정의 항목을 받습니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1706 msgid "_Send All" msgstr "모두 보내기(_S)" # tooltip #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1708 msgid "Send queued items in all accounts" msgstr "모든 계정의 밀린 항목을 보냅니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1736 msgid "Cancel the current mail operation" msgstr "현재 메일 동작을 취소합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1741 msgid "Collapse All _Threads" msgstr "모든 글타래 접기(_T)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1743 msgid "Collapse all message threads" msgstr "모든 메시지 글타래를 접습니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1748 msgid "E_xpand All Threads" msgstr "모든 글타래 펼치기(_X)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1750 msgid "Expand all message threads" msgstr "모든 메시지 글타래의 지운 메시지를 비웁니다." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1755 msgid "_Message Filters" msgstr "메시지 필터(_M)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1757 msgid "Create or edit rules for filtering new mail" msgstr "새 메일 필터 규칙을 만들거나 편집합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1762 msgid "_Subscriptions..." msgstr "구독(_S)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1771 msgid "F_older" msgstr "폴더(_O)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1778 msgid "_Label" msgstr "레이블(_L)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1795 msgid "C_reate Search Folder From Search..." msgstr "검색한 결과로 검색 폴더 만들기(_R)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1802 msgid "Search F_olders" msgstr "검색 폴더(_O)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Create or edit search folder definitions" msgstr "검색 폴더 정의를 만들거나 편집합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1843 msgid "_New Folder..." msgstr "새 폴더(_N)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1871 msgid "Show Message _Preview" msgstr "메시지 미리보기 보이기(_P)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1873 msgid "Show message preview pane" msgstr "메시지 보기 창을 표시합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1879 msgid "Show _Deleted Messages" msgstr "삭제한 메시지 보이기(_D)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1881 msgid "Show deleted messages with a line through them" msgstr "삭제한 메시지를 선을 그어 표시합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1887 msgid "_Group By Threads" msgstr "글타래로 묶음(_G)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1889 msgid "Threaded message list" msgstr "연관된 메시지 목록" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1895 msgid "_Unmatched Folder Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1897 msgid "Toggles whether Unmatched search folder is enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1917 msgid "Show message preview below the message list" msgstr "메시지 목록 아래에 메시지 미리 보기를 표시합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1924 msgid "Show message preview alongside the message list" msgstr "메시지 목록과 나란히 메시지 미리 보기를 표시합니다" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1932 msgid "All Messages" msgstr "모든 메시지" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1939 msgid "Important Messages" msgstr "중요한 메시지" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1946 msgid "Last 5 Days' Messages" msgstr "최근 5일간 메시지" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1953 msgid "Messages Not Junk" msgstr "정크메일 아닌 메시지" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1960 msgid "Messages with Attachments" msgstr "첨부가 있는 메시지" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1967 msgid "No Label" msgstr "레이블 없음" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1974 msgid "Read Messages" msgstr "읽은 메시지" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1981 msgid "Unread Messages" msgstr "읽지 않은 메시지" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2033 msgid "Subject or Addresses contain" msgstr "제목이나 주소에 포함" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2043 msgid "All Accounts" msgstr "모든 계정" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2050 msgid "Current Account" msgstr "현재 계정" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2057 msgid "Current Folder" msgstr "현재 폴더" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:638 msgid "All Account Search" msgstr "모든 계정 검색" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:746 msgid "Account Search" msgstr "계정 검색" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:973 #, c-format msgid "%d selected, " msgid_plural "%d selected, " msgstr[0] "%d개 선택, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:982 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:999 #, c-format msgid "%d deleted" msgid_plural "%d deleted" msgstr[0] "%d개 삭제" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1008 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1014 #, c-format msgid "%d junk" msgid_plural "%d junk" msgstr[0] "%d개 정크" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1021 #, c-format msgid "%d draft" msgid_plural "%d drafts" msgstr[0] "%d개 임시" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1027 #, c-format msgid "%d unsent" msgid_plural "%d unsent" msgstr[0] "%d개 안 보냄" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1033 #, c-format msgid "%d sent" msgid_plural "%d sent" msgstr[0] "%d개 보냄" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "%d unread, " msgid_plural "%d unread, " msgstr[0] "%d개 안 읽음, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1048 #, c-format msgid "%d total" msgid_plural "%d total" msgstr[0] "전체 %d개" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "휴지통" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1507 msgid "Send / Receive" msgstr "보내기 / 받기" #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:447 msgid "Language(s)" msgstr "언어" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:81 msgid "On exit, every time" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:82 msgid "On exit, once per day" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:83 msgid "On exit, once per week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:84 msgid "On exit, once per month" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:85 msgid "Immediately, on folder leave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:356 msgid "Header" msgstr "헤더" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:360 msgid "Contains Value" msgstr "값 포함" #. To Translators: 'Date header' is a label for configurable date/time format for 'Date' header in mail message window/preview #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1215 msgid "_Date header:" msgstr "날짜 헤더(_D):" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1216 msgid "Show _original header value" msgstr "원본 헤더 값 표시(_O)" #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:142 msgid "Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?" msgstr "에볼루션을 기본 전자메일 프로그램으로 하시겠습니까?" #. Translators: First %s is an email address, second %s #. * is the subject of the email, third %s is the date. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Your message to %s about \"%s\" on %s has been read." msgstr "%s에게 보낸 \"%s\"에 관한 (보낸 때 %s) 메시지를 읽었습니다." #. Translators: %s is the subject of the email message. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Delivery Notification for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Send a read receipt to '%s'" msgstr "" #. name doesn't matter #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:548 msgid "_Notify Sender" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Sender wants to be notified when you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Sender has been notified that you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Evolution is currently offline." msgstr "에볼루션은 현재 연결 중지 상태입니다." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Click 'Work Online' to return to online mode." msgstr "연결 모드로 돌아가려면 '연결 상태 작업'을 누르십시오." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Evolution is currently offline due to a network outage." msgstr "네트워크 연결이 끊어져 에볼루션은 현재 연결 중지 상태입니다." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution will return to online mode once a network connection is " "established." msgstr "네트워크가 연결되면 에볼루션은 연결 상태로 되돌아갑니다." #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:68 msgid "Author(s)" msgstr "개발자" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:254 msgid "Plugin Manager" msgstr "플러그인 관리자" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:269 msgid "Note: Some changes will not take effect until restart" msgstr "주의: 일부 바뀐 사항은 다시 시작해야 적용됩니다" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:298 msgid "Overview" msgstr "개요" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:367 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:450 msgid "Plugin" msgstr "플러그인" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:488 msgid "_Plugins" msgstr "플러그인(_P)" # 메뉴 설명, 문장으로 번역 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:489 msgid "Enable and disable plugins" msgstr "플러그인을 사용하거나 해제합니다" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:140 msgid "Display plain text version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:142 msgid "Display plain text version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:148 msgid "Display HTML version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:150 msgid "Display HTML version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:78 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:44 msgid "Show HTML if present" msgstr "HTML이 있으면 표시" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:79 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:45 msgid "Let Evolution choose the best part to show." msgstr "에볼루션에서 알아서 보기 좋은 부분을 표시." #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:82 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:48 msgid "Show plain text if present" msgstr "일반 텍스트가 있으면 표시" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:83 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:49 msgid "" "Show plain text part, if present, otherwise let Evolution choose the best " "part to show." msgstr "일반 텍스트가 있으면 표시하고, 일반 텍스트가 없으면 에볼루션에서 보여줄 부분을 골라 줍니다." #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:87 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:53 msgid "Only ever show plain text" msgstr "일반 텍스트만 표시" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:88 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:54 msgid "" "Always show plain text part and make attachments from other parts, if " "requested." msgstr "항상 일반 텍스트 부분만 표시하고, 다른 부분은 필요하면 첨부 파일로 만듭니다." #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:105 msgid "Show s_uppressed HTML parts as attachments" msgstr "HTML 부분을 숨기고 첨부로 표시(_U)" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:127 msgid "HTML _Mode" msgstr "HTML 모드(_M)" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Prefer Plain Text" msgstr "일반 텍스트 선호" #. but then we also need to create our own section frame #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Plain Text Mode" msgstr "일반 텍스트 모드" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:4 msgid "View mail messages as plain text, even if they contain HTML content." msgstr "메일 메시지에 HTML이 있더라도 일반 텍스트로 봅니다." #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn SpamAssassin (%s): " msgstr "스팸어새신을 시작하는데 실패했습니다 (%s): " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:174 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "메일 메시지 내용을 스팸어새신에 전달하는데 실패했습니다: " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write '%s' to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "스팸어새신에 '%s' 데이터를 쓰는데 실패했습니다: " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:221 msgid "Failed to read output from SpamAssassin: " msgstr "스팸어새신에서 출력을 읽는데 실패했습니다: " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:276 msgid "SpamAssassin either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "스팸어새신이 이상 종료했거나 메일 메시지를 처리하는데 실패했습니다" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:356 msgid "SpamAssassin Options" msgstr "스팸어새신 옵션" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:371 msgid "I_nclude remote tests" msgstr "원격 테스트 포함(_N)" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:385 msgid "This will make SpamAssassin more reliable, but slower." msgstr "이렇게 하면 스팸어새신이 더 안정적으로 작동하지만, 더 느립니다." #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:559 msgid "SpamAssassin" msgstr "스팸어새신" # 설정 tab, 상태 표시가 아님 #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigImportPage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:262 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:342 msgid "Importing Files" msgstr "파일 가져오기" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:261 msgid "Import cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:278 msgid "Import complete." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:156 msgid "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, " "and to import files from other applications." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/evolution-startup-wizard.c:229 msgid "Loading accounts..." msgstr "계정 읽어들이는 중..." #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:95 msgid "_Format as..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:103 msgid "_Other languages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:337 msgid "Text Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:338 msgid "Syntax highlighting of mail parts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:32 msgid "_Plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:38 msgid "_Assembler" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:43 msgid "_Bash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:54 msgid "_C/C++" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:63 msgid "_C#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:68 msgid "_Cascade Style Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:73 msgid "_HTML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:81 msgid "_Java" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:87 msgid "_JavaScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:93 msgid "_Patch/diff" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:99 msgid "_Perl" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:110 msgid "_PHP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:123 msgid "_Python" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:128 msgid "_Ruby" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:135 msgid "_Tcl/Tk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:141 msgid "_TeX/LaTeX" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:147 msgid "_Vala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:152 msgid "_Visual Basic" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:159 msgid "_XML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:177 msgid "_ActionScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:182 msgid "_ADA95" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:189 msgid "_ALGOL 68" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:194 msgid "(_G)AWK" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:199 msgid "_COBOL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:204 msgid "_DOS Batch" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:209 msgid "_D" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:214 msgid "_Erlang" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:219 msgid "_FORTRAN 77" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:225 msgid "_FORTRAN 90" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:230 msgid "_F#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:235 msgid "_Go" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:240 msgid "_Haskell" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:245 msgid "_JSP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:250 msgid "_Lisp" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:258 msgid "_Lotus" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:263 msgid "_Lua" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:268 msgid "_Maple" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:273 msgid "_Matlab" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:278 msgid "_Maya" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:283 msgid "_Oberon" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:288 msgid "_Objective C" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:294 msgid "_OCaml" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:299 msgid "_Octave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:304 msgid "_Object Script" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:309 msgid "_Pascal" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:314 msgid "_POV-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:319 msgid "_Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:324 msgid "_PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:329 msgid "_R" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:334 msgid "_RPM Spec" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:339 msgid "_Scala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:344 msgid "_Smalltalk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:350 msgid "_TCSH" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:355 msgid "_VHDL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:129 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:152 msgid "Show F_ull vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:132 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:170 msgid "Show Com_pact vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:157 msgid "Save _To Addressbook" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:178 msgid "There is one other contact." msgstr "기타 연락처가 한 개 있습니다." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:184 #, c-format msgid "There is %d other contact." msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgstr[0] "기타 연락처가 %d개 있습니다." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:209 msgid "Addressbook Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:210 msgid "Display the part as an addressbook contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/web-inspector/evolution-web-inspector.c:96 msgid "Evolution Web Inspector" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:121 msgid "_Do not show this message again." msgstr "이 메시지를 다시 보지 않기(_D)." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:583 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:480 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "키워드" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Message has no attachments" msgstr "메시지에 첨부가 없습니다" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Evolution has found some keywords that suggest that this message should " "contain an attachment, but cannot find one." msgstr "이 메시지에서 첨부 파일이 들어 있어야 한다는 키워드를 찾았지만, 첨부 파일이 없습니다." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Add Attachment..." msgstr "첨부파일 추가(_A)..." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Edit Message" msgstr "메시지 편집(_E)" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgstr "첨부 알림" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Reminds you when you forgot to add an attachment to a mail message." msgstr "메일 메시지에 첨부 추가를 잊었을 때 알립니다." #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:635 ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:644 #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Automatic Contacts" msgstr "자동 연락처" #. Enable BBDB checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:659 msgid "Create _address book entries when sending mails" msgstr "메일을 보낼 때 주소록에 항목 만들기(_A)" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:666 msgid "Select Address book for Automatic Contacts" msgstr "자동 연락처를 사용할 주소록을 선택하십시오" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:683 msgid "Instant Messaging Contacts" msgstr "인스턴스 메시지 연락처" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "피진 친구 목록의 연락처 정보 및 그림을 동기화(_S)" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:705 msgid "Select Address book for Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "피진 친구 목록에 사용할 주소록을 선택하십시오" #. Synchronize now button. #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:718 msgid "Synchronize with _buddy list now" msgstr "지금 친구 목록과 동기화(_B)" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "BBDB" msgstr "BBDB" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" "주소록 관리 단순 작업을 수행합니다.\n" "\n" "메시지에 회신할 때마다 자동으로 이름과 전자메일 주소를 주소록에 넣습니다. 또 친구 목록에서 인스턴스 메시지 연락처 정보를 채워 넣습니다." #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:282 msgid "Importing Outlook Express data" msgstr "아웃룩 익스프레스 데이터 가져오기" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook DBX import" msgstr "아웃룩 DBX 가져오기" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 personal folders (.dbx)" msgstr "아웃룩 익스프레스 5/6 개인 폴더 (.dbx)" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook Express messages from DBX file" msgstr "DBX 파일의 아웃룩 익스프레스 메시지를 가져옵니다" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:291 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Security:" msgstr "보안:" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:295 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Personal" msgstr "개인" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:296 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "비밀아님" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:297 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Protected" msgstr "보호" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:298 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "제한" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:299 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Secret" msgstr "비밀" # FIXME: 이거 번역해야 돼? 커스텀 헤더에 쓰는 값의 예제. #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:300 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Top secret" msgstr "일급비밀" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:360 msgctxt "email-custom-header" msgid "None" msgstr "없음" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:536 msgid "_Custom Header" msgstr "사용자 설정 헤더(_C)" #. To translators: This string is used while adding a new message header to configuration, to specifying the format of the key values #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:806 msgid "" "The format for specifying a Custom Header key value is:\n" "Name of the Custom Header key values separated by \";\"." msgstr "" "사용자 설정 헤더 값을 지정하는 형식은:\n" "사용자 설정 헤더의 키와 값을 \";\"으로 구분합니다." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:859 msgid "Key" msgstr "키" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:876 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:489 msgid "Values" msgstr "값" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Header" msgstr "사용자 설정 헤더" #. For Translators: 'custom header' string is used while adding a new message header to outgoing message, to specify what value for the message header would be added #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Add custom headers to outgoing mail messages." msgstr "보내는 메시지에 사용자 설정 헤더를 추가합니다." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "전자메일 사용자 설정 헤더" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:112 msgid "Command to be executed to launch the editor: " msgstr "편집기를 실행할 명령어: " #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:113 msgid "" "For XEmacs use \"xemacs\"\n" "For Vim use \"gvim -f\"" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:123 msgid "_Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:413 #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:415 msgid "Compose in External Editor" msgstr "외부 편집기에서 작성" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "External Editor" msgstr "외부 편집기" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Use an external editor to compose plain-text mail messages." msgstr "일반 텍스트 메일 메시지를 작성할 때 외부 편집기를 사용합니다." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Editor not launchable" msgstr "편집기를 시작할 수 없습니다" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." msgstr "플러그인 기본 설정에서 지정한 외부 편지기를 실행할 수 없습니다. 다른 편집기를 설정해 보십시오." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Cannot create Temporary File" msgstr "임시 파일을 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution is unable to create a temporary file to save your mail. Retry " "later." msgstr "메일을 저장할 임시 파일을 만들 수 없습니다. 나중에 다시 시도하십시오." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:5 msgid "External editor still running" msgstr "외부 편집기가 아직 실행 중입니다" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The external editor is still running. The mail composer window cannot be " "closed as long as the editor is active." msgstr "외부 편집기가 아직 실행 중입니다. 이 편집기가 실행 중인 동안에는 메일 편집 창을 닫을 수 없습니다." #: ../plugins/face/face.c:171 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:322 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "알 수 없는 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:289 msgid "Select a Face Picture" msgstr "얼굴 사진을 고르십시오" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:299 msgid "Image files" msgstr "그림 파일" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:358 msgid "_Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "기본값으로 얼굴 사진 넣기(_I)" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:371 msgid "Load new _Face picture" msgstr "새 얼굴 사진 읽어들이기(_F)" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:432 msgid "Include _Face" msgstr "얼굴 사진 포함(_F)" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a small picture of your face to outgoing messages." msgstr "보내는 메시지에 작은 얼굴 사진을 첨부합니다." #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Failed Read" msgstr "읽기 실패" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file cannot be read" msgstr "해당 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Invalid Image Size" msgstr "그림 크기가 잘못되었습니다" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Please select an image of size 48 * 48" msgstr "48 x 48 크기의 그림 파일을 선택하십시오" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Not an image" msgstr "그림이 아닙니다" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}" msgstr "선택한 파일은 올바른 PNG 그림 파일이 아닙니다. 오류: {0}" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Inline Image" msgstr "내장 그림" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "View image attachments directly in mail messages." msgstr "그림을 메일 메시지에서 직접 표시합니다." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:368 msgid "Get List _Archive" msgstr "리스트 아카이브 받기(_A)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:370 msgid "Get an archive of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "이 메시지가 속한 메일링 리스트의 아카이브를 받습니다" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:375 msgid "Get List _Usage Information" msgstr "리스트 사용 정보 받기(_U)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:377 msgid "Get information about the usage of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "이 메시지가 속한 메일링 리스트의 사용방법 정보를 받습니다" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:382 msgid "Contact List _Owner" msgstr "리스트 담당자에게 연락(_O)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:384 msgid "Contact the owner of the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "이 메시지가 속한 메일링 리스트의 소유자에게 연락합니다" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:389 msgid "_Post Message to List" msgstr "리스트에 메시지 보내기(_P)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:391 msgid "Post a message to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "이 메시지가 속한 메일링 리스트에 메시지를 게시합니다" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:396 msgid "_Subscribe to List" msgstr "리스트에 가입(_S)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:398 msgid "Subscribe to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "이 메시지가 속한 메일링 리스트에 가입합니다" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:403 msgid "_Unsubscribe from List" msgstr "리스트에서 탈퇴(_U)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:405 msgid "Unsubscribe from the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "이 메시지가 속한 메일링 리스트에서 탈퇴합니다" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:412 msgid "Mailing _List" msgstr "메일링 리스트(_L)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mailing List Actions" msgstr "메일링 리스트 동작" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Perform common mailing list actions (subscribe, unsubscribe, etc.)." msgstr "자주 사용하는 메일링 리스트 명령을 제공합니다. (가입, 탈퇴 등)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Action not available" msgstr "동작을 사용할 수 없습니다" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This message does not contain the header information required for this " "action." msgstr "메시지에 이 동작에 필요한 헤더 정보가 들어 있지 않습니다." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Posting not allowed" msgstr "게시할 권한이 없습니다" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Posting to this mailing list is not allowed. Possibly, this is a read-only " "mailing list. Contact the list owner for details." msgstr "" "이 메일링 리스트에는 메일을 쓸 수 없습니다. 쓰기 전용 메일링 리스트일 것입니다. 자세한 건 리스트 주인에게 물어보십시오." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Send e-mail message to mailing list?" msgstr "메일링 리스트로 전자메일을 보내시겠습니까?" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "An e-mail message will be sent to the URL \"{0}\". You can either send the " "message automatically, or see and change it first.\n" "\n" "You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message " "has been sent." msgstr "" "전자메일 메시지를 \"{0}\" URL로 보냅니다. 자동으로 메시지를 보낼 수도 있고, 먼저 보고 바꿀 수도 있습니다.\n" "\n" "메시지를 보낸 후 조금만 기다리면 메일링 리스트에서 응답을 받게 됩니다." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:9 msgid "_Send message" msgstr "메시지 보내기(_S)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:10 msgid "_Edit message" msgstr "메시지 편집(_E)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Malformed header" msgstr "헤더 형식 잘못됨" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The {0} header of this message is malformed and could not be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {1}" msgstr "" "이 메시지의 {0} 헤더 형식이 잘못되어 처리할 수 없습니다.\n" "\n" "헤더: {1}" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:15 msgid "No e-mail action" msgstr "전자메일 동작 없음" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:16 msgid "" "The action could not be performed. The header for this action did not " "contain any action that could be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {0}" msgstr "" "해당 동작을 수행할 수 없습니다. 해당 동작에 대한 헤더에 처리할 수 있는 동작이 들어 있지 않습니다.\n" "\n" "헤더: {0}" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:384 #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:420 #, c-format msgid "You have received %d new message." msgid_plural "You have received %d new messages." msgstr[0] "새로 %d개의 메시지를 받았습니다." #. Translators: "From:" is preceding a new mail #. * sender address, like "From: user@example.com" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:395 #, c-format msgid "From: %s" msgstr "보낸 사람: %s" #. Translators: "Subject:" is preceding a new mail #. * subject, like "Subject: It happened again" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Subject: %s" msgstr "제목: %s" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:426 msgid "New email in Evolution" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is a mail #. * folder name. (e.g. "Show Inbox") #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Show %s" msgstr "%s 표시" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:663 msgid "_Play sound when a new message arrives" msgstr "새 메시지가 도착하면 사운드 재생(_P)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:695 msgid "_Beep" msgstr "삑 소리(_B)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:708 msgid "Use sound _theme" msgstr "사운드 테마 사용(_T)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:727 msgid "Play _file:" msgstr "파일 재생(_F):" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:736 msgid "Select sound file" msgstr "사운드 파일을 고르십시오" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:792 msgid "Notify new messages for _Inbox only" msgstr "받은 편지함의 경우에만 새 메시지 알림(_I)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:802 msgid "Show _notification when a new message arrives" msgstr "새 메시지가 도착했을 때 알림 표시(_N)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mail Notification" msgstr "새 메일 알림" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Notifies you when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "새 메시지가 도착하면 알립니다." #. To Translators: The full sentence looks like: "Created from a mail by John Doe " #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Created from a mail by %s" msgstr "%s 메일에서 만들어짐" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected calendar contains event '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old event?" msgstr "선택한 달력에 이미 '%s' 행사가 들어 있습니다. 예전 행사를 편집하시겠습니까?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:619 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected task list contains task '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old task?" msgstr "선택한 달력에 이미 '%s' 작업이 들어 있습니다. 예전 작업을 편집하시겠습니까?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:622 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected memo list contains memo '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old memo?" msgstr "선택한 달력에 이미 '%s' 메모가 들어 있습니다. 예전 메모를 편집하시겠습니까?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:642 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:649 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:677 msgid "Do you wish to continue converting remaining mails?" msgstr "나머지 메일의 변환을 계속 하시겠습니까?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:753 msgid "[No Summary]" msgstr "[요약 없음]" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:766 msgid "Invalid object returned from a server" msgstr "서버에서 올바르지 않은 오브젝트를 받았습니다" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:821 #, c-format msgid "An error occurred during processing: %s" msgstr "처리 중 오류가 발생했습니다: %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open calendar. %s" msgstr "달력을 열 수 없습니다. %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:862 msgid "" "Selected calendar is read only, thus cannot create event there. Select other " "calendar, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:865 msgid "" "Selected task list is read only, thus cannot create task there. Select other " "task list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:868 msgid "" "Selected memo list is read only, thus cannot create memo there. Select other " "memo list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1203 msgid "No writable calendar is available." msgstr "쓰기 가능한 달력이 없습니다." #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1280 msgid "Create an _Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1282 msgid "Create a new event from the selected message" msgstr "선택한 메시지에서 새 행사를 만듭니다" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1287 msgid "Create a Mem_o" msgstr "메모 만들기(_O)" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1289 msgid "Create a new memo from the selected message" msgstr "선택한 메시지에서 새 메모를 만듭니다" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1294 msgid "Create a _Task" msgstr "작업 만들기(_T)" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1296 msgid "Create a new task from the selected message" msgstr "선택한 메시지에서 새 작업을 만듭니다" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1304 msgid "Create a _Meeting" msgstr "모임 만들기(_M)" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1306 msgid "Create a new meeting from the selected message" msgstr "선택한 메시지에서 새 모임을 만듭니다" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/org-gnome-mail-to-task.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert a mail message to a task." msgstr "메일 메시지를 작업으로 바꿉니다." #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook PST import" msgstr "아웃룩 PST 가져오기" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook personal folders (.pst)" msgstr "아웃룩 개인 폴더 (.pst)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook messages from PST file" msgstr "PST 파일의 아웃룩 메시지를 가져옵니다" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:530 msgid "_Mail" msgstr "메일(_M)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:559 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "대상 폴더:" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:569 msgid "_Address Book" msgstr "주소록(_A)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:574 msgid "A_ppointments" msgstr "약속(_P)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:579 ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Tasks" msgstr "작업(_T)" # journal -> 일지, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:584 msgid "_Journal entries" msgstr "일지 항목(_J)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:701 msgid "Importing Outlook data" msgstr "아웃룩 데이터 가져오기" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:141 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:148 msgid "Calendar Publishing" msgstr "달력 게시" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Locations" msgstr "위치" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Publish calendars to the web." msgstr "달력을 웹에 게시합니다." #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:217 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:484 #, c-format msgid "Could not open %s:" msgstr "'%s'을(를) 열 수 없습니다:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:236 #, c-format msgid "There was an error while publishing to %s:" msgstr "'%s'에 게시하는데 오류가 발생했습니다:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Publishing to %s finished successfully" msgstr "'%s'에 성공적으로 게시를 마쳤습니다" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Mount of %s failed:" msgstr "'%s'의 마운트가 실패했습니다:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:33 msgid "E_nable" msgstr "사용(_N)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:799 msgid "Are you sure you want to remove this location?" msgstr "정말로 이 위치를 제거하시겠습니까?" #. To Translators: This is shown to a user when creation of a new thread, #. * where the publishing should be done, fails. Basically, this shouldn't #. * ever happen, and if so, then something is really wrong. #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1138 msgid "Could not create publish thread." msgstr "글타래를 게시할 수 없습니다." #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1148 msgid "_Publish Calendar Information" msgstr "달력 정보 게시(_P)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:1 msgid "iCal" msgstr "iCal" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:3 msgid "Daily" msgstr "매일" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:4 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "매주" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:5 msgid "Manual (via Actions menu)" msgstr "수동 (동작 메뉴를 통해)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:9 msgid "Secure FTP (SFTP)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:10 msgid "Public FTP" msgstr "공개 FTP" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:11 msgid "FTP (with login)" msgstr "FTP (로그인)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:12 msgid "Windows share" msgstr "윈도우즈 공유" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:13 msgid "WebDAV (HTTP)" msgstr "WebDAV (HTTP)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:14 msgid "Secure WebDAV (HTTPS)" msgstr "보안 WebDAV (HTTPS)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:15 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "사용자 지정 위치" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:17 msgid "_Publish as:" msgstr "게시 위치(_P):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:18 msgid "Publishing _Frequency:" msgstr "게시 주기(_F):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:19 msgid "Time _duration:" msgstr "기간(_D):" # FIXME - 무슨 뜻? #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:20 msgid "Sources" msgstr "소스" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:23 msgid "Service _type:" msgstr "서비스 종류(_T):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:25 msgid "_File:" msgstr "파일(_F):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:27 msgid "P_ort:" msgstr "포트(_O):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:28 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "사용자이름(_U):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:29 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "암호(_P):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:30 msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "암호 저장(_R)" # free/busy -> 약속 있음/없음, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:31 msgid "Publishing Location" msgstr "게시 위치" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-fb.c:100 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-ical.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Invalid source UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:540 msgid "New Location" msgstr "새 위치" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:542 msgid "Edit Location" msgstr "위치 편집" #. Translators: the %F %T is the third argument for a #. * strftime function. It lets you define the formatting #. * of the date in the csv-file. #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:161 msgid "%F %T" msgstr "%F %T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:375 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:377 msgid "Description List" msgstr "설명 목록" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:378 msgid "Categories List" msgstr "분류 목록" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:379 msgid "Comment List" msgstr "메모 목록" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:382 msgid "Contact List" msgstr "연락처 목록" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:383 msgid "Start" msgstr "시작" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:384 msgid "End" msgstr "끝" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:385 msgid "Due" msgstr "기한" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:386 msgid "percent Done" msgstr "퍼센트 완료" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:388 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:389 msgid "Attendees List" msgstr "참석자 목록" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:391 msgid "Modified" msgstr "바뀜" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:564 msgid "A_dvanced options for the CSV format" msgstr "CSV 형식의 고급 옵션(_D)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:572 msgid "Prepend a _header" msgstr "앞에 헤더 붙임(_H)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:581 msgid "_Value delimiter:" msgstr "값 구분(_V):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:592 msgid "_Record delimiter:" msgstr "레코드 구분(_R):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:603 msgid "_Encapsulate values with:" msgstr "값을 둘러싸는 문자(_E):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:629 msgid "Comma separated values (.csv)" msgstr "콤마로 구분한 값 (.csv)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/ical-format.c:184 ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:178 msgid "iCalendar (.ics)" msgstr "iCalendar (.ics)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Selected" msgstr "선택한 사항 저장" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Save a calendar or task list to disk." msgstr "달력이나 작업 목록을 디스크에 저장합니다." #. #. * Translator: the %FT%T is the thirth argument for a strftime function. #. * It lets you define the formatting of the date in the rdf-file. #. * Also check out http://www.w3.org/2002/12/cal/tzd #. * #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:147 msgid "%FT%T" msgstr "%FT%T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:385 msgid "RDF (.rdf)" msgstr "RDF (.rdf)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:121 msgid "_Format:" msgstr "형식(_F):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:187 msgid "Select destination file" msgstr "대상 파일 선택" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:343 msgid "Save the selected calendar to disk" msgstr "선택한 달력을 디스크에 저장합니다" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:374 msgid "Save the selected memo list to disk" msgstr "선택한 메모 목록을 디스크에 저장합니다" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:405 msgid "Save the selected task list to disk" msgstr "선택한 작업 목록을 디스크에 저장합니다" #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an email you are replying to." msgstr "" "서식 플러그인을 이용한 초안. $ORIG[subject], $ORIG[from], $ORIG[to], $ORIG[body] 따위의 변수를 " "이용합니다. 이 변수는 답장하는 메일 값에 들어 있는 값으로 바뀝니다." #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1148 msgid "No Title" msgstr "제목 없음" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1257 msgid "Save as _Template" msgstr "서식으로 저장(_T)" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1259 msgid "Save as Template" msgstr "서식으로 저장" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../shell/e-shell.c:279 msgid "Preparing to go offline..." msgstr "연결 중지 상태로 이동하는 준비 중..." # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../shell/e-shell.c:332 msgid "Preparing to go online..." msgstr "연결 상태로 이동하는 준비 중..." #: ../shell/e-shell.c:413 msgid "Preparing to quit" msgstr "" # 주의: 다른 메시지의 일부로 쓰인다. 문장으로 번역하지 말 것. #: ../shell/e-shell.c:419 msgid "Preparing to quit..." msgstr "끝낼 준비 중..." #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:721 ../shell/e-shell-content.c:722 msgid "Searches" msgstr "검색" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:765 msgid "Save Search" msgstr "검색 저장" #. Translators: The "Show:" label precedes a combo box that #. * allows the user to filter the current view. Examples of #. * items that appear in the combo box are "Unread Messages", #. * "Important Messages", or "Active Appointments". #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:939 msgid "Sho_w:" msgstr "보기(_W):" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:964 msgid "Sear_ch:" msgstr "검색(_C):" # FIXME - hard to translate UI + string based on English grammar #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:1032 msgid "i_n" msgstr "위치(_N)" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:175 msgid "vCard (.vcf)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf)" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:199 msgid "All Files (*)" msgstr "모든 파일 (*)" #: ../shell/e-shell-view.c:292 msgid "Saving user interface state" msgstr "사용자 인터페이스 상태 저장" #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "GNOME Korea \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Bundo https://launchpad.net/~kang-bundo\n" " Changwoo Ryu https://launchpad.net/~cwryu\n" " Eunju Kim https://launchpad.net/~eukim\n" " Kim Boram https://launchpad.net/~boramism\n" " MinSoo Kim https://launchpad.net/~misol\n" " Sunil https://launchpad.net/~sodoetha" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:85 msgid "Evolution Website" msgstr "에볼루션 웹사이트" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:341 msgid "Categories Editor" msgstr "분류 편집" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:672 msgid "Bug Buddy is not installed." msgstr "버그버디를 설치하지 않았습니다." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:673 msgid "Bug Buddy could not be run." msgstr "버그버디를 실행할 수 없습니다." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:853 msgid "Show information about Evolution" msgstr "에볼루션에 대한 정보를 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:858 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:872 msgid "_Close Window" msgstr "창 닫기(_C)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:879 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "차례(_C)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:881 msgid "Open the Evolution User Guide" msgstr "에볼루션 사용자 안내서를 엽니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:907 msgid "I_mport..." msgstr "가져오기(_M)..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:909 msgid "Import data from other programs" msgstr "다른 프로그램에서 데이터를 가져옵니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:914 msgid "New _Window" msgstr "새 창(_W)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:916 msgid "Create a new window displaying this view" msgstr "이 뷰를 새 창을 만듭니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:928 msgid "Available Cate_gories" msgstr "사용 가능한 분류(_G)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:930 msgid "Manage available categories" msgstr "사용 가능한 분류를 관리합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:942 msgid "_Quick Reference" msgstr "짧은 참조 문서(_Q)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:944 msgid "Show Evolution's shortcut keys" msgstr "에볼루션 바로 가기 키를 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:951 msgid "Exit the program" msgstr "프로그램을 끝냅니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:956 msgid "_Advanced Search..." msgstr "고급 검색(_A)..." # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:958 msgid "Construct a more advanced search" msgstr "더 복잡한 고급 검색을 수행합니다" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:965 msgid "Clear the current search parameters" msgstr "현재 검색 파라미터를 지웁니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:970 msgid "_Edit Saved Searches..." msgstr "저장한 검색 편집(_E)..." # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:972 msgid "Manage your saved searches" msgstr "저장한 검색을 관리합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:979 msgid "Click here to change the search type" msgstr "검색 종류를 바꾸려면 여기를 누르십시오" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:984 msgid "_Find Now" msgstr "지금 찾기(_F)" # tooltip #. Block the default Ctrl+F. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:986 msgid "Execute the current search parameters" msgstr "현재 검색 파라미터를 실행합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:991 msgid "_Save Search..." msgstr "검색 저장(_S)..." # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:993 msgid "Save the current search parameters" msgstr "현재 검색 파라미터를 저장합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1005 msgid "Submit _Bug Report..." msgstr "버그 제보(_B)..." # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1007 msgid "Submit a bug report using Bug Buddy" msgstr "버그버디로 버그제보를 합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1012 msgid "_Work Offline" msgstr "연결 중지 상태 작업(_W)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1014 msgid "Put Evolution into offline mode" msgstr "에볼루션을 연결 중지 상태로 바꿉니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1019 msgid "_Work Online" msgstr "연결 상태 작업(_W)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1021 msgid "Put Evolution into online mode" msgstr "에볼루션을 연결 상태로 바꿉니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1049 msgid "Lay_out" msgstr "배치(_O)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1056 msgid "_New" msgstr "새로 만들기(_N)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1063 msgid "_Search" msgstr "검색(_S)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1070 msgid "_Switcher Appearance" msgstr "전환 단추 모양(_S)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1084 msgid "_Window" msgstr "창(_W)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1113 msgid "Show Side _Bar" msgstr "보조 모음 보이기(_B)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1115 msgid "Show the side bar" msgstr "보조 모음을 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1121 msgid "Show _Buttons" msgstr "단추 보이기(_B)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1123 msgid "Show the switcher buttons" msgstr "전환 단추를 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1129 msgid "Show _Status Bar" msgstr "상태 표시줄 보기(_S)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1131 msgid "Show the status bar" msgstr "상태 표시줄을 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1137 msgid "Show _Tool Bar" msgstr "도구 모음 보이기(_T)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1139 msgid "Show the tool bar" msgstr "도구 모음을 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1161 msgid "_Icons Only" msgstr "아이콘만(_I)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1163 msgid "Display window buttons with icons only" msgstr "아이콘만 사용해 창 단추를 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1168 msgid "_Text Only" msgstr "텍스트만(_T)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1170 msgid "Display window buttons with text only" msgstr "텍스트만 사용해 창 단추를 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1175 msgid "Icons _and Text" msgstr "아이콘 및 텍스트(_A)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1177 msgid "Display window buttons with icons and text" msgstr "아이콘과 텍스트를 사용해 창 단추를 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1182 msgid "Tool_bar Style" msgstr "도구 모음 모양(_B)" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1184 msgid "Display window buttons using the desktop toolbar setting" msgstr "데스크톱 도구 모음 설정을 사용해 창 단추를 표시합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1192 msgid "Delete Current View" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1199 msgid "Save Custom View..." msgstr "사용자 보기 저장..." # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1201 msgid "Save current custom view" msgstr "현재 사용자 정의 뷰를 저장합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1208 msgid "C_urrent View" msgstr "현재 보기(_U)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1218 msgid "Custom View" msgstr "사용자 보기" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "현재 뷰는 사용자 정의 뷰입니다" # tooltip #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1230 msgid "Change the page settings for your current printer" msgstr "현재 프린터의 페이지 설정을 바꿉니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1591 #, c-format msgid "Switch to %s" msgstr "%s 창으로 바꾸기" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1714 #, c-format msgid "Select view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1731 #, c-format msgid "Delete view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1825 msgid "Execute these search parameters" msgstr "이 검색 파라미터를 실행합니다" #: ../shell/e-shell-window.c:504 msgid "New" msgstr "새로 만들기" #. Translators: This is used for the main window title. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:580 #, c-format msgid "%s - Evolution" msgstr "%s - 에볼루션" #. Preview/Alpha/Beta version warning message #: ../shell/main.c:183 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hi. Thanks for taking the time to download this preview release\n" "of the Evolution groupware suite.\n" "\n" "This version of Evolution is not yet complete. It is getting close,\n" "but some features are either unfinished or do not work properly.\n" "\n" "If you want a stable version of Evolution, we urge you to uninstall\n" "this version, and install version %s instead.\n" "\n" "If you find bugs, please report them to us at bugzilla.gnome.org.\n" "This product comes with no warranty and is not intended for\n" "individuals prone to violent fits of anger.\n" "\n" "We hope that you enjoy the results of our hard work, and we\n" "eagerly await your contributions!\n" msgstr "" "안녕하십니까. 에볼루션 그룹웨어 모음의 프리뷰 릴리스를 받는\n" "데 귀중한 시간을 내 주셔서 감사합니다.\n" "\n" "이 버전의 에볼루션은 아직 완성되지 않았습니다. 거의 완성되었지만,\n" "몇몇 기능들이 다 안 되어 있고, 제대로 동작하지 않는 것도 있습니다.\n" "\n" "안정 버전의 에볼루션을 쓰시려면, 이 버전을 지우시고, %s 버전을\n" "사용하시길 강력히 권합니다.\n" "\n" "문제점을 찾으시면, bugzilla.gnome.org에 문제점을 알려 주십시오.\n" "이 제품은 보증이 없으며 화를 잘 내는 사람들에게는 적합하지 않습니다.\n" "\n" "우리가 열심히 일한 결과물을 잘 써 주시길 바랍니다. 그리고 개발에\n" "기여해 주시기를 목이 빠지게 기다리겠습니다!\n" #: ../shell/main.c:207 msgid "" "Thanks\n" "The Evolution Team\n" msgstr "" "고맙습니다\n" "에볼루션 팀\n" #: ../shell/main.c:213 msgid "Do not tell me again" msgstr "다시 알리지 않기" #. Translators: Do NOT translate the five component #. * names, they MUST remain in English! #: ../shell/main.c:302 msgid "" "Start Evolution showing the specified component. Available options are " "'mail', 'calendar', 'contacts', 'tasks', and 'memos'" msgstr "" "에볼루션을 시작할 때 지정한 컴포넌트를 표시, 사용 가능한 항목은 'mail', 'calendar', 'contacts', " "'tasks', 'memos'" #: ../shell/main.c:306 msgid "Apply the given geometry to the main window" msgstr "해당 크기와 위치를 메인 창에 적용합니다" #: ../shell/main.c:310 msgid "Start in online mode" msgstr "연결 상태에서 시작합니다" #: ../shell/main.c:312 msgid "Ignore network availability" msgstr "네트워크 사용 가능 여부를 무시합니다" #: ../shell/main.c:315 msgid "Forcibly shut down Evolution" msgstr "강제로 에볼루션을 끝냅니다" #: ../shell/main.c:318 msgid "Disable loading of any plugins." msgstr "플러그인을 아무것도 읽어들이지 않습니다." #: ../shell/main.c:320 msgid "Disable preview pane of Mail, Contacts and Tasks." msgstr "전자메일, 연락처, 작업의 미리 보기 창을 사용하지 않습니다." #: ../shell/main.c:324 msgid "Import URIs or filenames given as rest of arguments." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:326 msgid "Request a running Evolution process to quit" msgstr "실행 중인 에볼루션 프로세스에 끝내는 요청을 합니다" #: ../shell/main.c:403 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot start Evolution. Another Evolution instance may be unresponsive. " "System error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "- 에볼루션 개인정보 관리 및 메일 클라이언트" #: ../shell/main.c:571 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" "%s: --online과 --offline 옵션은 같이 쓸 수 없습니다\n" " 자세한 정보를 보려면 '%s --help' 명령을 실행하십시오.\n" #: ../shell/main.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --force-online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" "%s: --force-online과 --offline 옵션은 같이 쓸 수 없습니다\n" " 자세한 정보를 보려면 '%s --help' 명령을 실행하십시오.\n" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Upgrade from previous version failed:" msgstr "이전 버전에서 업그레이드하는데 실패:" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "{0}\n" "\n" "If you choose to continue, you may not have access to some of your old " "data.\n" msgstr "" "{0}\n" "\n" "계속하시면, 과거의 데이터 중에 접근할 수 없는 데이터가 있을 수 있습니다.\n" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Continue Anyway" msgstr "그래도 계속" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Quit Now" msgstr "지금 끝내기" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Cannot upgrade directly from version {0}" msgstr "{0} 버전에서 직접 업그레이드하시겠습니까?" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Evolution no longer supports upgrading directly from version {0}. However as " "a workaround you might try first upgrading to Evolution 2, and then " "upgrading to Evolution 3." msgstr "" "에볼루션은 이제 {0} 버전에서 업그레이드를 지원하지 않습니다. 대신에 에볼루션 버전 2로 먼저 업그레이드한 다음에, 다시 버전 3으로 " "업그레이드할 수도 있습니다." #: ../smime/gui/ca-trust-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Certificate '%s' is a CA certificate.\n" "\n" "Edit trust settings:" msgstr "" "'%s' 인증서는 인증기관의 인증서입니다.\n" "\n" "신뢰 수준을 편집하십시오:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:73 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:92 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:112 msgid "Certificate Name" msgstr "인증서 이름" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "발급 대상 기관" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "발급 대상 기관 구분" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:76 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:96 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:114 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:638 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "일련 번호" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:77 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:97 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:115 msgid "Purposes" msgstr "목적" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:78 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:98 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:116 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "발급자:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "발급 주체 기관" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "발급 주체 기관 구분" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:81 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:101 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:119 msgid "Issued" msgstr "발급 날짜" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:82 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:102 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:120 msgid "Expires" msgstr "만료 날짜" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:83 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:103 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:121 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "SHA1 핑거프린트" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:84 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:104 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:122 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "MD5 핑거프린트" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:93 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:113 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "전자메일 주소" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:614 msgid "Select a certificate to import..." msgstr "가져올 인증서를 선택하십시오..." #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:628 msgid "All files" msgstr "모든 파일" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:664 msgid "Failed to import certificate" msgstr "인증서를 가져오는데 실패했습니다" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1046 msgid "All PKCS12 files" msgstr "모든 PKCS12 파일" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "모든 전자메일 인증 파일" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1080 msgid "All CA certificate files" msgstr "모든 CA 인증서 파일" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "이 인증서는 다음 사용에 대해 확인되었습니다:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:604 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "SSL 클라이언트 인증서" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:609 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "SSL 서버 인증서" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "전자메일 서명한 사람 인증서" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "전자메일 받는 사람 인증서" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "발급 대상:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:635 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "공통 이름 (CN)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:636 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "조직 (Organization, O)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:637 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "소속 구분 (Organizational Unit, OU)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "유효 기간" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "발급 날짜:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "만료 날짜:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "핑거프린트" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:671 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "인증서 계층 구조" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:674 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "인증서 필드" # 인증서 필드 값 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:677 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "필드 값" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:679 msgid "Details" msgstr "자세히" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:153 msgid "" "Because you trust the certificate authority that issued this certificate, " "then you trust the authenticity of this certificate unless otherwise " "indicated here" msgstr "이 인증서를 발급한 인증 기관을 신뢰한다고 하셨으므로, 따로 지정하지 않는 한 이 인증서를 믿을만 하다고 신뢰합니다." #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:158 msgid "" "Because you do not trust the certificate authority that issued this " "certificate, then you do not trust the authenticity of this certificate " "unless otherwise indicated here" msgstr "" "이 인증서를 발급한 인증 기관을 신뢰하지 않는다고 하셨으므로, 따로 지정하지 않는 한 이 인증서를 믿을만 하다고 신뢰하지 않습니다." #: ../smime/gui/component.c:56 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s', token '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:58 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s'" msgstr "'%s'의 암호를 입력하십시오" #. we're setting the password initially #: ../smime/gui/component.c:86 msgid "Enter new password for certificate database" msgstr "인증서 데이터베이스의 새 암호를 입력하십시오" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:89 msgid "Enter new password" msgstr "새 암호를 입력하십시오" #. FIXME: add serial no, validity date, uses #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:122 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued to:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "발급 대상:\n" " 소유자: %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:123 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued by:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "발급자:\n" " 소유자: %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:176 msgid "Select certificate" msgstr "인증서 선택" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:3 msgid "You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:" msgstr "이 인증 기관에서 나를 확인할 수 있는 인증서를 가지고 있습니다:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:4 msgid "Certificates Table" msgstr "인증서 표" #. This is a verb, as in "make a backup". #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:7 msgid "_Backup" msgstr "백업(_B)" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:8 msgid "Backup _All" msgstr "모두 백업(_A)" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:10 msgid "Your Certificates" msgstr "내 인증서" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:11 msgid "You have certificates on file that identify these people:" msgstr "이 사람들을 확인할 수 있는 인증서가 있습니다:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:12 msgid "Contact Certificates" msgstr "연락처 인증서" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:13 msgid "" "You have certificates on file that identify these certificate authorities:" msgstr "이 인증 기관을 확인할 수 있는 인증서가 있습니다:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:14 msgid "Authorities" msgstr "기관" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:15 msgid "Certificate Authority Trust" msgstr "인증 기관 신뢰수준" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:16 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _websites." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:17 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _email users." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:18 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _software developers." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:19 msgid "" "Before trusting this CA for any purpose, you should examine its certificate " "and its policy and procedures (if available)." msgstr "어떤 목적이든 이 인증기관을 신뢰하기 전에, 그 인증서와 정책과 (있다면) 프로시저를 확인해야 합니다." #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:21 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "인증서" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:22 msgid "Certificate details" msgstr "인증서 상세 정보" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:23 msgid "Email Certificate Trust Settings" msgstr "전자메일 인증서 신뢰수준 설정" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:24 msgid "Trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "이 인증서가 믿을만 하다고 신뢰합니다" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:25 msgid "Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "이 인증서가 믿을만 한 지 신뢰하지 않음" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:26 msgid "_Edit CA Trust" msgstr "인증 기관 신뢰수준 편집(_E)" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "버전" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "버전 1" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "버전 2" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "버전 3" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 MD2, RSA 암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 MD5, RSA 암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-1, RSA 암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-256, RSA 암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-384, RSA 암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-512, RSA 암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 RSA 암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "인증서 키 용도" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "넷스케이프 인증서 타입" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "인증 기관 키 ID" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "오브젝트 ID (%s)" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "알고리즘 ID" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "알고리즘 인수" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "소유자 공개 키 정보" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "소유자 공개 키 알고리즘" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "소유자의 공개 키" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:378 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "오류: 추가 항목을 처리할 수 없습니다" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:399 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "오브젝트 서명자" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "SSL 인증 기관" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "전자메일 인증 기관" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "서명" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "거부할 수 없음" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "키 암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "데이터 암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "키 계약" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "인증서 서명자" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "CRL 서명자" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "중요함" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:511 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "중요하지 않음" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "확장 기능" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "%s = %s" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:672 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:807 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "인증서 서명 알고리즘" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:681 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "발급자" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:735 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "발급자 고유 ID" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:754 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "소유자 고유 ID" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:813 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "인증서 서명 값" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:201 ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:213 msgid "%d/%m/%Y" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d" #. x509 certificate usage types #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:392 msgid "Sign" msgstr "서명" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:393 msgid "Encrypt" msgstr "암호화" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert-db.c:864 msgid "Certificate already exists" msgstr "인증서가 이미 있습니다" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:199 msgid "PKCS12 File Password" msgstr "PKCS12 파일 암호" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:200 msgid "Enter password for PKCS12 file:" msgstr "PKCS12 파일의 암호를 입력하십시오:" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:307 msgid "Imported Certificate" msgstr "가져온 인증서" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Address Cards" msgstr "주소 카드(_A)" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:2 ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "_List View" msgstr "목록 보기(_L)" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By _Company" msgstr "회사순(_C)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Day View" msgstr "일별 보기(_D)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "_Work Week View" msgstr "근무일 주별 보기(_W)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "W_eek View" msgstr "주별 보기(_E)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "_Month View" msgstr "월별 보기(_M)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Messages" msgstr "메시지(_M)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "As _Sent Folder" msgstr "보낸 폴더별로(_S)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By Su_bject" msgstr "제목별로(_B)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "By Se_nder" msgstr "보낸 사람별로(_N)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "By S_tatus" msgstr "상태별로(_T)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:6 msgid "By _Follow Up Flag" msgstr "추가 작업 메시지 플래그별로(_F)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:7 msgid "For _Wide View" msgstr "옆으로 길게 보기(_W)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:8 msgid "As Sent Folder for Wi_de View" msgstr "보낸 폴더별로 옆으로 길게 보기(_D)" #: ../views/memos/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Memos" msgstr "메모(_M)" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "With _Due Date" msgstr "마감 날짜 포함(_D)" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "With _Status" msgstr "상태 포함(_S)" language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/ko/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000056246012321560033023362 0ustar # evolution-data-server translation # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution-data-server package. # Sung-Hyun Nam 2000. # ChiDeok Hwang , 2001. # Young-Ho Cha , 2000, 2002. # Changwoo Ryu , 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Seong-ho Cho , 2012. # # 참고: # - "Evolution"은 "에볼루션"으로 음역. # - "Google Talk"는 "구글 토크"로 번역. # - "spool"은 "메일 모음"으로 번역. # - "authentication"을 여러가지 인증 방식을 구별하는 용도로 사용할 때는 "인증 # 방법"이라고 번역. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-data-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution-data-" "server&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=Misc.\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-11 14:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kim Boram \n" "Language-Team: GNOME Korea \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: Korean\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to remove file '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' 파일을 제거하는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:143 #, c-format msgid "Failed to make directory %s: %s" msgstr "'%s' 디렉터리를 만드는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:394 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create hardlink for resource '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' 리소스의 하드링크를 만드는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:499 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1135 msgid "No UID in the contact" msgstr "연락처에 UID가 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting UIDs found in added contacts" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:881 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "읽어들이는 중입니다..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:883 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4424 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "찾는 중입니다..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "Tried to modify contact '%s' with out of sync revision" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1300 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1369 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2707 #, c-format msgid "Contact '%s' not found" msgstr "'%s' 연락처를 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1411 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1478 #, c-format msgid "Query '%s' not supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1420 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1487 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1671 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rename old database from '%s' to '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file-migrate-bdb.c:149 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1245 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4319 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:383 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:825 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:35 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:58 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sexp.c:874 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:576 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:607 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:619 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2335 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:268 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-command.c:650 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:177 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "알 수 없는 오류가 발생했습니다" #. Query for new contacts asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:833 msgid "Querying for updated contacts…" msgstr "업데이트된 연락처를 받는 중입니다…" #. Run the query asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:985 msgid "Querying for updated groups…" msgstr "업데이트된 그룹을 받는 중입니다…" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1673 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5055 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1299 msgid "The backend does not support bulk additions" msgstr "백엔드가 대량 추가를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1822 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5191 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1401 msgid "The backend does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "백엔드가 대량 수정을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2022 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1493 msgid "The backend does not support bulk removals" msgstr "백엔드가 대량 제거를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2148 msgid "Loading…" msgstr "읽어들이는 중입니다…" #. System Group: My Contacts #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1620 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-address-book.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-calendar.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-memo-list.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-task-list.source.in.h:1 msgid "Personal" msgstr "개인" #. System Group: Friends #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1622 msgid "Friends" msgstr "친구" #. System Group: Family #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1624 msgid "Family" msgstr "가족" #. System Group: Coworkers #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1626 msgid "Coworkers" msgstr "직장 동료" #. Translators: An error message shown to a user when trying to do an #. * operation on the LDAP address book which is not connected to the server #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:174 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "연결되지 않았습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:973 msgid "Failed to bind using either v3 or v2 binds" msgstr "v3 또는 v2 bind를 사용한 바인딩에 실패했습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1096 msgid "Reconnecting to LDAP server..." msgstr "LDAP 서버에 다시 연결하는 중입니다..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1226 msgid "Invalid DN syntax" msgstr "DN 문법이 잘못되었습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1242 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4318 #, c-format msgid "LDAP error 0x%x (%s)" msgstr "LDAP 오류 0x%x (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1854 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2177 #, c-format msgid "%s: NULL returned from ldap_first_entry" msgstr "%s: ldap_first_entry에서 NULL을 리턴했습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2107 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2235 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled result type %d returned" msgstr "%s: 처리하지 못한 결과 형식 %d을(를) 반환했습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2368 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2495 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled search result type %d returned" msgstr "%s: 처리하지 못한 검색 결과 형식 %d을(를) 반환했습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4267 msgid "Receiving LDAP search results..." msgstr "LDAP 검색 결과를 받는 중입니다..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4446 msgid "Error performing search" msgstr "검색을 수행하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4574 #, c-format msgid "Downloading contacts (%d)..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5138 msgid "Adding contact to LDAP server..." msgstr "연락처를 LDAP 서버에 추가하는 중입니다..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5213 msgid "Modifying contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "연락처를 LDAP 서버에서 수정하는 중입니다..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5279 msgid "Removing contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "연락처를 LDAP 서버에서 제거하는 중입니다..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5668 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get the DN for user '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 사용자의 DN을 가져오는데 실패했습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:804 msgid "Loading Addressbook summary..." msgstr "주소록 개요를 불러오는 중..." #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:822 #, c-format msgid "PROPFIND on webdav failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "WebDAV의 PROPFIND에서 HTTP 상태 %d (%s)(으)로 실패했습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:841 msgid "No response body in webdav PROPFIND result" msgstr "WebDAV PROPFIND 결과에서 본문 응답이 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:883 #, c-format msgid "Loading Contacts (%d%%)" msgstr "연락처 불러오는 중 (%d%%)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1221 msgid "Cannot transform SoupURI to string" msgstr "SoupURI를 문자열로 변환할 수 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1430 msgid "Contact on server changed -> not modifying" msgstr "바뀐 서버의 연락처 -> 수정하지 않음" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "Modify contact failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1514 #, c-format msgid "DELETE failed with HTTP status %d" msgstr "DELETE를 HTTP 상태 %d(으)로 실패했습니다" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:24 msgid "No such book" msgstr "그런 주소록이 없음" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:26 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:346 msgid "Contact not found" msgstr "연락처를 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:28 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:347 msgid "Contact ID already exists" msgstr "오브젝트 ID가 이미 있습니다" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:30 msgid "No such source" msgstr "그런 원본이 없음" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:32 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:363 msgid "No space" msgstr "공간이 없습니다" #. Dummy row as EContactField starts from 1 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:123 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "고유 ID" #. FILE_AS is not really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can generate its value if necessary in the getter #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * preferred user's description (or display name) of the contact. Note 'File' is a verb here. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:128 msgid "File Under" msgstr "저장 파일" #. URI of the book to which the contact belongs to #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:130 msgid "Book UID" msgstr "주소록 UID" #. Name fields #. FN isn't really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can set the N property (since evo 1.4 works fine with #. * vcards that don't even have a N attribute. *sigh*) #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:136 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "정식 이름" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:137 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "이름" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:138 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "성" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:139 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "별명" #. Email fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:142 msgid "Email 1" msgstr "전자메일 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:143 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "전자메일 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:144 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "전자메일 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:145 msgid "Email 4" msgstr "전자메일 4" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:147 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "메일 프로그램" #. Address Labels #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:150 msgid "Home Address Label" msgstr "집 주소 레이블" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:151 msgid "Work Address Label" msgstr "근무처 주소 레이블" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:152 msgid "Other Address Label" msgstr "기타 주소 레이블" #. Phone fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:155 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "비서 전화" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:156 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "근무처 전화" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:157 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "근무처 전화 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:158 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "직장 팩스" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:159 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "다시 걸 전화" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:160 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "카폰" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:161 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "회사 전화" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:162 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "집 전화" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:163 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "집 전화 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:164 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "집 팩스" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:165 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:166 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "휴대 전화" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:167 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "기타 전화" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:168 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "기타 팩스" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:169 msgid "Pager" msgstr "호출기" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:170 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "기본 전화" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:171 msgid "Radio" msgstr "무선" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:172 msgid "Telex" msgstr "텔렉스" #. To translators: TTY is Teletypewriter #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:174 msgid "TTY" msgstr "TTY" #. Organizational fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:177 msgid "Organization" msgstr "조직" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:178 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "조직 부서" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:179 msgid "Office" msgstr "사무실" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:180 msgid "Title" msgstr "제목" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:181 msgid "Role" msgstr "역할" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:182 msgid "Manager" msgstr "관리자" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:183 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "비서" #. Web fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:186 msgid "Homepage URL" msgstr "홈페이지 URL" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:187 msgid "Weblog URL" msgstr "웹로그 URL" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:190 msgid "Categories" msgstr "분류" #. Collaboration fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:193 msgid "Calendar URI" msgstr "달력 URI" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:194 msgid "Free/Busy URL" msgstr "약속 있음/없음 URL" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:195 msgid "ICS Calendar" msgstr "ICS 달력" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:196 msgid "Video Conferencing URL" msgstr "화상 회의 URL" #. Misc fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:199 msgid "Spouse's Name" msgstr "배우자 이름" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:200 msgid "Note" msgstr "노트" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:203 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "AIM 집 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:204 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "AIM 집 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:205 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "AIM 집 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:206 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "AIM 직장 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:207 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "AIM 직장 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:208 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "AIM 직장 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:209 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "그룹와이즈 집 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:210 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "그룹와이즈 집 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:211 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "그룹와이즈 집 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:212 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "그룹와이즈 직장 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:213 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "그룹와이즈 직장 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:214 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "그룹와이즈 직장 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:215 msgid "Jabber Home ID 1" msgstr "재버 집 ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:216 msgid "Jabber Home ID 2" msgstr "재버 집 ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:217 msgid "Jabber Home ID 3" msgstr "재버 집 ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:218 msgid "Jabber Work ID 1" msgstr "재버 직장 ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:219 msgid "Jabber Work ID 2" msgstr "재버 직장 ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:220 msgid "Jabber Work ID 3" msgstr "재버 직장 ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:221 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "야후! 집 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:222 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "야후! 집 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:223 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "야후! 집 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:224 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "야후! 직장 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:225 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "야후! 직장 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:226 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "야후! 직장 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:227 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "MSN 집 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:228 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "MSN 집 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:229 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "MSN 집 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:230 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "MSN 직장 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:231 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "MSN 직장 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:232 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "MSN 직장 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:233 msgid "ICQ Home ID 1" msgstr "ICQ 집 ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:234 msgid "ICQ Home ID 2" msgstr "ICQ 집 ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:235 msgid "ICQ Home ID 3" msgstr "ICQ 집 ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:236 msgid "ICQ Work ID 1" msgstr "ICQ 직장 ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:237 msgid "ICQ Work ID 2" msgstr "ICQ 직장 ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:238 msgid "ICQ Work ID 3" msgstr "ICQ 직장 ID 3" #. Last modified time #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:241 msgid "Last Revision" msgstr "마지막 수정" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * virtual field, which returns either name of the contact or the organization #. * name, recognized by multiple other fields, where the first filled is used. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:245 msgid "Name or Org" msgstr "이름 혹은 조직" #. Address fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:248 msgid "Address List" msgstr "주소 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:249 msgid "Home Address" msgstr "집 주소" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:250 msgid "Work Address" msgstr "직장 주소" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:251 msgid "Other Address" msgstr "기타 주소" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:254 msgid "Category List" msgstr "분류 목록" #. Photo/Logo #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:257 msgid "Photo" msgstr "사진" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:258 msgid "Logo" msgstr "로고" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a name #. * of the contact, as specified in http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6350#section-6.2.2 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:262 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:263 msgid "Email List" msgstr "전자메일 목록" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:266 msgid "AIM Screen Name List" msgstr "AIM 대화명 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:267 msgid "GroupWise ID List" msgstr "그룹와이즈 ID 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:268 msgid "Jabber ID List" msgstr "재버 ID 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:269 msgid "Yahoo! Screen Name List" msgstr "야후! 대화명 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:270 msgid "MSN Screen Name List" msgstr "MSN 대화명 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:271 msgid "ICQ ID List" msgstr "ICQ ID 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:273 msgid "Wants HTML Mail" msgstr "HTML 메일 받음" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * field describing whether it's a Contact list (list of email addresses) or a #. * regular contact for one person/organization/... #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:278 msgid "List" msgstr "목록" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a flag #. * used to determine whether when sending to Contact lists the addresses should be #. * shown or not to other recipients - basically whether to use BCC field or CC #. * message header when sending messages to this Contact list. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:283 msgid "List Shows Addresses" msgstr "주소를 보여주는 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:285 msgid "Birth Date" msgstr "생일" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:286 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:887 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "기념일" #. Security fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:289 msgid "X.509 Certificate" msgstr "X.509 인증서" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:291 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 1" msgstr "가두가두 집 ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:292 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 2" msgstr "가두가두 집 ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:293 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 3" msgstr "가두가두 집 ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:294 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 1" msgstr "가두가두 직장 ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:295 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 2" msgstr "가두가두 직장 ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:296 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 3" msgstr "가두가두 직장 ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:297 msgid "Gadu-Gadu ID List" msgstr "가두가두 ID 목록" #. Geo information #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:300 msgid "Geographic Information" msgstr "지리 정보" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:302 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "전화" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:304 msgid "Skype Home Name 1" msgstr "스카이프 집 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:305 msgid "Skype Home Name 2" msgstr "스카이프 집 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:306 msgid "Skype Home Name 3" msgstr "스카잎 집 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:307 msgid "Skype Work Name 1" msgstr "스카이프 직장 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:308 msgid "Skype Work Name 2" msgstr "스카이프 직장 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:309 msgid "Skype Work Name 3" msgstr "스카이프 직장 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:310 msgid "Skype Name List" msgstr "스카이프 대화명 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:312 msgid "SIP address" msgstr "SIP 주소" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:314 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 1" msgstr "구글 토크 집 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:315 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 2" msgstr "구글 토크 집 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:316 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 3" msgstr "구글 토크 집 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:317 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 1" msgstr "구글 토크 직장 대화명 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:318 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 2" msgstr "구글 토크 직장 대화명 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:319 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 3" msgstr "구글 토크 직장 대화명 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:320 msgid "Google Talk Name List" msgstr "구글 토크 대화명 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:322 msgid "Twitter Name List" msgstr "트위터 이름 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:1627 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-destination.c:883 msgid "Unnamed List" msgstr "이름 없는 목록" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:43 msgid "The library was built without phone number support." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:45 msgid "The phone number parser reported an yet unkown error code." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:47 msgid "Not a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:49 msgid "Invalid country calling code" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:51 msgid "" "Remaining text after the country calling code is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:53 msgid "Text is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:55 msgid "Text is too long for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:749 #, c-format msgid "Unknown book property '%s'" msgstr "알 수 없는 주소록 속성 '%s'" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of book property '%s'" msgstr "주소록 속성 '%s'의 값을 바꿀 수 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1099 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1274 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1522 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1704 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Error introspecting unknown summary field '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1295 msgid "Error parsing regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1340 #: ../camel/camel-db.c:544 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient memory" msgstr "메모리 부족" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1473 #, c-format msgid "Invalid contact field '%d' specified in summary" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "" "Contact field '%s' of type '%s' specified in summary, but only boolean, " "string and string list field types are supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2695 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3772 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. vcards cannot be returned." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3898 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3979 #, c-format msgid "Query contained unsupported elements" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3902 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3926 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is " "supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3983 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:358 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:993 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:412 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1299 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:164 #, c-format msgid "Invalid query" msgstr "질의가 잘못되었습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4026 #, c-format msgid "" "Full vcards are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4729 #, c-format msgid "Unable to remove the db file: errno %d" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:342 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:393 msgid "Success" msgstr "성공" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:343 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2303 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:394 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:131 msgid "Backend is busy" msgstr "백엔드가 사용중입니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:344 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:395 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:141 msgid "Repository offline" msgstr "저장고가 연결 중지 상태입니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:345 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2317 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:396 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:148 msgid "Permission denied" msgstr "권한이 거부되었습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:348 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:401 msgid "Authentication Failed" msgstr "인증이 실패했습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:349 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:402 msgid "Authentication Required" msgstr "인증이 필요합니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:350 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:403 msgid "Unsupported field" msgstr "지원하지 않는 필드" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:351 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:405 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:156 msgid "Unsupported authentication method" msgstr "인증 방법을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:352 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:406 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:158 msgid "TLS not available" msgstr "TLS를 사용할 수 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:353 msgid "Address book does not exist" msgstr "주소록 폴더가 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:354 msgid "Book removed" msgstr "주소록 제거" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:355 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:409 msgid "Not available in offline mode" msgstr "연결 중지 모드에서는 사용할 수 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:356 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:410 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:160 msgid "Search size limit exceeded" msgstr "검색 크기 제한을 넘어갔습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:357 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:411 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:162 msgid "Search time limit exceeded" msgstr "검색 제한 시간을 넘어갔습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:359 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:413 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:166 msgid "Query refused" msgstr "질의가 거부되었습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:360 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:414 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:152 msgid "Could not cancel" msgstr "취소할 수 없습니다" #. { E_DATA_BOOK_STATUS_OTHER_ERROR, N_("Other error") }, #. { OtherError, N_("Other error") }, #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:362 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:416 msgid "Invalid server version" msgstr "서버 버전이 잘못되었습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:364 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2301 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:417 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:129 msgid "Invalid argument" msgstr "인자가 잘못되었습니다" #. Translators: The string for NOT_SUPPORTED error #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:366 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1060 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1428 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1908 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2340 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:419 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:154 #, c-format msgid "Not supported" msgstr "지원되지 않습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:367 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:420 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:172 msgid "Backend is not opened yet" msgstr "백엔드를 아직 열지 않았습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:368 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:174 msgid "Object is out of sync" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:376 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:428 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:170 msgid "Other error" msgstr "기타 오류" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1018 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1324 msgid "Invalid query: " msgstr "질의가 잘못되었습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1070 msgid "Cannot open book: " msgstr "주소록을 열 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1107 msgid "Cannot refresh address book: " msgstr "주소록을 새로 고칠 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1138 msgid "Cannot get contact: " msgstr "연락처를 얻을 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1176 msgid "Cannot get contact list: " msgstr "연락처 목록을 얻을 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1228 msgid "Cannot get contact list uids: " msgstr "연락처를 목록 UID를 가져올 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1275 msgid "Cannot add contact: " msgstr "연락처를 추가할 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1324 msgid "Cannot modify contacts: " msgstr "연락처를 수정할 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1366 msgid "Cannot remove contacts: " msgstr "연락처를 제거할 수 없습니다: " #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:273 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:276 #, c-format msgid "No backend name in source '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 소스에 백엔드 이름이 없습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:324 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Missing source UID" msgstr "원본 UID가 빠졌습니다" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:335 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:340 #, c-format msgid "No such source for UID '%s'" msgstr "'%s' UID에 대한 원본이 없습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:574 #, c-format msgid "Server is unreachable (%s)" msgstr "서버에 접근할 수 없습니다 (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to a server using SSL: %s" msgstr "SSL을 사용하여 서버에 연결하는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:616 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected HTTP status code %d returned (%s)" msgstr "예기치 않은 HTTP 상태 코드 %d번을 리턴했습니다 (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:635 msgid "CalDAV backend is not loaded yet" msgstr "CalDAV 백엔드를 아직 불러오지 않았습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:1072 msgid "Invalid Redirect URL" msgstr "잘못된 경로 재지정 URL 입니다" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2563 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2955 #, c-format msgid "" "Server is unreachable, calendar is opened in read-only mode.\n" "Error message: %s" msgstr "" "서버에 접근할 수 없습니다. 달력을 읽기 전용 모드로 엽니다.\n" "오류 메시지: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2907 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create local cache folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 로컬 캐시 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:3995 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk additions" msgstr "CalDAV가 대량 추가를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4098 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "CalDAV가 대량 수정을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4274 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk removals" msgstr "CalDAV가 대량 제거를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4941 msgid "Calendar doesn't support Free/Busy" msgstr "달력이 약속 있음/없음을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4950 msgid "Schedule outbox url not found" msgstr "스케듈 outbox URL을 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5047 msgid "Unexpected result in schedule-response" msgstr "schedule-response에 예상치 못한 결과가 있습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:889 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "생일" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:925 #, c-format msgid "Birthday: %s" msgstr "생일: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:956 #, c-format msgid "Anniversary: %s" msgstr "기념일: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:245 msgid "Cannot save calendar data: Malformed URI." msgstr "달력 데이터를 저장할 수 없습니다. URI 형식이 틀렸습니다." #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:252 #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:258 msgid "Cannot save calendar data" msgstr "달력 데이터를 저장할 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Malformed URI: %s" msgstr "잘못 구성된 URI: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:570 #, c-format msgid "Redirected to Invalid URI" msgstr "잘못된 URI로 리다이렉트했습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Bad file format." msgstr "파일 형식이 틀렸습니다." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:623 #, c-format msgid "Not a calendar." msgstr "달력이 아닙니다." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:927 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:494 msgid "Could not create cache file" msgstr "캐시 파일을 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:170 msgid "Could not retrieve weather data" msgstr "달력 데이터를 가져올 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:281 msgid "Weather: Fog" msgstr "날씨: 안개" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:282 msgid "Weather: Cloudy Night" msgstr "날씨: 밤하늘 구름" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:283 msgid "Weather: Cloudy" msgstr "날씨: 구름" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:284 msgid "Weather: Overcast" msgstr "날씨: 흐림" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:285 msgid "Weather: Showers" msgstr "날씨: 소나기" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:286 msgid "Weather: Snow" msgstr "날씨: 눈" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:287 msgid "Weather: Clear Night" msgstr "날씨: 밤하늘 맑음" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:288 msgid "Weather: Sunny" msgstr "날씨: 해" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:289 msgid "Weather: Thunderstorms" msgstr "날씨: 뇌우" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:410 msgid "Forecast" msgstr "예보" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2305 msgid "Repository is offline" msgstr "저장고가 연결 중지 상태입니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2307 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:255 msgid "No such calendar" msgstr "그런 달력이 없습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2309 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:257 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:398 msgid "Object not found" msgstr "오브젝트를 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2311 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:259 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:399 msgid "Invalid object" msgstr "오브젝트가 잘못되었습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2313 msgid "URI not loaded" msgstr "URI를 읽어들이지 못했습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2315 msgid "URI already loaded" msgstr "URI를 이미 읽어들였습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2319 msgid "Unknown User" msgstr "알 수 없는 사용자" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2321 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:263 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:400 msgid "Object ID already exists" msgstr "오브젝트 ID가 이미 있습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2323 msgid "Protocol not supported" msgstr "프로토콜이 지원되지 않습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2325 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "작업을 취소했습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2327 msgid "Could not cancel operation" msgstr "작업을 취소할 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2329 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:137 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "인증이 실패했습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2331 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:911 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:139 msgid "Authentication required" msgstr "인증이 필요합니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2333 msgid "A D-Bus exception has occurred" msgstr "D-BUS 예외가 발생했습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2337 msgid "No error" msgstr "오류 없음" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:261 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:408 msgid "Unknown user" msgstr "알 수 없는 사용자" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:265 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:397 msgid "Invalid range" msgstr "범위가 잘못되었습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Unknown calendar property '%s'" msgstr "알 수 없는 달력 속성 '%s'" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:943 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of calendar property '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 달력 속성의 값을 바꿀 수 없습니다" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-component.c:1340 msgid "Untitled appointment" msgstr "제목없는 약속" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4038 msgid "1st" msgstr "1일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4039 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4040 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4041 msgid "4th" msgstr "4일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4042 msgid "5th" msgstr "5일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4043 msgid "6th" msgstr "6일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4044 msgid "7th" msgstr "7일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4045 msgid "8th" msgstr "8일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4046 msgid "9th" msgstr "9일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4047 msgid "10th" msgstr "10일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4048 msgid "11th" msgstr "11일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4049 msgid "12th" msgstr "12일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4050 msgid "13th" msgstr "13일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4051 msgid "14th" msgstr "14일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4052 msgid "15th" msgstr "15일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4053 msgid "16th" msgstr "16일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4054 msgid "17th" msgstr "17일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4055 msgid "18th" msgstr "18일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4056 msgid "19th" msgstr "19일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4057 msgid "20th" msgstr "20일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4058 msgid "21st" msgstr "21일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4059 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4060 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4061 msgid "24th" msgstr "24일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4062 msgid "25th" msgstr "25일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4063 msgid "26th" msgstr "26일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4064 msgid "27th" msgstr "27일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4065 msgid "28th" msgstr "28일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4066 msgid "29th" msgstr "29일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4067 msgid "30th" msgstr "30일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4068 msgid "31st" msgstr "31일" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:707 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:734 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "High" msgstr "높음" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:709 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:736 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Normal" msgstr "보통" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:711 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:738 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Low" msgstr "낮음" #. An empty string is the same as 'None'. #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:732 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "정의안됨" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:78 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1056 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1365 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1492 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1541 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects one argument" msgstr "\"%s\"에는 한 개의 인자가 필요합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:85 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:667 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1372 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1380 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\"의 첫번째 인자가 문자열이어야 합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:160 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two or three arguments" msgstr "\"%s\"에는 두 개 또는 세 개 인자가 필요합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:167 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:256 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:318 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:817 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1063 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1441 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1499 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a time_t" msgstr "\"%s\"의 첫번째 인자가 time_t 값이어야 합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:176 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:264 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:328 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:826 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a time_t" msgstr "\"%s\"의 두번째 인자가 time_t여야 합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:186 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the third argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\"의 세번째 인자가 문자열이어야 합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects none or two arguments" msgstr "\"%s\"에는 인자가 없거나 두 개의 인자가 필요합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:311 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:660 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:810 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1434 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two arguments" msgstr "\"%s\"에는 두 개의 인자가 필요합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:596 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:619 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:742 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:774 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:981 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1014 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1326 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects no arguments" msgstr "\"%s\"에는 인자가 필요 없습니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:676 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\"의 두번째 인자가 문자열이어야 합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:707 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organizer\", or " "\"classification\"" msgstr "" "\"%s\"의 첫번째 인자가 \"any\", \"summary\", \"description\", \"location\", " "\"attendee\", \"organizer\", \"classification\" 중의 하나여야 합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:878 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects at least one argument" msgstr "\"%s\"에는 최소한 한 개의 인자가 필요합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:893 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects all arguments to be strings or one and only one argument to " "be a boolean false (#f)" msgstr "\"%s\"의 모든 인자가 문자열이거나, 아니면 인자가 한 개이고 불리언 거짓 (#f) 값이어야 합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1389 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be an ISO 8601 date/time string" msgstr "\"%s\"의 첫번째 인자가 ISO 8601 날짜/시각 문자열이어야 합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1450 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be an integer" msgstr "\"%s\"의 두번째 인자가 정수 값이어야 합니다" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:404 msgid "Unsupported method" msgstr "지원하지 않는 방법" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:407 msgid "Calendar does not exist" msgstr "달력이 없습니다" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1495 msgid "Cannot open calendar: " msgstr "달력을 열 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1532 msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: " msgstr "달력을 새로 고칠 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1573 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object path: " msgstr "달력 객체 경로를 가져올 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1625 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object list: " msgstr "달력 객체 목록을 가져올 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1676 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar free/busy list: " msgstr "달력 약속 있음/없음을 가져올 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1719 msgid "Cannot create calendar object: " msgstr "달력 객체를 만들 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1787 msgid "Cannot modify calendar object: " msgstr "달력 객체를 바꿀 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1865 msgid "Cannot remove calendar object: " msgstr "달력 객체를 제거할 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1951 msgid "Cannot receive calendar objects: " msgstr "달력 객체를 받을 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1994 msgid "Cannot send calendar objects: " msgstr "달력 객체를 보낼 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2046 msgid "Could not retrieve attachment uris: " msgstr "첨부 URI를 가져올 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2091 msgid "Could not discard reminder: " msgstr "알림을 버릴 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2132 msgid "Could not retrieve calendar time zone: " msgstr "달력 표준 시간대를 가져올 수 없습니다: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2172 msgid "Could not add calendar time zone: " msgstr "달력 표준 시간대를 추가할 수 없습니다: " #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Signing is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "이 암호 방식은 서명을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Verifying is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "이 암호 방식은 서명 확인을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Encryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "이 암호 방식은 암호화를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:251 #, c-format msgid "Decryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "이 암호 방식은 암호화 해독을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:264 #, c-format msgid "You may not import keys with this cipher" msgstr "이 암호 방식에서는 키를 가져올 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:278 #, c-format msgid "You may not export keys with this cipher" msgstr "이 암호 방식에서는 키를 내보낼 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:819 msgid "Signing message" msgstr "메시지 서명" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1060 msgid "Encrypting message" msgstr "메시지 암호화" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1187 msgid "Decrypting message" msgstr "메시지 암호화 해제" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create cache path" msgstr "캐시 경로를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:442 msgid "Empty cache file" msgstr "캐시 파일 비우기" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:511 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove cache entry: %s: %s" msgstr "캐시 항목을 지울 수 없습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:207 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not write log entry: %s\n" "Further operations on this server will not be replayed when you\n" "reconnect to the network." msgstr "" "로그 항목을 쓸 수 없습니다: %s\n" "이 서버에 대해 향후 작업은 네트워크에 다시 연결했을 때\n" "다시 수행됩니다." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:279 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized." msgstr "" "'%s'을(를) 열 수 없습니다:\n" "%s\n" "이 폴더에 바뀐 사항을 동기화하지 않습니다." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:326 msgid "Resynchronizing with server" msgstr "서버와 다시 동기화하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:76 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:93 msgid "Downloading new messages for offline mode" msgstr "연결 중지 모드를 위한 새 메시지를 다운로드하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:422 #, c-format msgid "Preparing folder '%s' for offline" msgstr "연결 중지 모드를 위한 '%s' 폴더를 준비하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:489 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:336 msgid "Copy folder content locally for _offline operation" msgstr "오프라인 작업을 위해 폴더 내용을 로컬에 복사(_O)" #: ../camel/camel-disco-store.c:518 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:618 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:2242 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:596 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:746 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:987 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1216 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:291 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:519 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:567 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:1063 #, c-format msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation" msgstr "이 작업을 마치려면 온라인으로 실행해야 합니다" #: ../camel/camel-file-utils.c:732 #, c-format msgid "Canceled" msgstr "취소함" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:916 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:797 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create child process '%s': %s" msgstr "하위 프로세스 '%s' 프로세스를 만드는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:964 #, c-format msgid "Invalid message stream received from %s: %s" msgstr "%s에서 잘못된 메시지 스트림을 받았습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1171 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1180 msgid "Syncing folders" msgstr "폴더 동기중" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1278 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "필터 분석 중 오류: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1289 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "필터 실행 중 오류: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1385 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open spool folder" msgstr "메일 모음 폴더를 열 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "Unable to process spool folder" msgstr "메일 모음 폴더를 진행할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d (%d%%)" msgstr "메시지 %d개(%d%%)를 가져오는 중" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1429 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1451 #, c-format msgid "Failed on message %d" msgstr "메시지 %d개에서 실패" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1470 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1584 msgid "Syncing folder" msgstr "폴더 동기화" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1475 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1592 msgid "Complete" msgstr "완료" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1538 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d of %d" msgstr "%2$d개 중에서 메시지 %1$d 가져오는 중" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1556 #, c-format msgid "Failed at message %d of %d" msgstr "%2$d개 중에서 메시지 %1$d에서 실패" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1752 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1779 #, c-format msgid "Execution of filter '%s' failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1769 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1788 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:138 msgid "Failed to retrieve message" msgstr "메시지를 가져오는데 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:537 msgid "Invalid arguments to (system-flag)" msgstr "(system-flag)에 잘못된 인자" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:555 msgid "Invalid arguments to (user-tag)" msgstr "(user-flag)에 잘못된 인자" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1046 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1055 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter search: %s: %s" msgstr "필터 검색 실행 중 오류: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Learning new spam message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new spam messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "'%s'에 있는 정크 메시지를 검사하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Learning new ham message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new ham messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "'%s'에 있는 정상 메시지를 검사하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Filtering new message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Filtering new messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "'%s'에 있는 새 메시지를 필터링하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1009 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:321 msgid "Moving messages" msgstr "메시지 옮기는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1012 msgid "Copying messages" msgstr "메시지 복사하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Quota information not supported for folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 폴더에 대해 용량 제한 정보를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3578 #, c-format msgid "Expunging folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 삭제하는 중" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3810 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s' in %s" msgstr "%2$s 안에 '%1$s' 메시지를 가져오는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3965 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving quota information for '%s'" msgstr "'%s'에 대한 용량 제한 정보를 가져오는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:4205 #, c-format msgid "Refreshing folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 새로 고치는 중" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:888 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:931 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a single bool result" msgstr "(%s)은(는) 한 개의 불리언 결과가 필요합니다" #. Translators: Each '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:966 #, c-format msgid "(%s) not allowed inside %s" msgstr "(%s)은(는) %s 안에서 쓸 수 없습니다" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:973 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:981 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a match type string" msgstr "(%s)은(는) match 타입의 문자열이 필요합니다." #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "(%s) expects an array result" msgstr "(%s)은(는) 한 개의 배열 결과가 필요합니다" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1019 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires the folder set" msgstr "(%s)은(는) 폴더 집합이 필요합니다" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1932 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2098 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot parse search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "검색 표현식을 해석할 수 없음: %s:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1944 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2110 #, c-format msgid "" "Error executing search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "검색을 수행하는 중 오류: %s:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:730 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1398 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute gpg: %s" msgstr "gpg 실행에 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:914 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:800 #, c-format msgid "" "Unexpected GnuPG status message encountered:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "예기치 않은 GnuPG 상태 메시지가 나왔습니다:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:836 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg userid hint." msgstr "gpg userid 힌트를 파싱하는데 실패했습니다." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:861 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:876 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg passphrase request." msgstr "gpg 암호 요청을 파싱하는데 실패했습니다." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:897 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a PIN to unlock the key for your\n" "SmartCard: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "스마트카드에서 키를 열려면 PIN이 필요합니다:\n" "\"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:901 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a passphrase to unlock the key for\n" "user: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "다음 사용자에 대한 키를 열려면 암호가 필요합니다:\n" "\"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected request from GnuPG for '%s'" msgstr "'%s'에 대해 GnuPG로부터 예상치 못한 요청" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:919 msgid "" "Note the encrypted content doesn't contain information about a recipient, " "thus there will be a password prompt for each of stored private key." msgstr "암호화된 내용 안에는 수신자에 대한 정보가 들어 있지 않습니다. 그러므로 저장된 개인 키 하나하나에 대해 암호를 묻습니다." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:950 ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:524 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:268 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:402 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:150 #, c-format msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "취소함" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:971 #, c-format msgid "Failed to unlock secret key: 3 bad passphrases given." msgstr "비밀 키를 여는데 실패했습니다: 암호가 3번 틀렸습니다." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:984 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected response from GnuPG: %s" msgstr "GnuPG로부터 예상치못한 답변: %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to encrypt: No valid recipients specified." msgstr "암호화하는데 실패했습니다: 받는 사람이 올바르게 지정되지 않았습니다." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1665 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:846 msgid "Could not generate signing data: " msgstr "서명 데이터를 만들 수 없습니다: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1715 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1923 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2033 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2184 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2284 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2332 msgid "Failed to execute gpg." msgstr "GPG 실행에 실패했습니다." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1794 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1802 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1810 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1830 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:973 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:987 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Cannot verify message signature: Incorrect message format" msgstr "메시지 서명을 확인할 수 없습니다: 메시지 형식이 틀렸습니다" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1876 msgid "Cannot verify message signature: " msgstr "메시지 서명을 확인할 수 없습니다: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1999 msgid "Could not generate encrypting data: " msgstr "암호화 데이터를 만들 수 없습니다: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2052 msgid "This is a digitally encrypted message part" msgstr "디지탈 암호화된 메시지 부분입니다" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2110 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2119 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2142 #, c-format msgid "Cannot decrypt message: Incorrect message format" msgstr "메시지의 암호화를 풀 수 없습니다: 메시지 형식이 틀렸습니다" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2130 #, c-format msgid "Failed to decrypt MIME part: protocol error" msgstr "MIME 부분을 암호화 해독하는데 실패했습니다: 프로토콜 오류" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2225 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1287 msgid "Encrypted content" msgstr "암호화된 내용" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:643 #, c-format msgid "No quota information available for folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:727 ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:801 #, c-format msgid "No destination folder specified" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:747 msgid "Unable to move junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:821 msgid "Unable to move deleted messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1008 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:800 msgid "Apply message _filters to this folder" msgstr "이 폴더에 메시지 필터 적용(_F)" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1114 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder summary for %s" msgstr "%s에 대한 폴더 요약을 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1123 #, c-format msgid "Could not create cache for %s: " msgstr "%s에 대한 캐시를 만들 수 없습니다: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1333 msgid "Server disconnected" msgstr "서버 연결이 끊겼습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1772 msgid "Error writing to cache stream" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:2457 #, c-format msgid "" "Alert from IMAP server %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3053 #, c-format msgid "Not authenticated" msgstr "인증하지 않았습니다" # IMAP 동작 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3131 msgid "Error performing IDLE" msgstr "IDLE 수행하는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4030 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "보안 모드로 IMAP 서버 %s에 연결하는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4031 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:203 msgid "STARTTLS not supported" msgstr "STARTLS를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4072 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "보안 모드로 IMAP 서버 %s에 연결하는데 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4150 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "%s IMAP 서버는 %s 인증 방법을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4161 ../camel/camel-session.c:494 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:303 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:748 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No support for %s authentication" msgstr "%s 인증을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4180 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:409 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:595 msgid "Cannot authenticate without a username" msgstr "사용자 이름 없이 인증할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4189 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:604 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:669 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:690 msgid "Authentication password not available" msgstr "인증 암호가 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4402 msgid "Error fetching message" msgstr "메시지 가져오는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4451 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4458 msgid "Failed to close the tmp stream" msgstr "tmp 스트림을 닫는데 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4487 msgid "Failed to copy the tmp file" msgstr "tmp 파일을 복사하는데 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4612 msgid "Error moving messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4616 msgid "Error copying messages" msgstr "메시지 복사하는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4783 msgid "Error appending message" msgstr "메시지 덧붙이는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4980 msgid "Error fetching message headers" msgstr "메시지 헤더를 가져오는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5143 msgid "Error retrieving message" msgstr "메시지를 가져오는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5274 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5495 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in '%s'" msgstr "'%s'에서 새 메시지 요약 정보를 가져오는 중" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5334 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for changed messages in '%s'" msgstr "'%s'에서 바뀐 메시지 검색중" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5389 msgid "Error fetching new messages" msgstr "새 메시지를 가져오는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5601 msgid "Error while fetching messages" msgstr "메시지를 가져오는 중에 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5609 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5642 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for %d message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Fetching summary information for %d messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "'%2$s'에서 %1$d개의 메시지에 대한 요약 정보 가져오는 중" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5776 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5806 msgid "Error refreshing folder" msgstr "폴더를 새로 고치는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5928 msgid "Error expunging message" msgstr "메시지를 완전히 삭제하는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6036 msgid "Error fetching folders" msgstr "폴더를 가져오는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6119 msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgstr "폴더에 구독하는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6181 msgid "Error creating folder" msgstr "폴더를 만드는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6234 msgid "Error deleting folder" msgstr "폴더를 삭제하는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6305 msgid "Error renaming folder" msgstr "폴더의 이름을 바꾸는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6379 msgid "Error retrieving quota information" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6437 msgid "Search failed" msgstr "" # IMAP 동작 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6499 msgid "Error performing NOOP" msgstr "NOOP 수행하는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6607 msgid "Error syncing changes" msgstr "바뀐 내용을 동기화하는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6912 msgid "Lost connection to IMAP server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7359 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message with message ID %s: %s" msgstr "메시지 ID가 %s인 메시지를 얻을 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7360 msgid "No such message available." msgstr "그런 메시지가 없습니다." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7521 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7536 msgid "Cannot create spool file: " msgstr "메일 모음 파일을 만들 수 없습니다: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:8276 msgid "IMAP server does not support quotas" msgstr "" #. create a dummy "." parent inbox, use to scan, then put back at the top level #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:203 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1143 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:473 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:316 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:752 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:758 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:842 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:395 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "받은 편지함" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:487 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s" msgstr "IMAP 서버 %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:490 #, c-format msgid "IMAP service for %s on %s" msgstr "IMAP 서비스(사용자: %s, 위치: %s)" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:591 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:95 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:83 msgid "Password" msgstr "암호" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:593 msgid "" "This option will connect to the IMAP server using a plaintext password." msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 일반 텍스트 암호를 이용해 IMAP 서버에 연결합니다." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:687 #, c-format msgid "No such folder %s" msgstr "%s 폴더가 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1413 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving folder list for %s" msgstr "'%s'에 대한 폴더 목록을 가져오는 중" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1783 #, c-format msgid "" "The folder name \"%s\" is invalid because it contains the character \"%c\"" msgstr "폴더 이름 \"%s\"이(가) 올바르지 않습니다. \"%c\" 문자가 들어 있어 있습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1794 #, c-format msgid "Unknown parent folder: %s" msgstr "상위 폴더를 알 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1804 #, c-format msgid "The parent folder is not allowed to contain subfolders" msgstr "해당 상위 폴더에는 하위 폴더를 포함할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Source stream returned no data" msgstr "원본 스트림이 데이터를 리턴하지 않았습니다" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:107 #, c-format msgid "Source stream unavailable" msgstr "서비스 스트림을 사용할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:168 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Could not create lock file for %s: %s" msgstr "%s용 잠금파일을 만들 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:149 #, c-format msgid "Timed out trying to get lock file on %s. Try again later." msgstr "%s의 잠금 파일을 가져오는데 제한 시간이 넘었습니다. 나중에 다시 시도합니다." #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using fcntl(2): %s" msgstr "fcntl(2)로 파일 잠금을 얻어오는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using flock(2): %s" msgstr "flock(2)으로 파일 잠금을 얻어오는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Cannot build locking helper pipe: %s" msgstr "잠금 도우미 프로그램의 파이프를 만들 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Cannot fork locking helper: %s" msgstr "잠금 도우미 프로그램을 실행할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:211 ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:239 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s': protocol error with lock-helper" msgstr "'%s'을(를) 잠글 수 없습니다: lock-helper에 프로토콜 오류가 발생했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:227 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s'" msgstr "'%s'을(를) 잠글 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:105 #, c-format msgid "Could not check mail file %s: %s" msgstr "메일 파일 %s을(를) 검사할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Could not open mail file %s: %s" msgstr "메일 파일 %s을(를) 열 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:129 #, c-format msgid "Could not open temporary mail file %s: %s" msgstr "임시 메일 파일 %s을(를) 열 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:159 #, c-format msgid "Failed to store mail in temp file %s: %s" msgstr "임시 파일 %s에 메일을 저장하는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe: %s" msgstr "파이프를 만들 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:207 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork: %s" msgstr "fork할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:245 #, c-format msgid "Movemail program failed: %s" msgstr "movemail 프로그램이 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:246 msgid "(Unknown error)" msgstr "(알 수 없는 오류)" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Error reading mail file: %s" msgstr "메일 파일을 읽는 중 오류 발생: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Error writing mail temp file: %s" msgstr "메일 임시파일을 쓰는 중 오류발생: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:493 ../camel/camel-movemail.c:562 #, c-format msgid "Error copying mail temp file: %s" msgstr "메일 임시파일을 복사하는 중 오류발생: %s" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:297 #, c-format msgid "No content available" msgstr "내용이 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:305 #, c-format msgid "No signature available" msgstr "서명이 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:689 #, c-format msgid "parse error" msgstr "파싱 오류" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:704 #, c-format msgid "Resolving: %s" msgstr "호스트 찾는 중입니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:727 msgid "Host lookup failed" msgstr "호스트 이름 찾기가 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:737 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:858 msgid "Resolving address" msgstr "주소 찾는 중" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:879 msgid "Name lookup failed" msgstr "이름 찾기 실패" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:886 msgid "Name lookup failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:890 #, c-format msgid "Name lookup failed: %s" msgstr "이름 찾기 실패: %s" #: ../camel/camel-network-service.c:354 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to '%s:%s': " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Syncing messages in folder '%s' to disk" msgstr "'%s' 폴더의 메시지를 디스크와 동기화하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:58 msgid "Virtual folder email provider" msgstr "가상 폴더 전자메일 제공 프로그램" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:60 msgid "For reading mail as a query of another set of folders" msgstr "다른 여러 메일 폴더의 질의 결과물을 읽기" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:263 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: Module loading not supported on this system." msgstr "%s을(를) 읽어들일 수 없습니다: 이 시스템에는 모듈 로드가 지원되지 않습니다." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:272 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: %s" msgstr "%s을(를) 읽어들일 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: No initialization code in module." msgstr "%s을(를) 읽어들일 수 없습니다: 모듈에 초기화 코드가 없습니다." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:429 ../camel/camel-session.c:406 #, c-format msgid "No provider available for protocol '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 프로토콜의 제공 프로그램이 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:35 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:85 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "익명" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:37 msgid "This option will connect to the server using an anonymous login." msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 익명 로그인을 사용해 서버에 연결합니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Authentication failed." msgstr "인증 실패." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:81 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid email address trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "전자메일 주소 추적 정보가 잘못되었습니다:\n" "%s" # opaque? #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid opaque trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "불투명 추적 정보가 잘못되었습니다:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "추적 정보가 잘못되었습니다:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:46 msgid "CRAM-MD5" msgstr "CRAM-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:48 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure CRAM-MD5 password, if " "the server supports it." msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 서버에서 지원하는 경우 보안용 CRAM-MD5 암호를 사용해 서버에 연결합니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:59 msgid "DIGEST-MD5" msgstr "DIGEST-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:61 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure DIGEST-MD5 password, " "if the server supports it." msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 서버에서 지원하는 경우 보안용 DIGEST-MD5 암호를 사용해 서버에 연결합니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge too long (>2048 octets)" msgstr "서버 챌린지가 너무 깁니다(2048 바이트보다 큼)" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:866 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge invalid\n" msgstr "서버 챌린지가 잘못되었습니다\n" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:874 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge contained invalid \"Quality of Protection\" token" msgstr "서버 챌린지에 잘못된 \"보호 품질\" 토큰이 들어 있습니다" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Server response did not contain authorization data" msgstr "서버 응답에 인증 데이터가 들어 있지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Server response contained incomplete authorization data" msgstr "서버 응답에 불완전한 인증 데이터가 들어 있습니다" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Server response does not match" msgstr "서버 응답이 일치하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:91 msgid "GSSAPI" msgstr "GSSAPI" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:93 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using Kerberos 5 authentication." msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 Kerberos 5 인증을 사용해 서버에 연결합니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:134 msgid "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognized by the implementation." msgstr "지정한 방식은 제공한 증명서가 지원하지 않습니다. 혹은 현재 구현해 놓은 것에서 인식할 수 없습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:139 msgid "The provided target_name parameter was ill-formed." msgstr "제공된 target_name 매개변수의 형식이 틀렸습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:142 msgid "" "The provided target_name parameter contained an invalid or unsupported type " "of name." msgstr "제공된 target_name 매개변수에 잘못되었거나 지원하지 않은 종류의 이름이 들어 있습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:146 msgid "" "The input_token contains different channel bindings to those specified via " "the input_chan_bindings parameter." msgstr "input_chan_bindings 인수를 통해 지정된 것과 다른 채널 바인딩이 input_token에 들어 있습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:151 msgid "" "The input_token contains an invalid signature, or a signature that could not " "be verified." msgstr "input_token에 잘못된 서명 혹은 확인할 수 없는 서명이 들어 있습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:155 msgid "" "The supplied credentials were not valid for context initiation, or the " "credential handle did not reference any credentials." msgstr "제공된 증명서가 컨텍스트 초기화에 올바르지 않거나, 증명서 핸들이 어떤 증명서도 참조하지 않습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:160 msgid "The supplied context handle did not refer to a valid context." msgstr "제공된 컨텍스트 핸들이 올바른 컨텍스트를 참조하지 않습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:163 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the input_token failed." msgstr "input_token에 수행한 일관성 검사가 실패했습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:166 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the credential failed." msgstr "credential에 수행한 일관성 검사가 실패했습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:169 msgid "The referenced credentials have expired." msgstr "참조한 증명서가 만료된 증명서입니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:175 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:340 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:388 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:405 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:612 #, c-format msgid "Bad authentication response from server." msgstr "서버에서 보낸 인증 응답이 틀렸습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:417 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported security layer." msgstr "보안 레이어를 지원하지 않습니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:40 msgid "Login" msgstr "로그인" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:42 ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:46 msgid "This option will connect to the server using a simple password." msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 단순히 일반 암호를 사용해 서버에 연결합니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:110 #, c-format msgid "Unknown authentication state." msgstr "알 수 없는 인증 상태." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:48 msgid "NTLM / SPA" msgstr "NTLM / SPA" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:50 msgid "" "This option will connect to a Windows-based server using NTLM / Secure " "Password Authentication." msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 NTLM / 보안 암호 인증을 Windows 기반의 서버에 연결합니다." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:44 msgid "PLAIN" msgstr "일반 텍스트" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:46 msgid "POP before SMTP" msgstr "POP을 SMTP보다 먼저" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:48 msgid "This option will authorise a POP connection before attempting SMTP" msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 SMTP 연결하기 전에 POP 연결을 인증합니다" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:84 msgid "POP Source UID" msgstr "POP 원본 UID" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:98 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication using an unknown transport" msgstr "알 수 없는 전송 경로를 사용해 SMTP 인증 전에 POP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:110 ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:119 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication attempted with a %s service" msgstr "SMTP 인증 전에 %s 서비스로 POP 시도" #: ../camel/camel-search-private.c:116 #, c-format msgid "Regular expression compilation failed: %s: %s" msgstr "정규식 컴파일이 실패했습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:415 #, c-format msgid "Invalid GType registered for protocol '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 프로토콜에 대해 잘못된 GType을 등록했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:509 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "%s 인증이 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:645 msgid "Forwarding messages is not supported" msgstr "메시지 전달을 지원하지 않습니다" #. Translators: The first argument is the account type #. * (e.g. "IMAP"), the second is the user name, and the #. * third is the host name. #: ../camel/camel-session.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the %s password for %s on host %s." msgstr "사용자이름 %2$s, 호스트 %3$s에 대한 %1$s 암호를 입력하십시오." #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:351 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1074 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find certificate for '%s'" msgstr "'%s'에 대한 인증서를 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:379 msgid "Cannot create CMS message" msgstr "CMS 메시지를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:384 msgid "Cannot create CMS signed data" msgstr "CMS 서명한 데이터를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:390 msgid "Cannot attach CMS signed data" msgstr "CMS 서명한 데이터를 첨부할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:397 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data" msgstr "CMS 데이터를 첨부할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:403 msgid "Cannot create CMS Signer information" msgstr "CMS 서명자 정보를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:409 msgid "Cannot find certificate chain" msgstr "인증서 체인을 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:415 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signing time" msgstr "CMS 서명 시각을 추가할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:439 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Encryption certificate for '%s' does not exist" msgstr "'%s'에 대한 암호화 인증서가 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:461 msgid "Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "SMIMEEncKeyPrefs 속성을 추가할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:466 msgid "Cannot add MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs 속성을 추가할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:471 msgid "Cannot add encryption certificate" msgstr "암호화 인증서를 추가할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:477 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signer information" msgstr "CMS 서명자 정보를 추가할 수 없습니다" #. Translators: A fallback message when couldn't verify an SMIME signature #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:510 msgid "Unverified" msgstr "확인 안 됨" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:512 msgid "Good signature" msgstr "서명이 맞습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:514 msgid "Bad signature" msgstr "서명이 틀립니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:516 msgid "Content tampered with or altered in transit" msgstr "메일 내용이 전송중에 변조되었습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:518 msgid "Signing certificate not found" msgstr "서명 인증서를 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:520 msgid "Signing certificate not trusted" msgstr "서명 인증서를 신뢰할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:522 msgid "Signature algorithm unknown" msgstr "서명 알고리즘을 알 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:524 msgid "Signature algorithm unsupported" msgstr "서명 알고리즘을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:526 msgid "Malformed signature" msgstr "잘못 구성된 서명" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:528 msgid "Processing error" msgstr "처리 오류" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:573 msgid "No signed data in signature" msgstr "서명에 서명한 데이터가 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:578 msgid "Digests missing from enveloped data" msgstr "싸여진 데이터에 요약문이 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:591 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:602 msgid "Cannot calculate digests" msgstr "요약문을 계산할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:609 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:613 msgid "Cannot set message digests" msgstr "메시지 요약문을 설정할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:623 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:628 msgid "Certificate import failed" msgstr "인증서 가져오기가 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:638 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, cannot verify certificates" msgstr "메시지가 인증서밖에 없습니다. 인증서를 확인할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, certificates imported and verified" msgstr "메시지가 인증서밖에 없습니다. 인증서를 가져왔고 확인했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:645 msgid "Cannot find signature digests" msgstr "서명 다이제스트를 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:662 #, c-format msgid "Signer: %s <%s>: %s\n" msgstr "서명자: %s <%s>: %s\n" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:858 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1148 msgid "Cannot create encoder context" msgstr "인코더 컨텍스트를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:864 msgid "Failed to add data to CMS encoder" msgstr "CMS 인코더에 데이터를 추가하는데 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:869 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1165 msgid "Failed to encode data" msgstr "데이터를 인코딩하는데 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1013 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1262 msgid "Decoder failed" msgstr "디코더가 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1082 msgid "Cannot find common bulk encryption algorithm" msgstr "일반 벌크 암호화 알고리즘을 찾을 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1090 msgid "Cannot allocate slot for encryption bulk key" msgstr "암호화 벌크 키에 필요한 슬롯을 할당할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1101 msgid "Cannot create CMS Message" msgstr "CMS 메시지를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1107 msgid "Cannot create CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "CMS 봉인한 데이터를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1113 msgid "Cannot attach CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "CMS 봉인한 데이터를 첨부할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1119 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data object" msgstr "CMS 데이터 오브젝트를 첨부할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1128 msgid "Cannot create CMS Recipient information" msgstr "CMS 받는 사람 정보를 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1133 msgid "Cannot add CMS Recipient information" msgstr "CMS 받는 사람 정보를 추가할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1159 msgid "Failed to add data to encoder" msgstr "데이터를 인코더에 추가하는데 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1269 msgid "S/MIME Decrypt: No encrypted content found" msgstr "S/MIME 암호화 해제: 암호화한 내용이 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1999 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다: 폴더가 이미 있습니다" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2042 #, c-format msgid "Opening folder '%s'" msgstr "폴더 '%s' 여는 중" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2231 #, c-format msgid "Scanning folders in '%s'" msgstr "'%s'의 폴더 검사하는 중" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2259 ../camel/camel-store.c:2304 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:48 msgid "Trash" msgstr "지운 메시지" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2273 ../camel/camel-store.c:2321 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:50 msgid "Junk" msgstr "정크메일" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2774 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: folder exists" msgstr "폴더를 만들 수 없습니다: %s: 폴더가 이미 있습니다" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2788 #, c-format msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 만드는 중" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2906 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:418 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:315 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "폴더를 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s: 잘못된 동작" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:3049 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:469 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:841 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "폴더 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다: %s: 잘못된 동작" #: ../camel/camel-stream-filter.c:346 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelStreamFilter" msgstr "CamelStreamFilter에서는 시작으로 초기화하는 기능만 지원합니다" #: ../camel/camel-stream-null.c:78 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelHttpStream" msgstr "CamelHttpStream에서는 시작으로 초기화하는 기능만 지원합니다" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:275 #, c-format msgid "Connection cancelled" msgstr "연결이 취소됨" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:280 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect with command \"%s\": %s" msgstr "\"%s\" 명령으로 연결할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:395 #, c-format msgid "Subscribing to folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 폴더 구독 신청중" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:527 #, c-format msgid "Unsubscribing from folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 폴더로부터 구독 해지중" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:310 #, c-format msgid "NSPR error code %d" msgstr "NSPR 오류 코드 %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:649 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:662 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS4" msgstr "프록시가 SOCKS4를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:675 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host denied our request: code %d" msgstr "프록시가 요청을 거부했습니다: 코드 %d번" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:773 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:781 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS5" msgstr "프록시가 SOCKS5를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Could not find a suitable authentication type: code 0x%x" msgstr "적절한 인증 방식을 찾을 수 없습니다: 코드 0x%x" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:801 msgid "General SOCKS server failure" msgstr "일반 SOCKS 서버 실패" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:802 msgid "SOCKS server's rules do not allow connection" msgstr "SOCKS 서버 규칙에서 연결을 허용하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:803 msgid "Network is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS 서버에서 네트워크를 접근할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:804 msgid "Host is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS 서버에서 호스트에 접근할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:805 msgid "Connection refused" msgstr "연결이 거부됨" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:806 msgid "Time-to-live expired" msgstr "TTL 만료" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:807 msgid "Command not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "명령을 SOCKS 서버에서 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:808 msgid "Address type not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "주소 형식을 SOCKS 서버에서 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:809 msgid "Unknown error from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS 서버에서 알 수 없는 오류" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:842 #, c-format msgid "Got unknown address type from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS 서버에서 알 수 없는 주소 형식" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:860 #, c-format msgid "Incomplete reply from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS 서버에서 응답이 불완전합니다" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:880 #, c-format msgid "Hostname is too long (maximum is 255 characters)" msgstr "호스트 이름이 너무 깁니다(최대 255 글자)" #. SOCKS5 #. reserved - must be 0 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:912 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:922 #, c-format msgid "Invalid reply from proxy server" msgstr "프로시 서버에서 응답이 올바르지 않습니다" #: ../camel/camel-url.c:331 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse URL '%s'" msgstr "'%s' URL을 파싱할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Updating folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 폴더 업데이트중" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:855 ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:965 #, c-format msgid "Cannot copy or move messages into a Virtual Folder" msgstr "메시지를 가상 폴더에 복사할/옮길 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:888 #, c-format msgid "No such message %s in %s" msgstr "%2$s에 %1$s(이)라는 메시지는 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Error storing '%s': " msgstr "'%s' 저장하는데 오류: " #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:1171 msgid "Automatically _update on change in source folders" msgstr "원본 폴더 내용 바뀔 때 자동으로 업데이트(_U)" #. Translators: 'Unmatched' is a folder name under Search folders where are shown #. * all messages not belonging into any other configured search folder #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:42 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "맞지 않음" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:444 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "폴더를 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s: 그런 폴더가 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "폴더 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다: %s: 그런 폴더가 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:542 msgid "Enable _Unmatched folder" msgstr "일치하지 않는 폴더 활성화(_U)" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:49 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder" msgstr "지운 메시지 폴더로 메시지를 복사할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:51 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Junk folder" msgstr "정크메일 폴더로 메시지를 복사할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:38 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "새 메일 확인" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:40 msgid "C_heck for new messages in all folders" msgstr "모든 폴더에서 새 메시지 확인(_H)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:42 msgid "Ch_eck for new messages in subscribed folders" msgstr "구독한 폴더에서 새 메시지 확인(_E)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:44 msgid "Use _Quick Resync if the server supports it" msgstr "서버가 지원할 경우 빠른 동기화 기능 사용(_Q)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:46 msgid "_Listen for server change notifications" msgstr "서버의 바뀐 내용 알림 받기(_L)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:49 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:46 msgid "Folders" msgstr "폴더" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:51 msgid "_Show only subscribed folders" msgstr "구독하는 폴더만 보이기(_S)" # namespace -> 이름 공간, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:54 msgid "O_verride server-supplied folder namespace" msgstr "서버에서 알려 주는 폴더의 이름 공간을 무시(_V)" # namespace -> 이름 공간, Microsoft Office XP 참고 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:56 msgid "Namespace:" msgstr "이름 공간:" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:59 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:41 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:81 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:101 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:41 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:61 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:43 msgid "Apply _filters to new messages in all folders" msgstr "필터를 모든 폴더의 새 메시지에 적용(_F)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:63 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server" msgstr "이 서버의 받은 편지함에 있는 새 메시지에 필터 적용(_A)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:65 msgid "Check new messages for _Junk contents" msgstr "새로 받은 메시지 내용에 정크메일이 있는지 확인(_J)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:67 msgid "Only check for Junk messages in the IN_BOX folder" msgstr "받은 편지함 폴더에서만 정크메일 확인(_B)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:69 msgid "Automatically synchroni_ze remote mail locally" msgstr "로컬에서 자동으로 원격 메일과 동기화(_Z)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:75 msgid "Default IMAP port" msgstr "IMAP 포트 기본값" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:76 msgid "IMAP over SSL" msgstr "IMAP, SSL 사용" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:83 msgid "IMAP+" msgstr "IMAP+" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:85 msgid "For reading and storing mail on IMAP servers." msgstr "IMAP서버에 메일을 읽고 저장." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:194 #, c-format msgid "~%s (%s)" msgstr "~%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:204 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:213 #, c-format msgid "mailbox: %s (%s)" msgstr "메일함: %s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:222 #, c-format msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:499 msgid "_Index message body data" msgstr "메시지 본문의 데이터를 인덱스로 만들기(_I)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:727 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot get message %s from folder %s\n" "%s" msgstr "" "메시지를 얻을 수 없음: %2$s 폴더에서 %1$s\n" "%3$s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:43 msgid "_Use the '.folders' folder summary file (exmh)" msgstr "'.folders' 폴더 요약 파일 사용(_U) (exmh)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:50 msgid "MH-format mail directories" msgstr "MH-형식 메일 디렉터리" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:51 msgid "For storing local mail in MH-like mail directories." msgstr "MH와 같은 메일 디렉터리로 로컬 메일을 저장하는데 쓰입니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:68 msgid "Local delivery" msgstr "로컬 배달" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:69 msgid "" "For retrieving (moving) local mail from standard mbox-formatted spools into " "folders managed by Evolution." msgstr "표준 mbox 형식의 메일 모음에 들어 있는 로컬 메일을 에볼루션이 관리하는 폴더로 가져올 때(옮길 때) 쓰입니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:83 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:103 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox" msgstr "필터를 받은 편지함의 새 메시지에 적용(_A)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:90 msgid "Maildir-format mail directories" msgstr "maildir-형식 메일 디렉터리" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:91 msgid "For storing local mail in maildir directories." msgstr "maildir 디렉터리의 로컬 메일을 저장할 때 사용됩니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:104 msgid "_Store status headers in Elm/Pine/Mutt format" msgstr "상태 헤더를 ELM/PINE/MUTT 형식으로 저장(_S)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:111 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file" msgstr "표준 유닉스 MBOX 메일 모음 파일" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:112 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:126 msgid "" "For reading and storing local mail in external standard mbox spool files.\n" "May also be used to read a tree of Elm, Pine, or Mutt style folders." msgstr "" "외부 표준 mbox 메일 모음 파일에서 로컬 메일로 읽거나 저장할 때 사용합니다. 또한 Elm, Pine 또는 Mutt방식의 폴더를 읽을 " "때도 쓰입니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:125 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory" msgstr "표준 유닉스 MBOX 메일 모음 디렉터리" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder %s to %s: %s" msgstr "%s 폴더의 이름을 %s(으)로 바꿀 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Local mail file %s" msgstr "로컬 메일 파일 %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:223 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:383 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:581 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:89 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not an absolute path" msgstr "저장고 최상위 폴더 %s 폴더는 절대 경로가 아닙니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not a regular directory" msgstr "저장고 최상위 폴더 %s 폴더는 일반 디렉터리가 아닙니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:244 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:254 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:396 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder: %s: %s" msgstr "폴더를 얻을 수 없습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:291 #, c-format msgid "Local stores do not have an inbox" msgstr "로컬 저장고에 받은 편지함이 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:456 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:748 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder index file '%s': %s" msgstr "폴더 색인 파일 '%s'을(를) 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:484 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:778 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder meta file '%s': %s" msgstr "폴더 메타 파일 '%s'을(를) 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:596 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s'의 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-summary.c:567 #, c-format msgid "Unable to add message to summary: unknown reason" msgstr "메시지를 요약에 추가할 수 없습니다: 알 수 없는 이유" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:100 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:335 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:329 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:159 msgid "No such message" msgstr "그런 메시지 없음" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: " msgstr "메일 폴더에 메시지를 덧붙일 수 없습니다: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:273 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:390 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:171 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s from folder %s: " msgstr "메시지를 얻을 수 없음: %2$s 폴더에서 %1$s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Cannot transfer message to destination folder: %s" msgstr "메시지를 대상 폴더로 옮길 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:125 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:850 #, c-format msgid "Folder %s already exists" msgstr "'%s' 폴더가 이미 있습니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:230 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:261 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:403 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:424 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:245 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:369 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:524 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 얻을 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:251 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:379 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:533 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': folder does not exist." msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 얻을 수 없습니다: 폴더가 없습니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a maildir directory." msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 얻을 수 없습니다: maildir 디렉터리가 아닙니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:442 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:566 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists." msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다: 폴더가 이미 있습니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:347 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:387 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:684 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:349 msgid "not a maildir directory" msgstr "메일폴더 디렉터리가 아닙니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:630 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:1065 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:214 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not scan folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 검사할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:458 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open maildir directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "메일 디렉터리 경로를 열 수 없습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:582 msgid "Checking folder consistency" msgstr "폴더의 일관성을 확인 중입니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:675 msgid "Checking for new messages" msgstr "새 메시지를 확인하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:770 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:450 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:683 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:832 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:141 msgid "Storing folder" msgstr "폴더를 저장하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:187 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open mailbox: %s: " msgstr "메일함을 열 수 없습니다: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:253 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mbox file: %s: " msgstr "메일함에 메시지를 덧붙일 수 없습니다: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:382 msgid "The folder appears to be irrecoverably corrupted." msgstr "폴더가 복구 불능 상태로 손상된 것으로 보입니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:439 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-folder.c:69 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder lock on %s: %s" msgstr "%s의 폴더 잠금을 만들 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:391 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a folder by this name." msgstr "이 이름의 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:435 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a regular file." msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 얻을 수 없습니다: 일반 파일이 아닙니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create directory '%s': %s." msgstr "'%s' 디렉터리를 만들 수 없습니다: %s." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: %s" msgstr "폴더를 만들 수 없습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:619 msgid "Folder already exists" msgstr "폴더가 이미 있습니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:672 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:701 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not delete folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "'%s' 폴더를 삭제할 수 없습니다:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:682 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a regular file." msgstr "'%s'이(가) 일반 파일이 아닙니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' is not empty. Not deleted." msgstr "'%s' 폴더가 비어 있지 않습니다. 삭제하지 않습니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:718 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder summary file '%s': %s" msgstr "폴더 요약 파일 '%s'을(를) 삭제할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:815 #, c-format msgid "The new folder name is illegal." msgstr "새 폴더의 이름이 올바르지 않습니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:831 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s'의 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다: '%s': %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:915 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s' to %s: %s" msgstr "'%s'을(를) %s(으)로 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:460 #, c-format msgid "Could not open folder: %s: %s" msgstr "폴더를 열 수 없습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:522 #, c-format msgid "Fatal mail parser error near position %s in folder %s" msgstr "폴더 %2$s에서 %1$s 위치에 치명적인 메일 파싱 오류 발생" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:607 #, c-format msgid "Cannot check folder: %s: %s" msgstr "폴더를 확인할 수 없습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:696 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Could not open file: %s: %s" msgstr "파일을 열 수 없습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:711 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open temporary mailbox: %s" msgstr "임시 메일함을 열 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:728 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:958 #, c-format msgid "Could not close source folder %s: %s" msgstr "원본 폴더 %s을(를) 닫을 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:741 #, c-format msgid "Could not close temporary folder: %s" msgstr "임시 폴더를 닫을 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:760 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder: %s" msgstr "폴더 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:855 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1124 #, c-format msgid "Could not store folder: %s" msgstr "폴더를 저장할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:894 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "" "MBOX file is corrupted, please fix it. (Expected a From line, but didn't get " "it.)" msgstr "MBOX 파일이 망가졌습니다. 바로잡으십시오. (From 줄이 와야 하지만 없습니다.)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:904 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1176 #, c-format msgid "Summary and folder mismatch, even after a sync" msgstr "요약과 폴더가 동기화 후에도 일치하지 않습니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1069 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgstr "알 수 없는 오류: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1234 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1264 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s" msgstr "임시 메일함에 쓰는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1253 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s: %s" msgstr "임시 메일함에 쓰는데 실패했습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:118 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mh folder: %s: " msgstr "MH 폴더에 메시지를 추가할 수 없습니다: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:559 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a directory." msgstr "'%s' 폴더를 얻을 수 없습니다: 디렉터리가 아닙니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-summary.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open MH directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "MH 디렉터리 경로를 열 수 없습니다: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:97 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' cannot be opened: %s" msgstr "'%s' 메일 모음을 열 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' is not a regular file or directory" msgstr "'%s' 메일 모음이 일반 파일도 아니고 디렉터리도 아닙니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:427 #, c-format msgid "Spool mail file %s" msgstr "메일 모음 메일 파일 %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:431 #, c-format msgid "Spool folder tree %s" msgstr "메일 모음 폴더 트리 %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:434 msgid "Invalid spool" msgstr "메일 모음이 잘못되었습니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s/%s' does not exist." msgstr "'%s/%s' 폴더가 없습니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:507 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "'%s' 폴더를 열 수 없습니다:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:513 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' does not exist." msgstr "'%s' 폴더가 없습니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:521 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not create folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "'%s' 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:534 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a mailbox file." msgstr "'%s' 파일은 메일함 파일이 아닙니다." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:598 #, c-format msgid "Store does not support an INBOX" msgstr "저장고가 받은 편지함을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be deleted" msgstr "메일 모음 폴더를 삭제할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:632 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be renamed" msgstr "메일 모음 폴더의 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:179 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:191 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "임시 폴더 %s과(와) 동기화 할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "메일 모음 폴더 %s과(와) 동기화 할 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" "메일 모음 폴더 %s과(와) 동기화 할 수 없습니다: %s\n" "폴더가 망가졌을 것입니다. '%s'에 사본을 저장합니다" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:287 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:392 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:516 #, c-format msgid "Internal error: UID in invalid format: %s" msgstr "내부 오류: UID 형식이 잘못되었습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:351 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:356 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:698 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1173 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: %s" msgstr "%s 메시지를 얻을 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:363 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:542 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:623 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:688 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:707 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: " msgstr "%s 메시지를 얻을 수 없습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:531 #, c-format msgid "This message is not currently available" msgstr "이 메시지는 현재 보여줄 수가 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:599 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Posting failed: %s" msgstr "게시가 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:670 msgid "Posting failed: " msgstr "게시가 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:695 #, c-format msgid "You cannot post NNTP messages while working offline!" msgstr "연결 중지 모드로 작업하는 중에는 NNTP 메시지를 올릴 수 없습니다!" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:715 #, c-format msgid "You cannot copy messages from a NNTP folder!" msgstr "NNTP 폴더에서 메시지를 복사할 수 없습니다!" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:48 msgid "" "_Show folders in short notation (e.g. c.o.linux rather than comp.os.linux)" msgstr "폴더 이름을 줄인 이름으로 표시(_S) (예를 들어 comp.os.linux를 c.o.linux로)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:51 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "구독 대화 상자에서, 상대 폴더 이름을 표시(_D)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:57 msgid "Default NNTP port" msgstr "NNTP 포트 기본값" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:58 msgid "NNTP over SSL" msgstr "NNTP, SSL 사용" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:64 msgid "USENET news" msgstr "유즈넷 뉴스" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:66 msgid "This is a provider for reading from and posting to USENET newsgroups." msgstr "유즈넷 뉴스그룹의 글을 읽거나 게시할 때 사용되는 제공 프로그램입니다." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:87 msgid "" "This option will connect to the NNTP server anonymously, without " "authentication." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:97 msgid "" "This option will authenticate with the NNTP server using a plaintext " "password." msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 일반 텍스트 암호를 이용해 NNTP 서버에 인증합니다." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:386 #, c-format msgid "Could not read greeting from %s: " msgstr "%s에서 초기 메시지를 읽을 수 없습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:394 #, c-format msgid "NNTP server %s returned error code %d: %s" msgstr "NNTP 서버 %s에서 오류 코드 %d을(를) 리턴했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:555 #, c-format msgid "USENET News via %s" msgstr "%s 서버를 통한 USENET 뉴스" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "" "Error retrieving newsgroups:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "뉴스그룹을 가져오는데 오류가 밝생했습니다:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "You cannot create a folder in a News store: subscribe instead." msgstr "뉴스 저장고에 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다: 대신에 구독하십시오." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1355 #, c-format msgid "You cannot rename a folder in a News store." msgstr "뉴스 저장고의 폴더의 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1378 #, c-format msgid "You cannot remove a folder in a News store: unsubscribe instead." msgstr "뉴스 저장고의 폴더를 제거할 수 없습니다: 대신에 구독 해제하십시오." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1597 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot subscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "No such newsgroup. The selected item is a probably a parent folder." msgstr "" "이 뉴스그룹에 구독할 수 없습니다:\n" "\n" "그런 뉴스그룹이 없습니다. 선택한 항목이 상위 폴더일 것입니다." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1664 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot unsubscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "newsgroup does not exist!" msgstr "" "이 뉴스그룹서 구독을 해제할 수 없습니다:\n" "\n" "뉴스그룹이 없습니다!" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2101 msgid "NNTP Command failed: " msgstr "NNTP 명령이 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2198 #, c-format msgid "Not connected." msgstr "연결되지 않았습니다." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2292 #, c-format msgid "No such folder: %s" msgstr "그런 폴더가 없습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:200 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:339 #, c-format msgid "%s: Scanning new messages" msgstr "%s: 새 메시지를 검사하는 중입니다" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from xover: %s" msgstr "xover에서 예상치 못한 서버 응답: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from head: %s" msgstr "head에서 예상치 못한 서버 응답: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:407 #, c-format msgid "Operation failed: %s" msgstr "작업이 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:509 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:588 #, c-format msgid "No message with UID %s" msgstr "UID %s의 메시지가 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:604 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving POP message %d" msgstr "POP 메시지 %d개를 가져오는 중입니다" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:699 msgid "Unknown reason" msgstr "알 수 없는 이유" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:751 msgid "Retrieving POP summary" msgstr "POP 요약을 가져오는 중입니다" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:812 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:815 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:828 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:855 msgid "Cannot get POP summary: " msgstr "POP 요약을 가져올 수 없습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:966 msgid "Expunging old messages" msgstr "오래 된 메시지를 완전히 삭제합니다" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:992 msgid "Expunging deleted messages" msgstr "삭제한 메시지를 완전히 삭제합니다" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:39 msgid "Message Storage" msgstr "메시지 저장고" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:41 msgid "_Leave messages on server" msgstr "서버에 메시지 남기기(_L)" #. Translators: '%s' is replaced with a widget, where user can #. * select how many days can be message left on the server. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:45 #, c-format msgid "_Delete after %s day(s)" msgstr "%s일 뒤에 삭제(_D)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:47 msgid "Delete _expunged from local Inbox" msgstr "로컬 받은 편지함에서 완전히 삭제(_E)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:49 msgid "Disable _support for all POP3 extensions" msgstr "POP3 확장 기능 모두 끄기(_S)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:55 msgid "Default POP3 port" msgstr "POP3 포트 기본값" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:56 msgid "POP3 over SSL" msgstr "POP3, SSL 사용" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:63 msgid "POP" msgstr "POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:65 msgid "For connecting to and downloading mail from POP servers." msgstr "POP 서버에 연결해서 메일을 받음." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:85 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using a plaintext password. This " "is the only option supported by many POP servers." msgstr "이 옵션을 켜면 일반 텍스트 암호를 이용해 POP 서버에 연결합니다. 많은 POP 서버에서 이 옵션만을 지원합니다." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:95 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using an encrypted password via " "the APOP protocol. This may not work for all users even on servers that " "claim to support it." msgstr "" "이 옵션을 켜면 APOP 프로토콜을 통해 암호화된 암호를 이용해 POP 서버에 연결합니다. 이 옵션을 지원한다고 말하고 있는 서버에서 " "조차 사용자에 따라 동작하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Translators: This is the separator between an error and an explanation #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:99 msgid ": " msgstr ": " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:161 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read a valid greeting from POP server %s" msgstr "POP 서버 %s에서 올바른 초기 메시지를 읽는데 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "POP 서버 %s에 보안 모드로 연결하는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:177 msgid "STLS not supported by server" msgstr "서버가 STLS를 지원하지 않습니다." #. Translators: Last %s is an optional #. * explanation beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:198 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode%s" msgstr "POP 서버 %s에 보안 모드로 연결하는데 실패했습니다%s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "POP 서버 %s에 보안 모드로 연결하는데 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Cannot login to POP server %s: SASL Protocol error" msgstr "POP 서버 %s에 로그인할 수 없습니다: SASL 프로토콜 오류" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:373 #, c-format msgid "Failed to authenticate on POP server %s: " msgstr "POP 서버 %s에 인증하는데 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:481 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server %s" msgstr "POP3 서버 %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:484 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server for %s on %s" msgstr "POP3 서버(사용자: %s, 위치: %s)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:704 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s:\tInvalid APOP ID received. Impersonation " "attack suspected. Please contact your admin." msgstr "" "POP 서버 %s에 연결할 수 없습니다: 잘못된 APOP ID를 받았습니다. 개인정보 공격이 의심됩니다. 관리자에게 문의하십시오." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:759 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending password: " msgstr "" "POP 서버 %s에 연결하는데 실패했습니다.\n" "암호를 보내는데 오류가 발생했습니다: " #. Translators: Last %s is an optional explanation #. * beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending username%s" msgstr "" "POP 서버 %s에 연결할 수 없습니다.\n" "사용자 이름을 보내는데 오류가 발생했습니다%s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:856 #, c-format msgid "No such folder '%s'." msgstr "'%s'(이)라는 폴더가 없습니다." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:873 #, c-format msgid "POP3 stores have no folder hierarchy" msgstr "POP3는 폴더 구조를 저장하지 않습니다" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:36 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/sendmail.source.in.h:1 msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "센드메일" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:38 msgid "" "For delivering mail by passing it to the \"sendmail\" program on the local " "system." msgstr "로컬 시스템의 \"sendmail\"프로그램을 통해서 메일을 보낼 때 사용합니다." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:50 msgid "sendmail" msgstr "sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:52 msgid "Mail delivery via the sendmail program" msgstr "sendmail을 통한 메일 배달" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:140 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read From address" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:157 #, c-format msgid "Message send in offline mode is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:185 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse recipient list" msgstr "받는 사람 목록을 파싱할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse arguments" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe to '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:258 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:307 msgid "Could not send message: " msgstr "메시지를 보낼 수 없음: " #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:337 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with signal %s: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:347 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute '%s': mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:352 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with status %d: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:42 msgid "Default SMTP port" msgstr "SMTP 포트 기본값" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:43 msgid "SMTP over SSL" msgstr "SMTP, SSL 사용" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:44 msgid "Message submission port" msgstr "메시지 제출 포트" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:50 msgid "SMTP" msgstr "SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:52 msgid "For delivering mail by connecting to a remote mailhub using SMTP." msgstr "SMTP를 사용해서 원격 메일허브로 연결해 메일을 보냅니다." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:166 msgid "Welcome response error: " msgstr "Welcome 응답에 오류가 있습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "SMTP 서버 %s에 보안 모드로 연결하는데 실패했습니다: %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:212 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:226 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:234 msgid "STARTTLS command failed: " msgstr "STARTTLS 명령이 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:246 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "SMTP 서버 %s에 보안 모드로 연결하는데 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:338 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s" msgstr "SMTP 서버 %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:341 #, c-format msgid "SMTP mail delivery via %s" msgstr "%s 서버를 통한 SMTP 메일" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:415 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "SMTP 서버 %s에서 요청한 %s 인증 방식을 지원하지 않습니다." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:496 #, c-format msgid "No SASL mechanism was specified" msgstr "SASL 방식을 하나도 지정하지 않았습니다." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:526 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:537 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:550 msgid "AUTH command failed: " msgstr "AUTH 명령이 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: service not connected." msgstr "메시지를 보낼 수 없습니다: 서비스에 연결되지 않았습니다." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:698 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: sender address not valid." msgstr "메시지를 보낼 수 없습니다. 보내는 사람 주소가 올바르지 않습니다." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:702 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "메시지를 보냄" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:727 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: no recipients defined." msgstr "메시지를 보낼 수 없습니다: 받는 사람이 정의되지 않았습니다." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:740 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: one or more invalid recipients" msgstr "메시지를 보낼 수 없습니다: 받는 사람 중에 한 명 이상이 잘못되었습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:861 msgid "Syntax error, command unrecognized" msgstr "문법 오류로, 무슨 명령인지 파악할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:863 msgid "Syntax error in parameters or arguments" msgstr "인자 혹은 인수에서 문법 오류입니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:865 msgid "Command not implemented" msgstr "명령이 구현되지 않았습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:867 msgid "Command parameter not implemented" msgstr "명령어 인자가 구현되지 않았습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:869 msgid "System status, or system help reply" msgstr "시스템 상태, 혹은 시스템 도움말 응답" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:871 msgid "Help message" msgstr "도움말" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:873 msgid "Service ready" msgstr "서비스 준비되었습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:875 msgid "Service closing transmission channel" msgstr "서비스가 전송 채널을 닫았습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:877 msgid "Service not available, closing transmission channel" msgstr "서비스를 사용할 수 없습니다. 전송 채널을 닫습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:879 msgid "Requested mail action okay, completed" msgstr "요청한 메일 동작을 정상적으로 수행했습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:881 msgid "User not local; will forward to " msgstr "로컬 사용자가 아닙니다. 에 전달합니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:883 msgid "Requested mail action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "요청한 메일 동작을 하지 않습니다: 메일함을 사용할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:885 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "요청한 작업을 하지 않습니다: 메일함을 사용할 수 없습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:887 msgid "Requested action aborted: error in processing" msgstr "요청한 작업을 취소했습니다: 처리하는데 오류 발생" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:889 msgid "User not local; please try " msgstr "로컬 사용자가 아닙니다. 를 시도해 보십시오" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:891 msgid "Requested action not taken: insufficient system storage" msgstr "요청한 메일 작업을 하지 않습니다: 시스템 저장 공간이 부족합니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:893 msgid "Requested mail action aborted: exceeded storage allocation" msgstr "요청한 메일 작업을 취소했습니다: 저장 공간이 할당량을 넘었습니다." msgstr "메일 입력 시작. .로 끝납니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:899 msgid "Transaction failed" msgstr "전송이 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:903 msgid "A password transition is needed" msgstr "암호를 넘겨야 합니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:905 msgid "Authentication mechanism is too weak" msgstr "인증 방식이 너무 취약합니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:907 msgid "Encryption required for requested authentication mechanism" msgstr "요청한 인증 방식에서는 암호화가 필요합니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:909 msgid "Temporary authentication failure" msgstr "인증이 임시로 실패했습니다" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1166 msgid "SMTP Greeting" msgstr "SMTP 초기 메시지" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1193 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1207 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1215 msgid "HELO command failed: " msgstr "HELO 명령이 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1290 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1305 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1315 msgid "MAIL FROM command failed: " msgstr "MAIL FROM 명령이 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1342 msgid "RCPT TO command failed: " msgstr "RCPT TO 명령이 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1359 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1369 #, c-format msgid "RCPT TO <%s> failed: " msgstr "RCPT TO <%s> 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1412 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1423 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1434 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1493 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1513 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1527 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1536 msgid "DATA command failed: " msgstr "DATA 명령이 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1561 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1576 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1585 msgid "RSET command failed: " msgstr "RSET 명령이 실패했습니다: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1610 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1624 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1631 msgid "QUIT command failed: " msgstr "QUIT 명령이 실패했습니다: " #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Contact UID of a user" msgstr "사용자의 연락처 UID" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "생일 기념일 알리미" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "생일, 기념일에 대한 알리미를 설정합니다" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "생일, 기념일 알리미 값" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "생일 또는 기념일 알리미를 결정할 단위 수" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "생일, 기념일 알리미 단위" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "생일 또는 기념일 알리미의 단위 입니다. \"분\", \"시\", \"일\"" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:205 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:216 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:862 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1198 msgid "Bus name vanished (client terminated?)" msgstr "버스 이름이 사라졌습니다(클라이언트를 중단했습니까?)" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:264 msgid "No response from client" msgstr "클라이언트로부터 응답이 없습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:334 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:345 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:856 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1192 msgid "Client cancelled the operation" msgstr "클라이언트가" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:416 msgid "Client reports password was rejected" msgstr "클라이언트가 암호가 거절되었음을 보고합니다" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:569 msgid "Add this password to your keyring" msgstr "이 암호를 키 모음에 추가" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:674 msgid "Password was incorrect" msgstr "암호가 맞지 않습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-backend.c:428 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support authentication" msgstr "%s은(는) 인증을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:800 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "%s은(는) 원격 자원 생성을 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:859 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "%s은(는) 원격 자원 삭제를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-data-factory.c:304 #, c-format msgid "No backend factory for hash key '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Data source is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "데이터 소스에서 [%s] 그룹이 빠졌습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1008 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1138 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "'%s' 데이터 소스에서 원격 자원 만들기를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1022 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to create the remote resource" msgstr "'%s' 데이터 소스에 원격 자원을 만들기 위한 콜렉션 백엔드가 없습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1050 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1251 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "'%s' 데이터 소스에서 원격 자원 삭제를 지원하지 않습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1064 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to delete the remote resource" msgstr "'%s' 데이터 소스에 원격 자원을 삭제하기 위한 콜렉션 백엔드가 없습니다" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1095 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1347 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1028 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support OAuth 2.0 authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "File must have a '.source' extension" msgstr "파일 확장자는 반드시 '.source' 이어야 합니다" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:532 #: ../libedataserver/e-source-registry.c:1876 msgid "The user declined to authenticate" msgstr "인증을 거절한 사용자" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:801 #, c-format msgid "UID '%s' is already in use" msgstr "'%s' UID는 이미 사용중입니다" #: ../libebackend/e-user-prompter-server.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Extension dialog '%s' not found." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:46 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "기념일" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:47 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Birthday" msgstr "생일" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:48 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Business" msgstr "업무" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:49 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Competition" msgstr "경기" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "좋아함" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:51 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Gifts" msgstr "선물" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:52 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Goals/Objectives" msgstr "목표" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:53 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday" msgstr "휴일" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:54 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday Cards" msgstr "휴일 카드" #. important people (e.g. new business partners) #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:56 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Hot Contacts" msgstr "최신 연락처" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:57 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Ideas" msgstr "아이디어" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:58 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "International" msgstr "국제" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:59 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Key Customer" msgstr "주요 고객" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:60 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:61 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Personal" msgstr "개인" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:62 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "전화 걸기" #. Translators: "Status" is a category name; it can mean anything user wants to #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:64 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:65 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Strategies" msgstr "전략" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:66 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Suppliers" msgstr "공급자" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:67 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Time & Expenses" msgstr "시간 및 비용" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:68 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "VIP" msgstr "중요 인물" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:69 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "대기" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:133 msgid "Source not loaded" msgstr "원본을 읽어들이지 못했습니다" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:135 msgid "Source already loaded" msgstr "원본을 이미 읽어들였습니다" #. Translators: This means that the EClient does not #. * support offline mode, or it's not set to by a user, #. * thus it is unavailable while user is not connected. #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:146 msgid "Offline unavailable" msgstr "오프라인을 사용할 수 없습니다" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:168 msgid "D-Bus error" msgstr "D-버스 오류" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:166 msgid "Address book authentication request" msgstr "주소록 인증 요청" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:171 msgid "Calendar authentication request" msgstr "달력 인증 요청" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:175 msgid "Mail authentication request" msgstr "메인 인증 요청" #. generic account prompt #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:178 msgid "Authentication request" msgstr "인증 요청" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for address book \"%s\"." msgstr "\"%s\" 주소록에 대한 암호를 입력하여 주십시오." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:194 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for calendar \"%s\"." msgstr "\"%s\" 달력에 대한 암호를 입력하여 주십시오." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail account \"%s\"." msgstr "\"%s\" 메일 계정에 대한 암호를 입력하여 주십시오." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail transport \"%s\"." msgstr "\"%s\" 메일 전송에 대한 암호를 입력하여 주십시오." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for memo list \"%s\"." msgstr "\"%s\" 메모 목록에 대한 암호를 입력하여 주십시오." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for task list \"%s\"." msgstr "\"%s\" 작업 목록에 대한 암호를 입력하여 주십시오." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:224 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for account \"%s\"." msgstr "\"%s\" 계정에 대한 암호를 입력하여 주십시오." #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:627 #, c-format msgid "Source file is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "소스 파일에서 [%s] 그룹이 빠졌습니다" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgstr "'%s' 데이터 소스를 제거할 수 없습니다" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1041 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not writable" msgstr "'%s' 데이터 소스를 기록할 수 없습니다" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1559 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "이름 없음" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-mail-signature.c:487 #, c-format msgid "Signature script must be a local file" msgstr "서명 스크립트는 로컬 파일이어야 합니다" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1553 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by address book '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1562 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by calendar '%s', is not trusted. Do you " "wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1571 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by memo list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1580 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by task list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1663 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1962 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %p %I:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1668 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1953 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1673 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1958 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %p %I:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1678 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1949 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1683 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %p %I" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1688 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1691 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1811 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1944 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a)" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1698 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d %p %I:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d %p %I:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d %p %I" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1722 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1725 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1814 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1885 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2006 msgid "%I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%p %I:%M:%S" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1889 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1998 msgid "%H:%M:%S" msgstr "%H:%M:%S" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1894 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2003 msgid "%I:%M %p" msgstr "%p %I:%M" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1898 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1995 msgid "%H:%M" msgstr "%H:%M" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format, #. * and no colon. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1902 msgid "%H%M" msgstr "%H%M" #. strptime format for hour and AM/PM, 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1906 msgid "%I %p" msgstr "%p %I" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Proxy type to use" msgstr "사용할 프록시 종류" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What proxy type to use. \"0\" means system, \"1\" means no proxy, \"2\" " "means manual proxy." msgstr "어떤 종류의 프록시를 사용할지 결정합니다. \"0\"은 시스템, \"1\"은 프록시 없음, \"2\"는 프록시 수동 설정." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to use http-proxy" msgstr "http-proxy 사용 여부" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether to use proxy for HTTP requests." msgstr "HTTP 요청에 대해 프록시를 사용할지 여부." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether proxy server requires authentication" msgstr "프록시 서버에 인증이 필요한지 여부" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Whether authentication is required to access proxy server." msgstr "프록시 서버에 접근할 때 인증이 필요한지 여부." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Host name for HTTP requests" msgstr "HTTP 요청 호스트 이름" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Host name to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "HTTP 요청에 사용할 호스트 이름." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Port number for HTTP requests" msgstr "HTTP 요청 포트 번호" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Port number to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "HTTP 요청에 사용할 포트 번호." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Proxy authentication user name" msgstr "프록시 인증 사용자 이름" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "User name to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "프록시 서버에 인증할 때 사용할 사용자 이름." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Proxy authentication password" msgstr "프록시 인증 암호" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Password to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "프록시 서버에 인증할 때 사용할 암호." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "List of hosts to connect to without proxy" msgstr "프록시 없이 연결할 호스트 목록" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "List of hosts for which do not use proxy." msgstr "프록시를 사용하지 않을 호스트 목록." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Host name for HTTPS requests" msgstr "HTTPS 요청 호스트 이름" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Host name to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "HTTPS 요청에 사용할 호스트 이름." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Port number for HTTPS requests" msgstr "HTTPS 요청 포트 번호" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Port number to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "HTTPS 요청에 사용할 포트 번호." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Host name for SOCKS requests" msgstr "SOCKS 요청 호스트 이름" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Host name to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "SOCKS 요청에 사용할 호스트 이름." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Port number for SOCKS requests" msgstr "SOCK 요청 포트 번호" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Port number to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "SOCKS 요청에 사용할 포트 번호." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Automatic proxy configuration URL" msgstr "자동 프록시 설정 URL" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Where to read automatic proxy configuration from." msgstr "자동 프록시 설정을 읽어 올 위치." #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:131 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No such data source for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain a password for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Invalid password for '%s'" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Code: %u - Unexpected response from server" msgstr "코드: %u - 서버로부터 예상치 못한 응답이 왔습니다" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:243 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse autodiscover response XML" msgstr "자동 발견 응답 XML을 해석하는데 실패했습니다" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Autodiscover element" msgstr "자동 발견 요소를 찾는데 실패했습니다" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:264 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Response element" msgstr "응답 요소를 찾는데 실패했습니다" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Account element" msgstr "계정 요소를 찾는데 실패했습니다" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find ASUrl and OABUrl in autodiscover response" msgstr "자동 발견 응답에서 ASUrl 와 OABUrl을 찾는데 실패했습니다" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Failed to obtain an access token for '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:192 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:200 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "달력" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:261 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/contacts-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "연락처" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:575 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:604 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:609 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:635 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:636 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:637 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:638 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:672 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:676 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:680 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:682 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:378 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:399 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:511 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:674 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:812 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:683 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:714 msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:738 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:757 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:818 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:201 msgid "The signing certificate authority is not known." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:203 msgid "" "The certificate does not match the expected identity of the site that it was " "retrieved from." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:205 msgid "The certificate's activation time is still in the future." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:207 msgid "The certificate has expired." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:209 msgid "" "The certificate has been revoked according to the connection's certificate " "revocation list." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:211 msgid "The certificate's algorithm is considered insecure." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:162 msgid "Certificate trust..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:163 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:164 msgid "_Reject" msgstr "거절(_R)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:165 msgid "Accept _Temporarily" msgstr "임시로 허용(_T)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:166 msgid "_Accept Permanently" msgstr "계속 허용(_A)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:203 #, c-format msgid "SSL certificate for '%s' is not trusted. Do you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:209 msgid "Detailed information about the certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:223 msgid "Issuer:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:224 msgid "Subject:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:225 msgid "Fingerprint:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:226 msgid "Reason:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:257 msgid "Signon service did not return a secret" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Data Server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Required to have EDS appear in UOA" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-contacts.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-gmail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "GMail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your mailboxes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account service in the accounts database from " "which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:85 #, c-format msgid "Expected status 200 when requesting guid, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:102 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:299 msgid "Error parsing response as JSON: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:120 msgid "Didn't find email member in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:282 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected status 200 when requesting your identity, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:317 msgid "Didn't find 'id' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:322 msgid "Didn't find 'emails.account' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/windows-live-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Windows Live Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:227 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "작업" # command line option #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:47 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:51 #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/evolution-user-prompter.c:31 msgid "Keep running after the last client is closed" msgstr "마지막 클라이언트를 닫은 다음에도 계속 실행" # command line option #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:49 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:53 msgid "Wait running until at least one client is connected" msgstr "클라이언트가 연결될 때까지 실행 대기" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/birthdays.source.in.h:1 msgid "Birthdays & Anniversaries" msgstr "생일 및 기념일" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/caldav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "CalDAV" msgstr "CalDAV" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/google-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Google" msgstr "구글" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/ldap-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On LDAP Servers" msgstr "LDAP 서버" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On This Computer" msgstr "이 컴퓨터" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/vfolder.source.in.h:1 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "폴더 검색" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/weather-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Weather" msgstr "날씨" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webcal-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On The Web" msgstr "웹" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webdav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "WebDAV" #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/prompt-user-gtk.c:122 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/ko/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000011642712321560033020756 0ustar # ko.po for File Roller. # This file is distributed under the same license as the file-roller package. # # Kang Joeng-Hee , 2001. # Young-Ho Cha , 2003, 2006, 2007. # Seong-ho Cho , 2012. # Changwoo Ryu , 2003, 2004, 2006-2011, 2013. # # 새로 번역하신 분은 아래 "translator-credits"에 추가하세요. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=file-" "roller&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 18:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu \n" "Language-Team: GNOME Korea \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: Korean\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:165 #, c-format msgid "File is not a valid .desktop file" msgstr "올바른 .desktop 파일이 아닙니다" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "desktop 파일 버전을 ('%s') 인식할 수 없습니다" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "%s 시작" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "명령행에서 문서를 지정할 수 없는 프로그램입니다" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "알 수 없는 실행 옵션: %d" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Can't pass documents to this desktop element" msgstr "문서를 이 desktop 항목에 넘길 수 없습니다" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Not a launchable item" msgstr "실행할 수 있는 항목이 없습니다" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "세션 관리자에 연결하지 않습니다" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "설정을 저장할 파일을 지정합니다" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "FILE" msgstr "<파일>" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "세션 관리 ID를 지정합니다" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "ID" msgstr "" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:253 msgid "Session management options:" msgstr "세션 관리 옵션:" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "세션 관리 옵션을 표시합니다" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/fr-window.c:2052 #: ../src/fr-window.c:5441 msgid "Archive Manager" msgstr "압축 관리자" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Create and modify an archive" msgstr "압축 파일을 만들고 수정합니다" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" msgstr "zip;tar;extract;압축;unpack;풀기;" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "How to sort files" msgstr "파일 정렬 방식" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What criteria must be used to arrange files. Possible values: name, size, " "type, time, path." msgstr "파일을 정렬하는데 사용할 기준. 가능한 값은: name, size, type, time, path." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Sort type" msgstr "정렬 종류" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Whether to sort in ascending or descending direction. Possible values: " "ascending, descending." msgstr "낮은 순으로 정렬할지 아니면 높은 순으로 정렬할지 여부. 가능한 값은: ascending, descending." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "List Mode" msgstr "목록 모드" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use 'all-files' to view all the files in the archive in a single list, use " "'as-folder' to navigate the archive as a folder." msgstr "" "값이 'all-files'이면 압축 파일에 들어 있는 모든 파일을 하나의 목록에서 봅니다. 'as-folder'인 경우 압축 파일이 " "폴더인 것처럼 이용합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Display type" msgstr "종류 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Display the type column in the main window." msgstr "메인 창의 종류 열을 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Display size" msgstr "크기 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Display the size column in the main window." msgstr "메인 창의 크기 열을 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Display time" msgstr "시각 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Display the time column in the main window." msgstr "메인 창의 시각 열을 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Display path" msgstr "경로 표시" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Display the path column in the main window." msgstr "메인 창의 경로 열을 표시합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Name column width" msgstr "이름 열 너비" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The default width of the name column in the file list." msgstr "파일 목록에서 이름 열의 기본 너비입니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Max history length" msgstr "기록 최대 길이" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Max number of items in the 'Open Recents' submenu." msgstr "'최근 파일 열기' 메뉴의 항목의 최대 개수." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View toolbar" msgstr "도구 모음 보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to display the toolbar." msgstr "도구 모음을 표시할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "View statusbar" msgstr "상태 표시줄 보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether to display the statusbar." msgstr "상태 표시줄을 표시할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:23 ../src/ui.h:208 msgid "View the folders pane" msgstr "폴더 창 보기" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether to display the folders pane." msgstr "폴더 창을 표시할지 여부." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Editors" msgstr "편집 프로그램 목록" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "'파일 열기' 대화 창에 입력했지만 파일 종류와 무관한 응용 프로그램의 목록." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Compression level" msgstr "압축 단계" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Compression level used when adding files to an archive. Possible values: " "very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." msgstr "" "압축 파일에 파일을 추가할 때 사용할 압축 단계. 가능한 값은: very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Encrypt the archive header" msgstr "압축 파일 헤더 암호화" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Whether to encrypt the archive header. If the header is encrypted the " "password will be required to list the archive content as well." msgstr "압축 파일 헤더를 암호화할지 여부. 헤더를 암호화하면 압축 파일 내용을 보는데도 암호를 입력해야 합니다." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Do not overwrite newer files" msgstr "더 최근 시각의 파일이면 덮어쓰지 않기" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Recreate the folders stored in the archive" msgstr "압축 파일에 들어 있는 폴더 다시 만들기" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Default volume size" msgstr "기본 볼륨 크기" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "The default size for volumes." msgstr "볼륨의 기본 크기." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:327 msgid "Extract Here" msgstr "여기에 풀기" #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "선택한 압축 파일을 현재 위치에 풉니다" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:346 msgid "Extract To..." msgstr "다음 위치에 풀기..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:347 msgid "Extract the selected archive" msgstr "선택한 압축 파일을 풉니다" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:366 msgid "Compress..." msgstr "압축하기..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:367 msgid "Create a compressed archive with the selected objects" msgstr "선택한 오브젝트로 압축 파일을 만듭니다" #: ../src/actions.c:112 ../src/fr-window.c:5735 ../src/fr-window.c:6262 msgid "Open" msgstr "열기" #: ../src/actions.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:5291 msgid "All archives" msgstr "모든 압축 파일" #: ../src/actions.c:132 msgid "All files" msgstr "모든 파일" #: ../src/actions.c:499 msgid "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." #: ../src/actions.c:500 msgid "An archive manager for GNOME." msgstr "그놈 압축 관리자입니다." #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "강정희 \n" "차영호 \n" "류창우 \n" "조성호 \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Bundo https://launchpad.net/~kang-bundo\n" " Changwoo Ryu https://launchpad.net/~cwryu\n" " Cho Seong-ho https://launchpad.net/~darkcircle-0426\n" " Kim Boram https://launchpad.net/~boramism\n" " MinSoo Kim https://launchpad.net/~misol\n" " Para https://launchpad.net/~khrhee\n" " ToyProject https://launchpad.net/~toyprojectkr\n" " Young-Ho Cha https://launchpad.net/~ganadist-gmail" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:116 msgid "Could not add the files to the archive" msgstr "압축 파일에 파일을 추가할 수 없습니다" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:117 #, c-format msgid "You don't have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 폴더에 압축 파일을 만들 권한이 없습니다" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:182 ../src/ui.h:47 msgid "Add Files" msgstr "파일 추가" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:193 msgid "_Options" msgstr "옵션(_O)" #. load options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:202 ../src/ui/add-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Load Options" msgstr "옵션 읽기" #. save options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:209 ../src/dlg-add.c:827 msgid "Save Options" msgstr "옵션 저장" #. clear options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:216 msgid "Reset Options" msgstr "옵션 초기화" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:828 msgid "_Options Name:" msgstr "옵션 이름(_O):" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Password required for \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"에 대한 암호가 필요합니다" #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:141 msgid "Wrong password." msgstr "암호가 잘못되었습니다." #: ../src/dlg-batch-add.c:87 ../src/fr-application.c:329 #: ../src/fr-application.c:683 msgid "Compress" msgstr "압축" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:96 ../src/fr-window.c:6820 #, c-format msgid "" "Destination folder \"%s\" does not exist.\n" "\n" "Do you want to create it?" msgstr "" "목표 폴더 \"%s\"(이)가 없습니다.\n" "\n" "만드시겠습니까?" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:105 ../src/fr-window.c:6829 msgid "Create _Folder" msgstr "폴더 만들기(_F)" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:124 ../src/dlg-extract.c:142 ../src/dlg-extract.c:169 #: ../src/fr-window.c:4241 ../src/fr-window.c:6724 ../src/fr-window.c:6729 #: ../src/fr-window.c:6850 ../src/fr-window.c:6869 ../src/fr-window.c:6874 msgid "Extraction not performed" msgstr "풀 수 없었습니다" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:6846 #, c-format msgid "Could not create the destination folder: %s." msgstr "목표 폴더를 만들 수 없습니다: %s." #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:170 ../src/fr-window.c:4410 ../src/fr-window.c:4494 #, c-format msgid "" "You don't have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 폴더에서 압축을 풀 수 있는 권한이 없습니다" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:283 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:1 #: ../src/ui.h:114 msgid "Extract" msgstr "풀기" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:112 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:225 msgid "There was an internal error trying to search for applications:" msgstr "프로그램을 검색하는데 내부 오류가 발생했습니다:" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:294 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:303 #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:331 ../src/fr-archive.c:744 #: ../src/fr-window.c:3970 ../src/fr-window.c:7453 ../src/fr-window.c:7810 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9357 msgid "Archive type not supported." msgstr "지원하지 않는 압축 형식입니다." #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:313 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no command installed for %s files.\n" "Do you want to search for a command to open this file?" msgstr "" "%s 파일에 대한 명령을 설치하지 않았습니다.\n" "이 파일을 열 명령어를 검색하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:318 msgid "Could not open this file type" msgstr "이 형식의 파일을 열 수 없습니다" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:321 msgid "_Search Command" msgstr "명령어 검색(_S)" #: ../src/dlg-password.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter a password for \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"에 대한 암호를 입력하십시오" #: ../src/dlg-prop.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "%s 속성" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Update the file \"%s\" in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "\"%2$s\" 압축 파일의 \"%1$s\" 파일을 바꿀 수 없습니다?" #. secondary text #: ../src/dlg-update.c:174 ../src/dlg-update.c:199 ../src/ui/update.ui.h:2 #, c-format msgid "" "The file has been modified with an external application. If you don't update " "the file in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgid_plural "" "%d files have been modified with an external application. If you don't " "update the files in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgstr[0] "외부 프로그램이 수정한 파일이 %d개 있습니다. 압축 파일을 업데이트하지 않으면 바뀐 사항을 모두 잃어버리게 됩니다." #: ../src/dlg-update.c:189 #, c-format msgid "Update the files in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "\"%s\" 압축 파일의 파일을 업데이트 하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/fr-application.c:65 msgid "Add files to the specified archive and quit the program" msgstr "지정한 압축 파일에 파일을 추가하고 프로그램을 마칩니다" #: ../src/fr-application.c:66 msgid "ARCHIVE" msgstr "<압축파일>" #: ../src/fr-application.c:69 msgid "Add files asking the name of the archive and quit the program" msgstr "압축 파일의 이름을 물어본 뒤 프로그램을 마칩니다" #: ../src/fr-application.c:73 msgid "Extract archives to the specified folder and quit the program" msgstr "압축 파일이 풀릴 폴더를 지정한 뒤 프로그램을 마칩니다" #: ../src/fr-application.c:74 ../src/fr-application.c:86 msgid "FOLDER" msgstr "<폴더>" #: ../src/fr-application.c:77 msgid "Extract archives asking the destination folder and quit the program" msgstr "풀어낼 폴더를 물어보고 압축을 푼 다음 프로그램을 끝냅니다" #: ../src/fr-application.c:81 msgid "" "Extract the contents of the archives in the archive folder and quit the " "program" msgstr "압축 폴더에 압축 파일의 내용을 푼 뒤 프로그램을 마칩니다" #: ../src/fr-application.c:85 msgid "Default folder to use for the '--add' and '--extract' commands" msgstr "'--add'와 '--extract' 명령에 쓰이는 기본 폴더" #: ../src/fr-application.c:89 msgid "Create destination folder without asking confirmation" msgstr "물어보지 않고 목표 폴더를 만듭니다" #: ../src/fr-application.c:93 msgid "Use the notification system to notify the operation completion" msgstr "처리 완료를 알리기 위한 알리미를 사용합니다" #: ../src/fr-application.c:96 msgid "Start as a service" msgstr "서비스로 시작" #: ../src/fr-application.c:99 msgid "Show version" msgstr "버전 보이기" #: ../src/fr-application.c:365 ../src/fr-application.c:401 #: ../src/fr-application.c:427 ../src/fr-application.c:707 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9420 msgid "Extract archive" msgstr "압축 파일을 풉니다" #: ../src/fr-application.c:565 msgid "- Create and modify an archive" msgstr "- 압축 파일을 만들고 수정합니다" #. manually set name and icon #: ../src/fr-application.c:833 msgid "File Roller" msgstr "파일 롤러" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "You don't have the right permissions." msgstr "작업을 할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다." #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "This archive type cannot be modified" msgstr "이 형식의 압축 파일은 수정할 수 없습니다" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1859 msgid "You can't add an archive to itself." msgstr "압축 파일 자신을 추가할 수 없습니다." #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:297 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:422 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Adding \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 추가중" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:447 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:554 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Extracting \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 풀어내는 중" #: ../src/fr-command.c:597 #, c-format msgid "Archive not found" msgstr "파일이 없습니다" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:503 ../src/fr-command-tar.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Removing \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 제거중" #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:685 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the volume: %s" msgstr "볼륨을 찾을 수 없습니다: %s" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:380 msgid "Deleting files from archive" msgstr "압축 파일에서 파일을 지웁니다" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:485 msgid "Recompressing archive" msgstr "압축 파일 다시 압축하는 중" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:744 msgid "Decompressing archive" msgstr "압축 파일 푸는 중" #: ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:772 ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:817 msgid "Could not load the location" msgstr "위치를 불러올 수 없습니다" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:344 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:363 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:379 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:427 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:445 ../src/fr-window.c:2915 msgid "Could not create the archive" msgstr "압축 파일을 만들 수 없습니다" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:346 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:365 msgid "You have to specify an archive name." msgstr "압축 파일 이름을 지정해야 합니다." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:429 msgid "You don't have permission to create an archive in this folder" msgstr "이 폴더에 압축 파일을 만들 권한이 없습니다" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:447 ../src/fr-window.c:8123 msgid "New name is the same as old one, please type other name." msgstr "새 이름이 이전과 같습니다. 다른 이름을 입력하여 주십시오." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "\"%s\" 파일이 이미 있습니다. 바꾸시겠습니까?" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "\"%s\"에 파일이 이미 존재합니다. 바꾸면 내용을 덮어씁니다." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:474 ../src/fr-window.c:6652 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "바꾸기(_R)" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:489 msgid "Could not delete the old archive." msgstr "이전 압축 파일을 삭제할 수 없습니다." #: ../src/fr-stock.c:41 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "만들기(_R)" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:42 ../src/fr-stock.c:43 msgid "_Add" msgstr "추가(_A)" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:44 msgid "_Extract" msgstr "풀기(_E)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1173 msgid "Operation completed" msgstr "처리를 완료했습니다" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1290 #, c-format msgid "%d object (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d개 객체 (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1295 #, c-format msgid "%d object selected (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects selected (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d개 객체 선택 (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1680 msgid "Folder" msgstr "폴더" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2060 msgid "[read only]" msgstr "[읽기전용]" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2179 #, c-format msgid "Could not display the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 폴더를 보여줄 수 없습니다" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2270 ../src/fr-window.c:2308 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 만드는 중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2274 #, c-format msgid "Loading \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 불러오는 중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Reading \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 읽는 중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Deleting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"에서 파일 삭제중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Testing \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 검사중" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2289 msgid "Getting the file list" msgstr "파일 목록 가져오는 중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2293 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files to add to \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"에 추가할 파일 복사중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2297 #, c-format msgid "Adding the files to \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"에 파일을 추가중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2301 #, c-format msgid "Extracting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"에서 파일 풀어내는 중" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2304 msgid "Copying the extracted files to the destination" msgstr "풀어낸 파일을 대상에 복사중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2313 #, c-format msgid "Saving \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 저장중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2320 #, c-format msgid "Renaming the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"의 파일 이름 바꾸는 중" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Updating the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"의 파일 업데이트중" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2499 msgid "_Open the Archive" msgstr "압축 파일 열기(_O)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2500 msgid "_Show the Files" msgstr "파일 보이기(_S)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2617 #, c-format msgid "%d file remaining" msgid_plural "%'d files remaining" msgstr[0] "파일 %d개가 남았습니다" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2621 ../src/fr-window.c:3196 msgid "Please wait…" msgstr "잠시만 기다려주십시오…" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2677 msgid "Extraction completed successfully" msgstr "압축 풀기를 성공적으로 마쳤습니다" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2709 ../src/fr-window.c:6248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" created successfully" msgstr "\"%s\"을(를) 성공적으로 만들었습니다" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2799 ../src/fr-window.c:2971 msgid "Command exited abnormally." msgstr "명령을 비정상적으로 마쳤습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2920 msgid "An error occurred while extracting files." msgstr "파일을 풀어내는 중 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2926 #, c-format msgid "Could not open \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"을(를) 열 수 없습니다" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2931 msgid "An error occurred while loading the archive." msgstr "압축 파일을 읽는 중 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2935 msgid "An error occurred while deleting files from the archive." msgstr "압축 파일에 파일을 지우는 중 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2941 msgid "An error occurred while adding files to the archive." msgstr "압축 파일에 파일을 추가하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2945 msgid "An error occurred while testing archive." msgstr "압축 파일을 검사하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2950 msgid "An error occurred while saving the archive." msgstr "압축 파일을 저장하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2954 msgid "An error occurred while renaming the files." msgstr "파일의 이름을 바꾸는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2958 msgid "An error occurred while updating the files." msgstr "파일을 업데이트 하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2962 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "오류가 발생했습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2968 msgid "Command not found." msgstr "명령을 찾을 수 없습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:3124 msgid "Test Result" msgstr "검사 결과" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4088 ../src/fr-window.c:8803 ../src/fr-window.c:8837 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9116 msgid "Could not perform the operation" msgstr "작업을 수행할 수 없습니다" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4114 msgid "" "Do you want to add this file to the current archive or open it as a new " "archive?" msgstr "이 파일을 현재 압축 파일이나 새로운 압축 파일에 추가하시겠습니까?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4144 msgid "Do you want to create a new archive with these files?" msgstr "이 파일로 새 압축 파일을 만드시겠습니까?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4147 msgid "Create _Archive" msgstr "압축 파일 만들기(_A)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4176 ../src/fr-window.c:7261 msgid "New Archive" msgstr "새 압축 파일" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4750 msgid "Folders" msgstr "폴더" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4788 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:7 msgctxt "File" msgid "Size" msgstr "크기" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4789 msgctxt "File" msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4790 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:8 msgctxt "File" msgid "Modified" msgstr "수정함 [ 파일 ]" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4791 msgctxt "File" msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4800 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:6 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" #. Translators: this is the label for the "open recent file" sub-menu. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5723 msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "최근 파일 열기(_R)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5724 ../src/fr-window.c:5736 msgid "Open a recently used archive" msgstr "최근 사용한 압축 파일을 엽니다" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5752 msgid "_Other Actions" msgstr "기타 동작(_O)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5753 msgid "Other actions" msgstr "기타 동작" #. Translators: after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5821 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:4 #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "위치(_L):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6640 #, c-format msgid "Replace file \"%s\"?" msgstr "\"%s\" 파일을 바꾸시겠습니까?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6643 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in \"%s\"." msgstr "\"%s\"에 같은 이름을 가진 파일이 이미 있습니다." #: ../src/fr-window.c:6650 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "모두 바꾸기(_A)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6651 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "건너 뛰기(_S)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7445 ../src/fr-window.c:7802 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the archive \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" 압축 파일을 저장할 수 없습니다" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7572 msgid "Save" msgstr "저장" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7896 msgid "Last Output" msgstr "지난 출력" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8118 msgid "New name is void, please type a name." msgstr "새 이름이 없습니다. 이름을 입력하여 주십시오." #. Translators: the %s references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8128 #, c-format msgid "" "Name \"%s\" is not valid because it contains at least one of the following " "characters: %s, please type other name." msgstr "\"%s\" 이름은 올바르지 않습니다. 다음 문자가 들어 있으면 안 됩니다: %s, 다른 이름을 입력하십시오." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 #, c-format msgid "" "A folder named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "\"%s\"(이)라는 폴더가 이미 있습니다.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 ../src/fr-window.c:8166 msgid "Please use a different name." msgstr "다른 이름을 사용해주십시오." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8166 #, c-format msgid "" "A file named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "\"%s\"(이)라는 파일이 이미 있습니다.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8236 msgid "Rename" msgstr "이름 바꾸기" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New folder name:" msgstr "새 폴더 이름(_N):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New file name:" msgstr "새 파일 이름(_N):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8241 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "이름 바꾸기(_R)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the folder" msgstr "폴더 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the file" msgstr "파일의 이름을 바꿀 수 없습니다" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8710 #, c-format msgid "Moving the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"에서 \"%s\"(으)로 파일 이동중" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8713 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"에서 \"%s\"(으)로 복사 중" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8764 msgid "Paste Selection" msgstr "선택한 파일을 붙여넣기" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8765 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "대상 폴더(_D):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:9375 msgid "Add files to an archive" msgstr "압축 파일에 파일을 추가합니다" #. This is the time format used in the "Date Modified" column and #. * in the Properties dialog. See the man page of strftime for an #. * explanation of the values. #: ../src/glib-utils.c:769 msgid "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" msgstr "%Y년 %B %d일, %H:%M" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:557 msgid "Could not display help" msgstr "도움말을 보여줄 수 없습니다" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:651 msgid "Change password visibility" msgstr "암호 표시 여부를 바꿉니다" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Include _files:" msgstr "포함할 파일(_F):" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "E_xclude files:" msgstr "제외할 파일(_X):" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Exclude folders:" msgstr "제외할 폴더(_E):" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:5 msgid "example: *.o; *.bak" msgstr "예: *.o; *.bak" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:6 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Actions" msgstr "동작" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Add only if _newer" msgstr "최신일 경우에만 추가(_N)" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "_Follow symbolic links" msgstr "심볼릭 링크 따라가기(_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Archive" msgstr "새 압축 파일(_N)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:3 ../src/ui.h:223 msgid "View All _Files" msgstr "모든 파일 보기(_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:4 ../src/ui.h:226 msgid "View as a F_older" msgstr "폴더로 보기(_O)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:207 msgid "_Folders" msgstr "폴더(_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:6 ../src/ui.h:34 msgid "_Help" msgstr "도움말(_H)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_About Archive Manager" msgstr "압축 관리자 정보(_A)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "끝내기(_Q)" #: ../src/ui/ask-password.ui.h:1 ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "암호(_P):" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:1 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:2 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Files:" msgstr "파일(_F):" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:3 msgid "example: *.txt; *.doc" msgstr "예: *.txt; *.doc" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:4 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "_All files" msgstr "모든 파일(_A)" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "_Selected files" msgstr "선택한 파일(_S)" #: ../src/ui/error-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand Line Output:" msgstr "명령줄 출력(_O):" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keep directory structure" msgstr "디렉터리 구조 유지(_K)" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not _overwrite newer files" msgstr "새 파일 덮어 쓰지 않기(_O)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:1 msgid "_Select All" msgstr "모두 선택(_S)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:2 ../src/ui.h:102 msgid "Dese_lect All" msgstr "모두 선택 해제(_L)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "Show Hidden Files" msgstr "숨김 파일 표시" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:184 msgid "Go up one level" msgstr "한 단계 위로 이동합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:31 msgid "_Archive" msgstr "압축 파일(_A)" #: ../src/ui.h:32 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "편집(_E)" #: ../src/ui.h:33 msgid "_View" msgstr "보기(_V)" #: ../src/ui.h:35 msgid "_Arrange Files" msgstr "파일 정렬(_A)" #: ../src/ui.h:40 msgid "Information about the program" msgstr "프로그램 정보" #: ../src/ui.h:43 msgid "_Add Files…" msgstr "파일 추가(_A)…" #: ../src/ui.h:44 ../src/ui.h:48 msgid "Add files to the archive" msgstr "압축 파일에 파일을 추가합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:52 msgid "Close the current archive" msgstr "현재 압축 파일을 닫습니다" #: ../src/ui.h:55 msgid "Contents" msgstr "차례" #: ../src/ui.h:56 msgid "Display the File Roller Manual" msgstr "파일 롤러 설명서를 보여줍니다" #: ../src/ui.h:61 ../src/ui.h:82 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "선택한 파일을 복사합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:65 ../src/ui.h:86 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "선택한 파일을 잘라냅니다" #: ../src/ui.h:69 ../src/ui.h:90 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "클립보드를 붙여 넣습니다" #: ../src/ui.h:72 ../src/ui.h:93 msgid "_Rename…" msgstr "이름 바꾸기(_R)…" #: ../src/ui.h:73 ../src/ui.h:94 msgid "Rename the selection" msgstr "선택한 파일의 이름을 바꿉니다" #: ../src/ui.h:77 ../src/ui.h:98 msgid "Delete the selection from the archive" msgstr "선택한 파일을 아카이브에서 삭제합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:103 msgid "Deselect all files" msgstr "모든 파일을 선택을 해제합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:106 ../src/ui.h:110 msgid "_Extract…" msgstr "풀기(_E)…" #: ../src/ui.h:107 ../src/ui.h:111 ../src/ui.h:115 msgid "Extract files from the archive" msgstr "압축 파일에서 파일을 풀어냅니다" #: ../src/ui.h:118 msgid "New…" msgstr "새로 만들기…" #: ../src/ui.h:119 msgid "Create a new archive" msgstr "새 압축 파일을 만듭니다" #: ../src/ui.h:122 msgid "Open…" msgstr "열기…" #: ../src/ui.h:123 ../src/ui.h:127 msgid "Open archive" msgstr "압축 파일을 엽니다" #: ../src/ui.h:130 msgid "_Open With…" msgstr "다른 프로그램으로 열기(_O)…" #: ../src/ui.h:131 msgid "Open selected files with an application" msgstr "선택한 파일을 다른 프로그램으로 엽니다" #: ../src/ui.h:134 msgid "Pass_word…" msgstr "암호(_W)…" #: ../src/ui.h:135 msgid "Specify a password for this archive" msgstr "이 압축 파일의 암호를 지정합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:139 msgid "Show archive properties" msgstr "압축 파일의 속성을 봅니다" #: ../src/ui.h:143 msgid "Reload current archive" msgstr "현재 압축 파일을 다시 읽습니다" #: ../src/ui.h:146 msgid "Save As…" msgstr "다른 이름으로 저장…" #: ../src/ui.h:147 msgid "Save the current archive with a different name" msgstr "현재 압축 파일을 다른 이름으로 저장합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:151 msgid "Select all files" msgstr "모든 파일을 선택합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:154 msgid "_Test Integrity" msgstr "올바른지 테스트(_T)" #: ../src/ui.h:155 msgid "Test whether the archive contains errors" msgstr "압축 파일에 오류가 있는지 검사합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:159 ../src/ui.h:163 msgid "Open the selected file" msgstr "선택한 파일을 엽니다" #: ../src/ui.h:167 ../src/ui.h:171 msgid "Open the selected folder" msgstr "선택한 폴더를 엽니다" #: ../src/ui.h:176 msgid "Go to the previous visited location" msgstr "이전에 있었던 위치로 이동합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:180 msgid "Go to the next visited location" msgstr "다음에 있었던 위치로 이동합니다" #. Translators: the home location is the home folder. #: ../src/ui.h:189 msgid "Go to the home location" msgstr "홈으로 이동합니다" #: ../src/ui.h:197 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "도구 모음(_T)" #: ../src/ui.h:198 msgid "View the main toolbar" msgstr "기본 도구 모음을 봅니다" #: ../src/ui.h:202 msgid "Stat_usbar" msgstr "상태 표시줄(_U)" #: ../src/ui.h:203 msgid "View the statusbar" msgstr "상태 표시줄을 봅니다" #: ../src/ui.h:212 msgid "Find…" msgstr "찾기…" #: ../src/ui.h:213 msgid "Find files by name" msgstr "이름으로 파일 찾기" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Filename:" msgstr "파일 이름(_F):" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Encrypt the file list too" msgstr "파일 목록 암호화(_E)" #. this is part of a sentence, for example "split into volumes of 10.0 MB", where MB stands for megabyte. #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Split into _volumes of" msgstr "다음 크기로 쪼개기(_V):" #. MB means megabytes #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Other Options" msgstr "기타 옵션(_O)" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:1 msgid "Password" msgstr "암호" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:2 msgid "_Encrypt the file list" msgstr "파일 목록 암호화(_E)" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:1 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name:" msgstr "이름:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Archive size:" msgstr "압축 크기:" #. after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Location:" msgstr "위치:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Compression ratio:" msgstr "압축율:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Last modified:" msgstr "최종 수정:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Content size:" msgstr "내용 크기:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Number of files:" msgstr "파일 개수:" #. after the colon there is a file type. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Type:" msgstr "형식:" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:1 msgid "_Update" msgstr "업데이트(_U)" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:3 msgid "S_elect the files you want to update:" msgstr "업데이트하려는 파일을 선택하십시오(_E):" language-pack-gnome-ko-base/data/ko/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000025671412321560034017625 0ustar # gconf Korean message translation # This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf package. # Chideok Hwang , 2000. # Changwoo Ryu , 2002-2008, 2009, 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gconf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gconf&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-26 21:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu \n" "Language-Team: GNOME Korea \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:162 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get configuration file path from '%s'" msgstr "'%s'에서 설정 파일 경로를 얻는데 실패했습니다" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Created Evolution/LDAP source using configuration file '%s'" msgstr "'%s' 설정 파일을 사용해 에볼루션/LDAP 소스를 만들었습니다" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:447 #, c-format msgid "Unable to parse XML file '%s'" msgstr "'%s' XML 파일을 구문 분석할 수 없습니다" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:456 #, c-format msgid "Config file '%s' is empty" msgstr "'%s' 설정 파일이 비어 있습니다" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:467 #, c-format msgid "Root node of '%s' must be , not <%s>" msgstr "'%s'의 루트 노드는 <%s>이(가) 아니라 이 되어야 합니다" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No